Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout5002 172nd St Ne_BLD6465_2025      !"  #$ #%"&'"'" ('$)%"&'"'" *+,-.,/01234,5 67789:8/.;5/2 1?@ABCDEFGF6  1234,52H1,32;9I7.JK;JL523 $<=>%"    .J52ML,;;+J/N2O #= P Q! R%<SP<=S TP)U)VV<W [<< %Z W=  X=U==<<UP)YS SZ M\/23 J11-,NJ/5NM/53JN5M3 ]^ Z]# [# ]<=RV==_  S=  $ZZ`a &  #!< !# " # ! ' &$ <U(  W U"( ( '"&'"&&("&(&    %&( "a$%&b"b %_  _ (( a$%b b 42NcJ/,NJ-NM/53JN5M3 1-+4*,/0NM/53JN5M3 >% a$% >%a$% dM*.2;N3,15,M/ $ ]$%]]     e % # #%  #Z$%` e!  f #% f$%#' g# <] Uh<V<U `f e #% e% 1234,5J113MiJ- SS<= < QSP)S< Y= SU Y<P)Q  <PP < Q<X <  QS U <X  U<=  U QX Q<XS< QU<<W  Q<X UP =<)< U<=<U= U=S  Q   QS#<Z jSS<= < QSP)SPU < W= S= <=XU<X P U Q)WS== S= SP YU S=UYX<XS< QU<<W  UP =<)< U<= <U= U=S  Q   QS#<SP)S< < VS=W R<US< Y<UZYU QQ=<S< VU P ==P<=X S Q<S=W <  QS U<X X U<=S QS kSU=  <X  U<= j= U QX  Q<XS< QU<<W  Q<X UP =<)<  U<=<U= U=S  Q  ZYU QQ=<S< VU SSPU  RSP)QS U)U YSSU   Y<SS Q= =<==< = )PQ )<   <  Q<XX U<=<   US< QU<<W <X UP =<)< U<= U=S  Q  Z  ]$ !h e# !#  f   # f  e e h! _ fh ^eh `g $ # ! `]$ e [  h ` eh# !#h     ! _] l#]$ #  #f   e ! Z(Z h#$$  # $ ]f  # e`h`f e   h#bh e$f e  # $eZ #f !f f# f$`f e  # ff f     #$ h#` ]e e$$ [   f$ h#`   eZ` b Z ;J-2;5JH/M5,N2E#<S<j< = S= <U= S= )<<SX Q )SYP U  X S<S<jQ )<U= UUX Q >"  Z Digitally signed by LOU WHITFORD DN: C=US, E=lwhitford@safebuilt.com, CN=LOU WHITFORD LOU WHITFORDReason: I agree to the terms defined by the placement Sam Ferrara Jun 13, 2025 of my signature on this document  Date: 2025.06.13 06:28:18-06'00'&b b Sam Ferrara (Jun 13, 2025 11:25 PDT) PP=<#<e<`UQQ=<e< NM/.,5,M/; U <PP UP<SZ$)<U<PP UP<SS<Y SQ SP= SZ<Q SP= SZ                                                                                              !"#$%!& %'() *%!+'% , !"-%. !*%!+%/ ,%' %'!.# !% !)%'()#')-%'!$-%'%' $/(-,%"#'0-$!/1, *#(+1,!. *#)1 "#!2$ 1 -3*((! 2$!  #!#  !"%'  456789:55; <=>? <?@ABCD>CEF :??GHEIF> JKLMNLNJNOPQRSTRUVWSXUYZ[RZ\ ]MK^NJN_`a JKLMNLNJNOWbcdZeeRUVLfZdgUcScVh ]NO_JJ JKLMNLNJNOPQRSTRUVWZbiRj ]Nk^lNK_mk  9E>=n<I?o pqrsrtqurv  9E>=n4=wH?F>o xyz1z{yz|  }=n=FA?<I?o p~u~~ G€€:68‚;4598‚; =nnƒw„o„~DH EBF?†>‡=wCF@D?A>CEFs=nnEˆq‰ŠEIB@ EB:CB?8F@D?A>CEF@ ‹Š?FA=nnCFÂŒ EB=FCF@D?A>CEFDn?=@?n?=?>Š? EnnEˆCFÂŒCF EBH=>CEFo 4?BHC>‚IHƒ?Bs9wD?E 8F@D?A>CEFƒ?CFÂŒB?ÂŽI?@>?‡s=F‡ˆŠ?>Š?BwEIDB? ?BHEBFCFÂŒEB= >?BFEEF 8‚;4598‚8‚:67G98‚ 4=@@:=Cn SIGNATURE FOR 6465- PAE2 20250612_BLD 6465_Permit For Signature Final Audit Report 2025-06-13 Created: 2025-06-13 By: Hannah Hardwick (hhardwick@arlingtonwa.gov) Status: Signed Transaction ID: CBJCHBCAABAAjDW15inlu9oaneg7teeViVtej_k8Q_ud "SIGNATURE FOR 6465- PAE2 20250612_BLD6465_Permit Fo r Signature" History Document digitally presigned by LOU WHITFORD (lwhitford@safebuilt.com) 2025-06-13 - 12:28:18 PM GMT Document created by Hannah Hardwick (hhardwick@arlingtonwa.gov) 2025-06-13 - 5:19:50 PM GMT Document emailed to sjferr@amazon.com for signature 2025-06-13 - 5:20:09 PM GMT Email viewed by sjferr@amazon.com 2025-06-13 - 5:20:14 PM GMT Signer sjferr@amazon.com entered name at signing as Sam Ferrara 2025-06-13 - 6:25:40 PM GMT Document e-signed by Sam Ferrara (sjferr@amazon.com) Signature Date: 2025-06-13 - 6:25:42 PM GMT - Time Source: server Agreement completed. 2025-06-13 - 6:25:42 PM GMT COMMERCIAL TENANT IMPROVEMENT PERMIT APPLICATION Community and Economic Development City of Arlington • 18204 59th Ave NE • Arlington, WA 98223 • Phone (360) 403-3551 The following information is required for Commercial, Multi-Family, and Mixed-Use Building Permit Applications. Mark each box to designate that the information has been provided. Please submit this checklist as part of the submittal documents. See ASSISTANCE BULLETIN #30 for detailed design requirements. EACH BUILDING OR STRUCTURE REQUIRES A SEPARATE SUBMITTAL. SUBMIT ELECTRONIC FILES FOR EACH OF THE FOLLOWING; Incomplete applications will not be accepted. REQUIRED DOCUMENTS City of Arlington Commercial Tenant Improvement Permit Application Site Plan Architectural Plans Structural Plans Structural Calculations Mechanical System Modifications, (if applicable) Plumbing System Modifications, (if applicable) Project Specification Manuals, (if applicable) WSEC Compliance Forms, (if applicable) https://waenergycodes.com/ Special Inspection and Testing Agreement Deferred Submittal Request Airport Property Lease (if building is located within the Arlington Airport Property Boundary) 1. Plan Review fee is due at time of submittal and remaining balance will be due at time of issuance. 2. The City of Arlington does not review or inspect electrical systems. Contact Labor and Industries at lni.wa.gov or 360-416-3000. A. DEFERRED SUBMITTALS If the project requires any of the following, a Deferred Submittal Request MUST be completed. Deferred submittals require separate applications, plans and plan review. 1. Mechanical Plans (if not included in the plan set) 2. Plumbing Plans (if not included in the plan set) 3. Fire Sprinkler 4. Fire Alarm 5. Signage B. SPECIAL INSPECTION AND TESTING AGREEMENT A Special Inspection Firm is required to perform special inspections for the following type of work. *The Special Inspection and Testing Agreement MUST be submitted with the Building Application. Reinforced Concrete Structural Steel and Welding Bolting in Concrete High-Strength Bolting Pre-stressed Concrete Spray-Applied Fireproofing Shotcrete Smoke-Control Systems Structural Masonry Other - Specify: ______________________________________ I acknowledge that all items designated as submittal requirements must accompany my Tenant Improvement Permit Application to be considered a complete submittal. COMMERCIAL TENANT IMPROVEMENT INSTALLATION, MODIFICATION OR REMOVAL MAY REQUIRE A SEPARATE PERMIT SUBMITAL *CHECK ALL THAT APPLY Automatic fire extinguishing systems Compressed gas systems Fire pumps Flammable and combustible liquids (tanks, piping etc.) Standpipe systems Hazardous materials Private fire hydrants Industrial ovens/furnace Fire alarm and detection systems Spraying or dipping operations High piled/rack storage Temporary membrane structure, tents (>200 sq. ft.) or canopies (>400 sq. ft.) Provide details on any of the above checked items: _________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________________ Type of Permit: New Space Addition Alteration Property Address: Project Valuation: Lot #: Parcel ID No.: Subdivision: Project Scope of Work: Description of New Tenant Business Operations: IBC Construction Type: IBC Occupancy Type: Building/Space Square Footage: Number of Stories: Square Footage Per Floor: 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th Primary Contact: Owner Architect Engineer Contractor Owner Name: Office No.: Email Address: Cell No.: Mailing Address: City: State: Zip: Architect Name: Office No.: Email Address: Cell No.: Mailing Address: City: State: Zip: Professional License Number: Expiration Date: Engineer Name: Office No.: Email Address: Cell No.: Mailing Address: City: State: Zip: Professional License Number: Expiration Date: Primary Contractor: Office No.: Email Address: Cell No.: Mailing Address: City: State: Zip: L&I Contractor License Number: Expiration Date: REV03.2022 Page 2 of 7 COMMERCIAL TENANT IMPROVEMENT MECHANICAL SYSTEM INFORMATION Type of Permit:  New Installation  Addition  Alteration  Replaced  Gas Piping Mechanical Contractor: Office No.: Email Address: Cell No.: Mailing Address: City: State: Zip: L&I Contractor License Number: Expiration Date: • New gas piping requires a pressure test hooking to any appliance • Sediment traps (drips) are required on all gas lines • Gas lines are required to be supported/secured per IFGS, Section 415 • Proper Combustion air and venting required for all appliances • A shut-off valve is required within 6 feet of each appliance Gas Piping Specification and complete Schematic PAGE 4  Not Applicable Proposed Piping Material:  CSST  Brass  Black Steel  Galvanized Steel  Other Proposed Piping Size:  ½”  ⅝”  ¾”  1”  1½”  2” Inlet Pressure: Pressure Drop: Specific Gravity: MECHANICAL PERMIT FEES (per unit) Type of Fixture No. of Units Cost per Unit Subtotal Additional Plan Review fees x $ 75.00 = $ Air Cond. Unit ≤100Btu/h x $ 15.00 = $ Air Cond. Unit >100Btu/h x $ 25.00 = $ Air Cond. Unit >500Btu/hp x $ 50.00 = $ Air Handling Units x $ 15.00 = $ Base Mechanical Fee $ 25.00 $ 25.00 Boiler <100Btu/h >3hp x $ 15.00 = $ Boiler >1 million Btu/h<50hp x $ 25.00 = $ Boiler >1.5 million Btu/h<50hp x $ 50.00 = $ Boiler >100Btu/h 3-15hp x $ 15.00 = $ Boiler >500Btu/h 15-30hp x $ 25.00 = $ Commercial Hoods -Type I x $ 25.00 = $ Commercial Hoods -Type II x $ 50.00 = $ Diffusers x $ 15.00 = $ Dryer Ducting x $ 15.00 = $ Ductwork (drawings required) x $ 25.00 = $ Evaporative Coolers x $ 15.00 = $ Exhaust/Ventilation Fans x $ 15.00 = $ Fireplace/Insert/Stove x $ 15.00 = $ Forced Air Heat ≤100 Btu/h x $ 15.00 = $ Forced Air Heat >100 Btu/h x $ 25.00 = $ Gas Clothes Dryer x $ 15.00 = $ Gas Fired AC ≤100 Btu/h x $ 15.00 = $ REV03.2022 Page 3 of 7 COMMERCIAL TENANT IMPROVEMENT MECHANICAL PERMIT FEES (per unit) Gas Fired AC >100 Btu/h x $ 25.00 = $ Gas Fired AC > 500 Btu/h x $ 50.00 = $ Gas Piping ≤ 5 units x $ 15.00 = $ Gas Piping > 5 units (plus <5 units) x $ 2.00 = $ Heat Exchangers x $ 15.00 = $ Heat Pump-Condensing Unit x $ 25.00 = $ Hot Water Heat Coils x $ 15.00 = $ Miscellaneous Appliance - regulated by $ 15.00 $ x = mechanical code, not otherwise specified Pkg. Units ≤100btu x $ 25.00 = $ Pkg. Units >100btu x $ 50.00 = $ Range/Cook top-Gas Fired x $ 15.00 = $ Refrigeration Unit ≤100Btu/h x $ 15.00 = $ Refrigeration Unit >100Btu/h x $ 25.00 = $ Refrigeration Unit >500Btu/h x $ 50.00 = $ Re-inspection fee (all) x $ 75.00 = $ Unit Heaters ≤ 100 Btu/h x $ 15.00 = $ Unit Heaters >100 Btu/h x $ 25.00 = $ VAV Boxes (Variable Air Volume, part of air $ 10.00 $ x = conditioning system) Wall Heaters - Gas Fired x $ 25.00 = $ Water Heater - Gas Fired x $ 25.00 = $ Permit Fee $ Table 4-8; Plan Review Fee $ Processing/Technology Fee $25.00 Total $ PRESSURE PIPING SCHEMATIC COMPLETE FOR GAS PIPING ONLY – USE A SEPARATE SHEET, IF NECESSARY  SCHEMATIC IS TO SCALE  SCHEMATIC NOT TO SCALE Show Pipe Size(s) and Length(s) from meter to all appliances NOTE: Any interior pressure regulators must be indicated REV03.2022 Page 4 of 7 COMMERCIAL TENANT IMPROVEMENT PLUMBING SYSTEM INFORMATION Type of Permit:  New Installation  Addition  Alteration  Replaced  Industrial Plumbing Contractor: Office No.: Email Address: Cell No.: Mailing Address: City: State: Zip: L&I Contractor License Number: Expiration Date: The following items need to be specified on the plans:  Fixture specifications and equipment with locations.  Location and type of all backflow assemblies for each fixture.  Calculations for Grease Interceptor.  Pipe size and location of sanitary and potable water systems.  Riser diagram of waste, vent, and rain water systems, including sizes.  Medical gas piping riser diagram, type of gas, storage room and size of piping. PLUMBING PERMIT FEES (per fixture) Commercial plumbing permits are required to submit line drawings. A plan review fee of 65% per Table 4-6 for plumbing permits will be assessed at time of submittal. Includes two (2) inspections with permit. Type of Fixture No. of Fixtures Cost per Fixture Subtotal Additional Plan Review fees x $ 75.00 = Alteration/repair piping x $ 15.00 = Backflow Assembly x $25.00 = Base Plumbing Fee $ 25.00 $25.00 Bath/Shower Combo x $ 15.00 = Building Main Waste x $ 25.00 = Clothes Washer x $ 15.00 = Dishwasher x $ 15.00 = Drinking Fountain x $ 15.00 = Floor Drains x $ 15.00 = REV03.2022 Page 5 of 7 COMMERCIAL TENANT IMPROVEMENT PLUMBING PERMIT FEES (per fixture) Grease Interceptor x $ 75.00 = Grease Trap x $ 25.00 = Hose Bibb x $ 15.00 = Icemaker/Refrigerator x $ 15.00 = Irrigation – per meter x $ 25.00 = Kitchen Sink & Disposal x $ 15.00 = Laundry Tray x $ 15.00 = Lavatory x $ 15.00 = Med Gas Piping ≤ 5 inlets/outlets x $ 60.00 = Med Gas Piping > 5 inlets/outlets (plus ≤ 5 x $ 5.00 = inlets/outlets) Miscellaneous – regulated by plumbing x $ 15.00 = code, not otherwise specified Pretreatment Interceptor x $ 15.00 = Re-inspection Fee (all) x $ 75.00 = Roof Drains x $ 15.00 = Shower (only) x $ 15.00 = Sink (bar, service, etc.) x $ 15.00 = Toilets x $ 15.00 = Urinal x $ 15.00 = Vacuum Breakers x $ 25.00 = Water Heater x $ 25.00 = Water Heater - Tankless x $ 25.00 = Permit Fee Table 4-6; Plan Review Fee Processing/Technology Fee $25.00 Total PROPOSED BUILDING USE  New  Addition/Alteration  Medical  Automotive Based  Industrial  Office  Restaurant  Machine Shop  Other: ____________________________________ CROSS CONNECTION Please check all appliances that are proposed or permanently connected to the water supply.  Ice Machine  Dialysis Equip.  Air washers  Coffee Urn/Espresso  Hydrotherapy Equip.  Steam Generators  Carbonated Bev.  Dental Equip.  Dye Vats  Fume Hoods  Laboratory Equip.  Pressure Washers  Degreasers  Autoclave/Sterilizers  Cooling Towers  Hot Tub/Spa  Decorative Fountain  Fire Sprinkler  Aquarium  Swimming Pools  Sprinkler w/chemicals  Lawn Irrigation  Well on property  Other: ________________________ WASTEWATER DISCHARGE Does the plumbing system currently have a grease interceptor?  Yes  No  Don’t Know Does the plumbing system currently have an oil/water  Yes  No  Don’t Know separator? REV03.2022 Page 6 of 7 COMMERCIAL TENANT IMPROVEMENT Is water used in the business process (washing, rinsing,  Yes  No  Don’t Know cooling)? Does your business require a NPDES permit?  Yes  No  Don’t Know I hereby certify that the above information is correct and that the construction on, and the occupancy and the use of the above-described property will be in accordance with the laws, rules and regulation of the State of Washington. Signature Print Name Date REV03.2022 Page 7 of 7 ABBREVIATIONS SYMBOLS LEGEND GENERAL NOTES SHEET INDEX -A- -F- ANNOTATION FLR WALL CLG FIRE ALARM 1. UNLESS LISTED OTHERWISE, THE AMPACITY OF 600 VOLTS OR LESS CONDUCTORS SHALL BE BASED NO. TITLE SCALE ADDL ADDITIONAL F FAHRENHEIT, FIRE SERVICE, FEMALE SWITCH -WITH ON THE TERMINALS NOT TO EXCEED 60°C(140°F) FOR CONDUCTOR SIZE 14 THROUGH 1 AWG OR 75° E-001 ELECTRICAL COVER SHEET NONE AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR FA FIRE ALARM, FACE, FREE AREA VIEW TITLE TO R CONTROL RELAY C(167°F) FOR CONDUCTOR SIZES OVER 1AWG. E-201 OVERALL POWER FLOOR PLAN - LEVEL 1 1" = 40'-0" 1 PLAN TITLE NO. -1 THERMAL AIC AMPERE INTERRUPTING CAPACITY FAAP FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR PANEL SCALE: NTS OVERLOAD E-202 PARTIAL POWER FLOOR PLAN - LEVEL 1 3/64" = 1'-0" 2. NO PIPING, DUCTS OR EQUIPMENT FOREIGN TO ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PERMITTED TO AMP AMPERE FACP FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL DH DOOR HOLDER E-203 PARTIAL POWER FLOOR PLAN - LEVEL 1 3/64" = 1'-0" TITLE MARK DETAIL D DIMMER BE LOCATED WITHIN THE DEDICATED SPACE ABOVE THE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. ANN ANNUNCIATOR FC FOOTCANDLE 1 TITLE E-401 PANEL SCHEDULES NONE OR PLAN NO. -1 APPD APPROVED FCA FAULT CURRENT AVAILABLE, FLOOR E-201 SCALE: NTS FOUND IN E-201 OS OS OCCUPANCY SENSOR F MANUAL PULL STATION 3. FUSES SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH REJECTION TYPE FUSE HOLDERS. E-402 PANEL SCHEDULES NONE APPX APPENDIX CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY E-501 ONE - LINE DIAGRAM NONE DETAIL REFERENCE VACANCY SENSOR SPEAKER UNIT -CEILING 4. GREEN INSULATED COPPER GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ALL BRANCH ARCH ARCHITECT FDR FEEDER 1 VS VS S DETAIL NO. -1 XX MOUNTED CIRCUITS AND FEEDERS. ATCH ATTACHMENT FL / FLR FLOOR E-501 FOUND IN E-501 OCCUPANCY (XX = SPEAKER CIRCUIT) ATS AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH FLEX FLEXIBLE PP SENSOR POWER SPEAKER STROBE UNIT - 5. ALL EXTERIOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE WEATHERPROOF. SS AUTO AUTOMATIC FLUOR FLUORESCENT SECTION MARK PACK 110cd CEILING MOUNTED FR FIRE RATING, FLOOR RECEPTACLE 1 SECTION NO. -1 6. PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE DRAWINGS. AUX AUXILIARY E-501 FOUND IN E-501 PC PHOTOCELL ST STROBE UNIT -CEILING AV AUDIO VISUAL, ALARM VALVE FREQ FREQUENCY 110cd MOUNTED 7. A SINGLE RECEPTACLE INSTALLED ON AN INDIVIDUAL BRANCH CIRCUIT SHALL HAVE AN AMPERE AVG AVERAGE FT FOOT, FEET DETAIL OR OVERRIDE SWITCH RATING OF NOT LESS THAN THAT OF THE BRANCH CIRCUIT. INDICATE THE RECEPTACLES RATING. 2 S SPEAKER UNIT -WALL AWG AMERICAN WIRE GAUGE FU FUSE BOUNDARY B POWER 15cd MOUNTED E-201 -B- FU SW FUSED SWITCH DETAIL NO. -2 8. MINIMUM SIZE OF CONDUIT SHALL BE 3/4". MINIMUM SIZE OF NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR SHALL BE #10 FUT FUTURE DISTRIBUTION BOARD ST SPEAKER STROBE UNIT - AWG, UON MINIMUM SIZE OF CONDUCTOR SHALL BE #12 AWG, UON MINIMUM CONDUCTOR SIZE AT BAS BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM 1 SHEET KEYNOTE 15cd WALL MOUNTED 120 VOLTS AND OVER 100FT CIRCUIT LENGTH SHALL BE #10 AWG, UON MINIMUM CONDUCTOR SIZE Client BAT BATTERY -G- AT 277 VOLTS AND OVER 200FT. CIRCUIT LENGTH SHALL BE #10AWG UON. BFF BELOW FINISH FLOOR G GROUND, GAS, GREEN REVISION CLOUD RECESSED PANEL ST STROBE UNIT -WALL 1 15cd BKGD BACKGROUND GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR (DELTA 1) SURFACE MOUNTED 9. WHEN CONDUCTOR OR CONDUIT SIZE IS INDICATED FOR BRANCH CIRCUIT HOMERUN, THE AMAZON.COM BLDG BUILDING GEN GENERATOR PANEL GT GONG -TROUBLE CONDUCTOR AND CONDUIT SIZE INDICATED SHALL BE USED FOR THE COMPLETE CIRCUIT. SERVICES LLC BLW BELOW / UNDERGROUND GFCI GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT EQUIPMENT TAG INTERRUPTER DESIGNATION AC T TRANSFORMER 10. REFER TO THE APPROPRIATE DRAWINGS (INCLUDING ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS) FOR THE EXACT 4620 172nd St NE410 Terry Ave N BOS BOTTOM OF STEEL AC 1-1 DESIGNATION WF WATER FLOW SWITCH LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT INSTALLED UNDER OTHER DIVISIONS OF THE DOCUMENTS WHICH Arlington, WA 98223Seattle, WA -H- BOT BOTTOM NUMBER 1-1 DISCONNECT SWITCH REQUIRE ELECTRICAL SERVICE. 98109-5210 HP HORSEPOWER BRKR BREAKER TS TAMPER SWITCH HZ HERTZ LP4:12 PANEL:CIRCUIT 11. EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTORS ARE TO BE INCLUDED IN ALL RACEWAYS AND CABLES. BSMT BASEMENT FUSED DISCONNECT BSTR BOOSTER -J- POINT OF SWITCH PS PRESSURE SWITCH JB JUNCTION BOX CONNECTION 12. ALL EMERGENCY CIRCUITS SERVING NIGHT/EMERGENCY LIGHTING SHALL BE MINIMUM #10 AWG BTWN BETWEEN MAGNETIC MOTOR CONDUCTORS FOR THE ENTIRE CIRCUIT FOR 120 VOLT CIRCUITS OVER 100 FEET, AND 277 VOLT -C- -L- POINT OF STARTER FIRE ALARM SMOKE-HEAT DETECTORS CIRCUITS OVER 200 FEET. LTG LIGHTING DISCONNECTION SMOKE-HEAT DETECTOR CAB CABINET STARTER -DISCONNECT LV LOW VOLTAGE POWER OUTLETS SWITCH SD HD R=DENOTES ELEVATOR 13. ARC FLASH WARNING LABELS SHALL BE FIELD APPLIED TO ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT PER CAP CAPACITOR, CAPACITY R -M- MACHINE ROOM NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE ARTICLE 110.16 CB CIRCUIT BREAKER, CATCH BASIN FLR WALL CLG SWITCH -MOTOR MAX MAXIMUM M HEAT DETECTOR CCT CORRELATED COLOR TEMPERATURE RATED HD 14. WHERE CIRCUIT BREAKERS OR FUSES ARE SERIES COMBINATION RATED, THE ENCLOSURE FOR THE CCTV CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION MCB MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER DUPLEX R R=DENOTES ELEVATOR OVERCURRENT DEVICES SHALL BE CLEARLY AND LEGIBLY MARKED IN THE FIELD TO INDICATE THE Project M MOTOR MACHINE ROOM CD CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENT, CEILING MCC MOTOR CONTROL CENTER QUADRUPLEX EQUIPMENT HAS BEEN APPLIED WITH A SERIES COMBINATION RATING. THE MARKING SHALL BE DIFFUSER MECH MECHANICAL R RELAY SD SMOKE DETECTOR READILY VISIBLE AND STATE THE FOLLOWING: CAUTION -SERIES COMBINATION SYSTEM RATED ____ MIN MINIMUM, MINUTE GFI GFCI DUPLEX AMPERES. IDENTIFIED REPLACEMENT COMPONENTS REQUIRED. PAE2 OBD-A CERT CERTIFY VARIABLE FREQUENCY DUCT MOUNTED SMOKE CH CHILLER MV MEDIUM VOLTAGE VFD RETROFIT SIMPLEX DRIVE DETECTOR 15. FEEDERS FOR THE EMERGENCY BRANCH OF ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION SHALL BE PROTECTED CHK CHECK -N- DD FROM FIRE PER THE REQUIREMENTS OF NEC ARTICLE 700. A LISTED CIRCUIT-PROTECTIVE SYSTEM, 1025 Boxwood Rd,5002 172ND Street, NE X X=S DENOTES: SUPPLY CKT CIRCUIT NC NORMALLY CLOSED EMERGENCY PB PULL BOX THERMAL BARRIER, THERMAL ASSEMBLY (CONTAINING ONLY EMERGENCY FEEDERS) OR CONCRETE Wilmington, DE 19804Arlington, WA 98223 X=R DENOTES: RETURN DUPLEX CL CENTER LINE, CLOSE, CLOSET NEUT NEUTRAL ENCASEMENT IS NOT REQUIRED WHERE FEEDERS ARE INSTALLED IN SPACES OR AREAS THAT ARE EMERGENCY CABLE TRAY FIRE ALARM PANELS FULLY PROTECTED BY AN APPROVED AUTOMATIC FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM. FOR THIS CLG CEILING NO NORMALLY OPEN, NUMBER QUADRUPLEX FIRE ALARM CONTROL REQUIREMENT, AN UNSPRINKLERED CEILING CAVITY IS NOT CONSIDERED A PROTECTED SPACE OR CONC CONCRETE NTS NOT TO SCALE SINGLE LINE DIAGRAMS FACP AREA. THIS REQUIREMENT ALSO APPLIES TO CONTROL WIRING BETWEEN GENERATOR AND EMERGENCY PANEL CONN CONNECT, CONNECTION -P- SIMPLEX CIRCUIT BREAKER TRANSFER SWITCH(ES). STRUCTURAL COORD COORDINATE P POLE FCPS FIRE ALARM POWER SUPPLY MACKENZIE SWITCH PANEL 1515 SE WATER AVE #100 CORR CORRIDOR PB PULL BOX, PUSH BUTTON FX FLOOR BOX "X", 16. ALL MULTIWIRE BRANCH CIRCUITS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NATIONAL PORTLAND, OR 97214 CP CONTROL PANEL, CHROME PLATED PH PHASE SEE SCHEDULE FUSE -INLINE RAN FIRE ALARM REMOTE LCD ELECTRICAL CODE ARTICLE 210.4. ANNUNCIATOR PANEL CR CONTROL RELAY, CARD READER, PNL PANEL J J J 17. ELEVEN MONTHS AFTER TEMPORARY CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY, CONTRACTOR SHALL EMPLOY CASING RELIEF VALVE JUNCTION BOX FUSE SWITCH FIRE ALARM DIGITAL ALARM PWR POWER AND PAY FOR SERVICES OF AN INDEPENDENT CONSULTANT TO PERFORM AN ELECTRICAL INFRARED MECH/ELEC/PLUMBING DACT COMMUNICATOR CS CONTROL SWITCH -R- POWER/VOICE DATA FUSED -SWITCH INSPECTION OF ALL BUILDING SWITCHBOARDS AND PANELBOARDS. CONSULTANT SHALL UTILIZE SYSKA HENNESSY TRANSMITTER CTRL CONTROL (R) REMOVE EXISTING P V WHIP -JUNCTION BUS PLUG LEVEL1 CERTIFIED INFRARED THERMOGRAPHERS TO PERFORM NETA THERMOGRAPHIC TESTING. 1175 PEACHTREE ST, SUITE BOX FIRE ALARM AIR SAMPLING CONSULTANT SHALL PERFORM TESTING, WITH ALL PANELS UNDER NORMAL OPERATING LOAD AND 700, ATLANTA, GA 30361 CTV CABLE TELEVISION, CONTROL VALVE REC RECESSED CIRCUIT BREAKER ASSD CB SMOKE DETECTION PANEL SHALL BE PERFORMED AFTER SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION AND AFTER A TEMPORARY CERTIFICATE -D- RECPT RECEPTACLE POKE THRU -ENCLOSED X OF OCCUPANCY HAS BEEN RECEIVED. ALL DEFICIENCIES SHALL BE IDENTIFIED IN A REPORT X = TYPE FIRE ALARM PRE-ACTION (D) EXISTING TO BE DEMOLISHED REQD REQUIRED K KIRK KEY INTERLOCK PAP SHOWING THERMOGRAPHIC AND DIGITAL IMAGES, ALONG WITH PROPOSED ACTIONS. DEFICIENCIES FIRE PROTECTION CTR COUNTERTOP PANEL SHOULD BE CORRECTED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. FOLLOW UP TESTING SHALL BE DC DIRECT CURRENT, DOOR CONTACT RM ROOM HARRINGTON GROUP, INC. DDC DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL -S- DUPLEX BUSDUCT PERFORMED TO VERIFY THAT CORRECTIONS HAVE BEEN COMPLETED SATISFACTORIALY. NFPA 70E- 3237 SATELLITE BLVD, PTR FIRE ALARM PRINTER IG ISOLATED COMPLIANT PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT SHALL BE WORN BY THE CONSULTANT. SUITE 525, DULUTH, GA DEF DEFINITION SCHED SCHEDULE GROUND DUPLEX 30096 DEG DEGREE SD SMOKE DETECTOR/DAMPER, STORM SWITCHGEAR BUSWAY 18. REFER TO FIRE PROTECTION DRAWINGS FOR ESFR OBSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS RELATED TO IG ISOLATED DEG F DEGREES FAHRENHEIT DRAIN LIGHT FIXTURES. FIXTURE SHIFTING DISTANCE DUE TO ESFR COORDINATION SHALL BE UNIFORM GROUND SIMPLEX GFR DEMO DEMOLITION SECT SECTION GROUND FAULT RELAY FOR ALL FIXTURES IN AN AISLE AND SHALL NOT TO EXCEED MORE THAN 2'-0" IN EITHER DIRECTION. WP WEATHER DESCR DESCRIPTION SPEC SPECIFICATION PROOF DUPLEX 19. CONDUIT RACKS SHALL NOT EXCEED 24" WIDE, TO AVOID REQUIRING FIRE SPRINKLERS. REFER TO DET DETAIL SPKR SPEAKER SPLIT WIRE AMMETER FIRE PROTECTION DOCUMENTS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. DGTL DIGITAL SWBD SWITCHBOARD A DIAG DIAGRAM SWGR SWITCHGEAR SPECIAL OUTLET 20. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWING FOR CLEAR HEIGHTS. DIM DIMENSION SYS SYSTEM M DIGITAL METER UON DIR DIRECTION -T- MULTI OUTLET ELECTRICAL DESIGNER NOTES DISC DISCONNECT TELCOM TELECOMMUNICATIONS SURFACE RACEWAY TRANSFORMER -DELTA WYE-GROUNDED DISCH DISCHARGE TV TELEVISION LIGHTING 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH SITE SPECIFIC LOCAL REQUIREMENTS FOR SEISMIC DISTR DISTRIBUTION PANEL TVSS TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE E N ATS -3-POLE UON BRACING OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND CONDUITS. FLR WALL CLG PNL SUPRESSOR BP -WITH BYPASS DIV DIVISION TYP TYPICAL RECESSED L BP ISOLATION 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH SITE SPECIFIC CIVIL REQUIREMENTS FOR ANY CIVIL -U- DOWNLIGHT SPECIFIED EQUIPMENT THAT MAY REQUIRE ELECTRICAL POWER, IE: PUMPS, LIFT STATIONS ETC. DMR DIMMER DS DISCONNECT SWITCH UC UNDERCOUNTER 1X4 SURFACE BATTERY MOUNTED LIGHT 3. THE BASIS OF DESIGN IS PER THE FOLLOWING CODES. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH SITE DWG DRAWING UGND UNDERGROUND SPECIFIC LOCAL CODES BEING ENFORCED AND MAKE DESIGN ADJUSTMENTS AS REQUIRED. 2X4 SURFACE -E- UL UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES MOUNTED LIGHT G GENERATOR 2020 EDITION OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE WITH LOCAL AMENDMENTS (E)/EX EXISTING TO REMAIN UON UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED 2021 EDITION OF THE INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE WITH LOCAL AMENDMENTS 04/28/2025 4FT WALL UPS UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY XXXXX 2019 EDITION OF THE INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE WITH LOCAL AMENDMENTS (ER) EXISTING TO BE RELOCATED MOUNTED LIGHT XXXXX PANEL XXXXX 2016 EDITION OF ASHRAE 90.1 EA EACH UTIL UTILITY 1X4 EMERGENCY XXXXX 4. PROVIDE SHUNT TRIP ON ALL MAIN DEVICES IN SWITCHBOARDS FOR JURISDICTIONS REQUIRING THE © MACKENZIE EH ELECTRIC HEATER -V- LIGHT ABILITY TO SHUT-OFF POWER IN THE ENTIRE BUILDING IN ONE LOCATION. 2025 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 2000 = AMPACITY EL ELEVATION, ELEVATOR LOBBY V VOLT, VENT, VIDEO THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF 2X4 EMERGENCY 3-NO, 4-SINGLE, MACKENZIE AND ARE NOT TO BE USED ELEC ELECTRIC, ELECTRICAL VA VOLT AMPERE LIGHT 5-DOUBLE = OR REPRODUCED IN ANY MANNER, 2000-5+ WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION EMER EMERGENCY VFD VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE 2X4 RECESSED NEUTRAL ENVIR ENVIRONMENT VHO VERY HIGH OUTPUT LIGHT (+) = ADDITIONAL EPO EMERGENCY POWER OFF VOLT VOLTAGE EXIT SIGN 1 FACE INFO AS REQUIRED REVISION SCHEDULE EQ EQUAL -W- GROUNDING SYSTEM Delta Issued As Issue Date EXIT SIGN 1 FACE EQUIP EQUIPMENT W WATT, WIRE, WIDTH, WALL PHONE, GROUND ROD WITH LEFT ARROW EQUIV EQUIVALENT WASTE TEST WELL EMERGENCY W/ WITH EXCL EXCLUDE BATTERY PACK GROUND ROD W/O WITHOUT EXH FN EXHAUST FAN EMERGENCY WP WEATHERPROOF, WORKING EXIST EXISTING BATTERY PACK W/ GROUND BAR PRESSURE EXT EXTERNAL EXIT SIGN -X- SWITCHES / CONTROLS AIR TERMINAL - XFER TRANSFER STRIKE TERMINATION FLR WALL CLG XFMR TRANSFORMER DEVICE, FLAT MTD LIGHT SWITCH - T AIR TERMINAL - SHEET TITLE: TIME OPERATED STRIKE TERMINATION ELECTRICAL LIGHT SWITCH - DEVICE, PARAPET MTD SINGLE POLE COVER SHEET GROUND, LPS CABLE 3 LIGHT SWITCH - CONNECTION THREE WAY EQUIPMENT M LIGHT SWITCH - CONNECTION MOTOR-RATED LIGHT SWITCH - AC ABOVE-COUNTER SHEET E-001 JOB NO. 2240461.00 PERMIT SET 04/28//2025 Autodesk Docs://PAE2 - OBD-A (Project Roxy)/25-008865_MEP_R23.rvt 4/24/2025 16:03:48 12" = 1'-0" 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10.110 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0.4 0.5 CC CC BB BB AA AA A FEC-2 A Client SWITCHBOARD MSB SWITCHBOARD MSC AMAZON.COM SERVICES LLC B B 4620 172nd St NE410 Terry Ave N Arlington, WA 98223Seattle, WA 98109-5210 C C D D E E E-203 E-202 F F Project G G PAE2 OBD-A RETROFIT DT-LBC1B LCC1A 1025 Boxwood Rd,5002 172ND Street, NE LBC1B DT-LCC1A H T T H Wilmington, DE 19804Arlington, WA 98223 DPBC1B DPCC1A J J STRUCTURAL MACKENZIE K K 1515 SE WATER AVE #100 PORTLAND, OR 97214 L L MECH/ELEC/PLUMBING SYSKA HENNESSY 1175 PEACHTREE ST, SUITE M M 700, ATLANTA, GA 30361 N N FIRE PROTECTION HARRINGTON GROUP, INC. 3237 SATELLITE BLVD, P P SUITE 525, DULUTH, GA 30096 SWITCHBOARD MSA Q Q R R T T DT-LCC1B R.4 DT-LBC1A LCC1B SWITCHBOARD MSD R.4 DPBC1A LBC1A DPCC1B S S V V W W 04/28/2025 © MACKENZIE 2025 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF MACKENZIE AND ARE NOT TO BE USED OR REPRODUCED IN ANY MANNER, WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10.110 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0.4 0.5 REVISION SCHEDULE Delta Issued As Issue Date OVERALL POWER FLOOR PLAN - LEVEL 1 1 SCALE: 1" = 40'-0" DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMER SHEET TITLE: OVERALL POWER FLOOR PLAN - LEVEL 1 NEOPRENE PAD (TYP. OF 4) WALL-MOUNTED TRANSFORMER BRACKET WALL APPROX. MOUNTING (SQUARE D WMB OR EQUAL) HT. 10'-0" AFF C D VERIFY WITH W/ ARCHITECT SHEET FLOOR B A E-201 NOTE: MAXIMUM LENGTH OF FLEXIBLE CONDUIT SHALL BE 18". 1 WALL MOUNTED TRANSFORMER JOB NO. 2240461.00 INSTALLATION PERMIT SET 04/28//2025 NO SCALE Autodesk Docs://PAE2 - OBD-A (Project Roxy)/25-008865_MEP_R23.rvt 4/24/2025 16:04:03 As indicated 10.1 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0.4 0.5 D E F G DT-LCC1A LCC1A T H Client DPCC1A VACUUM PUMPS AMAZON.COM V101 SERVICES LLC 4620 172nd St NE410 Terry Ave N J Arlington, WA 98223Seattle, WA CP-1A CP-1B 98109-5210 11-02 1 11-02 1 1 J J J DPCC1A:37,39,41 DPCC1A:31,33,35 DPCC1A:25,27,29 3#6,1#10G 3#6,1#10G 3#6,1#10G 4 IN 1"C IN 1"C IN 1"C K LBC1B:3 LCC1A:59 LCC1A:55 LCC1A:51 LCC1A:47 LCC1A:43 LCC1A:39 LCC1A:35 LCC1A:33 LCC1A:31 LCC1A:23 LCC1A:19 LCC1A:17 LCC1A:9 LCC1A:7 LCC1A:8 5 LCC1A:6 5 LCC1A:4 5 LCC1A:2 5 L Project LCC1A:3 LCC1A:1 LCC1A:57 LCC1A:53 LCC1A:49 LCC1A:45 LCC1A:41 LCC1A:37 LCC1A:29 LCC1A:27 LCC1A:25 LCC1A:21 LCC1A:15 LCC1A:13 LCC1A:5 PAE2 OBD-A RETROFIT 2 2 2 2 2 2 LCC1A:11 2 2 M 1025 Boxwood Rd,5002 172ND Street, NE Wilmington, DE 19804Arlington, WA 98223 TYP TYP TYP TYP TYP TYP TYP TYP J DPCC1A:19,21,23 3#6,1#10G 1 11-02 IN 1"C N STRUCTURAL MACKENZIE 11-03TYP 1515 SE WATER AVE #100 PORTLAND, OR 97214 1 DPCC1B:7,9,11 J 3#6,1#10G IN 1"C MECH/ELEC/PLUMBING P SYSKA HENNESSY 1175 PEACHTREE ST, SUITE 22-01 22-01 22-01 22-01 22-01 22-01 11-02 700, ATLANTA, GA 30361 LCC1B:20 LCC1B:16 LCC1B:10 LCC1B:8 LCC1B:6 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 2 3 2 3 2 2 TYP J TYP J TYP J TYP TYP J TYP J TYP TYP LCC1B:4 DPCC1B:49,51,53 DPCC1B:37,39,41 DPCC1B:25,27,29 DPCC1B:19,21,23 DPCC1B:13,15,17 FIRE PROTECTION LBC1A:3 LCC1B:55 LCC1B:47 LCC1B:39 LCC1B:19 LCC1B:11 LCC1B:7 LCC1B:59 LCC1B:51 LCC1B:43 LCC1B:35 LCC1B:31 LCC1B:27 LCC1B:23 LCC1B:5 Q HARRINGTON GROUP, INC. LCC1B:15 3237 SATELLITE BLVD, SUITE 525, DULUTH, GA LCC1B:18 LCC1B:14 LCC1B:12 30096 3 3 3 J J J DPCC1B:55,57,59 DPCC1B:43,45,47 DPCC1B:31,33,35 R LCC1B:2 LCC1B:57 LCC1B:53 LCC1B:49 LCC1B:45 LCC1B:41 LCC1B:37 LCC1B:25 LCC1B:21 LCC1B:17 LCC1B:13 LCC1B:9 LCC1B:1 LCC1B:3 LBC1A:1 LCC1B:33 LCC1B:29 DT-LCC1B T LCC1B R.4 6 DPCC1B S V 04/28/2025 © MACKENZIE 2025 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF MACKENZIE AND ARE NOT TO BE USED OR REPRODUCED IN ANY MANNER, WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION REVISION SCHEDULE W Delta Issued As Issue Date 03-01 10.1 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0.4 0.5 SHEET TITLE: PARTIAL POWER FLOOR PLAN - LEVEL 1 PARTIAL 1 SCALE: 3/64" = 1'-0" POWER FLOOR PLAN - SHEET NOTES SHEET KEYNOTES LEVEL 1 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE LOCATIONS OF NEW ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS (STRUCTURE, MATERIAL HANDLING EQUIPMENT, ETC.) PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. 1. AR BATTERY CHARGER PANEL PROVIDED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. INSTALL CHARGER PANEL 48" AFF TO BOTTOM OF PANEL AND MAKE ALL FINAL CONNECTIONS FROM JUNCTION BOX MOUNTED 12' AFF. 2. HOMERUNS ARE TO TO BE RUN FLUSH TO THE UNDERSIDE OF THE MEZZANINE. OUTSIDE OF THE MEZZANINE, HOMERUNS ARE TO BE RUN FLUSH TO THE UNDERSIDE OF LEVEL 2. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION WITH AR INSTALLATION DRAWINGS PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. LOCATIONS AND QUANTITIES APPROXIMATED. TENANT'S QUALIFIED VENDOR FOR CHARGER PANEL IS: 3. ALL DEVICES SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING TO BE COORDINATED WITH TENANT FOR FINAL LOCATION PRIOR TO BEGINNING ROUGH-IN. Innovative Electric Inc. 4. REMOVAL OF 480V DCP'S SHALL BE ADDED TO THE GC'S SCOPE. DCP'S TYPICALLY CONTROL ONLY CHUTES; HOWEVER, FIELD VERIFICATIONWITH THE SITE RME IS REQUIRED TO CONFIRM Gunnar Petzold -gunnar@innovative-electric.com IF ANY OTHER MHE EQUIPMENT IS POWERED BY THESE DCP'S. P O Box 4399 Everett WA 98204 C D ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK Phone (425) 290-7803 Fax(425) 355-1965 SHEET SCOPE RESPONSIBLE PARTY 2. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE NEMA L5-20R S.O. CORD DROPS AT EACH CHUTE FOR GECCO CONTROL MODULE POWER. DEVICE TO BE 6" IN FRONT OF FACE OF CHUTE COLLECTION BIN. CABLE SHALL BE OF SUFFICIENT LENGTH AS TO HANG AT 122" AFF. PROVIDE KELLUM GRIPS AT OUTLET BOX AND AT CEILING JUNCTION BOX. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION FOR DEVICE WITH TENANT PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. B A CARDINAL, CHARGERS, COMPRESSED AIR, & CENTRAL GENERAL CONTRACTOR 3. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE NEMA 5-20R AND 480V/3PH S.O. CORD DROP FOR CARDINAL PERIPHERAL AND MAIN SYSTEM POWER. CABLES SHALL BE OF SUFFICIENT LENGTHS AS TO HANG AT 110" AFF. PROVIDE VACUUM -PROVIDE FINAL CONNECTION EQUIPMENT KELLUM GRIPS AT DEVICE BOXES AND AT CEILING JUNCTION BOXES. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATIONS FOR DEVICES WITH TENANT PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. E-202 4. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE CONDUIT AND WIRE CONNECTION TO CENTRAL VACUUMS. PROVIDE UNISTRUT SUPPORT AND COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION FOR DEVICE WITH TENANT PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. ROCC -120V POWER PULLED INTO CABINET GENERAL CONTRACTOR 5. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE NEMA 5-20R S.O. CORD DROP FOR NETWORK CABINET POWER. CABLE SHALL BE OF SUFFICIENT LENGTH AS TO HANG AT 30" AFF. PROVIDE KELLUM GRIPSAT OUTLET BOX AND AT CEILING JUNCTION BOX. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION FOR DEVICE WITH TENANT PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. DEMOLITION OF EXISTING LOW VOLTAGE SYSTEM OWNER 6. NEW PANELS SHALL BE MOUNTED ON UNISTRUT IN FORMER LOCATIONS OF DEMOLISHED DCP CONTROL PANELS. JOB NO. 2240461.00 ROCC -LOW VOLTAGE CABLING TO BE COILED UP TO OWNER NEAREST JUNCTION BOX PERMIT SET 04/28//2025 ROCC -120V POWER TERMINATIONS WITHIN CABINET OWNER Autodesk Docs://PAE2 - OBD-A (Project Roxy)/25-008865_MEP_R23.rvt 4/24/2025 16:04:08 3/64" = 1'-0" D 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10.1 10 E F G DT-LBC1B 6 H LBC1B T Client DPBC1B VACUUM PUMPS AMAZON.COM V101 SERVICES LLC 4620 172nd St NE410 Terry Ave N J Arlington, WA 98223Seattle, WA CP-1A CP-1B 98109-5210 LBC1B:2 MAINTENANCE CAGE 1 1 1 J J J MC-101 J DPBC1B:13,15,17 DPBC1B:7,9,11 DPCC1A:37,39,41 3#6,1#10G 3#6,1#10G 3#6,1#10G K IN 1"C IN 1"C 4 IN 1"C LBC1B:59 LBC1B:57 LBC1B:55 LBC1B:51 LBC1B:47 LBC1B:43 LBC1B:39 LBC1B:35 LBC1B:31 LBC1B:27 LBC1B:23 LBC1B:19 LBC1B:15 LBC1B:11 LBC1B:7 LBC1B:3 LCC1A:59 L LBC1B:10 LBC1B:8 LBC1B:6 LBC1B:4 Project 5 5 5 5 LCC1A:57 PAE2 OBD-A RETROFIT M 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1025 Boxwood Rd,5002 172ND Street, NE Wilmington, DE 19804Arlington, WA 98223 TYP TYP TYP TYP TYP TYP TYP TYP J DPBC1B:19,21,23 3#6,1#10G 1 IN 1"C N STRUCTURAL MACKENZIE 1515 SE WATER AVE #100 1 DPBC1A:2,4,6 PORTLAND, OR 97214 3#6,1#10G IN 1"C J MECH/ELEC/PLUMBING P SYSKA HENNESSY 1175 PEACHTREE ST, SUITE 700, ATLANTA, GA 30361 LBC1A:22 LBC1A:20 LBC1A:12 LBC1A:10 LBC1A:6 2 3 2 3 2 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 SWITCHBOARD MSA TYP J TYP J TYP TYP J TYP J TYP J TYP LBC1A:4 LBC1A:55 DPBC1A:55,57,59 DPBC1A:43,45,47 LBC1A:31 DPBC1A:37,39,41 LBC1A:19 DPBC1A:13,15,17 LBC1A:11 DPBC1A:7,9,11 LBC1A:3 LCC1B:4 FIRE PROTECTION Q LBC1A:59 LBC1A:51 LBC1A:47 LBC1A:43 LBC1A:39 LBC1A:35 LBC1A:27 LBC1A:23 LBC1A:15 LBC1A:7 HARRINGTON GROUP, INC. 3237 SATELLITE BLVD, SUITE 525, DULUTH, GA LBC1A:18 LBC1A:16 LBC1A:14 LBC1A:8 30096 2 3 3 3 3 TYP J J J J DPBC1A:49,51,53 DPBC1A:31,33,35 DPBC1A:19,21,23 DPBC1A:25,27,29 R LCC1B:2 LBC1A:2 LBC1A:57 LBC1A:53 LBC1A:49 LBC1A:45 LBC1A:41 LBC1A:37 LBC1A:33 LBC1A:29 LBC1A:25 LBC1A:21 LBC1A:17 LBC1A:13 LBC1A:9 LBC1A:5 LBC1A:1 DT-LBC1A LBC1A T 6 R.4 DPBC1A LBC1A:24 7 S V 04/28/2025 © MACKENZIE 2025 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF MACKENZIE AND ARE NOT TO BE USED OR REPRODUCED IN ANY MANNER, WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION REVISION SCHEDULE W Delta Issued As Issue Date 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10.1 10 SHEET TITLE: PARTIAL POWER FLOOR PLAN - LEVEL 1 PARTIAL 1 SCALE: 3/64" = 1'-0" POWER FLOOR PLAN - SHEET NOTES SHEET KEYNOTES LEVEL 1 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE LOCATIONS OF NEW ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS (STRUCTURE, MATERIAL HANDLING EQUIPMENT, ETC.) PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. 1. AR BATTERY CHARGER PANEL PROVIDED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. INSTALL CHARGER PANEL 48" AFF TO BOTTOM OF PANEL AND MAKE ALL FINAL CONNECTIONS FROM JUNCTION BOX MOUNTED 12' AFF. 2. HOMERUNS ARE TO TO BE RUN FLUSH TO THE UNDERSIDE OF THE MEZZANINE. OUTSIDE OF THE MEZZANINE, HOMERUNS ARE TO BE RUN FLUSH TO THE UNDERSIDE OF LEVEL 2. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION WITH AR INSTALLATION DRAWINGS PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. LOCATIONS AND QUANTITIES APPROXIMATED. TENANT'S QUALIFIED VENDOR FOR CHARGER PANEL IS: 3. ALL DEVICES SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING TO BE COORDINATED WITH TENANT FOR FINAL LOCATION PRIOR TO BEGINNING ROUGH-IN. Innovative Electric Inc. 4. REMOVAL OF 480V DCP'S SHALL BE ADDED TO THE GC'S SCOPE. DCP'S TYPICALLY CONTROL ONLY CHUTES; HOWEVER, FIELD VERIFICATIONWITH THE SITE RME IS REQUIRED TO CONFIRM Gunnar Petzold -gunnar@innovative-electric.com IF ANY OTHER MHE EQUIPMENT IS POWERED BY THESE DCP'S. P O Box 4399 Everett WA 98204 C D ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK Phone (425) 290-7803 Fax(425) 355-1965 SHEET SCOPE RESPONSIBLE PARTY 2. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE NEMA L5-20R S.O. CORD DROPS AT EACH CHUTE FOR GECCO CONTROL MODULE POWER. DEVICE TO BE 6" IN FRONT OF FACE OF CHUTE COLLECTION BIN. CABLE SHALL BE OF SUFFICIENT LENGTH AS TO HANG AT 122" AFF. PROVIDE KELLUM GRIPS AT OUTLET BOX AND AT CEILING JUNCTION BOX. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION FOR DEVICE WITH TENANT PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. B A CARDINAL, CHARGERS, COMPRESSED AIR, & CENTRAL GENERAL CONTRACTOR 3. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE NEMA 5-20R AND 480V/3PH S.O. CORD DROP FOR CARDINAL PERIPHERAL AND MAIN SYSTEM POWER. CABLES SHALL BE OF SUFFICIENT LENGTHS AS TO HANG AT 110" AFF. PROVIDE VACUUM -PROVIDE FINAL CONNECTION EQUIPMENT KELLUM GRIPS AT DEVICE BOXES AND AT CEILING JUNCTION BOXES. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATIONS FOR DEVICES WITH TENANT PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. E-203 4. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE CONDUIT AND WIRE CONNECTION TO CENTRAL VACUUMS. PROVIDE UNISTRUT SUPPORT AND COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION FOR DEVICE WITH TENANT PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. ROCC -120V POWER PULLED INTO CABINET GENERAL CONTRACTOR 5. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE NEMA 5-20R S.O. CORD DROP FOR NETWORK CABINET POWER. CABLE SHALL BE OF SUFFICIENT LENGTH AS TO HANG AT 30" AFF. PROVIDE KELLUM GRIPSAT OUTLET BOX AND AT CEILING JUNCTION BOX. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION FOR DEVICE WITH TENANT PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. DEMOLITION OF EXISTING LOW VOLTAGE SYSTEM OWNER 6. NEW PANELS SHALL BE MOUNTED ON UNISTRUT IN FORMER LOCATIONS OF DEMOLISHED DCP CONTROL PANELS. 7. PROVIDED DEDICATED RECEPTACLE FOR CP-1 PUMP. COORDINATE MOUNTING HEIGHT WITH PLUMBING DRAWINGS. PROVIDE SEPARATE POWER SUPPLY FOR LEAK ALARM. JOB NO. 2240461.00 ROCC -LOW VOLTAGE CABLING TO BE COILED UP TO OWNER NEAREST JUNCTION BOX PERMIT SET 04/28//2025 ROCC -120V POWER TERMINATIONS WITHIN CABINET OWNER Autodesk Docs://PAE2 - OBD-A (Project Roxy)/25-008865_MEP_R23.rvt 4/24/2025 16:04:11 3/64" = 1'-0" Client AMAZON.COM SERVICES LLC 4620 172nd St NE410 Terry Ave N PANEL: DPBC1A PANEL: DPBC1B Arlington, WA 98223Seattle, WA LOCATION: VOLTAGE: 480/277 Wye NEW/EXISTING: New Construction MAIN: 600 A MLO LOCATION: VOLTAGE: 480/277 Wye NEW/EXISTING: New Construction MAIN: 600 A MLO 98109-5210 FED FROM: SWITCHBOARD MSB PHASE / WIRE: 3PH / 4W BRACING (AMPS): BUS RATING: 600 A FED FROM: DPBC1A PHASE / WIRE: 3PH / 4W BRACING (AMPS): BUS RATING: 600 A BRANCH: NEMA: Type 1 AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT: MOUNTING: SURFACE BRANCH: NEMA: Type 1 AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT: MOUNTING: SURFACE CKT NO / CB CB CKT NO / CKT NO / CB CB CKT NO / LOAD TYPE A (kVA) B (kVA) C (kVA) LOAD TYPE LOAD TYPE A (kVA) B (kVA) C (kVA) LOAD TYPE CODE TRIP-POLE TRIP-POLE CODE CODE TRIP-POLE TRIP-POLE CODE 1 Spar 14.28 / 10.00 2 1 11.06 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 2 Spar 3 e; R; 70 A 3 DT-LDC1A 13.92 / 10.00 PROTEUS BATTERY CHARGER 3 60 A N 4 3 70 A 3 DT-LDC1B 10.96 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 4 e; R 5 Rec... 13.64 / 10.00 6 5 10.52 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 6 7 4.33 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 8 7 10.00 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 8 9 N 20 A 3 CARDINAL 4.33 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 10 9 N 60 A 3 PROTEUS BATTERY CHARGER 10.00 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 10 11 4.33 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 12 11 10.00 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 12 13 4.33 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 14 13 10.00 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 14 Project 15 N 20 A 3 CARDINAL 4.33 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 16 15 N 60 A 3 PROTEUS BATTERY CHARGER 10.00 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 16 17 4.33 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 18 17 10.00 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 18 19 4.33 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 20 19 10.00 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 20 21 N 20 A 3 CARDINAL 4.33 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 22 21 N 60 A 3 PROTEUS BATTERY CHARGER 10.00 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 22 PAE2 OBD-A 23 4.33 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 24 23 10.00 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 24 25 4.33 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 26 25 -- 20 A 1 SPARE 0.00 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 26 RETROFIT 27 N 20 A 3 CARDINAL 4.33 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 28 27 -- 20 A 1 SPARE 0.00 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 28 1025 Boxwood Rd,5002 172ND Street, NE 29 4.33 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 30 29 -- 20 A 1 SPARE 0.00 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 30 Wilmington, DE 19804Arlington, WA 98223 31 4.33 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 32 31 -- 20 A 1 SPARE 0.00 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 32 33 N 20 A 3 CARDINAL 4.33 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 34 33 -- 20 A 1 SPARE 0.00 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 34 35 4.33 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 36 35 -- 20 A 1 SPARE 0.00 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 36 37 4.33 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 38 37 -- 20 A 1 SPARE 0.00 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 38 39 N 20 A 3 CARDINAL 4.33 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 40 39 -- 20 A 1 SPARE 0.00 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 40 STRUCTURAL 41 4.33 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 42 41 -- 20 A 1 SPARE 0.00 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 42 MACKENZIE 43 4.33 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 44 43 -- 20 A 1 SPARE 0.00 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 44 1515 SE WATER AVE #100 45 N 20 A 3 CARDINAL 4.33 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 46 45 -- 20 A 1 SPARE 0.00 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 46 PORTLAND, OR 97214 47 4.33 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 48 47 -- 20 A 1 SPARE 0.00 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 48 49 4.33 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 50 49 -- 20 A 1 SPARE 0.00 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 50 51 N 20 A 3 CARDINAL 4.33 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 52 51 -- 20 A 1 SPARE 0.00 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 52 53 4.33 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 54 53 -- 20 A 1 SPARE 0.00 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 54 MECH/ELEC/PLUMBING 55 4.33 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 56 55 -- 20 A 1 SPARE 0.00 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 56 SYSKA HENNESSY 57 N 20 A 3 CARDINAL 4.33 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 58 57 -- 20 A 1 SPARE 0.00 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 58 1175 PEACHTREE ST, SUITE 59 4.33 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 60 59 -- 20 A 1 SPARE 0.00 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 60 700, ATLANTA, GA 30361 104.34 kVA 103.88 kVA 103.16 kVA 41.06 kVA 40.96 kVA 40.52 kVA LOAD CLASSIFICATION CONNECTED VA / AMPS DEMAND % DEMAND VA / AMPS LOAD CLASSIFICATIONS - CODE LEGEND LOAD CLASSIFICATION CONNECTED VA / AMPS DEMAND % DEMAND VA / AMPS LOAD CLASSIFICATIONS - CODE LEGEND FIRE PROTECTION N 237,000 VA 285 A 100.00% 237,000 VA 285 A L = LIGHTING R = RECEPTACLE N 90,000 VA 108 A 100.00% 90,000 VA 108 A L = LIGHTING R = RECEPTACLE HARRINGTON GROUP, INC. R 73,580 VA 89 A 56.80% 41,790 VA 50 A H = HEATING M = MOTOR R 32,540 VA 39 A 65.37% 21,270 VA 26 A H = HEATING M = MOTOR 3237 SATELLITE BLVD, Receptacle - General 800 VA 1 A 100.00% 800 VA 1 A C = CONTINUOUS N = NON-CONTINUOUS C = CONTINUOUS N = NON-CONTINUOUS SUITE 525, DULUTH, GA E = ELEVATOR K = KITCHEN E = ELEVATOR K = KITCHEN 30096 CONNECTED VA / AMPS DEMAND VA / AMPS CONNECTED VA / AMPS DEMAND VA / AMPS TOTAL 311,380 VA 375 A 279,590 VA 336 A TOTAL 122,540 VA 147 A 111,270 VA 134 A NOTES: 1. ALL SPARE BREAKERS SHALL BE 20A, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. NOTES: 1. ALL SPARE BREAKERS SHALL BE 20A, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. PANEL: LBC1A PANEL: LBC1B LOCATION: VOLTAGE: 120/208 Wye NEW/EXISTING: New Construction MAIN: 150 A MCB LOCATION: VOLTAGE: 120/208 Wye NEW/EXISTING: New Construction MAIN: 150 A MCB FED FROM: DT-LBC1A PHASE / WIRE: 3PH / 4W BRACING (AMPS): BUS RATING: 150 A FED FROM: DT-LBC1B PHASE / WIRE: 3PH / 4W BRACING (AMPS): BUS RATING: 150 A BRANCH: NEMA: Type 1 AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT: MOUNTING: SURFACE BRANCH: NEMA: Type 1 AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT: MOUNTING: SURFACE CKT NO / CB CB CKT NO / CKT NO / CB CB CKT NO / LOAD TYPE A (kVA) B (kVA) C (kVA) LOAD TYPE LOAD TYPE A (kVA) B (kVA) C (kVA) LOAD TYPE CODE TRIP-POLE TRIP-POLE CODE CODE TRIP-POLE TRIP-POLE CODE 1 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 1.08 GECO RECEP 1 20 A R 2 1 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 1.26 MAINTENANCE CAGE RECEPS 1 20 A R 2 3 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.72 GECO RECEP 1 20 A R 4 3 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 0.72 / 0.80 NETWORK RECEP 1 20 A R 4 04/28/2025 5 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.80 CARDINAL RECEP 1 20 A R 6 5 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.80 NETWORK RECEP 1 20 A R 6 7 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.80 CARDINAL RECEP 1 20 A R 8 7 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 0.72 / 0.80 NETWORK RECEP 1 20 A R 8 9 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.80 CARDINAL RECEP 1 20 A R 10 9 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.80 NETWORK RECEP 1 20 A R 10 11 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.80 CARDINAL RECEP 1 20 A R 12 11 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 0.72 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 12 © MACKENZIE 13 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.80 CARDINAL RECEP 1 20 A R 14 13 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 14 2025 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF 15 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.80 CARDINAL RECEP 1 20 A R 16 15 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 0.72 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 16 MACKENZIE AND ARE NOT TO BE USED 17 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.80 CARDINAL RECEP 1 20 A R 18 17 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 18 OR REPRODUCED IN ANY MANNER, 19 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.80 CARDINAL RECEP 1 20 A R 20 19 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 0.72 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 20 WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION 21 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.80 CARDINAL RECEP 1 20 A R 22 21 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 22 23 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.80 CP1 1 20 A Rec... 24 23 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 0.72 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 24 REVISION SCHEDULE 25 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 26 25 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 26 27 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 28 27 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 0.72 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 28 Delta Issued As Issue Date 29 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 30 29 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 30 31 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 32 31 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 0.72 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 32 33 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 34 33 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 34 35 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 36 35 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 0.72 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 36 37 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 38 37 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 38 39 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 40 39 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 0.72 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 40 41 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 42 41 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 42 43 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 44 43 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 0.72 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 44 45 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 46 45 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 46 47 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 48 47 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 0.72 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 48 49 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 50 49 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 50 51 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 52 51 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 0.72 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 52 SHEET TITLE: 53 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 54 53 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 54 55 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 56 55 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 0.72 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 56 PANEL 57 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 58 57 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.44 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 58 SCHEDULES 59 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 0.72 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 60 59 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.44 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 60 14.28 kVA 13.92 kVA 13.64 kVA 11.06 kVA 10.96 kVA 10.52 kVA LOAD CLASSIFICATION CONNECTED VA / AMPS DEMAND % DEMAND VA / AMPS LOAD CLASSIFICATIONS - CODE LEGEND LOAD CLASSIFICATION CONNECTED VA / AMPS DEMAND % DEMAND VA / AMPS LOAD CLASSIFICATIONS - CODE LEGEND R 41,040 VA 114 A 62.18% 25,520 VA 71 A L = LIGHTING R = RECEPTACLE R 32,540 VA 90 A 65.37% 21,270 VA 59 A L = LIGHTING R = RECEPTACLE Receptacle - General 800 VA 2 A 100.00% 800 VA 2 A H = HEATING M = MOTOR H = HEATING M = MOTOR C = CONTINUOUS N = NON-CONTINUOUS C = CONTINUOUS N = NON-CONTINUOUS E = ELEVATOR K = KITCHEN E = ELEVATOR K = KITCHEN SHEET CONNECTED VA / AMPS DEMAND VA / AMPS CONNECTED VA / AMPS DEMAND VA / AMPS TOTAL 41,840 VA 116 A 26,320 VA 73 A TOTAL 32,540 VA 90 A 21,270 VA 59 A NOTES: 1. ALL SPARE BREAKERS SHALL BE 20A, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. NOTES: 1. ALL SPARE BREAKERS SHALL BE 20A, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. E-401 JOB NO. 2240461.00 PERMIT SET 04/28//2025 Autodesk Docs://PAE2 - OBD-A (Project Roxy)/25-008865_MEP_R23.rvt 4/24/2025 16:04:12 Client AMAZON.COM SERVICES LLC 4620 172nd St NE410 Terry Ave N Arlington, WA 98223Seattle, WA 98109-5210 PANEL: DPCC1A PANEL: DPCC1B LOCATION: VOLTAGE: 480/277 Wye NEW/EXISTING: New Construction MAIN: 600 A MLO LOCATION: VOLTAGE: 480/277 Wye NEW/EXISTING: New Construction MAIN: 600 A MLO FED FROM: SWITCHBOARD MSC PHASE / WIRE: 3PH / 4W BRACING (AMPS): BUS RATING: 600 A FED FROM: DPCC1A PHASE / WIRE: 3PH / 4W BRACING (AMPS): BUS RATING: 600 A BRANCH: NEMA: Type 1 AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT: MOUNTING: SURFACE BRANCH: NEMA: Type 1 AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT: MOUNTING: SURFACE CKT NO / CB CB CKT NO / CKT NO / CB CB CKT NO / LOAD TYPE A (kVA) B (kVA) C (kVA) LOAD TYPE LOAD TYPE A (kVA) B (kVA) C (kVA) LOAD TYPE CODE TRIP-POLE TRIP-POLE CODE CODE TRIP-POLE TRIP-POLE CODE 1 7.33 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 2 1 13.92 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 2 Spar 3 M 40 A 3 VACUUM PUMP 7.33 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 4 3 70 A 3 DT-LCC1B 13.48 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 4 e; R 5 7.33 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 6 5 12.84 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 6 7 7.33 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 8 7 10.00 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 8 9 M 40 A 3 VACUUM PUMP 7.33 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 10 9 N 60 A 3 PROTEUS BATTERY CHARGER 10.00 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 10 Project 11 7.33 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 12 11 10.00 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 12 13 10.24 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 14 13 4.33 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 14 Spar 15 70 A 3 DT-LCC1A 10.88 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 16 15 N 20 A 3 CARDINAL 4.33 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 16 e; R 17 9.44 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 18 17 4.33 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 18 PAE2 OBD-A 19 10.00 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 20 19 4.33 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 20 RETROFIT 21 N 60 A 3 PROTEUS BATTERY CHARGER 10.00 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 22 21 N 20 A 3 CARDINAL 4.33 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 22 1025 Boxwood Rd,5002 172ND Street, NE 23 10.00 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 24 23 4.33 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 24 Wilmington, DE 19804Arlington, WA 98223 25 10.00 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 26 25 4.33 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 26 27 N 60 A 3 PROTEUS BATTERY CHARGER 10.00 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 28 27 N 20 A 3 CARDINAL 4.33 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 28 29 10.00 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 30 29 4.33 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 30 31 10.00 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 32 31 4.33 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 32 33 N 60 A 3 PROTEUS BATTERY CHARGER 10.00 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 34 33 N 20 A 3 CARDINAL 4.33 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 34 35 10.00 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 36 35 4.33 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 36 STRUCTURAL 37 10.00 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 38 37 4.33 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 38 MACKENZIE 39 N 60 A 3 PROTEUS BATTERY CHARGER 10.00 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 40 39 N 20 A 3 CARDINAL 4.33 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 40 1515 SE WATER AVE #100 41 10.00 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 42 41 4.33 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 42 PORTLAND, OR 97214 43 -- 20 A 1 SPARE 0.00 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 44 43 4.33 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 44 45 -- 20 A 1 SPARE 0.00 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 46 45 N 20 A 3 CARDINAL 4.33 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 46 47 -- 20 A 1 SPARE 0.00 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 48 47 4.33 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 48 MECH/ELEC/PLUMBING 49 -- 20 A 1 SPARE 0.00 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 50 49 4.33 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 50 SYSKA HENNESSY 51 -- 20 A 1 SPARE 0.00 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 52 51 N 20 A 3 CARDINAL 4.33 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 52 1175 PEACHTREE ST, SUITE 53 -- 20 A 1 SPARE 0.00 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 54 53 4.33 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 54 700, ATLANTA, GA 30361 55 -- 20 A 1 SPARE 0.00 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 56 55 4.33 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 56 57 -- 20 A 1 SPARE 0.00 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 58 57 N 20 A 3 CARDINAL 4.33 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 58 59 -- 20 A 1 SPARE 0.00 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 60 59 4.33 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 60 123.49 kVA 123.69 kVA 121.61 kVA 58.59 kVA 58.15 kVA 57.51 kVA FIRE PROTECTION HARRINGTON GROUP, INC. LOAD CLASSIFICATION CONNECTED VA / AMPS DEMAND % DEMAND VA / AMPS LOAD CLASSIFICATIONS - CODE LEGEND LOAD CLASSIFICATION CONNECTED VA / AMPS DEMAND % DEMAND VA / AMPS LOAD CLASSIFICATIONS - CODE LEGEND 3237 SATELLITE BLVD, SUITE 525, DULUTH, GA M 44,000 VA 53 A 112.50% 49,500 VA 60 A L = LIGHTING R = RECEPTACLE N 134,000 VA 161 A 100.00% 134,000 VA 161 A L = LIGHTING R = RECEPTACLE 30096 N 254,000 VA 306 A 100.00% 254,000 VA 306 A H = HEATING M = MOTOR R 40,240 VA 48 A 62.43% 25,120 VA 30 A H = HEATING M = MOTOR R 70,800 VA 85 A 57.06% 40,400 VA 49 A C = CONTINUOUS N = NON-CONTINUOUS C = CONTINUOUS N = NON-CONTINUOUS E = ELEVATOR K = KITCHEN E = ELEVATOR K = KITCHEN CONNECTED VA / AMPS DEMAND VA / AMPS CONNECTED VA / AMPS DEMAND VA / AMPS TOTAL 368,800 VA 444 A 343,900 VA 414 A TOTAL 174,240 VA 210 A 159,120 VA 191 A NOTES: 1. ALL SPARE BREAKERS SHALL BE 20A, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. NOTES: 1. ALL SPARE BREAKERS SHALL BE 20A, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. PANEL: LCC1A PANEL: LCC1B LOCATION: VOLTAGE: 120/208 Wye NEW/EXISTING: New Construction MAIN: 150 A MCB LOCATION: VOLTAGE: 120/208 Wye NEW/EXISTING: New Construction MAIN: 150 A MCB FED FROM: DT-LCC1A PHASE / WIRE: 3PH / 4W BRACING (AMPS): BUS RATING: 150 A FED FROM: DT-LCC1B PHASE / WIRE: 3PH / 4W BRACING (AMPS): BUS RATING: 150 A BRANCH: NEMA: Type 1 AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT: MOUNTING: SURFACE BRANCH: NEMA: Type 1 AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT: MOUNTING: SURFACE 04/28/2025 CKT NO / CB CB CKT NO / CKT NO / CB CB CKT NO / LOAD TYPE A (kVA) B (kVA) C (kVA) LOAD TYPE LOAD TYPE A (kVA) B (kVA) C (kVA) LOAD TYPE CODE TRIP-POLE TRIP-POLE CODE CODE TRIP-POLE TRIP-POLE CODE 1 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 0.72 / 0.80 NETWORK CABINET 1 20 A R 2 1 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 1.08 GECO RECEP 1 20 A R 2 3 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 0.72 / 0.80 NETWORK CABINET 1 20 A R 4 3 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 1.08 GECO RECEP 1 20 A R 4 © MACKENZIE 5 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.80 NETWORK CABINET 1 20 A R 6 5 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 0.72 / 0.80 CARDINAL RECEP 1 20 A R 6 2025 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF 7 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 0.72 / 0.80 NETWORK CABINET 1 20 A R 8 7 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 0.72 / 0.80 CARDINAL RECEP 1 20 A R 8 MACKENZIE AND ARE NOT TO BE USED 9 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.72 VACUUM PUMP RECEPS 1 20 A R 10 9 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.80 CARDINAL RECEP 1 20 A R 10 OR REPRODUCED IN ANY MANNER, 11 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 0.72 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 12 11 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.80 CARDINAL RECEP 1 20 A R 12 WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION 13 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 14 13 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.80 CARDINAL RECEP 1 20 A R 14 15 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 16 15 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.80 CARDINAL RECEP 1 20 A R 16 REVISION SCHEDULE 17 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 0.72 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 18 17 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.80 CARDINAL RECEP 1 20 A R 18 19 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 0.72 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 20 19 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.80 CARDINAL RECEP 1 20 A R 20 Delta Issued As Issue Date 21 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 22 21 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 22 23 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 0.72 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 24 23 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 24 25 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 26 25 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 26 27 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 28 27 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 28 29 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 30 29 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 30 31 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 0.72 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 32 31 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 32 33 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 0.72 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 34 33 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 34 35 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 0.72 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 36 35 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 36 37 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 38 37 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 38 39 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 0.72 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 40 39 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 40 41 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 42 41 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 42 43 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 0.72 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 44 43 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 44 SHEET TITLE: 45 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 46 45 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 46 47 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 0.72 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 48 47 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 48 PANEL 49 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 50 49 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 50 51 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 0.72 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 52 51 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 52 SCHEDULES 53 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 54 53 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 54 55 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 0.72 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 56 55 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 56 57 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 58 57 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 58 59 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 0.72 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 60 59 R 20 A 1 GECO RECEP 1.08 / 0.00 SPARE 1 20 A -- 60 10.24 kVA 10.88 kVA 9.44 kVA 13.92 kVA 13.48 kVA 12.84 kVA LOAD CLASSIFICATION CONNECTED VA / AMPS DEMAND % DEMAND VA / AMPS LOAD CLASSIFICATIONS - CODE LEGEND LOAD CLASSIFICATION CONNECTED VA / AMPS DEMAND % DEMAND VA / AMPS LOAD CLASSIFICATIONS - CODE LEGEND R 30,560 VA 85 A 66.36% 20,280 VA 56 A L = LIGHTING R = RECEPTACLE R 40,240 VA 112 A 62.43% 25,120 VA 70 A L = LIGHTING R = RECEPTACLE H = HEATING M = MOTOR H = HEATING M = MOTOR C = CONTINUOUS N = NON-CONTINUOUS C = CONTINUOUS N = NON-CONTINUOUS E = ELEVATOR K = KITCHEN E = ELEVATOR K = KITCHEN SHEET CONNECTED VA / AMPS DEMAND VA / AMPS CONNECTED VA / AMPS DEMAND VA / AMPS E-402 TOTAL 30,560 VA 85 A 20,280 VA 56 A TOTAL 40,240 VA 112 A 25,120 VA 70 A NOTES: 1. ALL SPARE BREAKERS SHALL BE 20A, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. NOTES: 1. ALL SPARE BREAKERS SHALL BE 20A, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. JOB NO. 2240461.00 PERMIT SET 04/28//2025 Autodesk Docs://PAE2 - OBD-A (Project Roxy)/25-008865_MEP_R23.rvt 4/24/2025 16:04:13 METERING DETAIL - SWBD ETHERNET DATA Client PROVIDE NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE WITH DROP BY OTHERS SCHNEIDER ELECTRIC POWERLOGIC FRONT COVER CUT-OUTS FOR M1 PM8000 SERIES MOUNTING METERS. LABEL EACH AMAZON.COM METER TO INDICATE LOAD. SCHNEIDER ELECTRIC POWERLOGIC GW M2 M2 SERVICES LLC EM3555 SERIES 4620 172nd St NE410 Terry Ave N M1 M2 M2 SCHNEIDER ELECTRIC EGX ETHERNET GW Arlington, WA 98223Seattle, WA INTERFACE 98109-5210 M2 M2 M2 EXTEND TO CT'S IN NOTES: SWITCHBOARD (TYP. EACH METER) M2 M2 1. REFER TO ONE-LINE DIAGRAM FOR FEEDER METER REQUIREMENTS. 2. PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED CURRENT TRANSFORMERS, INTERCONNECTING COMMUNICATION WIRING, CABLING TO CAT'S AND DAISY CHAIN METERS WITH REQUIRED COMMUNICATION GATEWAYS. COMMUNICATION CABLE (TYP.) 3. WALL MOUNT METER CABINET ADJACENT TO SWITCHBOARD, REFER TO FLOOR PLANS FOR LOCATION. 4. CONTACT RANDY BATES AT SQUARE D FOR Project PRICING. randy.bates@schneider-electric.com PAE2 OBD-A RETROFIT 1025 Boxwood Rd,5002 172ND Street, NE Wilmington, DE 19804Arlington, WA 98223 TRANSFORMER SCHEDULE Panel Name XFMR SIZE MOUNTING ENCLOSURE GROUND STRUCTURAL DT-LCC1A 45 kVA WALL MTD TYPE 2 #6 CU MACKENZIE DT-LCC1B 45 kVA WALL MTD TYPE 2 #6 CU 1515 SE WATER AVE #100 PORTLAND, OR 97214 DT-LBC1B 45 kVA WALL MTD TYPE 2 #6 CU DT-LBC1A 45 kVA WALL MTD TYPE 2 #6 CU MECH/ELEC/PLUMBING SYSKA HENNESSY 1175 PEACHTREE ST, SUITE 700, ATLANTA, GA 30361 FIRE PROTECTION MSB - FEEDER SCHEDULE XFMR XFMR HARRINGTON GROUP, INC. DT-LBC1A DT-LBC1B 3237 SATELLITE BLVD, FEEDER/SERVICE DESCRIPTION CONDUCTOR SIZE CONDUIT SUITE 525, DULUTH, GA EQUIPMENT CONDUCTOR COPPER OR NUMBER OF PHASE NEUTRAL EQUIPMENT DIAMETER TO ATS-EB TO ATS-SB TO PANEL DPB1 TO PANEL DPHB2 TO PANEL DPHB3 TO PANEL DPHB4 TO PANEL DPHB5 TO PANEL HBL1 TO PANEL HB1A TO PANEL HB1B TO PANEL HB1C TO PANEL HB1D 30096 FB100 DESIGNATION SERVED AMPACITY ALUMINUM RUNS CONDUCTOR CONDUCTOR GROUND (IN) 1 FB101 FB102 FB103 FB104 FB105 EXIST. SURGE PROTECTION DEVICE TYP FB 100 DPBC1A 620 AL 2 SETS 3 # 500 1 # 500 1 # 2/0 4 SPD FB 101 DT-LBC1A 85 CU 1 SET 3 # 4 - 1 # 8 MC M#3 FB 102 LBC1A 150 CU 1 SET 3 # 1/0 1 # 1/0 1 # 6 2 M2 M2 2 FB 103 DPBC1B 620 AL 2 SETS 3 # 500 1 # 500 1 # 2/0 4 EXIST. UTILITY CO. PAD MTD FB 104 DT-LBC1B 85 CU 1 SET 3 # 4 - 1 # 8 MC TRANSFORMER AND METER GF SPD SPD FB 105 LBC1B 150 CU 1 SET 3 # 1/0 1 # 1/0 1 # 6 2 M1 T EXIST. SWITCHBOARD - MSB DPBC1A LBC1A DPBC1B LBC1B GROUND LEVEL MSC - FEEDER SCHEDULE FEEDER/SERVICE DESCRIPTION CONDUCTOR SIZE CONDUIT EQUIPMENT CONDUCTOR COPPER OR NUMBER OF PHASE NEUTRAL EQUIPMENT DIAMETER DESIGNATION SERVED AMPACITY ALUMINUM RUNS CONDUCTOR CONDUCTOR GROUND (IN) 04/28/2025 FC 100 DPCC1A 620 AL 2 SETS 3 # 500 1 # 500 1 # 2/0 4 XFMR XFMR FC 101 DT-LCC1A 85 CU 1 SET 3 # 4 - 1 # 8 MC DT-LCC1A DT-LCC1B © MACKENZIE FC 102 LCC1A 150 CU 1 SET 3 # 1/0 1 # 1/0 1 # 6 2 2025 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF TO ATS-EC TO ATS-SC TO PANEL DPC1 TO PANEL DPC2 TO PANEL HCL1 TO PANEL HC1A TO PANEL HC1B TO PANEL HC1C TO PANEL HCMO TO PANEL DT-LC1D TO PANEL DPHC2 TO PANEL DPHC3 TO PANEL DPHC4 TO PANEL DPHC5 TO TRANSF. DT-LC1D FC 103 DPCC1B 620 AL 2 SETS 3 # 500 1 # 500 1 # 2/0 4 FC100 MACKENZIE AND ARE NOT TO BE USED 1 FC103 OR REPRODUCED IN ANY MANNER, FC 104 DT-LCC1B 85 CU 1 SET 3 # 4 - 1 # 8 MC FC101 FC102 FC104 FC105 WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION EXIST. SURGE PROTECTION DEVICE TYP FC 105 LCC1B 150 CU 1 SET 3 # 1/0 1 # 1/0 1 # 6 2 SPD REVISION SCHEDULE M#3 M2 M2 Delta Issued As Issue Date 2 EXIST. UTILITY CO. PAD MTD TRANSFORMER AND METER GF SPD SPD M1 T EXIST. SWITCHBOARD - MSC DPCC1A LCC1A DPCC1B LCC1B GROUND LEVEL SHEET TITLE: ONE - LINE DIAGRAM SHEET NOTES SHEET KEYNOTES 1. ALUMINUM CONDUCTORS MAY BE SUBSTITUTED FOR COPPER CONDUCTORS FOR FEEDERS LARGER THAN 100 AMPS. ALUMINUM CONDUCTORS SHALL NOT BE USED WHERE EXPRESSLY FORBIDDEN BY THE LOCAL 1. PROVIDE REMOTE METERING OF FEEDER. REFER TO METERING DETAIL ON THIS SHEET FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. ELECTRICAL INSPECTIONS DEPARTMENT, UTILITY COMPANY OR THE PLAN REVIEW BOARD OF JURISDICTION. 2. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE NEW 600A BREAKER IN SWITCHBOARD. 2. FLOOR MOUNTED EQUIPMENT SHALL HAVE 3" CONCRETE HOUSEKEEPING PAD. REFER TRANSFORMER SCHEDULE ON THIS SHEET. 3. ALL PLACARDS MUST MATCH INFORMATION SHOWN IN THE PANEL SCHEDULES (E.G. NAMING, SUPPLIED FROM, ETC.). SHEET E-501 JOB NO. 2240461.00 PERMIT SET 04/28//2025 Autodesk Docs://PAE2 - OBD-A (Project Roxy)/25-008865_MEP_R23.rvt 4/24/2025 16:04:13 12" = 1'-0" GENERAL NOTES 1. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR CEILING TYPES AND HEIGHTS. 2. WATER DAMAGE CANNOT BE TOLERATED. TAKE ANY NECESSARY MEASURES TO KEEP THE PREMISES DRY AT ALL TIMES. REPAIR WATER DAMAGE RESULTING FROM THE WORK, WHETHER INTENTIONAL OR NOT, AT NO COST TO AND TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE OWNER. 3. PRIOR TO THE OPERATION (OPEN OR CLOSE) OF ANY VALVE CONTROLLING WATER TO THE DOMESTIC OR FIRE SYSTEMS, NOTIFICATION SHALL BE GIVEN TO, AND APPROVAL OBTAINED FROM, THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND SITE RME CONTACT. SEISMIC LOAD ANALYSIS 4. NEITHER THE ARCHITECT, OWNER, NOR ENGINEER SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING A SAFE WORKING PLACE FOR THE CONTRACTOR, SUBCONTRACTORS, OR THEIR EMPLOYEES, OR ANY INDIVIDUAL RESPONSIBLE TO THEM FOR THE WORK. THIS RESPONSIBILITY RESTS WITH THE CONTRACTOR. IBC ( ) SECTION2018 1613 5. THE SCOPE OF THIS PROJECT IS TO MODIFY THE FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM WHERE NEW MATERIAL HANDLING EQUIPMENT ("MHE") IS BEING INSTALLED. THE NEW MHE SORTATION EQUIPMENT WILL FEATURE A CHUTE, VACUUM LINES AND CONDUIT THAT MAY CREATE AN OBSTRUCTION TO SPRINKLER SPRAY PATTERNS. THE FIRE SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL MODIFY THE EXISTING PIPING AND SEISMIC IMPORTANCE FACTOR IE 1.00 SPRINKLERS AS NECESSARY TO PROVIDE COMPLETE COVERAGE PER THE BUILDING'S PERFORMANCE-BASED FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM. REFER TO FP002 FOR OBSTRUCTION DETAILS. 6. SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL KEEP THE EXISTING SYSTEM ONLINE TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT POSSIBLE. COORDINATE WITH SITE RME CONTACT AND TENANT'S OPERATIONS TO MINIMIZE THE SYSTEM OCCUPANCY CATEGORY II OUTAGES. 7. SPRINKLER DESIGN SCHEDULE SCHEMES ARE EXISTING AND TO REMAIN UNMODIFIED FROM THE BUILDING'S PERFORMANCE BASED DESIGN. LINE D IS SHOWN FULL TONE AS THAT IS THE AREA MAPPED SPECTRAL SS 1.081 g DESIGNATION AFFECTED WITH THIS RETROFIT. INFORMATION FOR LINE D IS UNCHANGED FROM THE PERFORMANCE BASED DESIGN. RESPONSE ACCELERATION S1 0.422 g FIRE SPRINKLERS SITE CLASS CLASS D 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE COMPLETE AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER MODIFICATIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THESE DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS, AND NFPA 13. 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL HYDRAULICALLY PROVE THE REMOTE AREA OF EACH SEPARATE HAZARD GROUP OF EACH MODIFIED SYSTEM WITHOUT EXCEPTION. SPECTRAL RESPONSE SDS 0.769 g Client COEFFICIENTS 3. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR AVOIDING ALL CONFLICTS WITH LIGHTING FIXTURES, UNIT HEATERS, DIFFUSERS, GRILLES, DUCTS, CONDUIT, PIPING, AND ALL OTHER OBSTRUCTIONS SD1 0.444 g ENCOUNTERED. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECTURAL, ELECTRICAL, AND MECHANICAL WORK. ANY DEVIATIONS FROM APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE ENGINEER FOR APPROVAL BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY CATEGORY D 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THE POSITION AND HANGING METHOD OF ALL SPRINKLER PIPING 4 IN. AND LARGER WITH THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. AMAZON.COM 5. ALL MECHANICAL FITTINGS SHALL BE HELD IN PLACE WITH MECHANICAL COUPLINGS OF THE SAME MANUFACTURER. SERVICES LLC RESPONSE RP 4.5 410 Terry Ave N, MODIFICATION FACTOR 6. SPRINKLER HANGERS SHALL BE DESIGNED, LOCATED, AND INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 13. Seattle, WA 98109 7. FIRE SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND INSTALL VALVE SUPERVISORY TAMPER DEVICES ON ALL INTERIOR FIRE PROTECTION CONTROL VALVES FOR MONITORING BY THE FACU. THE FIRE SEISMIC DESIGN FORCE FP = x W0.53 P SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL COMMUNICATE AND COORDINATE AS NECESSARY WITH THE FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR TO ENSURE ALL DEVICES ARE MONITORED (IF NEEDED). 8. FIRE SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE NO OTHER FIRE ALARM-ASSOCIATED DEVICES, COMPONENTS, PANELS, ETC. WP = 1.15 * THE WEIGHT OF WATER-FILLED PIPE (ACCOUNTS FOR FITTINGS) 9. ALL SPRINKLERS SHALL BE INSTALLED AFTER THE PIPING HAS BEEN INSTALLED AT CEILING LEVEL, AND NOT WHILE THE PIPING IS ON GROUND LEVEL. * SEISMIC BRACING NOT REQUIRED (SEISMIC LOAD ANALYSIS IS REFERENCED FROM ORIGINAL DESIGN DOCUMENTS.) Project PAE2 OBD-A RETROFIT 5002 172ND St NE Arlington, WA 98223 STRUCTURAL MACKENZIE 1515 SE WATER AVE #100 PORTLAND, OR 97214 MECH/ELEC/PLUMBING SYSKA HENNESSY 1175 PEACHTREE ST, SUITE 700, ATLANTA, GA 30361 FIRE PROTECTION HARRINGTON GROUP, INC. 3237 SATELLITE BLVD, SUITE 525, DULUTH, GA 30096 HGI Project No.: 24MCZ0012 04/25/2025 © MACKENZIE 2025 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF MACKENZIE AND ARE NOT TO BE USED OR REPRODUCED IN ANY MANNER, WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION REVISION SCHEDULE Delta Issued As Issue Date SPRINKLER DESIGN SCHEDULE Permit set 04/28/2025 (REFERENCE SPECIFICATION SECTION[S]) AREA CEILING SYSTEM IN-RACK SPRINKLERS DESIGNATION AREA AREA MIN. INSIDE/ TOP OF DURATION AREA DESCRIPTION CEILING CLEAR HAZARD DESCRIPTION SYSTEM DENSITY REMOTE PRESSURE SPKR. SPACING SYSTEM NO. PRESSURE MMR DRR SRR OUTSIDE NOTES A HEIGHT HEIGHT PRODUCT SYSTEM TYPE NO. SPKRS. SPKR. TYPE SPKR. TYPE # LEVELS # LEVELS # LEVELS HOSE (GPM) (MINUTES) NO. (GPM/ SQ. FT.) AREA (SQ. FT.) OR FLOW (SQ. FT.) NO. SPKRS. OR FLOW & TYPE & TYPE & TYPE MAX ORDINARY I-IV COMBUSTIBLES & REFERENCE: NFPA 13, SPRINKLER LISTING AND THE PROJECT'S PERFORMANCE-BASED DESIGN ANALYSIS. SPRINKLER SHALL BE RELIABLE N252 ROBOTIC STORAGE 86'-10-1/2" CARTONED & EXPOSED 100 MAX. EC (RA0842). THIS ROW IS REQUIRING DUAL CRITERIA - DESIGN SHALL MEET BOTH. A LEVEL 5 9'-1" 8'-7" 70-85 WET CONTROL -- -- 6 / 12 30 PSI / 10 PSI EC PENDENT, K-25.2 INT. TEMP. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 100 / 150 180 (19'-9-1/2" UNEXPANDED GROUP A (SEE NOTES) THE OVERALL AVERAGE SPRINKLER SPACING SHALL BE LIMITED TO 100 SQ.FT. MAXIMUM SPACING OF UP TO 105 SQ.FT. IS PERMITTED WHEN SHEET TITLE: (67'-1" FFE) AFF) PLASTICS IN STORAGE PODS REQUIRED TO COORDINATE WITH STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS. REFER TO SHEET FP002. ROBOTIC STORAGE 40'-7", ORDINARY I-IV COMBUSTIBLES & REFERENCE: NFPA 13, SPRINKLER LISTING AND THE PROJECT'S PERFORMANCE-BASED DESIGN ANALYSIS. SPRINKLER SHALL BE RELIABLE N252 LEVELS 2-4 53'-7" CARTONED & EXPOSED 100 MAX. EC (RA0842). THIS ROW IS REQUIRING DUAL CRITERIA - DESIGN SHALL MEET BOTH. B 9'-1" 8'-7" 22-69 WET CONTROL -- -- 6 / 12 30 PSI / 10 PSI EC PENDENT, K-25.2 INT. TEMP. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 100 / 150 180 (28'-1", 41'-1" & 54'-1" & 66'-7" UNEXPANDED GROUP A (SEE NOTES) THE OVERALL AVERAGE SPRINKLER SPACING SHALL BE LIMITED TO 100 SQ.FT. MAXIMUM SPACING OF UP TO 105 SQ.FT. IS PERMITTED WHEN FFE) (12'-6" AFF) PLASTICS IN STORAGE PODS REQUIRED TO COORDINATE WITH STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS. REFER TO SHEET FP002. PROCESS / MATERIAL REFERENCE: NFPA 13, SPRINKLER LISTING AND THE PROJECT'S PERFORMANCE-BASED DESIGN ANALYSIS. SPRINKLER SHALL BE RELIABLE N252 23'-7" AFF HANDLING 100 MAX. EC (RA0842). THIS ROW IS REQUIRING DUAL CRITERIA - DESIGN SHALL MEET BOTH. C 27'-7" 9'-7" AFF OF 12'-0" ORDINARY HAZARD (GROUP 2) 1-20 WET CONTROL -- -- 6 / 12 30 PSI / 10 PSI EC PENDENT, K-25.2 INT. TEMP. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 100 / 150 180 GROUND LEVEL (SEE NOTES) THE OVERALL AVERAGE SPRINKLER SPACING SHALL BE LIMITED TO 100 SQ.FT. MAXIMUM SPACING OF UP TO 105 SQ.FT. IS PERMITTED WHEN MEZZ. (0'-0" FFE) REQUIRED TO COORDINATE WITH STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS. REFER TO SHEET FP002. FIRE REFERENCE: NFPA 13, SPRINKLER LISTING AND THE PROJECT'S PERFORMANCE-BASED DESIGN ANALYSIS. THIS ROW IS REQUIRING DUAL CRITERIA - DESIGN SHALL MEET BOTH. SORTATION VARIES PROTECTION EC PENDENT OR *EC UPRIGHT, 100 MAX. THE OVERALL AVERAGE SPRINKLER SPACING SHALL BE LIMITED TO 100 SQ.FT. MAXIMUM SPACING OF UP TO 105 SQ.FT. IS PERMITTED WHEN D PLATFORMS MAX. 13'-6" (8'-9" TO 8'-7" ORDINARY HAZARD (GROUP 2) 1-20 WET CONTROL -- -- 6 / 12 30 PSI / 10 PSI -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 100 / 150 180 K-25.2 INT. TEMP. (SEE NOTES) REQUIRED TO COORDINATE WITH STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS. REFER TO SHEET FP002. (14'-0" FFE) 10'-1") NOTES *SPRINKLERS AT THE STRUCTURAL LEVEL SHALL BE UPRIGHT OR PENDENT EXTENDED COVERAGE K25.2 SPRINKLERS AND SHALL MEET CRITERIA FOUND IN ROWS A-C OF THIS SCHEDULE. REFERENCE: NFPA 13 AND SPRINKLER LISTING AND THE PROJECT'S PERFORMANCE-BASED DESIGN ANALYSIS. PROVIDE SPRINKLER PROTECTION BOTH AT THE STRUCTURE AND BELOW ALL SUSPENDED CEILINGS. SHEET QR PENDENT, K≥5.6, ORD. TEMP. *SPRINKLERS AT THE STRUCTURAL LEVEL SHALL BE UPRIGHT OR PENDENT EXTENDED COVERAGE K25.2 SPRINKLERS AND SHALL MEET CRITERIA GENERAL OFFICE SEE ARCH. SEE ARCH. E -- LIGHT HAZARD 21 WET CONTROL 0.10 1,500 -- -- 225 MAX. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 000 / 100 180 FOUND IN ROWS A-C OF THIS SCHEDULE. SPACE PLANS PLANS *EC UPRIGHT OR PENDENT, K-25.2 INT. TEMP. ROOMS SUCH AS STORAGE, ELECTRICAL, AND COMPUTER ROOMS LARGER THAN 130 SQ. FT. SHALL BE PROTECTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ORDINARY HAZARD (GROUP 1) CRITERIA. DIESEL FIRE PUMP SEE ARCH. SR UPRIGHT OR PENDENT, K≥11.2, F -- -- EXTRA HAZARD (GROUP 2) FP1 / FP2 WET CONTROL 0.40 ENTIRE -- -- 100 MAX. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 000 / 500 180 REFERENCE: NFPA 13 AND SPRINKLER LISTING. ROOM & HOUSE PLANS HIGH TEMP. FP001 QR DRY PENDENT, K≥5.6, ORD. REFERENCE: NFPA 13 AND SPRINKLER LISTING. CONCEAL SPRINKLERS IN THE MDF ROOM WITH WHITE COVER PLATES. LOCATE PREACTION TEMP. SYSTEM RISER AT RISER BANK NO. 4. REFER TO DRAWING FP101. G MDF ROOM 10'-0" -- -- ORDINARY HAZARD (GROUP 2) 86 PREACTION 0.20 ENTIRE -- -- 130 MAX. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 000 / 250 180 *SPRINKLERS AT THE STRUCTURAL LEVEL ABOVE THE MDF ROOM SHALL BE UPRIGHT OR PENDENT EXTENDED COVERAGE K25.2 SPRINKLERS AND *EC UPRIGHT OR PENDENT, K-25.2 SHALL MEET CRITERIA FOUND IN ROW C OF THIS SCHEDULE. ALL SPRINKLERS SHALL BE SUPPLIED FROM THE PREACTION SYSTEM. THERE SHALL JOB NO. INT. TEMP. BE NO WATER-FILLED PIPES ROUTED ABOVE THE MDF ROOM. 2240461.00 PERMIT SET 04/28/2025 SPRINKLER OBSTRUCTION NOTES 1. THESE DETAILS ARE BASED ON INDEPENDENT TESTING OF THE RELIABLE N252 EC FOR REFERENCE ONLY SPRINKLER AND THE PROJECT PERFORMANCE BASED DESIGN. REFER TO EXTENDED COVERAGE SPRINKLER (PENDENT-TYPE) NOTES ON SHEET FP001. 2. NO OBSTRUCTIONS ARE PERMITTED WITHIN 24 IN. RADIUS OF CENTER OF SPRINKLER DETAILS MATCH THOSE PREVIOUSLY APPROVED FOR THE DEFLECTOR. 3. ISOLATED OBSTRUCTIONS NOT GREATER THAN 8 IN. IN WIDTH IN THE LEAST DIMENSION FACILITY PER THE PERFORMANCE-BASED DESIGN ARE PERMITTED ANYWHERE OUTSIDE OF 24 IN. RADIUS OF SPRINKLER DEFLECTOR. 4. CONTINUOUS OBSTRUCTIONS NOT GREATER THAN 48 IN. IN WIDTH ARE PERMITTED WITHIN HATCHED AREAS. a. OBSTRUCTIONS GREATER THAN 24 IN. AND NOT GREATER THAN 48 IN. IN WIDTH SHALL BE CENTERED BETWEEN TWO SPRINKLERS AND TIGHT TO THE BOTTOM OF STRUCTURE. CEILING / ROOF (HEIGHT VARIES) b. A SINGLE GROUP OF OBSTRUCTIONS NOT GREATER THAN 24 IN. IN WIDTH SHALL BE PERMITTED ANYWHERE IN HATCHED AREA. 5. MULTIPLE OBSTRUCTIONS MAY BE VIEWED INDEPENDENTLY AS LONG AS THERE IS A MINIMUM 6 IN. HORIZONTAL GAP PROVIDED BETWEEN OBSTRUCTIONS. JOIST JOIST JOIST JOIST 1'-0" MIN. 1'-0" MIN. NO RESTRICTIONS ABOVE LINE OF DEFLECTOR MAX 1'-0" A Client A OBSTRUCTIONS THAT ARE LESS THAN 18 IN. VERTICALLY BELOW SPRINKLERS ARE SUBJECT TO THE "FOUR-TIMES C 18" D RULE". A ≥ 4C OR 4D; A ≤ 36 IN. [NFPA 13 §8.8.5.2] 18" AMAZON.COM A ≥ 4C OR 4D SERVICES LLC C A ≤ 36 IN. (USE DIMENSION C OR D, WHICHEVER IS GREATER) 410 Terry Ave N, D A ≥ 4C OR 4D Seattle, WA 98109 A ≤ 36 IN. (USE DIMENSION C OR D, WHICHEVER IS GREATER) NONCONTINUOUS OBSTRUCTIONS (E.G., LIGHT CONTINUOUS OBSTRUCTIONS (E.G. DUCTS, CONDUITS, PIPING) MINIMUM 3'-0" FIXTURES) PERMITTED ANYWHERE ABOVE CLEAR MORE THAN 18 IN. BELOW SPRINKLERS SHALL BE LIMITED TO HEIGHT PROVIDED IT DOES NOT EXCEED 48 IN. 24 IN. WIDE AND SEPARATED BY GAPS OF 6 IN. OR GREATER. AND COMPLIES WITH THE FOUR-TIMES RULE. >6" 24" MAX. 24" MAX. 9'-1" CLEAR HEIGHT (SHALL NOT BE VIOLATED) TOP OF STORAGE PODS TOP OF STORAGE PODS 8'-7" AFF 8'-7" AFF Project PAE2 OBD-A RETROFIT SPRINKLER OBSTRUCTIONS PARALLEL TO JOISTS 5002 172ND St NE 5 Arlington, WA 98223 SCALE: 1" = 1'-0" 0 1/2' 1' 2' Scale: 1" = 1'-0" STRUCTURAL CEILING / ROOF (HEIGHT VARIES) MACKENZIE 1515 SE WATER AVE #100 PORTLAND, OR 97214 MECH/ELEC/PLUMBING SYSKA HENNESSY 1175 PEACHTREE ST, SUITE NO RESTRICTIONS ABOVE LINE OF DEFLECTOR MAX 1'-0" A 700, ATLANTA, GA 30361 A OBSTRUCTIONS THAT ARE LESS THAN 18 IN. VERTICALLY C BELOW SPRINKLERS ARE SUBJECT TO THE "FOUR-TIMES FIRE PROTECTION 18" RULE". A ≥ 4C OR 4D; A ≤ 36 IN. [NFPA 13 §8.8.5.2] 18" D HARRINGTON GROUP, INC. 3237 SATELLITE BLVD, A ≥ 4C OR 4D C SUITE 525, DULUTH, GA 30096 A ≤ 36 IN. (USE DIMENSION C OR D, WHICHEVER IS GREATER) D A ≥ 4C OR 4D A ≤ 36 IN. (USE DIMENSION C OR D, WHICHEVER IS GREATER) NONCONTINUOUS OBSTRUCTIONS (E.G., LIGHT CONTINUOUS OBSTRUCTIONS (E.G. DUCTS, CONDUITS, PIPING) MINIMUM 3'-0" FIXTURES) PERMITTED ANYWHERE ABOVE CLEAR MORE THAN 18 IN. BELOW SPRINKLERS SHALL BE LIMITED TO HEIGHT PROVIDED IT DOES NOT EXCEED 48 IN. 24 IN. WIDE AND SEPARATED BY GAPS OF 6 IN. OR GREATER. AND COMPLIES WITH THE FOUR-TIMES RULE. >6" 24" MAX. 24" MAX. 9'-1" CLEAR HEIGHT (SHALL NOT BE VIOLATED) HGI Project No.: 24MCZ0008 TOP OF STORAGE PODS TOP OF STORAGE PODS 8'-7" AFF 8'-7" AFF SPRINKLER OBSTRUCTIONS PERPENDICULAR TO JOISTS 4 SCALE: 1" = 1'-0" 0 1/2' 1' 2' Scale: 1" = 1'-0" 04/25/2025 ## © MACKENZIE 2025 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF XX ## ## MACKENZIE AND ARE NOT TO BE USED 9'-0" 8'-312" 9'-0" 8'-312" 9'-0" 10'-8" 10'-8" 10'-8" 10'-8" OR REPRODUCED IN ANY MANNER, COLUMN COLUMN WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION (TYP) (TYP) XX CONTRACTOR MAY SPACE REVISION SCHEDULE SPRINKLERS UP TO 105 SQ.FT. 10'-8" Delta Issued As Issue Date CONTRACTOR MAY SPACE SPRINKLERS UP 9'-7" Permit set 04/28/2025 9'-0" TO 105 SQ. FT. IN ORDER TO COORDINATE 11'-1" WITH OTHER DESIGN ELEMENTS SUCH AS INDICATED IN THIS EXAMPLE. CONTRACTOR 9'-7" SHALL PRODUCE THEIR OWN LAYOUT. 11'-3" =102.2 SQ.FT. CEILING / ROOF (HEIGHT VARIES) 9'-7" =101.2 SQ.FT. 27'-8" 11'-3" CONTRACTOR MAY SPACE SPRINKLERS UP TO 105 SQ. FT. IN ORDER TO COORDINATE SHEET TITLE: 8'-6" JOIST JOIST WITH OTHER DESIGN ELEMENTS SUCH AS 1'-0" MINIMUM INDICATED IN THIS EXAMPLE. CONTRACTOR 1'-0" MINIMUM FROM JOIST FROM JOIST SHALL PRODUCE THEIR OWN LAYOUT. NO RESTRICTIONS ABOVE LINE OF DEFLECTOR 5 XX 6 FP002 10'-11" FP002 5 4 PREFERRED LOCATION FOR CONTINUOUS OBSTRUCTIONS FP002 9'-7" SPRINKLERS SHALL BE INSTALLED UNDER FIXED CONTINUOUS FP002 OBSTRUCTIONS OVER 2 FT. IN WIDTH. SPRINKLERS SHALL BE 18" LOCATED BELOW OR ADJACENT TO THE OBSTRUCTION. FIRE PREFERRED LOCATION FOR CONTINUOUS OBSTRUCTIONS THE DEFLECTOR OF AUTOMATIC SPRINKLERS INSTALLED PROTECTION UNDER FIXED OBSTRUCTIONS SHALL BE POSITIONED NO MORE PREFERRED LOCATION FOR CONTINUOUS OBSTRUCTIONS 11'-1" THAN 12 IN. BELOW THE BOTTOM OF THE OBSTRUCTION. OBSTRUCTION PREFERRED LOCATION FOR CONTINUOUS OBSTRUCTIONS 9'-7" DETAILS WHERE SPRINKLERS ARE LOCATED ADJACENT TO THE OBSTRUCTION, 3" SHEET THEY SHALL BE OF THE INTERMEDIATE LEVEL (RACK TYPE) AND AND NOT MORE THAN 3 IN. FROM THE OUTSIDE EDGE OF THE OBSTRUCTION XX NOTE: NOTE: REFER TO ROWS (B) AND (C) OF THE SPRINKLER DESIGN SCHEDULE ON SHEET FP001. THIS DETAIL REFER TO ROW (A) OF THE SPRINKLER DESIGN SCHEDULE ON SHEET FP001. THIS DETAIL REFLECTS AN EXAMPLE BASIS OF DESIGN; CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY STRUCTURAL PLANS AND REFLECTS AN EXAMPLE BASIS OF DESIGN; CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY STRUCTURAL PRODUCE THEIR OWN LAYOUT WHILE MEETING ALL SPECIFIED CRITERIA. 9'-1" CLEAR HEIGHT PLANS AND PRODUCE THEIR OWN LAYOUT WHILE MEETING ALL SPECIFIED CRITERIA. FP002 SPRINKLERS UNDER OBSTRUCTIONS SPRINKLER LAYOUT FOR 5TH (ROOF) LEVEL SPRINKLER LAYOUT FOR LOWER (NON-ROOF) LEVELS 3 2 1 SCALE: 1" = 1'-0" SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" JOB NO. 0 1/2' 1' 2' 0 4' 8' 16' 0 4' 8' 16' 2240461.00 Scale: 1" = 1'-0" Graphic Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0" Graphic Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0" PERMIT SET 04/28/2025 SHEET NOTES 1. SPRINKLER PROTECTION IS NOT REQUIRED AND SHALL NOT BE PROVIDED WITHIN EACH CARDINAL WORKSTATION. EXISTING UNDER-PLATFORM SPRINKLER COVERAGE ABOVE THE WORKSTATION IS ADEQUATE FOR THE HAZARD. 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL POTENTIAL CONFLICTS TO EXISTING SPRINKLER SPRAY PATTERN WITH NEWLY ADDED EQUIPMENT (I.E. CARDINAL WORK STATION, CONDUIT, VACUUM LINES, ETC.). WHERE CARDINAL WORKSTATION AND EQUIPMENT CONFLICT WITH EXISTING SPRINKLER SYSTEM BRANCH LINES, OR OBSTRUCTING SPRINKLER SPRAY PATTERN (REFER TO FP002), SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL RELOCATE EXISTING SPRINKLER BRANCH LINES OR RELOCATE SPRINKLERS (AND/OR ADD ADDITIONAL SPRINKLERS) TO PROVIDE COMPLETE COVERAGE AROUND THE NEW WORKSTATION(S) PER THE INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA 13 AND THESE CRITERIA DRAWINGS. Client AMAZON.COM SERVICES LLC CARDINAL WORKSTATION - FOR REFERENCE 410 Terry Ave N, 2 Seattle, WA 98109 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10.1 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0.4 0.5 Project CC PAE2 OBD-A RETROFIT 5002 172ND St NE BB Arlington, WA 98223 AA STRUCTURAL MACKENZIE A FEC-2 1515 SE WATER AVE #100 PORTLAND, OR 97214 MECH/ELEC/PLUMBING SYSKA HENNESSY 1175 PEACHTREE ST, SUITE B 700, ATLANTA, GA 30361 C FIRE PROTECTION MSC MDF HARRINGTON GROUP, INC. R00M R00M 3237 SATELLITE BLVD, D SUITE 525, DULUTH, GA 30096 E F G HGI Project No.:24MCZ0008 H J K 04/25/2025 L © MACKENZIE EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING 2025 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED M SYSTEM #19 SYSTEM #11 SYSTEM #12 SYSTEM #13 SYSTEM #14 SYSTEM #15 THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF MACKENZIE AND ARE NOT TO BE USED D D D D D D OR REPRODUCED IN ANY MANNER, WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION N REVISION SCHEDULE Delta Issued As Issue Date P Permit set 04/28/2025 Q R R.4 2 HATCHED AREAS SHOW EXTENT SHEET TITLE: FP101 OF NEW WORKSTATIONS (TYP) S V OVERALL FIRE PROTECTION W FLOOR PLAN SHEET PROJECT NORTH FP101 OVERALL FIRE PROTECTION FLOOR PLAN 1 SCALE: 1" = 40'-0" 0 40' 80' JOB NO. 2240461.00 Graphic Scale: 1" = 40'-0" PERMIT SET 04/28/2025 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SYMBOLS GENERAL NOTES FACU FIRE ALARM CONTROL UNIT 1. THE FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE DESIGN AND INSTALLATION OF THE REQUIRED PROTECTED PREMISES FIRE ALARM SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS. THESE CRITERIA DRAWINGS REPRESENT THE OWNER'S MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS, AND RELAY THE DESIGN INTENT ANN REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR OF THE SYSTEM AS SPECIFIED BY THE FIRE PROTECTION ENGINEER. THESE DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO BE CONSTRUED AS NFPA 72-REQUIRED, NOR PROJECT-SPECIFIED, CONTRACTOR SHOP DRAWINGS. THE FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR SHALL GENERATE THEIR OWN SHOP DRAWINGS SECP SMOKE EXHAUST CONTROL PANEL AS REQUIRED BY NFPA 72, AND THESE PROJECT CRITERIA DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. RSFACU RELEASING SERVICE FIRE ALARM CONTROL UNIT 2. THE SCOPE OF THIS PROJECT INCLUDES MODIFYING THE EXISTING INTELLIGENT, ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SERVING THE XX BUILDING TO MAINTAIN OCCUPANT NOTIFICATION COVERAGE AND INITIATING DEVICE MONITORING IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE EXISTING NAC NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE POWER BOOSTER PANEL SYSTEM DESIGN CRITERIA. THE FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR SHALL DEMOLISH, ADD ADDITIONAL, AND/OR RELOCATE FIRE ALARM EQUIPMENT AS NECESSARY TO ACCOMMODATE THE NEW CARDINAL WORKSTATIONS AND MAINTAIN THE EXISTING FIRE ALARM DESIGN CRITERIA. . DACT DIGITAL ALARM COMMUNICATOR TRANSMITTER 3. THE PREFERRED FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR IS THE CONTRACTOR WHO WORKED ON THE ORIGINAL BUILDING - WESTERN STATES FIRE PROTECTION COMPANY. DFPC DIESEL ENGINE-DRIVEN FIRE PUMP CONTROLLER 4. ALL INITIATING DEVICES SHALL BE INTELLIGENT/ADDRESSABLE WHERE POSSIBLE. SEPARATE ADDRESSABLE MONITOR MODULES SHALL BE JPC MAINTENANCE (JOCKEY) PUMP CONTROLLER PROVIDED FOR EACH CONVENTIONAL INPUT DEVICE SUCH THAT EACH ALARM DEVICE CAN COMMUNICATE WITH THE FACU AS A DISTINCT ALARM INPUT. SPD SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICE 5. ALL WIRES SHALL BE CHECKED FOR GROUNDS, SHORTS, OPENS, AND CORRECT RESISTANCE, CAPACITANCE AND OTHER APPLICABLE PARAMETERS PRIOR TO TERMINATION OF THE CIRCUITS AT THE FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL OR SUBPANELS AND PRIOR TO THE HDCP HYDROGEN DISPENSER CONTROL PANEL INSTALLATION OF DEVICES. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE WRITTEN DOCUMENTATION AND CERTIFICATION OF THIS TESTING ON A PER CIRCUIT BASIS. SMOKE DETECTOR / DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR 6. VALVE TAMPER SWITCHES SHALL BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY THE FIRE SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR, FOR ANY NEW VALVES ADDED, FOR MONITORING BY THE FACU VIA ADDRESSABLE MONITOR MODULES. THE FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO PROVIDE AND HEAT DETECTOR CONNECT MONITOR MODULES TO THE SWITCHES AND TO THE FACU. FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM OUTPUTS CONTRACTOR TO DETERMINE FINAL LOCATION AND NUMBER OF SWITCHES REQUIRED. EACH SIGNAL INITIATING FIRE ALARM DEVICE SHALL GAS DETECTOR H2 BE PROVIDED ITS OWN UNIQUE ADDRESS (AND DESCRIPTION) FOR MONITORING BY THE MAIN FACU. CONTROL UNIT ELEVATOR NOTIFICATION MISC. MANUAL SMOKE PURGE SYSTEM ANNUNCIATION FUNCTIONS FLAME DETECTOR 7. PROVIDE NON-REQUIRED (NFPA 72 §23.3.2) OCCUPANT NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES, VISUAL AND AUDIO, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DESIGN UV/IR Client INTENT REFLECTED ON THESE DRAWINGS. IT IS THE FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO COMPLY WITH LOCAL REQUIREMENTS. F MANUAL PULL STATION DESIGN INTENT IS COMPLETE AUDIBLE COVERAGE WITH SELECT VISUAL COVERAGE AS SHOWN ON THESE DRAWINGS. 8. IF ADDITIONAL HORN/STROBES ARE REQUIRED TO BE ADDED TO MAINTAIN FULL COVERAGE, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE VOLTAGE PS WATERFLOW SWITCH / PRESSURE-TYPE WATERFLOW SWITCH DROP AND BATTERY CALCULATIONS FOR THE ASSOCIATED NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE CIRCUIT. AMAZON.COM SOV 9. AUDIBLE OCCUPANT NOTIFICATION SHALL BE DESIGNED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 72 REQUIREMENTS FOR THE ENTIRE FACILITY. THE SOLENOID VALVE 24v FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ADDING HORNS AS NECESSARY (BEYOND WHAT MAY BE SHOWN ON THESE DRAWINGS AND SERVICES LLC PER THE ACTUAL DEVICES THAT WILL BE PROVIDED) TO ENSURE AUDIBILITY THROUGHOUT THE FACILITY. THE EXPECTED VARIOUS AMBIENT 410 Terry Ave N, TS VALVE SUPERVISORY TAMPER SWITCH NOISE LEVELS ARE AS FOLLOWS: Seattle, WA 98109 HIGH/LOW OFFICE AREAS 45 dBA HIGH/ LOW PRESSURE SWITCH BULK AND RACK STORAGE AREAS 60 dBA MM DMM MONITOR / DUAL MONITOR MODULE PROCESS LEVEL 75 dBA RM RELAY MODULE ROBOTIC STORAGE LEVELS 75 dBA K KEY-OPERATED SWITCH ADJACENT TO CONVEYORS 90 dBA HORN / STROBE - WALL-MOUNTED 10. HALF TONE LINE WEIGHTS INDICATE EXISTING BUILDING DEVICES AND INFORMATION THAT IS TO REMAIN UNMODIFIED WITH THIS SCOPE OF 110 CD WORK. HORN / STROBE - CEILING-MOUNTED 110 CD STROBE - WALL-MOUNTED 110 CD STROBE - CEILING-MOUNTED 110 CD Project NOTE: NOT ALL DEVICES ARE USED, FOR REFERENCE ONLY "XX" - INDICATES TYPE OF SYSTEM (E.G., DIPA = DOUBLE-INTERLOCK PREACTION) "WP" INDICATES WEATHER-PROOF DEVICE "XX CD" INDICATES VISUAL DEVICE CANDELA RATING PAE2 OBD-A RETROFIT 5002 172ND St NE PROTEUS - FIRE ALARM RESPONSE NARRATIVE Arlington, WA 98223 DURING A BUILDING ALARM EVENT, ALL AMRS (E.G. PROTEUS) WILL ATTEMPT TO MOVE OUT OF THE GREEN MILE AND EGRESS PATHWAYS TO AN “ALARM REFUGE” LOCATION AS QUICKLY AS POSSIBLE, FOR NO LONGER THAN 5 MINUTES. THE SAFETY SYSTEM OF EACH AMR WILL REMAIN ACTIVE WHENEVER THE AMR IS ON. THIS MEANS THE AMR WILL CONTINUE TO STOP FOR AN OBSTACLE OR PERSON LIKE IT DOES IN NORMAL OPERATION. IF THE OBSTACLE IS REMOVED, THE AMR WILL CONTINUE ATTEMPTING TO MOVE TO A REFUGE LOCATION. ANY AMR THAT IS PERFORMING AN ACTIVITY WITHIN A CONTAINER ACTUATE AUDIBLE SIGNAL AT MAIN FIRE ALARM CONTROL UNIT (AND REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR[S]) ACTUATE COMMON ALARM SIGNAL INDICATOR ACTUATE COMMON SUPERVISORY INDICATOR ACTUATE COMMON TROUBLE INDICATOR ANNUNCIATE ORIGIN AND DESCRIPTION OF SIGNAL ON LCD DISPLAY OF FACU AND ALL REMOTE ANNUNCIATORS ACTUATE OCCUPANT NOTIFICATION DEVICES WITHIN FACILITY ACTUATE ASSOCIATED EXTERIOR NOTIFICATION DEVICE TRANSMIT DISTINCT ALARM SIGNAL TO FACU TRANSMIT DISTINCT SUPERVISORY SIGNAL TO FACU TRANSMIT DISTINCT TROUBLE SIGNAL TO FACU SHUTDOWN ALL WAREHOUSE AIR HANDLING EQUIPMENT (AHU, RTU, GFU, AND HVLS AND EXHAUST FANS); CLOSE ALL FIRE SMOKE DAMPERS IN DUCTED AIR SUPPLIES AND RETURNS SHUTDOWN RESPECTIVE RTU, FAN, OR CLOSE RESPECTIVE DAMPER DISABLE ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM INITIATE ROBOTICS SHUTDOWN SEQUENCE INITIATE MATERIAL HANDLING EQUIPMENT SHUTDOWN CLOSE ALL FIRE SHUTTERS/DOORS AT ASSOCIATED SHAFT ON ALL LEVELS CLOSE ALL FIRE SHUTTERS AT ASSOCIATED SHAFT ON SAME LEVEL AS SMOKE DETECTOR REMOVE POWER FROM DOOR HOLDERS / SHUT DOORS INITIAL PHASE 1 ELEVATOR RECALL (MAIN FLOOR) INITIAL PHASE 1 ELEVATOR RECALL (ALT. FLOOR) INITIATE VISUAL WARNING SIGNAL (FLASHING HAT) ACTIVATE ELEVATOR POWER SHUNT TRIP BREAKER TRANSMIT LEVEL 1 ZONE SIGNAL TO BAS SYSTEM OPEN ALL LEVEL 2 HVAC FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS, CLOSE ALL LEVEL 3 AND 4 HVAC FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS, DELAY 10 SECONDS AND THEN OPERATE LEVEL 2 ZONE SIGNAL TO BAS SYSTEM OPEN ALL LEVEL 3 HVAC FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS, CLOSE ALL LEVEL 2 AND 4 HVAC FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS, DELAY 10 SECONDS AND THEN OPERATE LEVEL 3 ZONE SIGNAL TO BAS SYSTEM OPEN ALL LEVEL 4 HVAC FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS, CLOSE ALL LEVEL 2 AND 3 HVAC FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS, DELAY 10 SECONDS AND THEN OPERATE LEVEL 4 ZONE SIGNAL TO BAS SYSTEM TRANSMIT LEVEL 5 ZONE SIGNAL TO BAS SYSTEM CLOSE ALL SHAFT FIRE SHUTTERS ON SAME LEVEL AS AIR PURGE ZONE TURN OFF ACTIVE ZONE SIGNAL TO BAS SYSTEM FOR APPLICABLE LEVEL RESET ALL ZONE HVAC FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS ON APPLICABLE LEVEL TO NORMAL CONDITION BUILDING WORKCELL (E.G. ROCC, CARDINAL) WHEN THE BUILDING ALARM OCCURS WILL EXIT THE WORKCELL BEFORE NAVIGATING TO IT'S “ALARM-REFUGE” STRUCTURAL SYSTEM INPUTS A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y AA AB AC AD AE LOCATION. NOTE THAT THE AMR MAY FOLLOW THROUGH WITH SOME OF IT'S REGULAR STEPS INSIDE THE WORKCELL BEFORE EXISTING, AND THIS MIGHT MACKENZIE SPRINKLER WATERFLOW (MAIN TAKE ADDITIONAL TIME BEFORE EXITING THE WORKCELL, TAKING LONGER THAN 5 MINUTES. ONCE THE 5 MINUTE LIMIT IS REACHED, EACH AMR WILL STOP 1515 SE WATER AVE #100 1 ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ 1 WAREHOUSE AREA SYSTEMS) MOVEMENT AND STAY WHERE IT IS CURRENTLY LOCATED; THIS MIGHT BE IN THE GREEN MILE OR WITHIN A WORKCELL. IF AN AMR HAS STOPPED IN AN PORTLAND, OR 97214 2 SMOKE DETECTOR (FACU, NACs, ETC.) ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ 2 EGRESS PATH OR IN THE GREEN MILE, EACH PERSON SHOULD ALWAYS DO WHAT IS THE EASIEST/FASTEST FOR THEM TO GET TO SAFETY. WHAT IS EASIEST/FASTEST FOR THEM WILL DEPEND ON THE PERSON AND THE SITUATION/CONTEXT. THEY HAVE THE OPTIONS TO: 3 MANUAL PULL STATION ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ 3 1. GO AROUND A LADEN OR UNLADEN BOT (WHAT WE RECOMMEND WHEREVER REASONABLY POSSIBLE) DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR / ELEVATOR MECH/ELEC/PLUMBING 4 ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ 4 PRESSURIZATION FAN SMOKE DETECTOR 2. IF THE AMR IS BLOCKING THE ONLY PATH, STEP ON/OVER AN UNLADEN BOT SYSKA HENNESSY 5 VALVE TAMPER SWITCH ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ 5 1175 PEACHTREE ST, SUITE 3. PUSH A LADEN OR UNLADEN BOT (THE WHEELS WILL STAY LOCKED AT FIRST, AND WHEN YOU KEEP PUSHING WITH 50LB FORCE, THE BOT WILL 700, ATLANTA, GA 30361 6 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM AC POWER FAILURE ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ 6 TRANSITION INTO STO WHERE IT CAN BE PUSHED WITH MUCH LESS FORCE). 7 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM LOW BATTERY ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ 7 8 OPEN CIRCUIT ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ 8 FIRE PROTECTION 9 GROUND FAULT ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ 9 HARRINGTON GROUP, INC. WIRE-TO-WIRE SHORT (IDC) ALARM MSC MDF 3237 SATELLITE BLVD, 10 ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ 10 DEVICES SUITE 525, DULUTH, GA 30096 WIRE-TO-WIRE SHORT (IDC) 11 ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ 11 R00M R00M SUPERVISORY DEVICES 12 WIRE-TO-WIRE SHORT (SLC & NAC) ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ 12 13 LOSS OF CARRIER ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ 13 FIRE SHUTTER CONTROL AND MONITORING EXISTING RELAY 14 WAREHOUSE-SIDE SMOKE DETECTOR ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ 14 MODULE(S) FOR ROBOTIC 15 SHAFT-SIDE SMOKE DETECTOR ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ 15 SHUTDOWN FIRE SHUTTER MANUAL RELEASE 16 ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ 16 STATION 17 FIRE SHUTTER PANEL ALARM SIGNAL ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ 17 HGI Project No.: 24MCZ0008 18 FIRE SHUTTER PANEL TROUBLE SIGNAL ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ 18 PREACTION SYSTEM MONITORING 19 PREACTION ALARM SIGNAL ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ 19 RM 20 PREACTION SUPERVISORY SIGNAL ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ 20 21 PREACTION TROUBLE SIGNAL ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ 21 DIESEL FIRE PUMP MONITORING 22 FIRE PUMP ENGINE RUNNING ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ 22 PROTEUS - ROBOTIC MOBILE ROBOT MSC ROOM FIRE ALARM PLAN - GROUND LEVEL 3 2 FIRE PUMP MAIN SWITCH IN "OFF" OR SCALE: NOT TO SCALE SCALE: NOT TO SCALE 23 ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ 23 "MANUAL" POSITION (I.E., NOT-IN-AUTO) 24 FIRE PUMP ENGINE GENERAL TROUBLE ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ 24 04/25/2025 FIRE PUMP ROOM/HOUSE GENERAL 25 ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ 25 TROUBLE 26 FIRE PUMP CONTROLLER TROUBLE ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ 26 © MACKENZIE SUCTION TANK MONITORING 2025 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF SUCTION TANK LOW WATER MACKENZIE AND ARE NOT TO BE USED 27 TEMPERATURE (AT 45-DEGREES ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ 27 OR REPRODUCED IN ANY MANNER, FAHRENHEIT) WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION SUCTION TANK WATER LEVEL SWITCH #1 FIRE PUMP HOUSE (X2) HVAC 28 (UPPER SWITCH) - OFF-NORMAL HIGH (3 ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ 28 FIRE SHUTTER REVISION SCHEDULE IN. ABOVE NORMAL WATER LEVEL LINE) SPRINKLER SYSTEMS AND FIRE PUMP ROOM INTERLOCKS/ MONITORING INTERIOR EXTERIOR FIRE PUMP HOUSE SUCTION TANK WATER LEVEL SWITCH #1 AUX. CONTROL VALVES SUPERVISION SUPERVISION SUPERVISION Delta Issued As Issue Date 29 (UPPER SWITCH) - OFF-NORMAL LOW (3 ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ 29 Permit set 04/28/2025 IN. BELOW NORMAL WATER LEVEL LINE) KEY-OPERATED SWITCH, MONITOR MODULE, AND TS TS TS TS SUCTION TANK WATER LEVEL SWITCH #2 RELAY MODULE FOR ROBOTICS CONTROL; LOCATE 30 (LOWER SWITCH) - LOW WATER LEVEL (4 ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ 30 IN. BELOW NORMAL WATER LEVEL LINE) RELAY MODULE IN MDF ROOM WITHIN 3 FT OF MCS MM MM MM MM MM MM MM RM MM MM RM P TVSS TVSS MM MM MM K MM PANEL(S); ALL OTHER DEVICES SHALL BE LOCATED ELEVATOR POINTS AT MAIN SECURITY DESK; REFER TO PLANS RM ELEVATOR LOBBY SMOKE DETECTOR ELEVATOR 31 ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ 31 (MAIN) ELEVATOR SHUNT TRIP MHE MHE BYPASS; SEE SHEET FP301 K MM ELEVATOR LOBBY SMOKE DETECTOR FIRE DOORS PANELS 32 ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ 32 POWER SUPERVISION (ALT.) ELEVATOR EQUIPMENT ROOM SMOKE KEY-OPERATED SWITCH, MONITOR MODULE, AND F *ROBOTICS TS 33 ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ 33 PREACTION CONTROL DETECTOR RELAY MODULE FOR ACCESS CONTROL BYPASS; K MM SHEET TITLE: MONITORING SHUTDOWN RELAYS RM RM ELEVATOR EQUIPMENT ROOM COORDINATE WITH BUILDING MANAGEMENT 34 ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ 34 RM HEAT DETECTOR SYSTEM; LOCATE RELAY MODULE NEAR BUILDING NUMBER OF NAC PANELS TO BE ELEVATOR POWER SHUNT TRIP LOSS OF MANAGEMENT CONTROL PANEL(S); ALL OTHER 35 ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ 35 MM MM MM RM RM RM RM RM MM MM MM DETERMINED BY CONTRACTOR POWER TO CONTROL CIRCUITS DEVICES SHALL BE LOCATED AT MAIN SECURITY F REFER TO PLANS FOR SMOKE PURGE WP DESK; REFER TO PLANS 120 VAC TVSS ONE SD PER NAC LOCATION OF NOTIFICATION 36 SPP LEVEL 1 ZONE SWITCH "ON" ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ 36 125 SQ. FT. 110 CD DEVICES, BOTH INTERIOR TVSS 120 VAC 37 SPP LEVEL 2 ZONE SWITCH "ON" ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ 37 PREACTION 120 VAC TVSS FACU SPP SMOKE PURGE PANEL AND EXTERIOR MM 38 SPP LEVEL 3 ZONE SWITCH "ON" ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ 38 SOLENOID FIRE ALARM TS MM MM K SHUTTER BYPASS; REF NOTES 39 SPP LEVEL 4 ZONE SWITCH "ON" ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ 39 NOTES & HIGH/LOW MMMM DACT MAIN SECURITY DESK 40 SPP LEVEL 5 ZONE SWITCH "ON" ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ 40 EPO SYSTEM; REFER TO ANN TVSS ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS MM RM MM MM TELCO DETAILS 41 SPP LEVEL 1 ZONE SWITCH "OFF" ♦ ♦ 41 TVSS TVSS TVSS ANN *DEVICE SHOWN FULL TONE K ASSD TVSS 120 VAC 42 SPP LEVEL 2 ZONE SWITCH "OFF" ♦ ♦ 42 FOR EMPHASIS TO THE NEW FIRE PUMP HOUSE 43 SPP LEVEL 3 ZONE SWITCH "OFF" ♦ ♦ 43 ROBOTICS BEING ADDED THAT SHEET REQUIRE BEING SHUTDOWN NOTE: LAYOUT IS SCHEMATIC IN NATURE AND INTENDED TO CONVEY DESIGN INTENT; CONTRACTOR 44 SPP LEVEL 4 ZONE SWITCH "OFF" ♦ ♦ 44 SHALL DETERMINE FINAL DEVICE COUNT. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR HVAC INFORMATION. EMERGENCY RESPONDER RADIO COVERAGE SHALL BE PROVIDED IN 45 SPP LEVEL 5 ZONE SWITCH "OFF" ♦ ♦ 45 ACCORDANCE WITH IFC 510 AS REQUIRED BY THE FIRE CODE OFFICIAL A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y AA AB AC AD AE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY IF THE CARDINAL WORKSTATIONS WILL IMPACT THE EMERGENCY RADIO COVERAGE AND MODIFY THE ANTENNA LAYOUT AS NECESSARY TO ACHIEVE ADEQUATE SIGNAL STRENGTH FIRE ALARM SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS FIRE ALARM SCHEMATIC AROUND THE MODIFIED AREAS. FA001 4 1 SCALE: NOT TO SCALE SCALE: NOT TO SCALE JOB NO. 2240461.00 PERMIT SET 04/28/2025 SHEET NOTES 1. WHERE INSTALLED CARDINAL WORKSTATIONS ARE OBSTRUCTING THE VISUAL PERFORMANCE WITH EXISTING NOTIFICATION DEVICES AT THE "GREEN MILE" WALKWAYS, FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR SHALL RELOCATE NOTIFICATION DEVICES (AND/OR ADD ADDITIONAL HORN/STROBES) TO PROVIDE COMPLETE COVERAGE AROUND THE NEW WORKSTATION(S) PER THE INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA 72 AND THESE CRITERIA DRAWINGS. 2. DEVICE LOCATION APPROXIMATE; CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY. Client AMAZON.COM SERVICES LLC 410 Terry Ave N, Seattle, WA 98109 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10.1 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0.4 0.5 Project CC PAE2 OBD-A RETROFIT BB 5002 172ND St NE Arlington, WA 98223 AA FEC-2 A STRUCTURAL MACKENZIE 1515 SE WATER AVE #100 PORTLAND, OR 97214 MECH/ELEC/PLUMBING B SYSKA HENNESSY 2 1175 PEACHTREE ST, SUITE FA001 700, ATLANTA, GA 30361 C MSC MDF R00M R00M FIRE PROTECTION HARRINGTON GROUP, INC. D 3237 SATELLITE BLVD, SUITE 525, DULUTH, GA 30096 E F G HGI Project No.: 24MCZ0008 H J K L 04/25/2025 150 CD 150 CD 150 CD 150 CD 150 CD 150 CD 150 CD 150 CD 150 CD 150 CD 150 CD 150 CD 150 CD 150 CD 150 CD 150 CD 150 CD M © MACKENZIE 2025 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF MACKENZIE AND ARE NOT TO BE USED N OR REPRODUCED IN ANY MANNER, 150 CD 150 CD 150 CD 150 CD 150 CD 150 CD 150 CD 150 CD 150 CD 150 CD 150 CD 150 CD 150 CD 150 CD 150 CD 150 CD 150 CD WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION REVISION SCHEDULE P Delta Issued As Issue Date Permit set 04/28/2025 Q 150 CD 150 CD 150 CD 150 CD 150 CD 150 CD 150 CD 150 CD 150 CD 150 CD 150 CD 150 CD 150 CD 150 CD 150 CD 150 CD 150 CD R 150 CD 150 CD 150 CD 150 CD 150 CD 150 CD 150 CD 150 CD 150 CD 150 CD 150 CD 150 CD 150 CD 150 CD 150 CD 150 CD 150 CD R.4 HATCHED AREAS SHOW EXTENT OF NEW WORKSTATIONS (TYP) 150 CD 150 CD 150 CD 150 CD 150 CD 150 CD 150 CD 150 CD 150 CD 150 CD 150 CD 150 CD 150 CD 150 CD 150 CD 150 CD 150 CD SHEET TITLE: S V OVERALL W FIRE ALARM FLOOR PLAN SHEET PROJECT NORTH 1 OVERALL FIRE ALARM FLOOR PLAN FA101 SCALE: 1" = 40'-0" 0 40' 80' Graphic Scale: 1" = 40'-0" JOB NO. 2240461.00 PERMIT SET 04/28/2025 SPECIAL INSPECTION AND TESTING AGREEMENT Community and Economic Development City of Arlington • 18204 59th Ave NE • Arlington, WA 98223 • Phone (360) 403-3551 In accordance with International Building Code Chapter 17, where application is made for construction as described in this section, the Owner or the License Design Professional responsible for, and acting as the owner’s agent shall employ one or more Special Inspectors to provide inspections during construction. Property Address: Lot #: Parcel ID No.: Subdivision: Project Description: Primary Contact: Owner Architect Engineer Contractor Owner Name: Office No.: Email Address: Cell No.: Mailing Address: City: State: Zip: Architect Name: Office No.: Email Address: Cell No.: Mailing Address: City: State: Zip: Professional License Number: Expiration Date: Engineer Name: Office No.: Email Address: Cell No.: Mailing Address: City: State: Zip: Professional License Number: Expiration Date: Contractor Name: Office No.: Email Address: Cell No.: Mailing Address: City: State: Zip: L&I Contractor License Number: Expiration Date: Before a permit can be issued: The owner, Architect or Engineer of record acting as the owner's agent, shall complete this agreement, including the required acknowledgements, and attach structural tests and inspections schedules. A pre-construction conference with the parties involved may be required to review the special inspection requirements and procedures. Page 1 of 4 - REV03.2022 SPECIAL INSPECTION AND TESTING SHALL MEET THE MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS OF 2018 IBC. THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS ARE ALSO APPLICABLE. 1. Duties and Responsibilities of Special Inspector a. Observe Work: The Special Inspector shall observe the work for conformance with City of Arlington approved (stamped) design drawings and specifications and applicable workmanship provisions of the IBC The Architect/ Engineer-reviewed shop drawings and/ or project drawings may be used only as an aid to inspection. b. Report Non-Conforming Items: The Special Inspector shall bring non-conforming items to the attention of the Contractor and note all such items in the daily report. If any item is not resolved in a timely manner or is about to be incorporated in the work, the Special Inspector shall immediately notify the City of Arlington by telephone or in person, and notify the project Architect or Engineer. c. Furnish Daily Reports: Each Special Inspector shall complete and sign an inspection report for each day's inspections to remain at the job site with the contractor for review by the City of Arlington. d. Furnish Weekly Reports: The Special Inspector or agency shall furnish weekly reports of tests and inspections directly to the City of Arlington, project Architect/ Engineer, and others as designated. These reports must include the following: i. Description of daily inspections and test made, with applicable locations. ii. Listing of all non-conforming items. iii. Report on how non-conforming items were resolved or unresolved, as applicable. iv. Itemize all changes authorized by the Architect/ Engineer of Record and City of Arlington if not included in non-conformance items. e. Furnish Final Report: The Special Inspector or inspection agency shall submit a final signed report to the City of Arlington stating that all items requiring special inspection and testing were fulfilled and reported, and to the best of his/ her knowledge, in conformance with the approved design drawings, specifications, approved change orders and the applicable workmanship provisions of the IBC. Items not in conformance, unresolved items or any discrepancies in inspection coverage (i.e., missed inspections, periodic inspections when inspection was required, etc.) shall be specifically itemized in this report. 2. Contractor Responsibilities a. Notify the Special Inspector: The Contractor is responsible for notifying the Special Inspector or agency regarding individual inspection items on the summary schedule and as noted on the City of Arlington approved plan as specified by the Architect and or Engineer of record. b. Provide Access to Approved Plans: The Contractor is responsible for providing the Special Inspector access to approved plans at the job site. c. Retain Special Inspection Records: The Contractor is also responsible for retaining at the job site all Special Inspection records submitted by the Special Inspector and providing these records for review by City of Arlington, upon request. 3. City of Arlington a. Approve Special Inspector: The City of Arlington shall approve all Special Inspectors prior to performing any inspection. b. Monitor Special Inspection: Work requiring special inspection and the performance of Special Inspectors shall be monitored by the City of Arlington. His/ Her approval must be obtained prior to placement of concrete or similar activities in addition to that of the Special Inspector. Page 2 of 4 - REV03.2022 4. Owner Responsibilities a. Funding: The project owner or the Architect or Engineer of record acting as the owner's agent shall fund the Special Inspection Services. 5. Architect or Engineer of Record Responsibilities a. Drawings: The Architect or Engineer of record shall include special inspection requirements on the design drawings and specifications. b. Schedule Inspections: Provide a summary schedule of required inspections which would outline frequency of inspections for items which may require multiple inspections which may include but are not limited to concrete and grout testing, compaction, testing of backfill and or road beds as recommended by the geo-tech engineer, and structural welding as work progresses. 6. Indicate items requiring special inspection, structural testing, or structural observations by checking the appropriate box. ☐ STRUCTURAL STEEL ………………………………………………………………. (IBC 1705.2.1 & 1705.12.1) ☐ STEEL CONSTRUCTION OTHER THAN STRUCTURAL STEEL ……. (IBC 1705.2.2) ☐ CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION ……………………………………………………. (IBC 1705.3) ☐ MASONRY CONSTRUCTION ……………………………………………………... (IBC 1705.4) ☐ WOOD CONSTRUCTION …………………………………………………………… (IBC 1705.5, 1705.11.1 & 1705.12.2) ☐ SOILS CONSTRUCTION …………………………………………………………….. (IBC 1705.6) ☐ DRIVEN DEEP FOUNDATIONS …………………………………………………. (IBC 1705.7) ☐ CAST-IN-PLACE DEEP FOUNDATIONS ……………………………………… (IBC 1705.8) ☐ HELICAL PILE FOUNDATIONS …………………………………………………. (IBC 1705.9) ☐ SPRAYED FIRE-RESISTANT MATERIALS ………………………………….. (IBC 1705.14) ☐ MASTIC AND INTUMESCENT FIRE-RESISTANT COATINGS ……….. (IBC 1705.15) ☐ EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS (EIFS) ……………… (IBC 1705.16) ☐ FIRE-RESISTANT PENETRATIONS AND JOINTS ……………………….. (IBC 1705.17) Only required for high-rise buildings or those assigned to Risk Category III or IV per IBC Table 1604.5. ☐ SMOKE CONTROL ……………………………………………………………………. (IBC 1705.18) ☐ ARCHITECTURAL COMPONENTS …………………………………………….. (IBC 1705.12.5) Only required for buildings located within Seismic Design Category D, E, or F ☐ PLUMBING, MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS …………. (IBC 1705.12.6) Only required for buildings located within Seismic Design Category C, D, E, or F ☐ SEISMICALLY ISOLATED SYSTEMS …………………………………………... (IBC 1705.12.8) Material alternatives or unusual design applications ☐ SPECIAL CASES ………………………………………………………………………... (IBC 1705.1.1) ☐ MISCELLANEOUS AREA These inspections may be recommended by the Architect/Engineer and are to be approved by the Building department. Page 3 of 4 - REV03.2022 Acknowledgements I HAVE READ AND AGREE TO COMPLY WITH THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT. (Attach more sheets for signatures if necessary) Owner Name: Date: Signature: Contractor Name: Date: Signature: ☐ Submit written statement of responsibility in accordance with IBC Section 1704.4. Special Inspector Name: Date: Signature: ☐ Submit WABO certification for special inspection agency and inspectors, (or) ☐ Submit Special Inspection agency documentation for Building Official approval. Names of Special Inspectors Scope of Work. Submit copies of inspector certifications provided for each discipline. Inspector Name: Scope of Work: Inspector Name: Scope of Work: Inspector Name: Scope of Work: Inspector Name: Scope of Work: Inspector Name: Scope of Work: Inspector Name: Scope of Work: Architect/Engineer of Record Date: Signature: Structural Observer Date: Signature: ☐ Statement of Special Inspections completed and submitted in accordance with IBC Section 1704.3. ☐ Structural Observations required in accordance with IBC Section 1704.5. Page 4 of 4 - REV03.2022 CITY OF ARLINGTON INSPECTION CARD No building construction shall be commenced until permit holder INSPECTION RECORD SHALL or his agent has posted this Inspection Record Card in a REMAIN AT JOB SITE conspicuous place on the premises. OWNER: CONTRACTOR: JOB ADDRESS: LOT NUMBER TYPE GROUP NATURE of WORK: USE of BUILDING: PERMIT No: DATE ISSUED: INSPECTOR MUST SIGN ALL SPACES PERTAINING TO THIS JOB DEPARTMENT INSPECTION DATE(S) PASS FAIL INITIALS FOOTING BUILDING FOUNDATION (360) 403-3417 UNDERFLOOR SHEARWALL PLUMBING (groundwork) ROUGH PLUMBING GAS PIPING ROUGH HEATING & VENTILATION FRAMING INSULATION WALLBOARD (SHEAR/RATED WALLS) CEILING GRID STRUCTURAL SLAB CROSS CONNECTION CONTROL IN PREMISE (360) 403-3417 GRADING TEMPORARY TECSP ASBUILTS APPROVED MAINTENANCE BOND STORM DRAINAGE SYSTEM PAVING, SIGNAGE & MARKINGS LANDSCAPING CONDITIONS ONSITE UTILITIES WATER ONSITE UTILITIES SEWER Sewer OFFSITE UTILITIES WATER (360) 403-3508 OFFSITE UTILITIES SEWER SEWER PRETREATMENT Water CROSS CONNECTION CONTROL PREMISE (360) 403-3526 SIDE SEWER/ CLEANOUT/FINAL WATER SERVICE INSTALLATION WATER SERVICE FINAL (360) 403-3417 HYDRO/FLUSH UNDERGROUND**INCL FDC FIRE ALARM /AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER HOOD SUPPRESSION SYSTEM FINAL FIRE WALK-THROUGH (360) 403-3417 FINAL INSPECTION ALL SIGNATURE BLOCKS MUST BE COMPLETE Inspection Results by Permit Number Permit Number: BLD-6465 Commercial Addition 5002 172ND ST NE, ARLINGTON, WA 00000 Inspection Step Inspection Type Inspection Description Inspector Date Result Inspections Final Building Michael Kolakowski 11/05/2025 Passed Inspections 1 Total Inspections: 1 Notes 11/06/2025 (Michael Kolakowski) All relevant commissioning reports emailed to wainspection. Permit #: 6465 Permit Date: 04/22/25 Permit Type: COMMERCIAL ALTERATION Project Name: Amazon PAE2 OBD-A Improvement Applicant Name: Mackenzie Architecture Applicant Address: 1515 Se Water Ave Applicant, City, Portland, Or, 97214 State, Zip: Contact: Kitty Yunger Phone: 971-346-3665 Email: kyunger@mcknze.com Scope of Work: tenant is replacing sorting equipment under the mezzanine with new technology, including electrical and plumbing revisions. Valuation: 4000000.00 Square Feet: 2893343 Number of Stories: 5 Construction Type: lB Occupancy Group: S-1; Storage Mod Hazard ID Code: CIC Permit Issued: 06/13/2025 Permit Expires: 06/12/2026 Form Permit Type: COMMERCIAL ALTERATION Status: COMPLETE Assigned To: Hannah Hardwick Property Parcel # Address Legal Description Owner Name Owner Phone Zoning Section 28 Township 31 Range 5 Quarter NE PAR B AS DELINEATED ON CITY ARL BLA PROJ FILE NO PLN-439 REC AFN AMAZON.COM 230 COMMERCIAL 31052800100100 5002 172ND ST NE 201812055003; BEING A SERVICES LLC / SERVICES PTN OF NE1/4 NE1/4 OF SD SEC; REFER TO 31052800100101 FOR MH ONLYOSA-91 Contractors Contractor Primary Contact Phone Address Contractor Type License License # CONSTRUCTION Kroll Construction 4073607614 1499 W SR 434 UBI 604 798 130 CONTRACTOR CONSTRUCTION Construction Kroll Construction 4073607614 1499 W SR 434 KROLLKL774N1 CONTRACTOR Contractor Plan Reviews Date Review Type Description Assigned To Review Status COMMERCIAL 04/28/2025 BUILDING In Review ALTERATION COMMERCIAL Development 04/28/2025 No civil comments. All interior work. Approved ALTERATION Services Manager COMMERCIAL 04/28/2025 No land use concerns. PLANNING Approved ALTERATION COMMERCIAL 04/28/2025 No comments PW-ADMIN-GIS Approved ALTERATION COMMERCIAL 04/28/2025 No comments, JW PW-SEW-REV Approved ALTERATION COMMERCIAL 04/28/2025 No comments, Gus PW-WAT-REV Approved ALTERATION COMMERCIAL 04/28/2025 SafeBuilt Approved ALTERATION Fees Fee Description Notes Amount Building Plan Review Table 4-2 $16,202.38 Processing/Technology $25.00 Building Permit Table 4-1 $24,926.74 Total $41,154.12 Attached Letters Date Letter Description 06/12/2025 Building Permit Payments Date Paid By Description Payment Type Accepted By Amount 04/25/2025 Mackenzie 144129 Hannah Hardwick $16,202.38 XBP Conf: 06/12/2025 $24,951.74 233998286 Outstanding Balance $0.00 Notes Date Note Created By: 12/03/2025 Final inspection was completed by Safebuilt on 11/5/2025. The permit is complete Hannah Hardwick 10/24/2025 Expiration notice sent LaNay Hendrick 04/28/2025 Arch plan set is too large to add to Iworqs. Please see file in working file folder. Hannah Hardwick Submittal is not complete. Application was just sent in to generate a permit number for payment 04/22/2025 Hannah Hardwick purposes. No plans have been sent in yet. Uploaded Files Date File Name 11/19/2025 29509708-Plumbers Guarantee.pdf 11/19/2025 29509706-Plumb As Built Drawings(1).pdf 11/19/2025 29509704-PAE2 Permit.pdf 11/19/2025 29509702-Plumb As Built Drawings.pdf 04/30/2025 25699254-20250430_BLD6465_Updated Special Inspection Form.pdf 04/28/2025 25656136-20250428_BLD6465_Electrical.pdf 04/28/2025 25656132-20250428_BLD6465_Specifications.pdf 04/28/2025 25656128-20250428_BLD6465_Structural.pdf 04/28/2025 25656062-20250428_BLD6465_Fire Protection.pdf 04/28/2025 25656063-20250428_BLD6465_Plumbing.pdf 04/22/2025 25574739-20250422_BLD6465_App.pdf ARCHITECTURAL / INTERIORS DRAWING INDEX MACKENZIE A-001 TITLE SHEET AND DRAWING INDEX RIVER EAST CENTER A-005 LIFE SAFETY PLAN 1515 SE WATER AVE #100 PAE2 OBD-A RETROFIT PORTLAND, OREGON 97214 ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS CONTACT: Alison Hoagland, Architect of Record A-101 SITE PLAN Adam Olsen, Project Manager A-101A-200 SITE PLANOVERALL FLOOR PLAN - EXISTING PHONE: (503) 224-9560 A-200A-201 OVERALL FLOOR PLAN - EXISTINGOVERALL FLOOR PLAN - LEVEL 1 FAX: (503) 228-1285 A-201A-202 OVERALL FLOOR PLAN - LEVEL 1PARTIAL FLOOR PLAN - LEVEL 1 EMAIL: ahoagland@mcknze.com A-202A-203 PARTIAL FLOOR PLAN - LEVEL 1PARTIAL FLOOR PLAN - LEVEL 1 aolsen@mcknze.com A-203A-204 PARTIAL FLOOR PLAN - LEVEL 1CLEAR HEIGHT PLAN A-204A-816 CLEAR HEIGHT PLANFLOOR REMEDIATION PLANS AND DETAILS A-816 FLOOR REMEDIATION PLANS AND DETAILS STRUCTURAL ENGINEER STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS S-000 STRUCTURAL GENERAL NOTES MACKENZIE S-500PLUMBING DRAWINGSCONNECTION DETAILS 5002 172ND ST NE, RIVER EAST CENTER 1515 SE WATER AVE #100 PLUMBING DRAWINGSP-001 GENERAL NOTES, LEGENDS AND SCHEDULES - PLUMBING PORTLAND, OREGON 97214 P-201 OVERALL FLOOR PLAN - GROUND LEVEL - PLUMBING P-001 PLUMBING COVER SHEET P-202 PARTIAL FLOOR PLAN - GROUND LEVEL A - PLUMBING CONTACT: Josh McDowell, Engineer of Record P-201 OVERALL PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN - LEVEL 1 Mogane Bochet, Project Engineer P-202 PARTIAL PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN - LEVEL 1 PHONE: (503) 224-9560 FIRE PROTECTION DRAWINGS ARLINGTON, WA 98223 FAX: (503) 228-1285 P-203 PARTIAL PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN - LEVEL 1 Client EMAIL: jmcdowell@mcknze.com FIRE PROTECTION DRAWINGSFA001 FIRE ALARM NOTES & DETAILS mbochet@mcknze.com FA002 FIRE ALARM NOTES & DETAILS FP001 FIRE PROTECTION NOTES FA101 FIRE ALARM PLANS FP002FP001 FIRE PROTECTION OBSTRUCTION DETAILSFIRE PROTECTION NOTES AMAZON.COM FP101 OVERALL FIRE PROTECTION FLOOR PLAN MEP CONSULTANT FP101 FIRE PROTECTION SITE PLAN & DETAILS SERVICES LLC FA001 FIRE ALARM NOTES & DETAILS SYSKA HENNESSY FA101 FIRE ALARM PLANS 410 Terry Ave N, ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS 1175 PEACHTREE STREET, SUITE 700 Seattle, WA 98109 ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS ATLANTA, GA 30361 E-001 ELECTRICAL NOTES & LEGENDS E-001E-301 ELECTRICAL COVER SHEETOVERALL FLOOR PLAN - LEVEL 1 - PWR CONTACT: Leigh Ann Vogel Stan Adler E-201E-302 OVERALL POWER FLOOR PLAN - LEVEL 1PARTIAL FLOOR PLAN - LEVEL 1A - PWR Harrison Bradley E-202E-303 PARTIAL POWER FLOOR PLAN - LEVEL 1PARTIAL FLOOR PLAN - LEVEL 1B - PWR PHONE: (770) 563-1565 E-203E-501 PARTIAL POWER FLOOR PLAN - LEVEL 1ELECTRICAL ONE-LINE DIAGRAMS & SCHEDULES EMAIL: lvogel@syska.com E-401E-601 PANEL SCHEDULESELECTRICAL PANEL SCHEDULES sadler@syska.com E-402E-602 PANEL SCHEDULESELECTRICAL PANEL SCHEDULES hbradley@syska.com E-501 ONE-LINE DIAGRAM SCOPE OF WORK FIRE PROTECTION / FIRE ALARM CONSULTANT THIS IS A TENANT RETROFIT TO INCORPORATE NEW TECHNOLOGY FOR THE OUTBOUND DOCK AUTOMATION HARRINGTON GROUP SYSTEM (OBD-A). THE EQUIPMENT BELOW ALL CHUTES AT THE Project 3237 SATELLITE BOULEVARD SORTATION MEZZANINE WILL BE REPLACED AND 18 NEW BUILDING 300, SUITE 525 ROBOTIC ARM UNITS WILL BE INSTALLED. IN ADDITION, DULUTH, GA 30096 ROBOTIC DRIVE UNITS WILL BE PROVIDED UNDERNEATH THE SORTATION MEZZANINE. PAE2 OBD-A CONTACT: Taylor Petersen PHONE: (470) 561-0552 AS A RESULT, THE UNDER MEZZANINE FLOOR SLAB WILL BE RETROFIT EMAIL: mconnolly@hgi-fire.com REMEDIATED TO A HIGHER STANDARD FOR ROUGHNESS, GLOSS, ETC. ACCESSORY AREAS FOR EQUIPMENT SERVICE 5002 172ND St NE AND CHARGING WILL BE CONSTRUCTED. LIGHT FIXTURES AND Arlington, WA 98223 SPRINKLER LINES WILL BE ADJUSTED AS NECESSARY, AS SITE WELL AS POWER DROPS AND DATA DROPS FOR INSTALLATION OF NEW EQUIPMENT. A NEW VACUUM LINE SYSTEM WILL BE INSTALLED AND COMPRESSED AIR LINES TELCOM / SECURITY / VIDEO CONSULTANT WILL BE ADDED FOR THE ROBOTIC ARM UNITS. ALL CONSTRUCTION WILL BE LIMITED TO THE AREA UNDER STRUCTURAL HARGIS ENGINEERS, INC THE AR SORT MEZZANINE. FLOOR REMEDIATION WILL MACKENZIE 1201 THIRD AVENUE, SUITE 600 CONTINUE PAST THE EDGE OF THE MEZZANINE INTO THE 1515 SE WATER AVE #100 SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98101 OUTBOUND DOCK DOOR AREAS. PORTLAND, OR 97214 CONTACT: Jared Bigbey PHONE: (206) 859-5354 EMAIL: jared.bigbey@hargis.biz MECH/ELEC/PLUMBING CODE DATA SYSKA HENNESSY 1175 PEACHTREE ST, SUITE BUILDING DESIGN IS BASED ON THE FOLLOWING CODES: 700, ATLANTA, GA 30361 PROJECT LOCATION: 5002 172ND ST NE, VICINITY MAP (NTS) ARLINGTON, WA 98223 FIRE PROTECTION BUILDING DEPARTMENT: CITY OF ARLINGTON, WA HARRINGTON GROUP, INC. 3237 SATELLITE BLVD, SUITE 525, DULUTH, GA APPLICABLE CODES FOR ALTERED AREAS: 30096 LOCAL: 2021 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE (IBC) OBDA Project Execution/Deployment Matrix 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE (IBEC) STRUCTURAL: 2021 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE (IBC) Infrastructure InfrastructureInfrastructure Item HW Procurement HW Installation Commissioning Design Install Termination MECHANICAL: 2021 INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE (IMC) Electrical Upgrades Existing or GC GC AoR GC GC GC ELECTRICAL: 2023 NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE (NFPA 70) 2019 NFPA EMERGENCY EMERGENCY AND STANDBY POWER Plumbing Upgrades Existing or GC GC AoR GC GC GC CODE (NFPA 110) HVAC Upgrades Existing or GC GC AoR GC GC GC PLUMBING: 2021 UNIFORM PLUMBING CODE (UPC) FA Upgrades Existing or GC GC AoR GC GC GC FIRE / LIFE SAFETY: 2021 INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE (IFC) 2016 NFPA FIRE SPRINKLER CODE (NFPA 13) FP Upgrades Existing or GC GC AoR GC GC GC 2019 NFPA FIRE ALARM CODE (NFPA 72) Central Vac System Amazon GC AoR GC Amazon Manufacturer UTILITY: 2021 INTERNATIONAL FUEL GAS CODE (IFGC) Compressed Air REFERENCE Existing Existing AoR GC (piping) Amazon GC APPLICABLE CODES AT TIME OF ORIGINAL BUILDING PERMIT: System ONLY UNLESS Cardinals Amazon Amazon AoR GC Amazon (except 480V) Amazon LOCAL: 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE (IBC) STAMP IS PLACED ROCC Amazon Amazon AoR GC Amazon Amazon STRUCTURAL: 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE (IBC) Proteus Chargers Amazon Amazon AoR GC Amazon Amazon MECHANCIAL: 2018 INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE (IMC) (PLACE STAMP HERE) PDU for Proteus GC GC AoR GC GC GC ELECTRICAL: 2020 NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE (NFPA 70) Chargers PLUMBING: 2018 UNIFORM PLUMBING CODE (UPC) Cameras Amazon GC AoR GC GC/Amazon Amazon FIRE / LIFE SAFETY: 2018 INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE 4TH EDITION (IFC) © MACKENZIE WAPs Amazon GC AoR GC GC/Amazon Amazon 2025 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF IP Switches Amazon Amazon N/A N/A Amazon Amazon MACKENZIE AND ARE NOT TO BE USED OR REPRODUCED IN ANY MANNER, Card Readers Security Security AoR GC GC/Amazon Amazon WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION RME Cage GC GC AoR GC GC GC/Amazon PROJECT DATA REVISION SCHEDULE RME Cage Furniture Amazon Amazon Amazon N/A N/A Amazon • THERE IS NO CHANGE TO OCCUPANCY OR USE. • NO CHANGE TO BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS NOR Delta Issued As Issue Date TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION. • FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES ARE UNCHANGED. • SPRINKLER PROTECTION IS UNAFFECTED, BUT PLEASE SEE FIRE PROTECTION SHEETS FOR ANY ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. • FIRE ALARM SYSTEM IS UNAFFECTED BUT PLEASE SEE FIRE ALARM SHEETS FOR ANY ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. • MATERIAL STORAGE HAZARD IS UNCHANGED AND REMAINS ORDINARY COMBUSTIBLE COMMODITIES. • MEANS OF EGRESS AND TRAVEL DISTANCE REMAIN UNAFFECTED BY THIS NEW CONSTRUCTION. HOWEVER PLEASE NOTE; ROBOTIC DRIVE UNITS PERFORM HIDE AND SEEK MANEUVERS DURING A FIRE ALARM EVENT TO SHEET TITLE: CLEAR EGRESS PATHS. • INTERIOR FINISHES REMAIN UNCHANGED. TITLE SHEET AND DRAWING INDEX SHEET A-001 JOB NO. 2240461.00 PERMIT SET 04/28/2025 Autodesk Docs://PAE2 - OBD-A (Project Roxy)/461-PAE2(OBD-A)-v23-A.rvt 4/22/2025 4:49:44 PM 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10.1 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0.4 0.5 TRASH TRASH 22110 24412 4A-GFI 4A-GFI 10A 4A-GFI 4A 4A-GFI 2A 4A 4A 4A 1 WATERTRASH WATERTRASH WATERTRASH CC CRCR 4AMPS WATERTRASH 22134 631 1642 369 631 22200 STORAGE CUBE STORAGE CUBE STORAGE CUBE TRASH 1377 631 631 4A TRASH 2 15A SUPPLIESWINTER 2596 2596 2596 Client 4AMPS 4AMPS 4AMPS 2A 1 1 4A 1 *AUGMENTED MODULE*AUGMENTED MODULE*AUGMENTED MODULE 221342213422134221344A22134 2A 4A 369 4 4A 4A 4A 1 2698 2698 221344A 221342213422134221344A 369 2 4A 4A 1 1 2A 1 STOP STOP STOP STOP STOP 2247 4A 369 4A 1596 4A 4A 1 1 4A 1 4A 2 2 4A 12A 2213422134221342213422134 STOP STOP STOP STOP STOP 4A 4A 4AMPS 4AMPS 4AMPS TABLE 221344A 221342213422134221344A 4A 4A 1 1 4A 22181 369 4A 4A 2 2 2909 CHAIR 1 1 4A 4A 4A ERGO MATT 4AMPS 1802 22195 AMAZON.COM 1 1 TRASH TRASH 4A 4A 8A 8A 4A 4A MAT STOP 4A 2213422134221342213422134 ERGO 1502 369 RECYCLE STOP FLOORSIGN 4A 1 1 1170 TRASH 1 BB 2213422134221342213422134 2A 4A SIGNFLOOR STOP 369 4A 2427 4A 1 4A 1 1158 RECYCLE 22791 I/C 4A RECYCLE TRASH 22048 LB 4A 22127 TRASH SERVICES LLC 4A 4A TRASH TRASH TRASH 4A 451 1 TRASH 4A 4A 8A 2A RECYCLE 4A-GFI 4A 4 FILE CABINETS 1 4A221342213422134221341 4A22134 2885 1 STORAGE CUBE STORAGE CUBE 4A TRASH WATERTRASH 22791 4A 2596 2596 631 2429 TRASH 2A 4A *AUGMENTED MODULE*AUGMENTED MODULE 410 Terry Ave N, 4A 22791 1 15A 2 2A 369 ERGO MATT 22189 4A 2245*AUGMENTED MODULE 22189 21597 4A 369 4A-GFI 4A 4A 1376 631 20A ERGO MATT 20A 20A 20A 20A 4A 22340 2887 2887 2887 2887 2887 TRASH 20A 20A 1 14A 1 Seattle, WA 98109 21680 FILE WATER 1 4A 2 4A 2 4A 2 4A 2 4A 2 4A CABINETS 1 1 369 22340 13764A1 1 4ASTOP STOP STOP STOP STOP 22340 22340 623 AA 22146 22340 4A 22340 2219622196221962219622196 3A 2 AMPS- GFI 4A TRASH 21661 4A 21680 STORAGE CUBE 2698 4A 22852 1 2A 2698 2A 22146 4A 4A 369 22127 16841 REFRIGERATOR 1 1 1 1 1 4A 4A 2 29331594 28991 2739 3A 22340 TRASH 631 2A 22340 22893 CR 22340 10A 4A 2 4 369 22115 CR 4A 369 *AUGMENTED MODULE TRASH TRASHWATER 4A 2A 15A 2 2A 2336 1 AUGMENTED MODULE 22172 1 1 4A4A-GFI1 1 RECYCLETRASH 4A 4A FEC-2 2426 2639 *AUGMENTED MODULE 2698 1.2a 1158 4A 3A 3A 1158 4A-GFI 4A-GFI 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4A 4A 1 3A 1 WATERTRASH A 2534 2534 1 22146 22146 MEDIC VENDING 2639 DISTANT ASSISTANT 2639 2639 2639 2639 2438 WATERTRASH 2639 2639 2639 631 2439 22413 PPE VENDING MACHINETRASH DISTANT ASSISTANT DISTANT ASSISTANT 2698 ROLLING LADDER 631 1186 22413 22413 2639 22205 1 ERGO MAT 1 2698 2698 4A TRASH TRASH TRASH DISTANT ASSISTANT 2639 22139 TRASH VOA ONLY 22139 RECYCLE 22413 RECYCLE 22139 RECYCLE 4A 1 RECYCLE RECYCLE RECYCLE 22139 22139 22139 RECYCLE 22139 22139 TRASH RECYCLE TRASH NON-INV NON-INV NON-INV SAP SAP 2698 NON-INV NON-INV NON-INV TRASH NON-INV NON-INV NON-INV NON-INV NON-INV NON-INV NON-INV NON-INV NON-INV NON-INV TRASH TRASH 2639 2639 NON-INV NON-INV 27314 22139RECYCLE NON-INV NON-INV 5'-4" 1 TRASH 1 1 TRASH 2639 1 2534 5'-11" 2639 RECYCLE NON-INV NON-INV NON-INV NON-INV 22139RECYCLE 22139 4A 4A SAP DISTANT ASSISTANT22413 1 2639 DISTANT ASSISTANT22413 NON-INV NON-INV NON-INV NON-INV NON-INV NON-INV NON-INV NON-INV NON-INV NON-INV NON-INV NON-INV NON-INV NON-INVNON-INV 631 TRASH 2534 2438 TRASHWATER 2913 ROLLING LADDER CORRUGATE CORRUGATE TRASH RECYCLING EMPTY PALLETS GAYLORDS 4A-GFI 4A 1 GAYLORDS EMPTY PALLETSRECYCLING TRASH 21885 631 631 631 631 NON-INV NON-INV NON-INV NON-INV 22139RECYCLE SUPPLIES RESEARCH WHITE BOARD GEMBA BOARD HMI PANEL 6A 1 1238 2590 1238 1238 1238 TRASHWATER 1238 TRASHWATER TRASHWATER 1238 1238 TRASHWATER TRASH MAT MAT 631 2438 SAP SAP ERGO ERGO TRASH TRASH WATER 2438 4A-GFI 4A-GFI 4A-GFI 4A-GFI 1238 1238 NON-INV 24408 1042 4A-GFI SPARE ROLL CORRUGATE CORRUGATE 4A-GFI 2438 ROLLING LADDER 2438 2438 2438 WATER 2438 4A-GFI TRASH TRASH 2438 ROLLING LADDER 2913 4A-GFI JUICE CARTJUICE CARTJUICE CARTJUICE CARTJUICE CARTJUICE CART RECYCLE TRASH 631 ROLLING LADDER ROLLING LADDER ROLLING LADDER ROLLING LADDER RECYCLE PROBLEM SOLVE TOTES ROLLING LADDER 5 ROLLING LADDER 4A 1 22139 ISS CART ISS CART ISS CART B 22835 WATERTRASH ERGO MAT EXCEPTIONS WATERTRASH EMPTY TOTES ERGO MAT ERGO MAT EXCEPTIONS EMPTY TOTES PROBLEM SOLVE 20A 4A ERGOMAT 3 8A 631 EMPTY TOTES 4A-MHE TRASH 4A-MHE TRASH 4A-MHE TRASH 4A-MHE TRASH 4A-MHE TRASH 4A-MHE TRASH 631 4A-MHE TRASH MAT ERGO RADIOS TRASH 20A-MHE 20A-MHE EMPTY BAGS EMPTY BAGS 486 EMPTY BAGS EMPTY BAGS EMPTY BAGS EMPTY BAGS EMPTY BAGS PROBLEM SOLVE CART PROBLEM SOLVE CART 3'x5' W/DBL. STCK. TAPE ERGO MAT670 1 486 486 486 486 486 486 PROBLEM SOLVE TOTES 1926 TRASH 3 6A ERGO MAT EMPTY TOTES 23928 WAT TAPER GLUE WAT TAPER 888 ISS CART PALLET TRASH PALLET 6A 2911 2911 21797 4A-MHE *AUGMENTED MODULE 4A-MHE *AUGMENTED MODULE*AUGMENTED MODULE 4A-MHE *AUGMENTED MODULE*AUGMENTED MODULE 4A-MHE *AUGMENTED MODULE*AUGMENTED MODULE 4A-MHE *AUGMENTED MODULE *AUGMENTED MODULE4A-MHE 4A-MHE TRASH ISS CART ERGOMAT 21525 ERGO MAT 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 TRASH TRASH 16A 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 7A 486 486 486 486 486 486 486 RECYCLE 1538 MAT TRASH 20A DAMAGES 22139 ISS CART ISS CART ISS CART WIP CART ERGO 1926 20A EMPTY TOTES 1042 6A EMPTY TOTES ERGO MAT PROBLEM SOLVE CART TOTES IN QUEUE PALLET 22139 EXCEPTIONSERGO MAT 5 PUTBACKS 7A PROBLEM SOLVE CART 6A 5 GLUE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE SAP SAP 3 WIP CART ERGO MAT ERGO MAT 694 Project 3'x5' W/DBL. STCK. TAPE ERGO MAT670 626 1825OVERAGES ISS CART ISS CART 1538 DAMAGES 486 486 486 486 486 486 486 ISS CARTISS CART 6A 2 TRASH SPARE ROLL TRASH ERGO MAT WIP CART TRASH ERGO MAT SPARE ROLL 631 ERGO MAT PALLET PALLET OVERAGES SPARE ROLL RECYCLE TRASH TRASH 6'8" TRASH 6A EMPTY TRAYS 4A-MHE 4A-MHE1 4A-MHE1 4A-MHE1 4A-MHE1 4A-MHE1 4A-MHE1 4A-MHE1 TOTES TRASH 16A TRASH ISS CART ISS CART 5A TRASHWATER EMPTY TRAYS 4A-MHE ISS CART ISS CART WIP CART ERGO TRASH 5 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE RECYCLE TRASH 24298 24298 24298 24298 24298 24298 24298 TRASHERGO MAT EMPTY TOTESTRASH MAT 1926 486 486 486 486 486 486 486 22139 EMPTY TOTES 4A-GFI EMPTY TRAYS EMPTY TOTES EMPTY TOTES ERGO ERGO MAT EXCEPTIONS 20A WIP CART READY TO INJECT MAT EMPTY TRAYS FILE CABINET PROBLEM SOLVE CART 6A EMPTY TOTES 5 BAYS OF REBIN WALL ERGO MAT ERGO MAT EXCEPTIONS ISS CART ISS CART PROBLEM SOLVE CART GLUER GLUER *AUGMENTED MODULE 20149 TRASH EMPTY TOTES TRASH2894 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE SAP C 6 ISS PALLET ISS PALLET ISS PALLET ERGO MAT EMPTY TOTES 1926 TRASH 2911 1 486 486 486 486 486 486 486 WHITE BOARD 10A MAT EMPTY TOTES 2911 SAP SAP SAP ERGO RECYCLE 4A 4A-MHE1 4A-MHE1 4A-MHE1 4A-MHE1 4A-MHE1 4A-MHE1 4A-MHE1 22139 22550 DAMAGES 6A 23928 ERGO MAT 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 1158 PALLET TRASH PALLET OVERAGES 20A EMPTY TOTES 486 486 486 486 486 486 486 1340 EXCEPTIONSERGO MAT TRASH TRASH 20A TOTE ISS PALLET ISS PALLET ISS PALLET 1158 2901 4A-MHE 1926 5 TRASH 15387A EMPTY TOTES 8A5 SAP STOOLSTEP TRASH 5 GLUER GLUE PALLET BIN GLUE PALLET BIN 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE NON-INV 1238 22550 6A SPARE ROLL DUNNAGE EMPTY ERGO MAT GLUER MHE5A 22550 SPARE ROLL 20A-MHE 20A-MHE 486 486 486 486 486 486 486 7A TRASH TRASHRECYCLE FILE CABINETSTORAGE CABINETPOD 4A-MHE PAPERWORK 22851 1724 TRASH 5 SPARE ROLL 8FT 1538 ERGO MAT TRASH 1913 1913 1913 1913 1913 1913 1913 8FT 470 2A REBINCART 4A-MHE1 4A-MHE1 4A-MHE1 4A-MHE1 4A-MHE1 4A-MHE1 4A-MHE1 TRASH 1926 PAE2 OBD-A OVERAGE EMPTY TOTES 631 22835 ERGO MAT ERGO MAT PALLET TRASH PALLET 4A-MHE ERGO MAT EXCEPTIONS 20A 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE ERGO MAT 4A-MHE 4A-MHE ERGO MAT 4A-MHE 4A-MHE ERGO MAT 4A-MHE 4A-MHE ERGO MAT 4A-MHE 4A-MHE ERGO MAT 4A-MHE 4A-MHE ERGO MAT FORK FIRST FORK FIRST 22550 22550 22550 ELECTRIC PALLET JACKELECTRIC PALLET JACK DAMAGE 22550 6A EMPTY TOTES 486 486 486 486 486 486 486 2438 20A 20A IB ERGO EMPTY 25A-MHE 25A-MHE 467 25A-MHE 467 25A-MHE 467 25A-MHE 467 25A-MHE 467 25A-MHE 467 TRASHWATER ERGO MAT MAT ERGO 22550 EMPTY 4A-MHE 4A-MHE ROLLING LADDER TRASH TRASH 20A-MHE 20A-MHE 7'11" MAT 22550 TRASH TRASH 2911 KICKOUT KICKOUT 1 4A-GFI ERGO MAT TRASHINDUCT STAGING INDUCT STAGINGTRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH 4A-MHE TRASH EMPTY TOTES TRASH ERGO MAT 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 2911 TRASH 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A 1926 6A 6A SAP GARMENT RACK 2901 EMPTY TOTES DAMAGESERGO MAT ERGO MAT DAMAGES TRASH TOTES TOTES 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 2913 SAP 4A-MHE EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY 6A 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 80" high RETROFIT DUNNAGE EMPTY TOTES EMPTY TOTES 22550 22550 22550 22550 ERGO MAT EMPTY TOTES ERGO MAT EXCEPTIONS 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 D MHE5A TRASH MAT EMPTY 22550 ERGO MAT ERGO MAT ERGO MAT ERGO MAT 20A EXCEPTIONSERGO MAT EMPTY TOTES 22102 TRASH MAT 6A ERGO ERGO EMPTY 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 1791 1791 1791 4A-MHE 1791 1791 1791 1791 H 2698 22550 TRASH TRASH TRASH 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 21973 21973 21973 21973 21973 21973 369 TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH CRCR REBINCART 4A-MHE GLUER GLUER 5 10A TRASH ERGO MAT 1926 5 486 486 486 486 486 486 486 EL 1 22529 OVERAGE ERGO MAT 4A-MHE 4A-MHE EMPTY TOTES TOTE TOTE PALLET PALLET TRASH TOTE TOTE TOTE TOTE TOTE TOTE TOTE TOTE TOTE TOTE PALLET TRASH PALLET TRASH TRASH DAMAGE 6A 23928 7'11" 22140 SPARE ROLL CR 4 4 ERGO 4A-MHE EMPTY 22550 22550 EMPTY EMPTY 22550 22550 EMPTY ERGO MAT TRASH 4A 4A MAT 5002 172ND St NE CR 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 15387A 15387A EMPTY 22550 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4864A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE TRASH EMPTY ERGO MAT4A-MHE ERGO MAT ERGO MAT4A-MHE ERGO MAT TRASH 486 486 486 486 486 486 STOOLSTEP 22550 TRASH TRASH PALLET ERGO MAT ROLLING LADDER MAT ERGO MAT ERGO MAT ERGO MAT ERGO MAT ERGO MAT ERGO TRASH TRASH 20A ERGO MAT4A-MHE 1926 TOTE TANK TOTE TANK TOTE TANK TOTE TANK ERGO MAT 2442 2901 TRASH EMPTY TOTES 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 22848 ERGOMAT ERGOMAT ERGOMAT ERGOMAT ERGOMAT ERGOMAT 7A 7A ERGO MAT 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 22851 4A 1538 TRASH 6A 5 4A-MHE 4A 4A 4A 4A 4A 22831 PALLET 1538 ERGO MAT 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A TRASH DUNNAGE MHE5A 4A-MHE EMPTY 22550 22550 EMPTY EMPTY 22550 22550 EMPTY 486 486 486 486 486 486 486 3A-MHE 3A-MHE 3A-MHE 3A-MHE 3A-MHE 3A-MHE 3A-MHE 3A-MHE 3A-MHE 3A-MHE Arlington, WA 98223 PALLET TRASH PALLET PALLET TRASH PALLET EMPTY SPARE ROLL 24298 24298 24298 24298 24298 24298 24298 4A 30A 1228 22550 TRASH 4A EMPTY ERGO MAT4A-MHE ERGO MAT ERGO MAT4A-MHE ERGO MAT 1483REBINCART 22550 TRASH TRASH 1926 15A TOOLS TRASH TRASH EMPTY TOTES IB OVERAGE ERGO ERGO ERGO MAT4A-MHE MAT ERGO ERGO MAT ERGO MAT ERGO MAT ERGO MAT ERGO MAT 22282 1 2 MAT TRASH TRASH 2438 TRASH MAT ERGO MAT 4A-MHE 4A-MHE PROBLEM SOLVE CART 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE ERGOMAT 6A TRASH DAMAGE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE TRASH ERGO MAT 486 486 486 486 486 486 486 ROLLING LADDER ERGO SSP PRINTER EMPTY TOTES EMPTY TOTES MAT 5A 4A-MHE EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY 20A-MHE 20A-MHE 20A-MHE PROBLEM SOLVE CART ROLLING LADDER 22550 22550 22550 22550 TRASH ERGO MAT 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 TRASH ERGO MAT EXCEPTIONS 2438 EMPTY TOTES EMPTY ERGOMAT STOOLSTEP 4A EMPTY TOTES 22550 1926 CART EMPTY ERGO MAT4A-MHE ERGO MAT ERGO MAT4A-MHE ERGO MAT EMPTY TOTES 2901 22550 TRASH TRASH EMPTY TOTES 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE TOTE TOTE EMPTY TOTES EMPTY TOTES EMPTY TOTES EMPTY TOTES EMPTY TOTES EMPTY TOTES EMPTY TOTES EMPTY TOTES EMPTY TOTES EMPTY TOTES MAT MAT TRASH TRASH E 2 ERGO ERGO ERGO MAT4A-MHE 6A ERGO MAT EMPTYTRASH 486 TRASH 4A-MHE 486 486 486 486 486 486 22851 ERGO MAT 4A-MHE 4A-MHE ERGO MAT *AUGMENTED MODULE 21973 2664 2664 2664 2664 2664 DUNNAGE MHE5A TRASH ERGO MAT SOLVE TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH2127 RECYCLE 22103 PROBLEM ERGO MAT ERGO MAT ERGO MAT ERGO MAT ERGO MAT PALLET TRASH PALLET PALLET TRASH PALLET 23928 ERGO MAT 4A-MHE EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY 22550 22550 22550 22550 TRASH IB 2643 REBINCART 1926 RECYCLING 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE PROBLEMSOLVE 4A EMPTY 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE EMPTY TOTES 22103 OVERAGE 22550 EMPTY ERGO MAT4A-MHE ERGO MAT ERGO MAT4A-MHE ERGO MAT 5A 486 486 486 486 486 486 486 15387A 15387A 22550 TRASH TRASH PRINTSUPPLIES ERGO MAT ERGO MAT PROBLEMSOLVE 2438 2 TRASH TRASH 6A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 DAMAGE ERGO MAT4A-MHE 20A 3'x5' W/DBL. STCK. TAPE ERGO MAT ROLLING LADDER ERGO TRASH ERGO MAT 4A-MHE 4A-MHE TRASH 4A-MHE ERGOMAT TRASH PROBLEMSOLVE TRASH EMPTY 4A-MHE1787 MAT TRASH 4A WIP STOOLSTEP 7A 7A TRASH 5 TRASH 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE ERGO MAT RECYCLE 2901 4A-MHE EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY 1 1913 1913 1913 1913 1913 MAT 1538 1538 22550 22550 22550 22550 4A-MHE TRASH 486 EMPTY BAGS 486 EMPTY BAGS 486 EMPTY BAGS 486 EMPTY BAGS 486 EMPTY BAGS 486 EMPTY BAGS 486 EMPTY BAGS ERGO 4A TRASH 1913TRASH 1913 TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH EMPTY SPARE ROLL *AUGMENTED MODULE *AUGMENTED MODULE *AUGMENTED MODULE*AUGMENTED MODULE*AUGMENTED MODULE *AUGMENTED MODULE*AUGMENTED MODULE *AUGMENTED MODULE*AUGMENTED MODULE*AUGMENTED MODULE *AUGMENTED MODULE *AUGMENTED MODULE 22851 ROLLING CABINET TRASH PALLET TRASH PALLET 22550 ERGO MAT ERGO MAT ERGO MAT ERGO MAT ERGO MAT SUPPLIESPRINT TRASH 4A TRASH 4A TRASH 4A TRASH 4A TRASH 4A TRASH *AUGMENTED MODULE4A PALLET PALLET DUNNAGE PALLET PALLET EMPTY 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 2 MHE5A 22550 TRASH TRASH 22103 ERGOMAT 2364 2364 2364 2364 2364 2364 TRASH TRASH RECYCLING 6A ERGO MAT4A-MHE 25A-MHE 25A-MHE 25A-MHE 25A-MHE 25A-MHE TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH IB TRASH 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE ROLLING CABINET ERGO ERGO ERGO MAT 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 25A-MHE ERGO MAT 25A-MHE ERGO MAT ERGO MAT ERGO MAT ERGO MAT ERGO MAT LADDER REBINCART MAT MAT 22103 486 TRASH 486 486 486 486 486 486 21973 21973 21973 21973 21973 ERGO MAT STORAGE CABINET1626STORAGE CABINET ERGO MAT 2 OVERAGE EMPTY TOTES EMPTY TOTES 4A-MHE EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY 626 ROLLING CABINET DAMAGE 22550 22550 22550 22550 4A-MHE TOTE TOTE TRASHEMPTY 22144 TOTE TOTE TOTE TOTE TOTE TOTE TOTE TOTE 3A EMPTY 22101 4A TRASHCAN ERGO 22550 MAT 22550 EMPTY ERGO MAT4A-MHE ERGO MAT ERGO MAT4A-MHE ERGO MAT TRASH 4A 2436TRASH TRASH 2436 2436TRASH TRASH 2436 2436TRASH TRASH 2436 2436TRASH TRASH 2436 2436TRASH TRASH 2436 2436TRASH TRASH 2436 2436TRASH TRASH 2436 TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH HYDRAULLIC PRESS ROLLING CABINET 4A-MHE TRASH TRASH 2364 EYE WASH STATION EMPTY TOTES TRASH ERGO MAT ERGO STOOLSTEP DAMAGED DAMAGED MAT ERGO MAT 4A-MHE 4A-MHE MAT 2 MAT MAT 2 2 MAT MAT 2 2 MAT MAT 2 2 MAT MAT 2 2 MAT MAT 2 2 MAT MAT 2 2 MAT 2438 ERGO MAT ERGOERGO MAT 2 ERGO MATERGO ERGOERGO MAT ERGO MATERGO ERGOERGO MAT ERGO MATERGO ERGO MATERGO ERGO MATERGO ERGOERGO MAT ERGO MATERGO ERGOERGO MAT ERGO MATERGO ERGOERGO MAT ERGO MATERGO 4A MAT TRASH F 1582 2901 ERGO MAT ERGO MAT ERGO MAT ERGO MAT ERGO MAT ERGO ROLLING LADDER 22282 PREP 1 4A-MHE EMPTY 22550 22550 EMPTY EMPTY 22550 22550 EMPTY 3A-MHE 3A-MHE 3A-MHE 3A-MHE 3A-MHE 3A-MHE 3A-MHE 3A-MHE 3A-MHE 3A-MHE 3A-MHE 3A-MHE 3A-MHE 3A-MHE ERGOMAT ERGOMAT ERGOMAT ERGOMAT ERGOMAT 15A 1 22851 4A DAMAGED EMPTY STRUCTURAL DUNNAGE EMPTY 22550 30A WORKBENCH MHE5A PALLET TRASH PALLET EMPTY 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A 4A 4A 4A 4A ERGO MAT ERGO MAT ERGO MAT ERGO MAT 4A 22550 TRASH TRASH REPAIRED 22174 4A-MHE TRASH TRASH IB REPAIRED ERGO MAT 4A REPAIRED REBINCART TRASH 7A ERGO MAT 4A-MHE 4A-MHE ELH OVERAGE 1538 TRASH TRASH 6.3A ERGO MAT 2 20A ERGO MAT 2 20A ERGO MAT 2 20A ERGO MAT 2 20A ERGO MAT 2 20A MAT ERGO DROP ZONE DAMAGE 4A-MHE EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY ERGO MAT ERGO MAT ERGO MAT ERGO MAT TRASH 2645 REX 22550 22550 22550 22550 ERGO MAT ERGOMAT TRASH MACKENZIE SHOP VAC ERGO 2438 MAT 7A PALLET PALLET EMPTY 22550 8A 21916 21916 21916 21916 21916 STOOLSTEP EMPTY ERGO MAT4A-MHE ERGO MAT ERGO MAT4A-MHE ERGO MAT 8A ROLLING LADDER EXCEPTION TOTE EXCEPTION TOTE EXCEPTION TOTE EXCEPTION TOTE EXCEPTION TOTE 22550 TRASH TRASH GATE UNLOCKED GATE UNLOCKED 1538 1 3A 16082A 1608 4A-MHE TRASH TRASH CR *AUGMENTED MODULE 2A TRASH ERGO MAT 2223 2223 EXCEPTION TOTE EXCEPTION TOTE EXCEPTION TOTE EXCEPTION TOTE EXCEPTION TOTE 22851 VRETS STANDUP21781 PALLET TRASH PALLET TOTEEMPTY ERGO MAT 4A-MHE 4A-MHE TRASH EMPTYTOTE TRASH TOTE TOTE LABOR BOARD TOTES TOTES TOTES TOTES TOTES MAT ERGO TOTE TANK TOTE TANK TOTE TANK TOTE TANK 1515 SE WATER AVE #100 PPE VENDING MACHINETRASH 1 ERGOMAT TOTES TOTES TOTES TOTES TOTES UTILITY CART 4A 4A-MHE EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY CART TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH 21973 DROP ZONE ERGO LIQUIDS 22550 22550 22550 22550 ERGO MAT CART TRASH IB MAT TRASH TRASH ERGO MAT LIQUIDS 22831 GATE LOCKED GATE UNLOCKED EMPTY 22550 CARTS CARTS 1186 EMPTY ERGO MAT4A-MHE ERGO MAT ERGO MAT4A-MHE ERGO MAT EMPTY TOTES 22550 TRASH TRASH WIP 4A-MHE TRASH TRASH 4A-MHE 21973 21973 21973 21973 21973 21973 ERGO MAT 1787 631 TRASH SOLVEPROBLEM TRASH PALLET PALLET ERGO MAT 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A 24301 3'x5' W/DBL. STCK. TAPE ERGO MAT PORTLAND, OR 97214 WATER TRASH RECYCLE CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS 4A-GFI SCANNERS TRASH TOTE TOTE TOTE TOTE TOTE TOTE TOTE TOTE TOTE TOTE TOTE TOTE TRASH SOLVEPROBLEM 2A ERGO MAT TRASH 2898 2898 2898 2898 2898 2898 HUDDLE KIOSK CARTS CARTS STOOLSTEP 21601 EMPTY TOTES EMPTY TOTES EMPTY TOTES 4A-MHE EMPTY 22550 22550 EMPTY EMPTY 22550 22550 EMPTY 4A 24301 4A STAFFING SOLVEPROBLEM TRASH MAT MAT MAT EMPTY 631 22282 G ERGO ERGO ERGO 1 4A EMPTY ERGO MAT4A-MHE ERGO MAT ERGO MAT4A-MHE ERGO MAT WATER 22550 TRASH TRASH 4A-GFI PROBLEM 15A 22851 TRASH TRASH SOLVE ERGO TRASH MAT ERGO MAT ERGO MAT ERGO TRASHMAT ERGO MAT ERGO TRASH 2698 TRASH ERGO MAT 2898 MAT TRASH TRASH MAT ERGO TRASH 30A IB COMPRESSOR MAT ERGO PALLET PALLET PALLET PALLET PALLET PALLET ERGO MAT 4A-MHE 4A-MHE STEP STOOL ERGOMAT ERGOMAT ERGOMAT ERGOMAT ERGOMAT 2442 TRASH TRASH TRASH ERGOMAT HUDDLE KIOSK TRASH CARTS 1 4A CARTS 4A 4A 4A 4A ROLLING LADDER 4A-MHE EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY RECYCLE DISINFECTING 22137 4A 4A 15A RECYCLE 7A 7A 7A 22550 22550 22550 22550 WIPES CART CART CART CART CART CART 1538 1538 1538 PS PS PS PS PS PS LADDER STORAGE AREA PALLET PALLET SUPPLIES SUPPLIES CARTS CARTS 4A LIQUID FLAM CAB FILE TRASH EMPTY ERGO MAT4A-MHE ERGO MAT ERGO MAT4A-MHE ERGO MAT CARTS CABINET TRASH TRASH ERGOMAT CARTS CARTS NON-INV CARTS 1611 TRASH TRASH TRASH 22144 CARTS 3_ 7A 7A 7A STEP STOOL2898 NON-INV CARTS MAT ERGO ERGO MAT 2 20A ERGO MAT 2 20A ERGO MAT 2 20A ERGO MAT 2 20A ERGO MAT 2 20A 3'-3" ERGO MAT 4A-MHE 4A-MHE SINGLES STANDUP TRASH ERGOMAT ERGO MAT ERGO MAT ERGO MAT ERGO MAT ERGO MAT PALLET PALLET SUPPLIES SUPPLIES ERGO BOARD 2642 NON-INV 15A 15A TRASH 8 15A MAT GEMBA BOARD WHITE 1538 1538 1538 4A 21725 1 22133 A-SAFE-8FT. A-SAFE-8FT. A-SAFE-8FT. A-SAFE-8FT. A-SAFE-8FT. A-SAFE-8FT. A-SAFE 10 FT. SHOP VAC *AUGMENTED MODULE 21916 21916 21916 21916 21916 A-SAFE 6 FT. EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY 2898 2898 NON-INV EXCEPTION TOTE EXCEPTION TOTE EXCEPTION TOTE EXCEPTION TOTE EXCEPTION TOTE PALLET JACK 1186 PALLET TRASH PALLET PALLET TRASH PALLET PALLET TRASH PALLET 21768 11'-6" PALLET PALLET SUPPLIES SUPPLIES 1 3A EXCEPTION TOTE EXCEPTION TOTE EXCEPTION TOTE EXCEPTION TOTE EXCEPTION TOTE A-SAFE-8FT. ERGO MAT ERGO MAT ERGO MAT ERGO MAT STOP STOP AFE STANDUP TOTE TOTE 8' TRASH PPE VENDING MACHINE ERGO ERGO ERGO 2898STEP STOOL *AUGMENTED MODULE TOTES TOTES TOTES TOTES TOTES 2698 369 PROBLEM SOLVE MAT MAT MAT PALLET PALLET 2642 TOTES TOTES TOTES TOTES TOTES 2769 PPE VENDING MACHINETRASH 21973 TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH DOC-GUARDIAN DOC-GUARDIAN 1 TOTE TANK TOTE TANK TOTE TANK TOTE TANK EMPTY TOTES EMPTY TOTES EMPTY TOTES 21725 3A 1 PROBLEM SOLVE ERGO MAT CARTS CARTS 3'x5' W/DBL. STCK. TAPE ERGO MAT507 22831 PALLET PALLET 1186 1186 CARTS CARTS A-SAFE-4FT. WIP PROBLEM SOLVE 1 2A 24301 MECH/ELEC/PLUMBING PPE VENDING MACHINE STAFFING 957 4A 10 10 10 HIGH LEVEL TOPPLE GUARD RAIL TRASH RECYCLE 22137 4A CARTS CARTS CART CART CART CART CART CART CARTS CARTS GEMBA BOARD WHITE BOARD 16A 1 PALLET PALLET PS PS PS PS PS PS DESK WELLNESS ZONE H 3A A-SAFE-8FT. 1 TRASH 3' 10A NON-INV NON-INV HUDDLE KIOSK 7'11" 22851 RVR RVR RVR RVR CARTS ORGANIC 15A 15A CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS ROLLING LADDER CARTS SYSKA HENNESSY MAT ERGO 1 1 CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS RWC3 IS SPACE PROTECTED 2898 2898 2898 2898 CARTS 2438 24404 GEMBA BOARD CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS 8 8 8 CARTS 22137 16A CARTS IB SHRINK WRAPSHRINK WRAP 1414 TRASH 15A CART CART CART CART CART CART 21725 CARTS CARTS PS PS PS PS PS PS TRASH BROKEN WOOD 2898STEP STOOL TRASH 957 STOOLSTEP 2 5A 24281 CARTS DOC-GUARDIAN DOC-GUARDIAN CARTS 1175 PEACHTREE ST, SUITE CARTS CARTS PROBLEM SOLVE CART 16A 15A 15A STOP STOP PROBLEM SOLVE CART FILE CABINET 1341 1 RECYCLE TRASH WHITE BOARD 22851 GATE UNLOCKED GATE LOCKED SCALE ERGO STEP STOOL CARTS 21725 CARTS 21725 21725 21725 21725 21725 16A PALLET CARTS CARTS 2898 CARTS NON-INV NON-INV 3'x5' W/DBL. STCK. TAPE ERGO MAT CARTS CARTS CARTS ERGO MAT CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS A-SAFE-8FT. 700, ATLANTA, GA 30361 20A CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS FILE CABINET CARTS CARTS DAMAGE RECYCLE TRASH 1581 1581 1581 1581 1581 IB CARTS 20A 2 2 TRASH 1581 SAP PIT CORAL CARTS 394 1581 PHONE BOOTH 4A PALLET OVERAGE 20A 20A 4A 20A 20A STOOLSTEP TRASH CARTS 20A 20A ERGO MAT CR CARTS 512 8A TRASH 4A PHONE BOOTH REXEL 2 1581 2442 4A-GFI 2878 2878 583 KITOIL-DRI SPILL WATER 21725 ROLLING LADDER 631 A-SAFE 10 FT. J 16A H 21793 22851 LIQUID FLAM CAB FRONT IB 24301 EYEWASH STATION 22126 10A 5 10A 2 STORAGE CABINET CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS 4A 4A 4A 16A1 4A 2' 21752 *AUGMENTED MODULE DOK-GUARDIAN CARTS CARTS SHRED-IT CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS A-SAFE-8FT. A-SAFE-8FT. LOAD BAR RACK TRASH ERGO MAT CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS 21781 A-SAFE 10 FT. STOOLSTEP TOOLS 1349 ERGO MAT FILE CABINET LOCKERS 8A 8A 8A 8A ERGO MAT HUDDLE KIOSK FRONT STRAPSLOAD CARTS CARTS LEARNING INFO INBOUND STANDUP A-SAFE-4FT. 4 2492 3 1475 A-SAFE-8FT. A-SAFE-8FT. A-SAFE-8FT. A-SAFE-8FT. A-SAFE-8FT. A-SAFE-8FT. STORAGE CABINET 12A FILE CABINET ERGO MAT ERGO MAT ERGO MAT A-SAFE 10 FT. PALLET TRASH RECYCLE TRASH RECYCLE 946 1867 A-SAFE-4FT. HIGH LEVEL TOPPLE GUARD RAIL RECYCLE ERGO MAT TRASH TRASH 16A TRASH 27314 A-SAFE-8FT. 94" clear with floor support 8A ERGO MAT CARTS 12A ERGO MAT 4A 1 GEMBA BOARD SERVICE CART CARTS ERGO MATERGO MAT ERGO MAT ERGO MAT ERGO MAT PALLET 1.2a LEARNING COMMUNICATION BOARD N @ FIRE PROTECTION 22819 CARTS CARTS CARTS 21754 1912 SERVICE CART 21725 CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS 4A TRASH 631 ERGO MAT 27314 CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS 2 WATER 8A MEDIC VENDING 631 DESK 4A-GFI 10A WATER UTILITY CART CARTS CARTS CARTS ERGO MAT 4A-GFI TRASH TRASH CENTER SPINE CARTS TRASH SHRED-IT TRASH 2913 ERGO MAT CARTS 4A-GFI CARTS CARTS CARTS 2439 ERGO MAT ERGO MAT TRASH CARTS CARTS 4A-GFI CARTS CARTS CARTS 4A-GFI CARTS CARTS 4A-GFI WATER WATER MAT ERGO TOOL CART AMBASSADOR SCHEDULE BOARDLABOR PLANNING BOARD CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS LABOR BOARD 4A 1 CARTS CARTS 631 631 CARTS 1044 1 10A 10A PPE VENDING MACHINE WHITEBOARD ADD ANGLE IRO HARRINGTON GROUP, INC. FILE CABINET 5 K WATERTRASH RECYCLE WATERTRASH TRASH 15A 21725 21725 21725 8A 4 FILE CABINET 22817 RECYCLE TRASH REX EL 12A 21725 2246 21725 21725 21725 21725 21725 21725 H CARTS CARTS 631 10A ERGO MAT TRASH RECYCLETRASH RECYCLE 631 CR 946 FILE CABINET 12A 2 ERGO MAT TRASH 4A 13A 22137 ERGO MAT PPE VENDING MACHINE 15A 12A ADDER ADDER STARTER TD = 332' - 4" CART CART CART CART CART CART 1 PS PS PS PS PS PS LABOR PLANNING BOARD TRASH TD = 359' - 7" ERGO ERGO STORAGE MAGAZINE RACK 631 2252 3237 SATELLITE BLVD, MAT MAT 2698 8A BIN ERGO MAT 2634 TRASHWATER CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS ERGO MAT 15A 15A CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS 1 4A-GFI BAD PALLET GOOD PALLET SUITE 525, DULUTH, GA ERGO MAT TRASH BROKEN WOOD TRASH 15A Human MachineInterface (HMI) BROKEN WOOD 30096 631 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 80psi Min. Input / 8.9 SCFM 1447 WATER 4A-GFI TRASH TRASH CARTS CARTS 1 SUPPLIES SUPPLIES CART 5A 5A 5A 5A 5A TRASH 5A 5A 5A 480V/30A/3PH FANUC RobotController 4A-GFI SUPPLIES MAT ERGO WATER L TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH 631 TRASH TRASH TRASH SSP PRINTER SSP PRINTER SSP PRINTER SSP PRINTER SSP PRINTER SSP PRINTER SSP PRINTER SSP PRINTER TRASH BROKEN WOOD 6A ERGO MAT 8A ERGO MAT Controls Cabinet TRASH 1483 1483 1483 1483 1483 1483 1483 1483 491 ERGO MAT BAD PALLET GOOD GOOD PALLET 369 22529 722 508 PALLET 3 EL 1 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 CRCR H CARTS PALLET PALLET TRASH PALLET PALLET CARTS 5A MHE 1 21768 22140 21725 CART MAT STOP STOPHIGH LEVEL TOPPLE GUARD RAIL ERGO GARMENT RACK 2438 PALLET A-SAFE 9 FT. A-SAFE-8FT. DOC-GUARDIAN DOC-GUARDIAN 22853 ROLLING LADDER 491 TRASH LOAD BAR RACKLOAD 21752STRAPS 5A 10 10 10 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 SSP PRINTER CARTS CARTS 5A MHE 2913 TRASH TRANSOUT CARTS CARTS 3A 4A 1 TRASH PALLET STEP STOOL 1 3A M 8 8 8 22853 PPE VENDING MACHINETRASH PALLET PALLET PALLET PALLET CARTPS DOC-GUARDIAN DOC-GUARDIAN 1477 1186 1 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 PALLET CARTPS STOP STOP CARTS CARTS 3A A-SAFE-8FT. TRASH 12A 8.6A CARTS CARTPS TRANSOUT 15A STEP STOOL CARTS B PALLET 11A FIRE EXSHR TRANS OUT PIT CORAL HORIZONTAL BAND SAW DRILL CARTPS BAND SAW PRESS 6.3A A A GATE LOCKED 21725 CARTPS 15A 22853 SHOP VACUUM 1578 22137 WORK BENCH GATE UNLOCKED CARTPS 5A SSP PRINTER A-SAFE-8FT. 4A 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 TRASH 4A EYEWASH STATION 3A 15A TRASH TRANSOUT CARTS CARTS STEP STOOL CHOP SAW WORK BENCH 4A 4A-GFI 5A 5A 5A 5A 5A 4A-GFI 5A 5A 5A 5A A-SAFE-8FT. PALLET PALLET PALLET PALLET C C BENCH GRINDER PALLET N B DISK SANDER STORAGE RACK WATERTRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH WATERTRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH 631 1483SSP PRINTER 1483SSP PRINTER 1483SSP PRINTER 1483SSP PRINTER 1483SSP PRINTER 631 1483SSP PRINTER 1483SSP PRINTER 1483SSP PRINTER 1483SSP PRINTER 22853 8A 22835 A-SAFE 6 FT. 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 PALLET TRASH 3A TRANSOUT 2698 CARTS CARTS A-SAFE-4FT. 5A1 5A1 STEP STOOL 12A PALLET 11445LOCKERS TRASH RECYCLE 22853 12A ERGO ERGO ERGO MAT MAT MAT 1 LOCKERS 5A SSP PRINTER FILE CABINET DOK-GUARDIAN 12A 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 TRASH PALLET TRANSOUT LOCKERS CARTS TRASH 3A 1 CARTS 22126 STEP STOOL CARTS 2913 12A CARTS 2913 4A 1 5A FRONT LOCKERS 21804 4A 1 PALLET 1 STORAGE CABINET 21725 P TRASH SSP PRINTER 22853 STORAGE CABINET 1483 EYEWASH STATION FRONT 21793 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 CARTS CARTS 22340 OIL-DRI SPILLKIT TRANSOUT A-SAFE 9 FT. A-SAFE 9 FT. A-SAFE 9 FT. 3A CARTS CARTS STEP STOOLTRASH 1445 21758217582175821758 TOOL BOX 22835 TOOL CARTS 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 21752 1430 TOOL BOX CARTS 22112 22112 LOAD BAR RACK 15A 15A 15A 15A CARTS 22340 4A 4A STRAPSLOAD 1 RADIOS 5A Q TRASH 21797 1483SSP PRINTER 1 RADIOS 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 21797 NORMAL VRC CARTS 5A MHE 15A CARTS REFERENCE 1 RADIOS 21758 21725 491 21797 TRASH 2534 21758 15A RADIOS ERGO 1 MAT ONLY UNLESS 21797 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 CART 5A MHE CARTS CARTS 5A 5A 5A 5A 5A 5A 5A 5A TRASH 491 STAMP IS R TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH SSP PRINTER SSP PRINTER SSP PRINTER SSP PRINTER SSP PRINTER SSP PRINTER SSP PRINTER TRASH SSP PRINTER ERGO MAT 2698 2698 1483 1483 1483 1483 1483 1483 1483 1483 CART 2534 PLACED 1158 TD = 362' - 1" 22340 TD = 399' - 11" CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS TD = 335' - 5" NORMAL VRC CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS TD = 337' - 4" CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS 22413 8FT 20A DISTANT ASSISTANT 2442 TRASH 4A-GFI FORK FIRST (PLACE STAMP ELECTRIC PALLET JACK*AUGMENTED MODULE CARTS ROLLING LADDER WATER 4A 631 CARTS CARTS CARTS 4A-GFI 4A-GFI CARTS CARTS 4A-GFI 4A-GFI 4A-GFI 4A-GFI 4A-GFI CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS 21725 22340 1 CARTS FORK FIRST CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS WATERTRASH WATERTRASH WATERTRASH WATERTRASH WATERTRASH WATERTRASH CARTS WATERTRASH R.4 CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS ELECTRIC PALLET JACK20A CARTS 20A 10A CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS 2639 1340 8FT HERE) CARTS CARTS 631 631 8FT 20A CARTS CARTS631 631CARTS 631 CARTS CARTS 631 CARTS 631 CARTS CARTS CARTS 2698 CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS 21725 21725 21725 21725 21725 CARTS CARTS 21725 21725 CARTS 369 FORK FIRST 1 21725 ELECTRIC PALLET JACK NON-INVENTORYFILE CABINETNON-INVENTORY 21725 21725 21725 21725 21725 21725 CARTS CARTS *AUGMENTED MODULE 21725 ERGO MAT ERGO MAT FORK FIRST CAB ELECTRIC PALLET JACK20A FILE CABFILETRASH 4 21787 CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS 1340 8FT 8A 2698 RECYCLE CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS TRASH CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS 585 2438 2438 CARTS CARTS TD = 356' - 8" 1158 2698 4A ROLLING LADDER 631 2913 ROLLING LADDER 2639 2913 22189 TRASHWATER4A 24301 2438 4A 1 2438 2438 ERGO MAT 1158 1 4A 1 4A-GFI 2438 4A 4A ROLLING LADDER ROLLING LADDER 2522 2522 ROLLING LADDER 15A 15A ROLLING LADDER CARTS CARTS H CR EL 21781 PEDESTRIAN OPERATION SIDE CR TRASH S SCANNERS *AUGMENTED MODULEHUDDLE KIOSK MACKENZIE CARTS 21601 16A CARTS OUTBOUND STANDUP 2534 2534 © 21725 A-SAFE 10' A-SAFE 10' 4A BATTERY DEIONIZERBATTERY DEIONIZER RADIOS 2438 2438 STORAGE CABINATESTORAGE CABINATE POD TRANSFER STAGING 22178 16A CONE ALL RIGHTS RESERVED FILE CABINET ROLLING LADDER ROLLING LADDER 72" 72" 72" 72" TRASH BATTERY DEIONIZERBATTERY DEIONIZER POD TRANSFER VRC POD TRANSFER VRC 2025 BATTERY ROLLERBATTERY ROLLERBATTERY ROLLERBATTERY ROLLER 7'-6" 22340 22340 6A 6312698 STORAGE CABINETGEMBA BOARD 2438 22125 BOARD WHITE BOPLAN BOPLAN BOPLAN BOPLAN 890 STORAGE CABINET 1776 TRASHWATER ROLLING LADDER ERGOMAT CARTS 4A ERGO MAT ERGO MAT M 16A CARTS WITHIN 50' TO EMERGENCY SHOWER FILE CABINET 16A TRASH 2428 4A-GFI THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF 72" 72" 72" 72" TRUCKER'S LOUNGE CARTS CARTS W44 8A 3 RECYCLE BOPLAN BOPLAN BOPLAN BOPLAN FILE CABINET PIT PARKING ERGO MAT TRASH 3 ERGOMAT LTL LTL LTL LTL DESTROY DESTROY DESTROY GEMBA BOARD 1811 SHRINK WRAP CART RECYCLE STORAGE CABINATESTORAGE CABINATE 369 MACKENZIE AND ARE NOT TO BE USED 6A 847 2569 2569 72" 72" 72" 72" VACUUMS 2569 2569 2569 2569 2569 2569 2569 2569 2569 2569 1 ERGOMAT TRASH BOPLAN BOPLAN BOPLAN BOPLAN 21756 21756 6A A-SAFE 10 FT. A-SAFE 10 FT. A-SAFE 10 FT. ERGO MAT V 6A FLOOR SCRUBBERS 22529 2438 4A *AUGMENTED MODULE 1 OR REPRODUCED IN ANY MANNER, ROLLING LADDER A-SAFE-8FT. 22189 16A 1 15A 15A FRONT FRONT FRONT 369 PIT OPERATION SIDE 654 requires more power for M17 (480v 20amps 3phase)654 FLOOR SCRUBBERS 1613 LABOR BOARD 16A A-SAFE-8FT. WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION PS PS PS PS PS PS OIL-DRI SPILL 16A CART CART CART CART CART22137CART KIT EYEWASH STATIONA-SAFE 10 FT. FLOOR SCRUBBERS 1 3A A-SAFE-4FT. __7 A-SAFE 9 FT. 38'-5 " 2569 2569 DOK-GUARDIAN 16 2886 2569 2569 2569 2569 2569 2569 2569 2569 2569 2569 2569 PPE VENDING MACHINETRASH 22126 21792 631 1186 TRASH TRASHWATER TRASHWATER A-SAFE 10 FT. 4A-GFI 4A-GFI A-SAFE 9 FT. LTL LTL LTL LTL DESTROY DESTROY DESTROY 4A-GFI1 2698 2698 2698 A-SAFE 10 FT. A-SAFE 10 FT. A-SAFE 10 FT. 2698 2698 2698 REVISION SCHEDULE GARMENT RACK 21752 2569 2569 2569 2569 A-SAFE-8FT. A-SAFE-8FT. *AUGMENTED MODULE622 2569 2569 2698 2569 2569 2569 2569 2569 2569 2569 2569 2569 2698 8'-6" 22140 STRAPS GARMENT RACK STEP STOOL STEP STOOL STEP STOOL STEP STOOL STEP STOOL STEP STOOL STEP STOOL STEP STOOL LOAD LOAD BAR RACK STEP STOOL STEP STOOL STEP STOOL STEP STOOL STEP STOOL STEP STOOL STEP STOOL STEP STOOL STEP STOOL STEP STOOL STEP STOOL STEP STOOL STEP STOOL STEP STOOL STEP STOOL STEP STOOL STEP STOOL STEP STOOL STEP STOOL STEP STOOL STEP STOOL STEP STOOL STEP STOOL STEP STOOL STEP STOOL 23807 H LOADSTRAPS CR EL H CR CR EL TRASH CR TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH LOAD BAR RACK TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH 4A TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH 369 21752 21752 21752 21752 21752 Delta Issued As Issue Date 22853 22853 22853 22853 22853 22853 22853 22853 22853 22853 22853 22853 22853 22853 22853 22853 22853 22853 22853 22853 A-SAFE-8FT. 22853 22853 22853 22853 22853 22853 22853 22853 369 22853 22853 22853 22853 22853 STRAPS STRAPS STRAPS A-SAFE-8FT. HIGH LEVEL TOPPLE GUARD RAIL STRAPS 1 LOAD LOAD BAR RACK LOAD LOAD BAR RACK LOAD LOAD BAR RACK LOAD LOAD BAR RACK 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 1 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A OB OB OB OB OB OB OB OB OB OB OB OB OB OB OB OB HIGH LEVEL TOPPLE GUARD RAIL OB OB OB OB OB 6A OB OB OB OB OB 6A 22529 W 22529 4A OB OB OB OB OB OB OB OB OB OB OB OB OB OB OB OB NON-INV NON-INV NON-INV NON-INV 23807 22140 POD TRANSFER POD TRANSFER POD TRANSFER OB SHEET TITLE: 1 LIFE SAFETY PLAN - LEVEL 1 LIFE SAFETY A-005 1" = 40'-0" PLAN GENERAL NOTES - CODE LEGEND A. THIS SHEET IS MEANT FOR CODE REVIEW PURPOSES ONLY. B. PATHS OF EGRESS REMAIN UNCHANGED FROM PREVIOUS BUILDING PERMIT AND TD = XX'-X" ARE SHOWN FOR REFERENCE. ANY NEW EQUIPMENT WILL NOT IMPEDE EXISTING TRAVEL DISTANCE LINE (400'-0" MAX) EGRESS PATHS. SECTION 1017 EXIT ACCESS TRAVEL DISTANCE (TD) C. APPROVED FIRE ALARM AND DETECTOR SYSTEMS AS SET FORTH IN CODE WERE PER TABLE 1017.2: PROVIDED IN PREVIOUS BUILDING PERMIT AND REMAIN UNCHANGED. OCCUPANCY GROUP B W/ SPRINKLER SYSTEM = 300 FEET MAX D. APPROVED FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM (BY OTHERS) WAS PROVIDED IN PREVIOUS START OR PIVOT OCCUPANCY A W/ SPRINKLER = 250 FEET MAX BUILDING PERMIT AND REMAINS UNCHANGED. POINT OF TRAVEL OCCUPANCY GROUP S-1 W/ SPRINKLER = 400 FEET MAX E. 2021 IBC SECTION 1010.1.1 REQUIRED DOOR CLEAR WIDTH OF 32". EXISTING DISTANCE LINE DOORS TO REMAIN COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENT. PANIC HARDWARE PROVIDED AT SHEET EXIT DOORS IS EXISTING TO REMAIN. F. EMERGENCY LIGHTING FACILITIES SHALL BE ARRANGED TO PROVIDE INITIAL ILLUMINATION THAT IS NOT LESS THAN AN AVERAGE OF 1 FOOTCANDLE (11 LUX) AND A MINIMUM AT ANY POINT OF 0.1 FOOTCANDLE (1 LUX) MEASURED ALONG THE PATH OF EGRESS AT FLOOR LEVEL. G. ILLUMINATION LEVELS SHALL BE PERMITTED TO DECLINE TO 0.6 FOOTCANDLE (6 A-005 LUX) AVERAGE AND A MINIMUM AT ANY POINT OF 0.06 FOOTCANDLE (0.6 LUX) AT THE END OF THE EMERGENCY LIGHTING TIME DURATION. A MAXIMUM-TO-MINIMUM ILLUMINATION UNIFORMITY RATIO OF 40 TO 1 SHALL NOT BE EXCEEDED. REFERENCE ELECTRICAL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. JOB NO. 2240461.00 PERMIT SET 04/28/2025 Autodesk Docs://PAE2 - OBD-A (Project Roxy)/461-PAE2(OBD-A)-v23-A.rvt 4/22/2025 4:50:34 PM 1" = 40'-0" Client AMAZON.COM SERVICES LLC 410 Terry Ave N, Seattle, WA 98109 BURIED GAS MARKER PB PB STREET SIGN C 39' - 1" C PB MONUMENT 13' - 0" READERBOARD C SIGN Project MOTORCYCLE PARKING - (CONC. SURFACE) PAE2 OBD-A 284' - 7 1/2" RETROFIT 5002 172ND St NE VAN VAN VAN VAN Arlington, WA 98223 PROPERTY LINE TO BUILDING FACE VAN VAN VAN VAN STRUCTURAL MAIN MACKENZIE ENTRY 1515 SE WATER AVE #100 856' - 2 1/2" PORTLAND, OR 97214 PROPERTY LINE TO BUILDING FACE EXISTING SWITCHGEAR 'MSD' MONUMENT MECH/ELEC/PLUMBING EXISTING 40 TRAILER PARKING SPACES @ 12' EXISTING PRE-ENGINEERED SIGN SYSKA HENNESSY INCOMING GAS 13' - 0" EXISTING PRE- SMOKERS SHELTER 1175 PEACHTREE ST, SUITE SERVICE FABRICATED DROP- 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 700, ATLANTA, GA 30361 OFF CANOPY 195 12' - 6" EXISTING SOUND 196 WALL 197 154 198 FIRE PROTECTION 199 HARRINGTON GROUP, INC. 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 153 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 34244 245 246 247 248 249 250 6 347 348 349 350 351 352 251 252 253 254 255 256 353 354 355 356 357 358 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 264 265 366 367 368 3237 SATELLITE BLVD, EXISTING PRE- 152 SUITE 525, DULUTH, GA FABRICATED DROP- 151 30096 OFF CANOPY 150 TOTAL BUILDING FOOTPRINT - 638,019 SF 149 (DRIPLINE INCLUDES (2) SMOKING SHELTERS & 148 MAIN ENTRY CANOPY) 147 146 PROPERTY LINE FOR REF ONLY EXISTING FFE=128.00 AUGER 145 COMPACTOR 144 28 TRAILER PARKING AUGER 143 SPACES @ 12' NO CIVIL OR SITE WORK FOR THIS TENANT 142 GUARDHOUSE IMPROVEMENT PERMIT 141 140 22 TRAILER PARKING SPACES @ 12'22 TRAILER PARKING SPACES @ 12' 139 EXISTING SWITCHGEAR 'MSA' 138 137 TRANSFORMER 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 136 601' - 7 1/2" REFERENCE ONLY UNLESS PROPERTY LINE TO BUILDING FACE STOP STAMP IS EXISTING FIRE STOP PLACED PUMP HOUSE WITH WATER 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284BUILDING TO FACE OF (PLACE STAMP STORAGE TANK HERE) 43 TRAILER PARKING SPACES @ 12'43 TRAILER PARKING SPACES @ 12' © MACKENZIE 2025 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF STOP MACKENZIE AND ARE NOT TO BE USED OR REPRODUCED IN ANY MANNER, 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 STOP EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING SOUND CONCRETE CONCRETE SMOKERS WALL REVISION SCHEDULE EXISTING GUARDHOUSE STOP RAMP AND RAMP AND SHELTER SIM 19 TRAILER PARKING SPACES @ 12' STAIRS STAIRS Delta Issued As Issue Date 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 448 449 450 451 452 453 408 409 410 411 412 413 454 455 456 457 458 459 46 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 461 462 463 464 465 466 0 421 467 468 469 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 EV EV EVEV EVEV EVEV EVEV EVEV EVEV EVEV EVEV EVEV 101 TRAILER PARKING SPACES @ 12' NOTE: PROPERTY LINE TO FACE 345' - 9" OF BUILDING DIMENSIONS ARE FOR CODE ANALYSIS ONLY. EXISTING EV CHARGER CABINETS & TRANSFORMER - PROPERTY LINE TO BUILDING FACESEE ELECTRICAL EXISTING FIRE PUMP HOUSE WITH WATER STORAGE TANK SHEET TITLE: SITE PLAN 1 SITE PLAN A-101 1" = 80'-0" SITE PLAN LEGEND: PROPERTY LINE SHEET A-101 JOB NO. 2240461.00 PERMIT SET 04/28/2025 Autodesk Docs://PAE2 - OBD-A (Project Roxy)/461-PAE2(OBD-A)-v23-A.rvt 4/22/2025 4:50:40 PM As indicated 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10.1 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0.4 0.5 TRASH TRASH 22110 24412 4A-GFI 4A-GFI 10A 4A-GFI 4A 4A-GFI 2A 4A 4A 4A 1 WATERTRASH WATERTRASH WATERTRASH CC CRCR 4AMPS WATERTRASH 22134 631 1642 369 631 22200 STORAGE CUBE STORAGE CUBE STORAGE CUBE TRASH 1377 631 631 4A TRASH 2 15A SUPPLIESWINTER 2596 2596 2596 4AMPS 4AMPS 4AMPS 2A 1 1 4A 1 *AUGMENTED MODULE*AUGMENTED MODULE*AUGMENTED MODULE 221342213422134221344A22134 2A 4A 369 4 4A 4A 4A 1 2698 2698 221344A 221342213422134221344A 369 2 4A 4A 1 1 2A 1 STOP STOP STOP STOP STOP 2247 4A 369 4A 1596 4A Client 4A 1 1 4A 1 4A 2 2 4A 12A 2213422134221342213422134 STOP STOP STOP STOP STOP 4A 4A 4AMPS 4AMPS 4AMPS TABLE 221344A 221342213422134221344A 4A 4A 1 1 4A 22181 369 4A 4A 2 2 2909 CHAIR 1 1 4A 4A 4A ERGO MATT 4AMPS 1802 22195 1 1 TRASH TRASH 4A 4A 8A 8A 4A 4A MAT STOP 4A 2213422134221342213422134 ERGO 1502 369 RECYCLE BB STOP FLOORSIGN 4A 1 1 1170 TRASH 1 2213422134221342213422134 2A 4A SIGNFLOOR STOP 369 4A 2427 4A 1 4A 1 1158 RECYCLE 22791 I/C 4A RECYCLE TRASH 22048 LB 4A 22127 TRASH 4A 4A TRASH TRASH TRASH 4A 451 1 TRASH 4A 4A 8A 2A RECYCLE 4A-GFI 4A 4 FILE CABINETS 1 4A221342213422134221341 4A22134 2885 1 STORAGE CUBE STORAGE CUBE AMAZON.COM 4A TRASH WATERTRASH 22791 4A 2596 2596 631 2429 TRASH 4A *AUGMENTED MODULE*AUGMENTED MODULE 4A 22791 1 2A 15A 2A 2 369 ERGO MATT 22189 4A 2245*AUGMENTED MODULE 22189 21597 4A 369 4A-GFI 4A 4A 1376 631 20A ERGO MATT 20A 20A 20A 20A SERVICES LLC 4A 22340 2887 2887 2887 2887 2887 TRASH 20A 20A 1 14A 1 21680 FILE WATER 1 4A 2 4A 2 4A 2 4A 2 4A 2 4A CABINETS 1 1 369 22340 13764A1 1 4ASTOP STOP STOP STOP STOP 22340 22340 623 AA 22146 22340 4A 22340 410 Terry Ave N, 2219622196221962219622196 3A 2 AMPS- GFI 4A TRASH 21661 4A 21680 STORAGE CUBE 2698 4A 22852 1 2A 2698 2A 4A 369 22127 22146 Seattle, WA 98109 4A 16841 REFRIGERATOR 1 1 1 1 1 4A 4A 2 29331594 28991 2739 3A 22340 TRASH 631 2A 22340 22893 CR 22340 10A 4A 2 4 369 22115 CR 4A 369 *AUGMENTED MODULE TRASH TRASHWATER 4A 2A 15A 2 2A 2336 1 AUGMENTED MODULE 22172 1 1 4A4A-GFI1 1 RECYCLETRASH 4A 4A FEC-2 2426 2639 *AUGMENTED MODULE 2698 1.2a 1158 4A 3A 3A 1158 4A-GFI 4A-GFI 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4A 4A 1 3A 1 WATERTRASH A 2534 2534 1 22146 22146 MEDIC VENDING 2639 DISTANT ASSISTANT 2639 2639 2639 2639 2438 WATERTRASH 2639 2639 2639 631 2439 22413 PPE VENDING MACHINETRASH DISTANT ASSISTANT DISTANT ASSISTANT 2698 ROLLING LADDER 631 1186 22413 22413 2639 22205 1 ERGO MAT 1 2698 2698 4A TRASH TRASH TRASH DISTANT ASSISTANT 2639 22139 TRASH VOA ONLY 22139 RECYCLE 22413 RECYCLE 22139 RECYCLE 4A 1 RECYCLE RECYCLE RECYCLE 22139 22139 22139 RECYCLE 22139 22139 TRASH RECYCLE TRASH NON-INV NON-INV NON-INV SAP SAP 2698 NON-INV NON-INV NON-INV TRASH NON-INV NON-INV NON-INV NON-INV NON-INV NON-INV NON-INV NON-INV NON-INV NON-INV TRASH TRASH 2639 2639 NON-INV NON-INV 27314 22139RECYCLE NON-INV NON-INV 5'-4" 1 TRASH 1 1 TRASH 2639 1 2534 5'-11" 2639 RECYCLE NON-INV NON-INV NON-INV NON-INV 22139RECYCLE 22139 4A 4A SAP DISTANT ASSISTANT22413 1 2639 DISTANT ASSISTANT22413 NON-INV NON-INV NON-INV NON-INV NON-INV NON-INV NON-INV NON-INV NON-INV NON-INV NON-INV NON-INV NON-INV NON-INVNON-INV 631 TRASH 2534 2438 TRASHWATER 2913 ROLLING LADDER CORRUGATE CORRUGATE TRASH RECYCLING EMPTY PALLETS GAYLORDS 4A-GFI 4A 1 GAYLORDS EMPTY PALLETSRECYCLING TRASH 21885 631 631 631 631 NON-INV NON-INV NON-INV NON-INV 22139RECYCLE SUPPLIES RESEARCH WHITE BOARD GEMBA BOARD HMI PAN 6A 1 1238 2590 1238 1238 1238 TRASHWATER 1238 TRASHWATER TRASHWATER 1238 1238 TRASHWATER TRASH MAT MAT SAP SAP ERGO ERGO EL 631 2438 TRASH TRASH WATER 2438 4A-GFI 4A-GFI 4A-GFI 4A-GFI 1238 1238 NON-INV 24408 1042 4A-GFI SPARE ROLL CORRUGATE CORRUGATE 4A-GFI 2438 ROLLING LADDER 2438 2438 2438 WATER 2438 4A-GFI TRASH TRASH 2438 ROLLING LADDER 2913 4A-GFI JUICE CARTJUICE CARTJUICE CARTJUICE CARTJUICE CARTJUICE CART RECYCLE TRASH 631 ROLLING LADDER ROLLING LADDER ROLLING LADDER ROLLING LADDER RECYCLE PROBLEM SOLVE TOTES ROLLING LADDER 5 ROLLING LADDER 4A 1 22139 ISS CART ISS CART ISS CART B 22835 WATERTRASH ERGO MAT EXCEPTIONS WATERTRASH EMPTY TOTES ERGO MAT ERGO MAT EXCEPTIONS EMPTY TOTES PROBLEM SOLVE 20A 4A ERGOMAT 3 8A 631 EMPTY TOTES 4A-MHE TRASH 4A-MHE TRASH 4A-MHE TRASH 4A-MHE TRASH 4A-MHE TRASH 4A-MHE TRASH 631 4A-MHE TRASH MAT ERGO RADIOS TRASH 20A-MHE 20A-MHE EMPTY BAGS EMPTY BAGS 486 EMPTY BAGS EMPTY BAGS EMPTY BAGS EMPTY BAGS EMPTY BAGS PROBLEM SOLVE CART PROBLEM SOLVE CART 3'x5' W/DBL. STCK. TAPE ERGO MAT670 1 486 486 486 486 486 486 PROBLEM SOLVE TOTES 1926 TRASH 3 6A ERGO MAT EMPTY TOTES 23928 WAT TAPER GLUE WAT TAPER 888 ISS CART PALLET TRASH PALLET 6A 2911 2911 21797 4A-MHE *AUGMENTED MODULE 4A-MHE *AUGMENTED MODULE*AUGMENTED MODULE 4A-MHE *AUGMENTED MODULE*AUGMENTED MODULE 4A-MHE *AUGMENTED MODULE*AUGMENTED MODULE 4A-MHE *AUGMENTED MODULE *AUGMENTED MODULE4A-MHE 4A-MHE TRASH ISS CART ERGOMAT 21525 ERGO MAT 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 TRASH TRASH 16A 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 7A 4A-MHE 486 4A-MHE 486 4A-MHE 486 4A-MHE 486 4A-MHE 486 4A-MHE 486 4A-MHE 486 RECYCLE 1538 MAT TRASH 20A DAMAGES 22139 ISS CART ISS CART ISS CART WIP CART ERGO 1926 20A EMPTY TOTES 1042 6A EMPTY TOTES ERGO MAT PROBLEM SOLVE CART TOTES IN QUEUE PALLET 22139 EXCEPTIONSERGO MAT 5 PUTBACKS 44ft REBIN WALL 44ft REBIN WALL 44ft REBIN WALL 44ft REBIN WALL 44ft REBIN WALL 44ft REBIN WALL 44ft REBIN WALL 7A PROBLEM SOLVE CART 6A 5 GLUE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE SAP SAP 3 WIP CART ERGO MAT ERGO MAT 694 3'x5' W/DBL. STCK. TAPE ERGO MAT670 626 1825OVERAGES ISS CART ISS CART 1538 DAMAGES 486 486 486 486 486 486 486 ISS CARTISS CART 6A 2 TRASH SPARE ROLL TRASH ERGO MAT WIP CART TRASH ERGO MAT SPARE ROLL 631 ERGO MAT PALLET PALLET OVERAGES SPARE ROLL RECYCLE TRASH TRASH 6'8" TRASH 6A EMPTY TRAYS 4A-MHE 4A-MHE1 4A-MHE1 4A-MHE1 4A-MHE1 4A-MHE1 4A-MHE1 4A-MHE1 TOTES TRASH 16A TRASH ISS CART ISS CART 5A TRASHWATER 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE EMPTY TRAYS 4A-MHE ISS CART ISS CART WIP CART ERGO TRASH 5 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE RECYCLE TRASH 44ft Rebin Wall24298 44ft Rebin Wall24298 44ft Rebin Wall24298 44ft Rebin Wall24298 44ft Rebin Wall24298 44ft Rebin Wall24298 44ft Rebin Wall24298 TRASHERGO MAT EMPTY TOTESTRASH MAT 1926 486 486 486 486 486 486 486 22139 EMPTY TOTES 4A-GFI EMPTY TRAYS EMPTY TOTES EMPTY TOTES ERGO ERGO MAT EXCEPTIONS 20A WIP CART READY TO INJECT MAT EMPTY TRAYS FILE CABINET PROBLEM SOLVE CART 6A EMPTY TOTES 5 BAYS OF REBIN WALL ERGO MAT ERGO MAT EXCEPTIONS ISS CART ISS CART PROBLEM SOLVE CART GLUER GLUER *AUGMENTED MODULE 20149 TRASH EMPTY TOTES TRASH2894 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE SAP C 6 ISS PALLET ISS PALLET ISS PALLET ERGO MAT EMPTY TOTES 1926 TRASH 2911 1 486 486 486 486 486 486 486 WHITE BOARD 10A MAT EMPTY TOTES 2911 SAP SAP SAP ERGO 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE RECYCLE 4A 4A-MHE1 4A-MHE1 4A-MHE1 4A-MHE1 4A-MHE1 4A-MHE1 4A-MHE1 Project 22139 22550 DAMAGES 6A 23928 ERGO MAT 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 1158 PALLET TRASH PALLET OVERAGES 20A EMPTY TOTES 486 486 486 486 486 486 486 1340 EXCEPTIONSERGO MAT TRASH TRASH 20A TOTE ISS PALLET ISS PALLET ISS PALLET 1158 2901 4A-MHE 1926 5 TRASH 15387A EMPTY TOTES 8A5 SAP STOOLSTEP TRASH 5 GLUER GLUE PALLET BIN GLUE PALLET BIN 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE NON-INV 1238 22550 6A SPARE ROLL DUNNAGE EMPTY ERGO MAT GLUER MHE5A 22550 SPARE ROLL 20A-MHE 20A-MHE 486 486 486 486 486 486 486 7A TRASH 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE TRASHRECYCLE FILE CABINETSTORAGE CABINETPOD 4A-MHE PAPERWORK 22851 1724 TRASH 5 SPARE ROLL 8FT 1538 ERGO MAT TRASH 1913 1913 1913 1913 1913 1913 1913 8FT 470 2A REBINCART 4A-MHE1 4A-MHE1 4A-MHE1 4A-MHE1 4A-MHE1 4A-MHE1 4A-MHE1 TRASH 1926 OVERAGE EMPTY TOTES 631 22835 ERGO MAT ERGO MAT PALLET TRASH PALLET 4A-MHE ERGO MAT EXCEPTIONS 20A 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE ERGO MAT 4A-MHE 4A-MHE ERGO MAT 4A-MHE 4A-MHE ERGO MAT 4A-MHE 4A-MHE ERGO MAT 4A-MHE 4A-MHE ERGO MAT 4A-MHE 4A-MHE ERGO MAT FORK FIRST FORK FIRST 22550 22550 22550 ELECTRIC PALLET JACKELECTRIC PALLET JACK DAMAGE 22550 6A EMPTY TOTES 486 486 486 486 486 486 486 2438 20A 20A IB ERGO EMPTY 25A-MHE 25A-MHE 467 25A-MHE 467 25A-MHE 467 25A-MHE 467 25A-MHE 467 25A-MHE 467 TRASHWATER ERGO MAT MAT ERGO 22550 EMPTY 4A-MHE 4A-MHE ROLLING LADDER TRASH TRASH 20A-MHE 20A-MHE 7'11" MAT 22550 TRASH TRASH 2911 KICKOUT KICKOUT 1 4A-GFI ERGO MAT TRASHINDUCT STAGING INDUCT STAGINGTRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH 4A-MHE TRASH EMPTY TOTES TRASH ERGO MAT 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 2911 TRASH 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A 1926 6A 6A SAP GARMENT RACK 2901 EMPTY TOTES DAMAGESERGO MAT ERGO MAT DAMAGES TRASH TOTES TOTES 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 2913 SAP 4A-MHE EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY 6A 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 80" high DUNNAGE EMPTY TOTES EMPTY TOTES 22550 22550 22550 22550 ERGO MAT EMPTY TOTES ERGO MAT EXCEPTIONS 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 D MHE5A TRASH MAT EMPTY 22550 ERGO MAT ERGO MAT ERGO MAT ERGO MAT 20A EXCEPTIONSERGO MAT EMPTY TOTES 22102 TRASH MAT 6A ERGO ERGO EMPTY 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 1791 1791 1791 4A-MHE 1791 1791 1791 1791 H 2698 22550 TRASH TRASH TRASH 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 21973 21973 21973 21973 21973 21973 369 TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH CRCR REBINCART 4A-MHE GLUER GLUER 5 10A TRASH ERGO MAT 1926 5 486 486 486 486 486 486 486 EL 1 22529 OVERAGE ERGO MAT 4A-MHE 4A-MHE EMPTY TOTES TOTE TOTE PALLET PALLET TRASH TOTE TOTE TOTE TOTE TOTE TOTE TOTE TOTE TOTE TOTE PAE2 OBD-A PALLET TRASH PALLET TRASH TRASH DAMAGE 6A 23928 7'11" 22140 SPARE ROLL CR 4 4 ERGO 4A-MHE EMPTY 22550 22550 EMPTY EMPTY 22550 22550 EMPTY ERGO MAT TRASH 4A 4A MAT CR 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 7A 15387A EMPTY TRASH 1538 22550 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4864A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE EMPTY ERGO MAT4A-MHE ERGO MAT ERGO MAT4A-MHE ERGO MAT TRASH 486 486 486 486 486 486 STOOLSTEP 22550 TRASH TRASH PALLET ERGO MAT ROLLING LADDER MAT ERGO MAT ERGO MAT ERGO MAT ERGO MAT ERGO MAT ERGO TRASH TRASH 20A ERGO MAT4A-MHE 1926 TOTE TANK TOTE TANK TOTE TANK TOTE TANK ERGO MAT 2442 2901 TRASH EMPTY TOTES 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 22848 ERGOMAT ERGOMAT ERGOMAT ERGOMAT ERGOMAT ERGOMAT 7A 7A ERGO MAT 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 22851 4A 1538 TRASH 6A 5 44ft REBIN WALL 44ft REBIN WALL 4A-MHE 44ft REBIN WALL 44ft REBIN WALL 44ft REBIN WALL 44ft REBIN WALL 44ft REBIN WALL 4A 4A 4A 4A 4A 22831 PALLET 1538 ERGO MAT 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A TRASH DUNNAGE RETROFIT MHE5A 4A-MHE EMPTY 22550 22550 EMPTY EMPTY 22550 22550 EMPTY 486 486 486 486 486 486 486 3A-MHE 3A-MHE 3A-MHE 3A-MHE 3A-MHE 3A-MHE 3A-MHE 3A-MHE 3A-MHE 3A-MHE PALLET TRASH PALLET PALLET TRASH PALLET EMPTY SPARE ROLL 24298 24298 24298 24298 24298 24298 24298 4A 30A 1228 22550 TRASH 4A EMPTY ERGO MAT4A-MHE ERGO MAT ERGO MAT4A-MHE ERGO MAT 1483REBINCART 22550 TRASH TRASH 1926 15A TOOLS TRASH TRASH EMPTY TOTES IB OVERAGE ERGO ERGO ERGO MAT4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE MAT ERGO ERGO MAT ERGO MAT ERGO MAT ERGO MAT ERGO MAT 22282 1 2 MAT TRASH TRASH 2438 TRASH MAT ERGO MAT 4A-MHE 4A-MHE PROBLEM SOLVE CART 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE ERGOMAT 6A TRASH DAMAGE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE TRASH ERGO MAT 486 486 486 486 486 486 486 ROLLING LADDER ERGO SSP PRINTER EMPTY TOTES EMPTY TOTES MAT 5A 4A-MHE EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY 20A-MHE 20A-MHE 20A-MHE PROBLEM SOLVE CART ROLLING LADDER 22550 22550 22550 22550 TRASH ERGO MAT 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 5002 172ND St NE TRASH ERGO MAT EXCEPTIONS 2438 EMPTY TOTES EMPTY ERGOMAT STOOLSTEP 4A EMPTY TOTES 22550 1926 CART EMPTY ERGO MAT4A-MHE ERGO MAT ERGO MAT4A-MHE ERGO MAT EMPTY TOTES 2901 22550 TRASH TRASH EMPTY TOTES 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE TOTE TOTE EMPTY TOTES EMPTY TOTES EMPTY TOTES EMPTY TOTES EMPTY TOTES EMPTY TOTES EMPTY TOTES EMPTY TOTES EMPTY TOTES EMPTY TOTES MAT MAT TRASH TRASH E 2 ERGO ERGO ERGO MAT4A-MHE 6A ERGO MAT EMPTYTRASH 486 TRASH 4A-MHE 486 486 486 486 486 486 22851 ERGO MAT 4A-MHE 4A-MHE ERGO MAT *AUGMENTED MODULE 21973 2664 2664 2664 2664 2664 DUNNAGE MHE5A TRASH ERGO MAT SOLVE TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH 2127 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE PROBLEM PALLET PALLET PALLET PALLET TRASH RECYCLE 23928 22103 ERGO MAT ERGO MAT ERGO MAT ERGO MAT ERGO MAT ERGO MAT TRASH TRASH 4A-MHE EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY 22550 22550 22550 22550 TRASH IB Arlington, WA 98223 2643 REBINCART 1926 RECYCLING 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE PROBLEMSOLVE 4A EMPTY 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE EMPTY TOTES 22103 OVERAGE 22550 EMPTY ERGO MAT4A-MHE ERGO MAT ERGO MAT4A-MHE ERGO MAT 5A 486 486 486 486 486 486 486 15387A 15387A 22550 TRASH TRASH PRINTSUPPLIES ERGO MAT ERGO MAT PROBLEMSOLVE 2438 2 TRASH TRASH 6A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 DAMAGE ERGO MAT4A-MHE 20A 3'x5' W/DBL. STCK. TAPE ERGO MAT ROLLING LADDER ERGO TRASH ERGO MAT 4A-MHE 4A-MHE TRASH 4A-MHE ERGOMAT TRASH PROBLEMSOLVE TRASH EMPTY 4A-MHE1787 MAT TRASH 4A WIP STOOLSTEP 7A 7A TRASH 5 TRASH 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE ERGO MAT RECYCLE 2901 4A-MHE EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY 1 1913 1913 1913 1913 1913 MAT 1538 1538 22550 22550 22550 22550 4A-MHE TRASH 486 EMPTY BAGS 486 EMPTY BAGS 486 EMPTY BAGS 486 EMPTY BAGS 486 EMPTY BAGS 486 EMPTY BAGS 486 EMPTY BAGS ERGO 4A TRASH 4A-MHE 1913TRASH 4A-MHE 1913 TRASH 4A-MHE TRASH 4A-MHE TRASH 4A-MHE TRASH 4A-MHE TRASH 4A-MHE TRASH EMPTY SPARE ROLL *AUGMENTED MODULE *AUGMENTED MODULE *AUGMENTED MODULE*AUGMENTED MODULE*AUGMENTED MODULE *AUGMENTED MODULE*AUGMENTED MODULE *AUGMENTED MODULE*AUGMENTED MODULE*AUGMENTED MODULE *AUGMENTED MODULE *AUGMENTED MODULE 22851 ROLLING CABINET TRASH PALLET TRASH PALLET 22550 ERGO MAT ERGO MAT ERGO MAT ERGO MAT ERGO MAT SUPPLIESPRINT TRASH 4A TRASH 4A TRASH 4A TRASH 4A TRASH 4A TRASH *AUGMENTED MODULE4A PALLET PALLET DUNNAGE PALLET PALLET EMPTY 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 2 MHE5A 22550 TRASH TRASH 22103 ERGOMAT 2364 2364 2364 2364 2364 2364 TRASH TRASH RECYCLING 6A ERGO MAT4A-MHE 25A-MHE 25A-MHE 25A-MHE 25A-MHE 25A-MHE TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH IB TRASH 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A-MHE ROLLING CABINET ERGO ERGO ERGO MAT 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 25A-MHE ERGO MAT 25A-MHE ERGO MAT ERGO MAT ERGO MAT ERGO MAT ERGO MAT LADDER REBINCART MAT MAT 22103 486 TRASH 486 486 486 486 486 486 21973 21973 21973 21973 21973 ERGO MAT STORAGE CABINET1626STORAGE CABINET ERGO MAT 2 OVERAGE EMPTY TOTES EMPTY TOTES 4A-MHE EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY 626 ROLLING CABINET DAMAGE 22550 22550 22550 22550 4A-MHE TOTE TOTE TRASHEMPTY 22144 TOTE TOTE TOTE TOTE TOTE TOTE TOTE TOTE 3A EMPTY 22101 4A TRASHCAN ERGO 22550 MAT 22550 EMPTY ERGO MAT4A-MHE ERGO MAT ERGO MAT4A-MHE ERGO MAT TRASH 4A 2436TRASH TRASH 2436 2436TRASH TRASH 2436 2436TRASH TRASH 2436 2436TRASH TRASH 2436 2436TRASH TRASH 2436 2436TRASH TRASH 2436 2436TRASH TRASH 2436 TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH HYDRAULLIC PRESS ROLLING CABINET 4A-MHE TRASH TRASH 2364 EYE WASH STATION EMPTY TOTES TRASH ERGO MAT ERGO STOOLSTEP DAMAGED DAMAGED MAT ERGO MAT 4A-MHE 4A-MHE MAT 2 MAT MAT 2 2 MAT MAT 2 2 MAT MAT 2 2 MAT MAT 2 2 MAT MAT 2 2 MAT MAT 2 2 MAT 2438 ERGO MAT ERGOERGO MAT 2 ERGO MATERGO ERGOERGO MAT ERGO MATERGO ERGOERGO MAT ERGO MATERGO ERGO MATERGO ERGO MATERGO ERGOERGO MAT ERGO MATERGO ERGOERGO MAT ERGO MATERGO ERGOERGO MAT ERGO MATERGO 4A MAT TRASH F 1582 2901 ERGO MAT ERGO MAT ERGO MAT ERGO MAT ERGO MAT ERGO ROLLING LADDER 22282 PREP 1 4A-MHE EMPTY 22550 22550 EMPTY EMPTY 22550 22550 EMPTY 3A-MHE 3A-MHE 3A-MHE 3A-MHE 3A-MHE 3A-MHE 3A-MHE 3A-MHE 3A-MHE 3A-MHE 3A-MHE 3A-MHE 3A-MHE 3A-MHE ERGOMAT ERGOMAT ERGOMAT ERGOMAT ERGOMAT 15A 1 22851 4A DAMAGED EMPTY DUNNAGE EMPTY 22550 30A WORKBENCH MHE5A PALLET TRASH PALLET EMPTY 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A 4A 4A 4A 4A ERGO MAT ERGO MAT ERGO MAT ERGO MAT 4A 22550 TRASH TRASH REPAIRED 22174 4A-MHE TRASH TRASH IB REPAIRED ERGO MAT 4A REPAIRED REBINCART TRASH 7A ERGO MAT 4A-MHE 4A-MHE ELH OVERAGE 1538 TRASH TRASH 6.3A ERGO MAT 2 20A ERGO MAT 2 20A ERGO MAT 2 20A ERGO MAT 2 20A ERGO MAT 2 20A MAT ERGO DROP ZONE DAMAGE 4A-MHE EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY ERGO MAT ERGO MAT ERGO MAT ERGO MAT TRASH 2645 REX 22550 22550 22550 22550 ERGO MAT ERGOMAT TRASH SHOP VAC ERGO 2438 MAT 7A PALLET PALLET EMPTY 22550 8A 21916 21916 21916 21916 21916 STOOLSTEP EMPTY ERGO MAT4A-MHE ERGO MAT ERGO MAT4A-MHE ERGO MAT 8A ROLLING LADDER EXCEPTION TOTE EXCEPTION TOTE EXCEPTION TOTE EXCEPTION TOTE EXCEPTION TOTE 22550 TRASH TRASH GATE UNLOCKED GATE UNLOCKED 1538 1 3A 16082A 1608 4A-MHE TRASH TRASH CR *AUGMENTED MODULE 2A TRASH ERGO MAT 2223 2223 EXCEPTION TOTE EXCEPTION TOTE EXCEPTION TOTE EXCEPTION TOTE EXCEPTION TOTE 22851 VRETS STANDUP21781 PALLET TRASH PALLET TOTEEMPTY ERGO MAT 4A-MHE 4A-MHE TRASH EMPTYTOTE TRASH TOTE TOTE LABOR BOARD TOTES TOTES TOTES TOTES TOTES MAT ERGO TOTE TANK TOTE TANK TOTE TANK TOTE TANK PPE VENDING MACHINETRASH 1 ERGOMAT TOTES TOTES TOTES TOTES TOTES UTILITY CART 4A 4A-MHE EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY CART TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH 21973 DROP ZONE ERGO LIQUIDS 22550 22550 22550 22550 ERGO MAT CART TRASH IB STRUCTURAL MAT TRASH TRASH ERGO MAT LIQUIDS 22831 GATE LOCKED GATE UNLOCKED EMPTY 22550 CARTS CARTS 1186 EMPTY ERGO MAT4A-MHE ERGO MAT ERGO MAT4A-MHE ERGO MAT EMPTY TOTES 22550 TRASH TRASH WIP 4A-MHE TRASH TRASH 4A-MHE 21973 21973 21973 21973 21973 21973 ERGO MAT 1787 631 TRASH SOLVEPROBLEM TRASH PALLET PALLET ERGO MAT 4A-MHE 4A-MHE 4A 24301 3'x5' W/DBL. STCK. TAPE ERGO MAT WATER TRASH RECYCLE CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS 4A-GFI SCANNERS TRASH TOTE TOTE TOTE TOTE TOTE TOTE TOTE TOTE TOTE TOTE TOTE TOTE TRASH SOLVEPROBLEM 2A ERGO MAT TRASH 2898 2898 2898 2898 2898 2898 HUDDLE KIOSK CARTS CARTS STOOLSTEP 21601 EMPTY TOTES EMPTY TOTES EMPTY TOTES 4A-MHE EMPTY 22550 22550 EMPTY EMPTY 22550 22550 EMPTY 4A MACKENZIE 24301 4A STAFFING SOLVEPROBLEM TRASH MAT MAT MAT EMPTY 631 22282 G ERGO ERGO ERGO 1 4A EMPTY ERGO MAT4A-MHE ERGO MAT ERGO MAT4A-MHE ERGO MAT WATER 22550 TRASH TRASH 4A-GFI PROBLEM 15A 22851 TRASH TRASH SOLVE ERGO TRASH MAT ERGO MAT ERGO MAT ERGO TRASHMAT ERGO MAT ERGO TRASH 2698 TRASH ERGO MAT 2898 MAT TRASH TRASH MAT ERGO TRASH 30A IB COMPRESSOR MAT ERGO PALLET PALLET PALLET PALLET PALLET PALLET ERGO MAT 4A-MHE 4A-MHE STEP STOOL ERGOMAT ERGOMAT ERGOMAT ERGOMAT ERGOMAT 2442 TRASH TRASH TRASH ERGOMAT HUDDLE KIOSK TRASH CARTS 1515 SE WATER AVE #100 1 4A CARTS 4A 4A 4A 4A ROLLING LADDER 4A-MHE EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY RECYCLE DISINFECTING 22137 4A 4A 15A RECYCLE 7A 7A 7A 22550 22550 22550 22550 WIPES CART CART CART CART CART CART 1538 1538 1538 PS PS PS PS PS PS LADDER STORAGE AREA PALLET PALLET SUPPLIES SUPPLIES CARTS CARTS 4A LIQUID FLAM CAB FILE TRASH EMPTY ERGO MAT4A-MHE ERGO MAT ERGO MAT4A-MHE ERGO MAT CARTS CABINET TRASH TRASH ERGOMAT CARTS CARTS NON-INV CARTS 1611 TRASH TRASH TRASH CARTS 3_ 7A 7A 7A STEP STOOL2898 NON-INV CARTS MAT ERGO ERGO MAT 2 20A ERGO MAT 2 20A ERGO MAT 2 20A ERGO MAT 2 20A ERGO MAT 2 20A 3'-3" ERGO MAT 4A-MHE 4A-MHE SINGLES STANDUP TRASH ERGOMAT ERGO MAT ERGO MAT ERGO MAT ERGO MAT ERGO MAT PALLET PALLET SUPPLIES SUPPLIES ERGO BOARD 2642 NON-INV 15A 15A TRASH 8 PORTLAND, OR 97214 15A MAT GEMBA BOARD WHITE 1538 1538 1538 4A 21725 1 22133 A-SAFE-8FT. A-SAFE-8FT. A-SAFE-8FT. A-SAFE-8FT. A-SAFE-8FT. A-SAFE-8FT. A-SAFE 10 FT. SHOP VAC *AUGMENTED MODULE 21916 21916 21916 21916 21916 A-SAFE 6 FT. EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY 2898 2898 NON-INV EXCEPTION TOTE EXCEPTION TOTE EXCEPTION TOTE EXCEPTION TOTE EXCEPTION TOTE PALLET JACK 1186 PALLET TRASH PALLET PALLET TRASH PALLET PALLET TRASH PALLET 21768 11'-6" PALLET PALLET SUPPLIES SUPPLIES 1 3A EXCEPTION TOTE EXCEPTION TOTE EXCEPTION TOTE EXCEPTION TOTE EXCEPTION TOTE A-SAFE-8FT. ERGO MAT ERGO MAT ERGO MAT ERGO MAT STOP STOP AFE STANDUP TOTE TOTE 8' TRASH PPE VENDING MACHINE ERGO ERGO ERGO 2898STEP STOOL *AUGMENTED MODULE TOTES TOTES TOTES TOTES TOTES 2698 369 PROBLEM SOLVE MAT MAT MAT PALLET PALLET 2642 TOTES TOTES TOTES TOTES TOTES 2769 PPE VENDING MACHINETRASH 21973 TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH DOC-GUARDIAN DOC-GUARDIAN 1 TOTE TANK TOTE TANK TOTE TANK TOTE TANK EMPTY TOTES EMPTY TOTES EMPTY TOTES 21725 3A 1 PROBLEM SOLVE ERGO MAT CARTS CARTS 3'x5' W/DBL. STCK. TAPE ERGO MAT507 22831 PALLET PALLET 1186 1186 CARTS CARTS A-SAFE-4FT. WIP PROBLEM SOLVE 1 2A 24301 PPE VENDING MACHINE STAFFING 957 4A 10 10 10 HIGH LEVEL TOPPLE GUARD RAIL TRASH RECYCLE 22137 4A CARTS CARTS CART CART CART CART CART CART CARTS CARTS GEMBA BOARD WHITE BOARD 16A 1 PALLET PALLET PS PS PS PS PS PS DESK WELLNESS ZONE H 3A A-SAFE-8FT. 1 TRASH 3' 10A NON-INV NON-INV HUDDLE KIOSK 7'11" 22851 RVR RVR RVR RVR CARTS ORGANIC 15A 15A CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS ROLLING LADDER CARTS MAT ERGO 1 1 CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS RWC3 IS SPACE PROTECTED 2898 2898 2898 2898 CARTS 2438 24404 GEMBA BOARD CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS 8 8 8 CARTS 22137 16A CARTS IB SHRINK WRAPSHRINK WRAP 1414 TRASH 15A CART CART CART CART CART CART 21725 CARTS CARTS PS PS PS PS PS PS TRASH BROKEN WOOD 2898STEP STOOL TRASH 957 STOOLSTEP 2 5A 24281 CARTS DOC-GUARDIAN DOC-GUARDIAN CARTS CARTS CARTS PROBLEM SOLVE CART 16A 15A 15A STOP STOP MECH/ELEC/PLUMBING PROBLEM SOLVE CART FILE CABINET 1341 1 RECYCLE TRASH WHITE BOARD 22851 GATE UNLOCKED GATE LOCKED SCALE ERGO STEP STOOL CARTS 21725 CARTS 21725 21725 21725 21725 21725 16A PALLET CARTS CARTS 2898 CARTS NON-INV NON-INV 3'x5' W/DBL. STCK. TAPE ERGO MAT CARTS CARTS CARTS ERGO MAT CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS A-SAFE-8FT. 20A CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS FILE CABINET CARTS CARTS DAMAGE RECYCLE TRASH 1581 1581 1581 1581 1581 IB CARTS 20A 2 2 TRASH 1581 SAP PIT CORAL SYSKA HENNESSY CARTS 394 1581 PHONE BOOTH 4A PALLET OVERAGE 20A 20A 4A 20A 20A STOOLSTEP TRASH CARTS 20A 20A ERGO MAT CR CARTS 512 8A TRASH 4A PHONE BOOTH REXEL 2 1581 2442 4A-GFI 2878 2878 583 KITOIL-DRI SPILL WATER 21725 ROLLING LADDER 631 A-SAFE 10 FT. 1175 PEACHTREE ST, SUITE J 16A H 21793 22851 LIQUID FLAM CAB FRONT IB 24301 EYEWASH STATION 22126 10A 5 10A 2 700, ATLANTA, GA 30361 STORAGE CABINET CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS 4A 4A 4A 16A1 4A 2' 21752 *AUGMENTED MODULE DOK-GUARDIAN CARTS CARTS SHRED-IT CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS A-SAFE-8FT. A-SAFE-8FT. LOAD BAR RACK TRASH ERGO MAT CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS 21781 A-SAFE 10 FT. STOOLSTEP TOOLS 1349 ERGO MAT FILE CABINET LOCKERS 8A 8A 8A 8A ERGO MAT HUDDLE KIOSK FRONT STRAPSLOAD CARTS CARTS LEARNING INFO INBOUND STANDUP A-SAFE-4FT. 4 2492 3 1475 A-SAFE-8FT. A-SAFE-8FT. A-SAFE-8FT. A-SAFE-8FT. A-SAFE-8FT. A-SAFE-8FT. STORAGE CABINET 12A FILE CABINET ERGO MAT ERGO MAT ERGO MAT A-SAFE 10 FT. PALLET TRASH RECYCLE TRASH RECYCLE 946 1867 A-SAFE-4FT. HIGH LEVEL TOPPLE GUARD RAIL RECYCLE ERGO MAT TRASH TRASH 16A TRASH 27314 A-SAFE-8FT. 94" clear with floor support 8A ERGO MAT CARTS 12A ERGO MAT 4A 1 GEMBA BOARD SERVICE CART CARTS ERGO MATERGO MAT ERGO MAT ERGO MAT ERGO MAT PALLET 1.2a LEARNING COMMUNICATION BOARD N @ 22819 CARTS CARTS CARTS 21754 1912 SERVICE CART 21725 CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS 4A TRASH 631 ERGO MAT 27314 CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS 2 WATER 8A MEDIC VENDING 631 DESK 4A-GFI 10A WATER UTILITY CART CARTS CARTS CARTS ERGO MAT 4A-GFI CENTER SPINE CARTS SHRED-IT TRASH 2913 ERGO MAT CARTS 4A-GFI CARTS CARTS CARTS 2439 ERGO MAT ERGO MAT CARTS CARTS 4A-GFI CARTS CARTS CARTS 4A-GFI CARTS CARTS 4A-GFI WATER WATER MAT ERGO TOOL CART AMBASSADOR SCHEDULE BOARDLABOR PLANNING BOARD CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS LABOR BOARD 4A 1 CARTS CARTS 631 631 CARTS WHITEBOARD FILE CABINET 1044 5 1 10A 10A PPE VENDING MACHINE ADD ANGLE IRO K WATERTRASH RECYCLE WATER TRASH 15A 21725 21725 21725 8A 4 FILE CABINET 22817 RECYCLE TRASH REX EL 12A 21725 2246 21725 21725 21725 21725 21725 21725 H CARTS CARTS 631 10A ERGO MAT TRASH RECYCLETRASH RECYCLE 631 CR 946 FILE CABINET 12A 2 ERGO MAT TRASH 4A 13A 22137 ERGO MAT PPE VENDING MACHINE 15A 12A ADDER ADDER STARTER CART CART CART CART CART CART 1 PS PS PS PS PS PS LABOR PLANNING BOARD ERGO ERGO 2252 TRASH MAT MAT STORAGE MAGAZINE RACK 631 2698 8A BIN FIRE PROTECTION ERGO MAT 2634 WATER CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS ERGO MAT 15A 15A CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS 1 4A-GFI BAD PALLET GOOD PALLET ERGO MAT TRASH BROKEN WOOD TRASH HARRINGTON GROUP, INC. 15A Human MachineInterface (HMI) BROKEN WOOD 631 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 80psi Min. Input / 8.9 SCFM 1447 WATER 4A-GFI TRASH 3237 SATELLITE BLVD, TRASH CARTS CARTS 1 SUPPLIES SUPPLIES CART 5A 5A 5A 5A 5A 5A 5A 5A 480V/30A/3PH FANUC RobotController 4A-GFI SUPPLIES MAT L ERGO WATER631 SSP PRINTER SSP PRINTER SSP PRINTER SSP PRINTER SSP PRINTER SSP PRINTER SSP PRINTER SSP PRINTER TRASH BROKEN WOOD 6A SUITE 525, DULUTH, GA ERGO MAT 8A ERGO MAT Controls Cabinet TRASH 1483 1483 1483 1483 1483 1483 1483 1483 491 ERGO MAT BAD PALLET GOOD GOOD PALLET 369 22529 722 508 PALLET 3 EL 1 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 CRCR H CARTS PALLET PALLET TRASH PALLET PALLET CARTS 5A MHE 1 21768 22140 30096 21725 CART MAT STOP STOPHIGH LEVEL TOPPLE GUARD RAIL ERGO GARMENT RACK 2438 PALLET A-SAFE 9 FT. A-SAFE-8FT. DOC-GUARDIAN DOC-GUARDIAN 22853 ROLLING LADDER 491 TRASH LOAD BAR RACKLOAD 21752STRAPS 5A 10 10 10 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 SSP PRINTER CARTS CARTS 5A MHE 2913 TRASH TRANSOUT CARTS CARTS 3A 4A 1 TRASH PALLET STEP STOOL 1 3A M 8 8 8 22853 PPE VENDING MACHINETRASH PALLET PALLET PALLET PALLET CARTPS DOC-GUARDIAN DOC-GUARDIAN 1477 1186 1 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 PALLET CARTPS STOP STOP CARTS CARTS 3A A-SAFE-8FT. TRASH 12A 8.6A CARTS CARTPS TRANSOUT 15A STEP STOOL CARTS B PALLET 11A FIRE EXSHR TRANS OUT PIT CORAL HORIZONTAL BAND SAW DRILL CARTPS BAND SAW PRESS 6.3A A A GATE LOCKED 21725 CARTPS 15A 22853 SHOP VACUUM 1578 22137 WORK BENCH GATE UNLOCKED CARTPS 5A SSP PRINTER A-SAFE-8FT. 4A 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 TRASH 4A EYEWASH STATION 3A 15A TRASH TRANSOUT CARTS CARTS STEP STOOL CHOP SAW WORK BENCH 4A 4A-GFI 5A 5A 5A 5A 5A 4A-GFI 5A 5A 5A 5A A-SAFE-8FT. PALLET PALLET PALLET PALLET C C BENCH GRINDER PALLET B DISK SANDER N STORAGE RACK WATERTRASH TRASH WATER 631 1483SSP PRINTER 1483SSP PRINTER 1483SSP PRINTER 1483SSP PRINTER 1483SSP PRINTER 631 1483SSP PRINTER 1483SSP PRINTER 1483SSP PRINTER 1483SSP PRINTER 22853 8A 22835 A-SAFE 6 FT. 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 PALLET TRASH 3A TRANSOUT 2698 CARTS CARTS A-SAFE-4FT. 5A1 5A1 STEP STOOL 12A PALLET 11445LOCKERS TRASH RECYCLE 22853 12A ERGO ERGO ERGO MAT MAT MAT 1 LOCKERS 5A SSP PRINTER FILE CABINET DOK-GUARDIAN 12A 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 TRASH PALLET TRANSOUT LOCKERS CARTS TRASH 3A 1 CARTS 22126 STEP STOOL CARTS 2913 12A CARTS 2913 4A 1 5A FRONT LOCKERS 21804 4A 1 PALLET 1 P STORAGE CABINET 21725 SSP PRINTER 22853 STORAGE CABINET 1483 EYEWASH STATION FRONT 21793 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 CARTS CARTS 22340 OIL-DRI SPILLKIT TRANSOUT A-SAFE 9 FT. A-SAFE 9 FT. A-SAFE 9 FT. 3A CARTS CARTS STEP STOOLTRASH 1445 21758217582175821758 TOOL BOX 22835 TOOL CARTS 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 21752 1430 TOOL BOX CARTS 22112 22112 LOAD BAR RACK 15A 15A 15A 15A CARTS 22340 4A 4A STRAPSLOAD Q 1 RADIOS 5A 21797 1483SSP PRINTER 1 RADIOS 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 21797 NORMAL VRC CARTS 5A MHE 15A CARTS 1 RADIOS 21758 21725 491 21797 TRASH 2534 21758 15A RADIOS ERGO 1 MAT 21797 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 22112 CART 5A MHE CARTS CARTS 491 R 5A 5A 5A 5A 5A 5A 5A 5A TRASH REFERENCE SSP PRINTER SSP PRINTER SSP PRINTER SSP PRINTER SSP PRINTER SSP PRINTER SSP PRINTER ERGO SSP PRINTER MAT 2698 2698 1483 1483 1483 1483 1483 1483 1483 1483 CART 2534 ONLY UNLESS 1158 22340 NORMAL VRC CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS STAMP IS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS 22413 8FT 20A DISTANT ASSISTANT 2442 TRASH 4A-GFI FORK FIRST ELECTRIC PALLET JACK*AUGMENTED MODULE CARTS ROLLING LADDER PLACED WATER 4A 631 CARTS CARTS CARTS 4A-GFI 4A-GFI CARTS CARTS 4A-GFI 4A-GFI 4A-GFI 4A-GFI 4A-GFI CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS 21725 22340 1 CARTS FORK FIRST CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS WATERTRASH WATERTRASH WATERTRASH WATERTRASH WATERTRASH WATER CARTS WATER R.4 CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS ELECTRIC PALLET JACK20A CARTS 20A 10A CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS 2639 1340 8FT CARTS CARTS 631 631 8FT 20A CARTS CARTS631 631CARTS 631 CARTS CARTS 631 CARTS 631 CARTS CARTS CARTS 2698 CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS 21725 21725 21725 21725 21725 CARTS CARTS 21725 21725 CARTS 369 FORK FIRST 1 21725 ELECTRIC PALLET JACK NON-INVENTORYFILE CABINETNON-INVENTORY 21725 21725 21725 21725 21725 21725 CARTS CARTS *AUGMENTED MODULE 21725 ERGO MAT ERGO MAT (PLACE STAMP FORK FIRST CAB ELECTRIC PALLET JACK20A FILE CABFILETRASH 4 21787 CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS 1340 8FT 8A 2698 RECYCLE CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS TRASH CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS CARTS 585 2438 2438 CARTS CARTS 1158 2698 HERE) 4A ROLLING LADDER 631 2913 ROLLING LADDER 2639 2913 22189 TRASHWATER4A 24301 2438 4A 1 2438 2438 ERGO MAT 1158 1 4A 1 4A-GFI 2438 4A 4A ROLLING LADDER ROLLING LADDER 2522 2522 ROLLING LADDER 15A 15A ROLLING LADDER CARTS CARTS H CR EL 21781 PEDESTRIAN OPERATION SIDE CR TRASH S SCANNERS *AUGMENTED MODULEHUDDLE KIOSK CARTS 21601 16A CARTS OUTBOUND STANDUP 2534 2534 21725 A-SAFE 10' A-SAFE 10' 4A BATTERY DEIONIZERBATTERY DEIONIZER RADIOS 2438 2438 STORAGE CABINATESTORAGE CABINATE POD TRANSFER STAGING 22178 16A CONE FILE CABINET ROLLING LADDER ROLLING LADDER 72" 72" 72" 72" TRASH BATTERY DEIONIZERBATTERY DEIONIZER POD TRANSFER VRC POD TRANSFER VRC BATTERY ROLLERBATTERY ROLLERBATTERY ROLLERBATTERY ROLLER 7'-6" 22340 22340 6A 6312698 STORAGE CABINETGEMBA BOARD 2438 22125 BOARD WHITE BOPLAN BOPLAN BOPLAN BOPLAN 890 STORAGE CABINET 1776 TRASHWATER ROLLING LADDER ERGOMAT CARTS 4A ERGO MAT ERGO MAT M 16A CARTS WITHIN 50' TO EMERGENCY SHOWER FILE CABINET 16A TRASH 2428 4A-GFI 72" 72" 72" 72" TRUCKER'S LOUNGE CARTS CARTS W44 8A 3 RECYCLE BOPLAN BOPLAN BOPLAN BOPLAN FILE CABINET PIT PARKING ERGO MAT TRASH 3 ERGOMAT LTL LTL LTL LTL DESTROY DESTROY DESTROY GEMBA BOARD MACKENZIE 1811 SHRINK WRAP CART RECYCLE STORAGE CABINATESTORAGE CABINATE 369 © 6A 847 2569 2569 72" 72" 72" 72" VACUUMS 2569 2569 2569 2569 2569 2569 2569 2569 2569 2569 1 ERGOMAT TRASH BOPLAN BOPLAN BOPLAN BOPLAN 21756 21756 6A A-SAFE 10 FT. A-SAFE 10 FT. A-SAFE 10 FT. ERGO MAT V 6A FLOOR SCRUBBERS 22529 2025 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 2438 4A *AUGMENTED MODULE 1 ROLLING LADDER A-SAFE-8FT. 22189 16A 1 15A 15A FRONT FRONT FRONT 369 PIT OPERATION SIDE 654 requires more power for M17 (480v 20amps 3phase)654 FLOOR SCRUBBERS THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF 1613 LABOR BOARD 16A A-SAFE-8FT. PS PS PS PS PS PS OIL-DRI SPILL 16A CART CART CART CART CART22137CART KIT EYEWASH STATIONA-SAFE 10 FT. FLOOR SCRUBBERS 1 3A A-SAFE-4FT. __7 A-SAFE 9 FT. 38'-5 " MACKENZIE AND ARE NOT TO BE USED 2569 2569 DOK-GUARDIAN 16 2886 2569 2569 2569 2569 2569 2569 2569 2569 2569 2569 2569 PPE VENDING MACHINETRASH 22126 21792 631 1186 TRASH TRASHWATER OR REPRODUCED IN ANY MANNER, TRASHWATER A-SAFE 10 FT. 4A-GFI 4A-GFI A-SAFE 9 FT. LTL LTL LTL LTL DESTROY DESTROY DESTROY 4A-GFI1 WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION 2698 2698 2698 A-SAFE 10 FT. A-SAFE 10 FT. A-SAFE 10 FT. 2698 2698 2698 GARMENT RACK 21752 2569 2569 2569 2569 A-SAFE-8FT. A-SAFE-8FT. *AUGMENTED MODULE622 2569 2569 2698 2569 2569 2569 2569 2569 2569 2569 2569 2569 2698 8'-6" 22140 STRAPS GARMENT RACK STEP STOOL STEP STOOL STEP STOOL STEP STOOL STEP STOOL STEP STOOL STEP STOOL STEP STOOL LOAD LOAD BAR RACK STEP STOOL STEP STOOL STEP STOOL STEP STOOL STEP STOOL STEP STOOL STEP STOOL STEP STOOL STEP STOOL STEP STOOL STEP STOOL STEP STOOL STEP STOOL STEP STOOL STEP STOOL STEP STOOL STEP STOOL STEP STOOL STEP STOOL STEP STOOL STEP STOOL STEP STOOL STEP STOOL STEP STOOL STEP STOOL 23807 H LOADSTRAPS CR EL H CR CR EL TRASH CR TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH LOAD BAR RACK TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH 4A TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH TRASH 369 21752 21752 21752 21752 21752 22853 22853 22853 22853 22853 22853 22853 22853 22853 22853 22853 22853 22853 22853 22853 22853 22853 22853 22853 22853 A-SAFE-8FT. 22853 22853 22853 22853 22853 22853 22853 22853 369 22853 22853 22853 22853 22853 STRAPS STRAPS STRAPS A-SAFE-8FT. HIGH LEVEL TOPPLE GUARD RAIL STRAPS 1 LOAD LOAD BAR RACK LOAD LOAD BAR RACK LOAD LOAD BAR RACK LOAD LOAD BAR RACK 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 1 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A OB OB OB OB OB OB OB OB OB OB OB OB OB OB OB OB HIGH LEVEL TOPPLE GUARD RAIL OB OB OB OB OB 6A OB OB OB OB OB REVISION SCHEDULE 6A 22529 W 22529 4A OB OB OB OB OB OB OB OB OB OB OB OB OB OB OB OB NON-INV NON-INV NON-INV NON-INV 23807 22140 POD TRANSFER POD TRANSFER POD TRANSFER OB Delta Issued As Issue Date 1 OVERALL FLOOR PLAN - LEVEL 1 - EXISTING SHEET TITLE: A-200 1" = 40'-0" OVERALL FLOOR PLAN - EXISTING EXISTING FLOOR PLAN LEGEND: GENERAL AREA OF WORK - REFER TO SEPARATE CITY OF ARLINGTON PERMIT #6446 GENERAL AREA OF WORK ASSOCIATED WITH THIS PERMIT SHEET A-200 JOB NO. 2240461.00 PERMIT SET 04/28/2025 Autodesk Docs://PAE2 - OBD-A (Project Roxy)/461-PAE2(OBD-A)-v23-A.rvt 4/22/2025 4:52:56 PM As indicated 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10.1 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0.4 0.5 CC Client BB AMAZON.COM SERVICES LLC AA 410 Terry Ave N, Seattle, WA 98109 A FEC-2 B C Project D PAE2 OBD-A RETROFIT E 5002 172ND St NE Arlington, WA 98223 F STRUCTURAL G MACKENZIE 1 1515 SE WATER AVE #100 1 PORTLAND, OR 97214 A-202 A-203 H MECH/ELEC/PLUMBING SYSKA HENNESSY J 1175 PEACHTREE ST, SUITE 700, ATLANTA, GA 30361 K FIRE PROTECTION HARRINGTON GROUP, INC. 3237 SATELLITE BLVD, L SUITE 525, DULUTH, GA 30096 M N P Q R REFERENCE ONLY UNLESS STAMP IS PLACED R.4 (PLACE STAMP HERE) S © MACKENZIE V 2025 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF MACKENZIE AND ARE NOT TO BE USED OR REPRODUCED IN ANY MANNER, WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION W REVISION SCHEDULE Delta Issued As Issue Date 1 OVERALL FLOOR PLAN - LEVEL 1 SHEET TITLE: A-201 1" = 40'-0" OVERALL FLOOR PLAN - LEVEL 1 PROTEUS FLOOR REMEDIATION NOTES: FLOOR REMEDIATION LEGEND: 1. CONFIRM EXACT AREAS WITH TENANT PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. AREA OF FLOOR REMEDIATION - SEE GENERAL NOTES 2. USE THE FOLLOWING STANDARDS FOR FLOOR SLAB FOR STANDARDS. EDGES WITHOUT DIMENSIONS ARE REMEDIATION: REFERENCE AR ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATION, ON GRID LINES. CONFIRM EXTENT OF AREA TO BE PRO DU; Doc# 900-01265. TESTED/REMEDIATED WITH TENANT PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. A. GLOSS: MAXIMUM 60 AT 85°. [COMPLY WITH H & P SYSTEMS REQUIREMENTS FOR GLOSS] B. ROUGHNESS: MINIMUM 0.5µm. [COMPLY WITH H & P SHEET SYSTEMS REQUIREMENTS IN SPECIFICATIONS] C. FLOOR LEVELNESS: ± 1.2°. [COMPLY WITH S & P SYSTEMS REQUIREMENTS] D. MAXIMUM STEP SIZE: 3mm HEIGHT FOR ANY LENGTH < 25mm OR OVER ANY AREA > 325mm2. A-201 E. FLOOR FLATNESS: 6.1mm OVER A 600mm POINT SPACING. [COMPLY WITH STANDARD FOR ALL DRIVE UNITS] F. FLOOR CURVATURE: [COMPLY WITH S & G SYSTEMS REQUIREMENTS] JOB NO. 2240461.00 PERMIT SET 04/28/2025 Autodesk Docs://PAE2 - OBD-A (Project Roxy)/461-PAE2(OBD-A)-v23-A.rvt 4/22/2025 4:53:08 PM As indicated FEC-2 G H Client AMAZON.COM J SERVICES LLC 410 Terry Ave N, 3 11-02 Seattle, WA 98109 11-02 A-816 K L Project PAE2 OBD-A RETROFIT M 5002 172ND St NE Arlington, WA 98223 11-02 STRUCTURAL N MACKENZIE TYP 1515 SE WATER AVE #100 11-03 PORTLAND, OR 97214 MECH/ELEC/PLUMBING P SYSKA HENNESSY 1175 PEACHTREE ST, SUITE 22-01 22-01 22-01 22-01 22-01 22-01 22-01 11-02 700, ATLANTA, GA 30361 FIRE PROTECTION HARRINGTON GROUP, INC. Q 3237 SATELLITE BLVD, SUITE 525, DULUTH, GA 30096 R 11-01 TYP R.4 8' - 10" 37' - 4" REFERENCE ONLY UNLESS STAMP IS PLACED S (PLACE STAMP HERE) V © MACKENZIE 2025 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF MACKENZIE AND ARE NOT TO BE USED OR REPRODUCED IN ANY MANNER, WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION REVISION SCHEDULE Delta Issued As Issue Date W 03-01 SHEET TITLE: PARTIAL 10.1 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0.4 0.5 FLOOR PLAN - 1 PARTIAL FLOOR PLAN - LEVEL 1 LEVEL 1 A-202 1" = 20'-0" KEYNOTES FLOOR REMEDIATION LEGEND: AREA OF FLOOR REMEDIATION - SEE GENERAL NOTES 03-01 EXTENT OF FLOOR REMEDIATION. END AT POUR BACK FOR STANDARDS. EDGES WITHOUT DIMENSIONS ARE STRIP, VERIFY IN FIELD. ON GRID LINES. CONFIRM EXTENT OF AREA TO BE 11-01 CARDINAL WORKCELL. ALIGN CARDINAL CHUTE WITH TESTED/REMEDIATED WITH TENANT PRIOR TO EXISTING MEZZANINE OPENING. CONSTRUCTION. SHEET 11-02 PROTEUS CHARGING STATION - CONFIRM FINAL LOCATION WITH TENANT. 11-03 EXISTING ROCC EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN - SEE DETAIL 09/A-816 FOR FLOOR REMEDIATION AROUND EQUIPMENT. A-202 22-01 CONDENSATE LINE PROTECTION. SEE DETAIL 05/A-816. JOB NO. 2240461.00 PERMIT SET 04/28/2025 Autodesk Docs://PAE2 - OBD-A (Project Roxy)/461-PAE2(OBD-A)-v23-A.rvt 4/22/2025 4:53:22 PM As indicated FEC-2 G H J Client 11-02 11-02 AMAZON.COM 2 9 SERVICES LLC A-816 A-816 410 Terry Ave N, K Seattle, WA 98109 11-03 TYP L Project M PAE2 OBD-A RETROFIT 5002 172ND St NE Arlington, WA 98223 N 11-02 STRUCTURAL MACKENZIE 1515 SE WATER AVE #100 P PORTLAND, OR 97214 22-01 22-01 22-01 22-01 22-01 22-01 22-01 22-01 11-02 MECH/ELEC/PLUMBING SYSKA HENNESSY 1175 PEACHTREE ST, SUITE 700, ATLANTA, GA 30361 Q 11-01 TYP FIRE PROTECTION HARRINGTON GROUP, INC. 3237 SATELLITE BLVD, SUITE 525, DULUTH, GA 30096 R R.4 S REFERENCE ONLY UNLESS STAMP IS PLACED V (PLACE STAMP HERE) © MACKENZIE 2025 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF MACKENZIE AND ARE NOT TO BE USED OR REPRODUCED IN ANY MANNER, WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION REVISION SCHEDULE W 03-01 Delta Issued As Issue Date 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10.1 10 SHEET TITLE: PARTIAL 1 PARTIAL FLOOR PLAN - LEVEL 1 FLOOR PLAN - A-203 1" = 20'-0" LEVEL 1 KEYNOTES FLOOR REMEDIATION LEGEND: AREA OF FLOOR REMEDIATION - SEE GENERAL NOTES 03-01 EXTENT OF FLOOR REMEDIATION. END AT POUR BACK FOR STANDARDS. EDGES WITHOUT DIMENSIONS ARE STRIP, VERIFY IN FIELD. ON GRID LINES. CONFIRM EXTENT OF AREA TO BE 11-01 CARDINAL WORKCELL. ALIGN CARDINAL CHUTE WITH TESTED/REMEDIATED WITH TENANT PRIOR TO EXISTING MEZZANINE OPENING. CONSTRUCTION. SHEET 11-02 PROTEUS CHARGING STATION - CONFIRM FINAL LOCATION WITH TENANT. 11-03 EXISTING ROCC EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN - SEE DETAIL 09/A-816 FOR FLOOR REMEDIATION AROUND EQUIPMENT. 22-01 CONDENSATE LINE PROTECTION. SEE DETAIL 05/A-816. A-203 JOB NO. 2240461.00 PERMIT SET 04/28/2025 Autodesk Docs://PAE2 - OBD-A (Project Roxy)/461-PAE2(OBD-A)-v23-A.rvt 4/22/2025 4:53:26 PM As indicated FEC-2 FEC-2 Client AMAZON.COM SERVICES LLC 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10.1 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0.4 0.5 410 Terry Ave N, Seattle, WA 98109 G H Project J PAE2 OBD-A K RETROFIT 5002 172ND St NE Arlington, WA 98223 L M STRUCTURAL MACKENZIE 1515 SE WATER AVE #100 N PORTLAND, OR 97214 10'-8" CLEAR AT CARDINAL UNITS P MECH/ELEC/PLUMBING SYSKA HENNESSY 1175 PEACHTREE ST, SUITE 700, ATLANTA, GA 30361 Q FIRE PROTECTION R HARRINGTON GROUP, INC. 3237 SATELLITE BLVD, SUITE 525, DULUTH, GA 10'-2" CLEAR IN AR FIELD 30096 R.4 2 9'-3" CLEAR AT PERIMETER MEZZANINE A-204 S V W REFERENCE ONLY UNLESS STAMP IS PLACED (PLACE STAMP HERE) 1 CLEAR HEIGHT PLAN © MACKENZIE 2025 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED A-204 1" = 40'-0" THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF MACKENZIE AND ARE NOT TO BE USED OR REPRODUCED IN ANY MANNER, WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION REVISION SCHEDULE 5 Delta Issued As Issue Date 22' - 0" 6' - 6 3/4" 20' - 0" KEEPOUT DEPTH SHEET TITLE: CLEAR HEIGHT 10'-8" CLEAR HEIGHT PLAN 18' - 0 1/2" R 7" SHEET 2 CLEAR HEIGHT PLAN - ENLARGED CARDINAL PLAN A-204 A-204 1/8" = 1'-0" JOB NO. 2240461.00 PERMIT SET 04/28/2025 Autodesk Docs://PAE2 - OBD-A (Project Roxy)/461-PAE2(OBD-A)-v23-A.rvt 4/22/2025 4:53:32 PM As indicated 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10.1 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0.4 0.5 CC CC BB BB AA AA A FEC-2 FEC-2 A B B C C D D E E F F G 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10.1 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0.4 0.5 G CC CC H BB BB H AA AA A FEC-2 A B B 10.1 10 J 15 J 3' - 6" DOOR SCHEDULE 43' - 0" 4' - 10" DOORC FRAME DETAIL C 30' - 6" 12' - 6" 20' - 0" TYP HEIG DOOR E WIDTH HT THK Material MAT'L FINISH HEAD JAMB SILL HDWR GROUP COMMENTS 2' - 0" MC-101A P 8' - 2" 8' - 0" 2" CHAIN LINK - - -/-- -/-- -/-- BY OWNER MC-101B G 4' - 2" 8' - 0" 1" CHAIN LINK - - -/-- -/-- -/-- TI-26A V-101 MC-101C G 4' - 2" 8' - 0" 1" CHAIN LINK - - -/-- -/-- -/-- TI-26A P BY OWNER V-101 P 8' - 0" 8' - 0" 2" CHAIN LINK - - -/-- -/-- -/-- BY OWNER 4' - 0" 4' - 0" 4" H CONCRETE EQUIPMENT PAD NOTE: SEE DETAIL 4 / A-816 FOR DOOR TYPES.D D MC-101C MC-101B SET TI-26A - PARTS STORAGE, IT, AR MAINT. G TI-26A G TI-26A VACUUM VACUUM PUMPS VACUUM CAGE DOOR, STOREROOM FUNCTION MAINTENANCE PUMP PUMP 12' - 0" V101 -HINGE CAGE 8'-0" H CHAINLINK -FAIL SECURE LOCK -PERMANENT KEYED CORE MC-101 FENCE AROUND -SURFACE CLOSER 17' - 0" VACUUM PUMPS -WIRING HARNESS E E -DOOR POSITION SWITCH Client -ARMOR DOOR CHORD -CARD READER -POWER SUPPLY -LATCH PROTECTOR -KEEDEX BOX AMAZON.COM NOTE: LOCATION OF CAGE TO BE VERIFIED BY TENANT -WIRING & RISER DIAGRAM SERVICES LLC 1' - 6" MC-101A 5' - 8" 410 Terry Ave N, P BY OWNER F Seattle, WA 98109 F K 13' - 0" 9' - 4" K K NOTE: LOCATION OF CAGE TO BE VERIFIED BY TENANT K G 2 ENLARGED PLAN - MAINTENANCE CAGE 3 ENLARGED PLAN - VACUUM PUMP CAGE G A-816 1/4" = 1'-0" A-816 1/4" = 1'-0" Project 1" PER SCHED 1" 1 5/8" DIA. S.S. 5' - 6" GATE OPENING CONDENSATE LINE PAE2 OBD-A BACK TRACK RAIL SEE PLAN RETROFIT H 2 7/8" DIA SS 5002 172ND St NE H GATE POST MOUNTING PLATE 10" Arlington, WA 98223 FOR CLOSER 6 1/2" EQ EQ EXIT DEVICE AND 9 GAUGE MOUNTING PLATE GALVANIZED 2" CHAIN LINK FABRIC STRUCTURAL 6" 1' - 6" MACKENZIE J 1515 SE WATER AVE #100 J PORTLAND, OR 97214 8' - 0" 1/4" STEEL PLATE SECURED WELDED LOCK TO FLOOR WITH MIN. (4) 1/2" SEE SCHEDULE HASP x 3 3/4" WEDGE ANCHORS. 1 7/8" DIA SS SAFETY YELLOW FINISH AT MECH/ELEC/PLUMBING INTERIOR 10" MIN. SMOOTH GATE FRAME SYSKA HENNESSY 3' - 0" SURFACE, PUSH SIDE PLAN ELEVATION 1175 PEACHTREE ST, SUITE 14 13 700, ATLANTA, GA 30361 K NOTES: K G P MALLEABLE BACK SINGLE RUBBER TRACK ROLLERS FRONT GATE WHEEL 1. BASIS OF DESIGN: RHINO RAILS 18" POST PROTECTION W/ 6.5" INSIDE CLEARANCE FIRE PROTECTION CHAIN LINK FENCE AND GATE ROLLING GATE 2 7/8" DIA SS BACK 2. TO BE INSTALLED AT ALL CONDENSATE LINES AT FLOOR - REFER TO PLUMBING HARRINGTON GROUP, INC. TRACK POSTS PLANS FOR LOCATIONS 3237 SATELLITE BLVD, L SUITE 525, DULUTH, GA L 30096 4 DOOR DETAILS 5 PIPE FLASHING DETAIL A-816 3/8" = 1'-0" A-816 1 1/2" = 1'-0" L L L PROTEUS FLOOR REMEDIATION NOTES: 1. CONFIRM EXACT AREAS WITH TENANT PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. SEALANT AT ALL EXPOSED 2. USE THE FOLLOWING STANDARDS FOR FLOOR SLAB EDGES REMEDIATION: REFERENCE AR ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATION, M M PRO DU; Doc# 900-01265. M PREFABRICATED BOOT WITH S.S CLAMPING RING TO PIPING A. GLOSS: MAXIMUM 60 AT 85°. [COMPLY WITH H & P SYSTEMS WITH SEALANT AT ALL COORDINATE WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR GLOSS] EXPOSED EDGES MEP DRAWINGS FOR SIZE AND B. ROUGHNESS: MINIMUM 0.5µm. [COMPLY WITH H & P LOCATION REFERENCE SYSTEMS REQUIREMENTS IN SPECIFICATIONS] ONLY UNLESS C. FLOOR LEVELNESS: ± 1.2°. [COMPLY WITH S & P SYSTEMS STAMP IS REQUIREMENTS] PLACED N D. MAXIMUM STEP SIZE: 3mm HEIGHT FOR ANY LENGTH N N < 25mm OR OVER ANY AREA > 325mm2. 8 (PLACE STAMP A-816 HERE) E. FLOOR FLATNESS: 6.1mm OVER A 600mm POINT SPACING. [COMPLY WITH STANDARD FOR ALL DRIVE UNITS] F. FLOOR CURVATURE: [COMPLY WITH S & G SYSTEMS REQUIREMENTS] © MACKENZIE 2025 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF MACKENZIE AND ARE NOT TO BE USED P OR REPRODUCED IN ANY MANNER, P WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION P SHADED AREA INDICATES REMEDIATION ON REVISION SCHEDULE GROUND LEVEL SLAB 6 PIPE FLASHING DETAIL Delta Issued As Issue Date M A-816 1 1/2" = 1'-0" M Q Q Q DASHED LINE INDICATES FLOOR REMEDIATION AT TIFFIN SHEET TITLE: MEZZANINE CHUTES ON GROUND R R VARIES LEVEL SLAB FLOOR R REMEDIATION PLANS AND TIFFIN CHUTE EXISTING COLUMN DETAILS R.4 R.4 R.4 PAINT YELLOW (P-9) AROUND 4 2' - 0" SIDES RELOCATE ANY EXISTING FIRE L EXTINGUISHERS TO PAINT RED (P-10) FIT IN WEB OF ONLY AT FIRE 2' - 0" EXISTING COLUMN SHEET EXTINGUISHER PROTEUS LOCATIONS LOADING S AREA S A-816 FINISH FLOOR 0'-0" N PROTEUS/CARDINAL STATION FLOOR REMEDIATION PLAN - N 7 COLUMN DETAILS 8 PROTEUS/CARDINAL STATION FLOOR REMEDIATION 9 TYP BAYS JOB NO. A-816 3/8" = 1'-0" V A-816 1/2" = 1'-0" A-816 1/16" = 1'-0" 2240461.00 V PERMIT SET 04/28/2025 Autodesk Docs://PAE2 - OBD-A (Project Roxy)/461-PAE2(OBD-A)-v23-A.rvt 4/22/2025 4:53:36 PM As indicated W W P P 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10.1 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0.4 0.5 Q Q R R R.4 R.4 S S V V W W 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10.1 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0.4 0.5 SHEET INDEX CONDENSATE PUMP SCHEDULE PLUMBING NOTES NO. TITLE SCALE P-001 PLUMBING COVER SHEET NONE SYMBOL SERVICE/ MANUFACTURER FLOW HEAD 1. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT LOCATIONS AND ELEVATIONS OF ALL P-201 OVERALL PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN - LEVEL 1 1" = 40'-0" LOCATION MODEL # (GPM) (FT) VOLTS HP NOTES PLUMBING FIXTURES. P-202 PARTIAL PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN - LEVEL 1 3/64" = 1'-0" P-203 PARTIAL PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN - LEVEL 1 3/64" = 1'-0" 2. ALL PLUMBING WORK SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH STATE OF DELAWARE HARTELL PLUMBING CODE WITH LOCAL AMENDMENTS AND ALL APPLICABLE LOCAL CODES AND CP-1 FCU Q1-Q8 51 20 115 1/10 1 AL2-X115 ORDINANCES. LITTLE GIANT CP-1A VAC SYSTEM VCL-45ULS 1 44 115 1/5 1 3. ALL PIPING ABOVE GRADE SHALL BE PROPERLY SUPPORTED FR0M THE BUILDING STRUCTURE AND SHALL NOT REST ON CEILING TILES OR BE SUPPORTED FROM LITTLE GIANT CP-1B VAC SYSTEM 1 44 115 1/5 1 CEILING TILES. VCL-45ULS 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND REQUIREMENTS OF NOTES: ALL PLUMBING EQUIPMENT WITH THE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS AND THE ELECTRICAL 1. COORDINATE ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS WITH ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR, AND SHALL FURNISH EQUIPMENT WIRED FOR THE VOLTAGES SHOWN THEREIN. 5. ALL PLUMBING EQUIPMENT, PIPING, INSULATION, ETC. INSTALLED IN HVAC PLENUM SPACES SHALL MEET CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR SMOKE AND COMBUSTIBILITY. 6. ALL PLUMBING EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS SHALL BE GUARANTEED FOR A MINIMUM FLEXIBLE CONNECTOR SCHEDULE PERIOD OF ONE YEAR AFTER FINAL ACCEPTANCE. Client 7. ALL PIPE PENETRATIONS OF FIRE AND/OR SMOKE RATED ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE FIRE MARK DESCRIPTION STOPPED AS REQUIRED TO RESTORE ASSEMBLY TO ORIGINAL INTEGRITY. FIRE BARRIER AMAZON.COM FC1 FLEXIBLE CONNECTOR: UNITED FLEXIBLE #AFBX1, 6”X 12”LONG PRODUCTS SHALL BE AS MANUFACTURED BY 3M COMPANY, CP25 CAULK, CS195 SERVICES LLC CORRUGATED 316L STAINLESS STEEL BELLOWS AND 304 STAINLESS COMPOSITE PANEL, FS195 WRAP/SRINK, TREMCO, HILTI, METACAULK, NELSON, OR PSS 7900 STEEL SINGLE BRAID WITH CLASS 150 STAINLESS STEEL WELDED SERIES SYSTEMS AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR PARTICULAR 410 Terry Ave N PLATE FLANGE ON EACH PIPE WITH A MAXIMUM OPERATING APPLICATIONS, OR EQUIVALENT SYSTEM AS APPROVED BY LOCAL CODE OFFICIALS. Seattle, WA PRESSURE OF 181 PSI. ALSO, REFER TO DIVISION 7 -THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION. 98109-5210 8. ALL VENT THRU ROOF PENETRATIONS SHALL BE ROUTED TO TERMINATE AT THE LEAST VISIBLE LOCATION FROM THE ENTRY VIEW. 9. THE MINIMUM CLEAR HEIGHT FOR ALL PLUMBING SYSTEMS: REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWING FOR CLEAR HEIGHTS. VACUUM SYSTEM PIPING: SEISMIC NOTE Project TYPE “M”HARD DRAWN COPPER TUBING PER ASTM B.88. FITTINGS: SOLDERED OR BRAZED JOINT COPPER FITTINGS PER ANSI ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH SEISMIC RESTRAINTS FOR THE PAE2 OBD-A B16.18 OR B16.22. JOINTS: SOLDERED WITH 95.5 LOW LEAD SOLDER SEISMIC USE GROUP IN WHICH THE BUILDING IS LOCATED IN (SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS) RETROFIT AND COMPATIBLE FLUX. BRAZED JOINTS WITH LEAD-FREE BRAZING AND ACCORDANCE WITH THE 2021 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE SECTION 1631 FILLER MATERIALS AND COMPATIBLE ALLOYS. 5002 172ND Street, NE EARTHQUAKE LOADS, ASCE 7-05 CHAPTER 13 (FORMULAS 13.3-1, 13.3-2, AND 13.3-3), AND Arlington, WA 98223 THE 2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE CHAPTER 17 STRUCTURAL TESTS AND SPECIAL COMPRESSED AIR PIPING: INSPECTIONS. DESIGN OF SYSTEM AND ALL SUBMITTAL DATA TO INCLUDE SEISMIC CALCULATIONS CERTIFIED BY A PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER LICENSED IN THE STATE OF A. SCHEDULE 40, ASTM A-53, GALVANIZED STEEL PIPE. FITTINGS: GALVANIZED PROJECT LOCATION AND EMPLOYED BY THE RESTRAINT MANUFACTURER. SHOP MALLEABLE IRON, CLASS 150, THREADED. SCHEDULE 40 GALVANIZED FORGED DRAWINGS SHALL BE SUBMITTED FOR APPROVAL. SEISMIC RESTRAINTS SHALL BE BY STEEL, THREADED. VALVES: BALL VALVES OR GATE VALVES, CLASS 150, STRUCTURAL MASON INDUSTRIES INC. OR AN APPROVED EQUAL. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL THREADED ENDS. MACKENZIE INFORMATION. 1515 SE WATER AVE #100 B. FOR PIPE SIZES 2" AND SMALLER, THE VIC-PRESS SYSTEM FOR SCHEDULE 10S PORTLAND, OR 97214 PIPE MAY BE USED IN LIEU OF GALVANIZED STEEL. THE SYSTEM SHALL BE RATED TO 500-PSI CWP, WITH GRADE HNBR OR NITRILE GASKETS. MECH/ELEC/PLUMBING SYSKA HENNESSY 1175 PEACHTREE ST, SUITE PLUMBING SHEET INDEX 700, ATLANTA, GA 30361 SYMBOL ABBREVIATION DESCRIPTION A/C ABOVE CEILING FIRE PROTECTION HARRINGTON GROUP, INC. A/F ABOVE FLOOR 3237 SATELLITE BLVD, AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR SUITE 525, DULUTH, GA 30096 B/F BELOW FLOOR VAC VAC VACUUM PIPING CA CA COMPRESSED AIR PIPING GATE/BALL VALVE UP PIPING TURNING UP DN PIPING TURNING DOWN O/H OVER HEAD CD CONDENSATE PIPING POINT OF CONNECTION 04/28/2025 © MACKENZIE 2025 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF MACKENZIE AND ARE NOT TO BE USED OR REPRODUCED IN ANY MANNER, WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION REVISION SCHEDULE Delta Issued As Issue Date SHEET TITLE: PLUMBING COVER SHEET SHEET P-001 JOB NO. 2240461.00 PERMIT SET 04/28//2025 Autodesk Docs://PAE2 - OBD-A (Project Roxy)/25-008865_MEP_R23.rvt 4/24/2025 4:26:22 PM NONE 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10.110 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0.4 0.5 CC CC Client AMAZON.COM SERVICES LLC BB BB 410 Terry Ave N Seattle, WA AA AA 98109-5210 A FEC-2 A B B Project C C PAE2 OBD-A D D RETROFIT 5002 172ND Street, NE Arlington, WA 98223 E E F F STRUCTURAL MACKENZIE 1515 SE WATER AVE #100 G G PORTLAND, OR 97214 H H MECH/ELEC/PLUMBING SYSKA HENNESSY 1175 PEACHTREE ST, SUITE 700, ATLANTA, GA 30361 J J FIRE PROTECTION K K HARRINGTON GROUP, INC. 3237 SATELLITE BLVD, SUITE 525, DULUTH, GA 30096 L L M M N N P P Q Q R 1 R P-203 1 R.4 P-202 R.4 04/28/2025 S S © MACKENZIE 2025 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF V V MACKENZIE AND ARE NOT TO BE USED OR REPRODUCED IN ANY MANNER, WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION REVISION SCHEDULE Delta Issued As Issue Date W W 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10.110 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0.4 0.5 SHEET TITLE: OVERALL PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN - OVERALL PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN - LEVEL 1 1 LEVEL 1 SCALE: 1" = 40'-0" C D SHEET B A P-201 JOB NO. 2240461.00 PERMIT SET 04/28//2025 Autodesk Docs://PAE2 - OBD-A (Project Roxy)/25-008865_MEP_R23.rvt 4/24/2025 4:26:38 PM 1" = 40'-0" 10.1 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0.4 0.5 D E F G H Client AMAZON.COM SERVICES LLC CO 3/4" CD 410 Terry Ave N 3/4" CD J 4 Seattle, WA 4 CP-1A 11-02 98109-5210 VACUUM PUMPS 11-02 CP-1B 3 FC1 PROVIDE LOCKABLE ISOLATION VALVE K IN VERTICAL DROP AT MAXIMUM OF 8'-0" AFF. INSTALL FLEXIBLE CONNECTION AT EQUIPMENT CONNECTION(TYP.) L Project PAE2 OBD-A RETROFIT M 5002 172ND Street, NE 6" EV Arlington, WA 98223 11-02 1 1/2" CA 1 1/2" CA STRUCTURAL N 6" EV 6" EV MACKENZIE 1 1/2" CA 11-03TYP 1515 SE WATER AVE #100 PORTLAND, OR 97214 4" EV 4" EV 4" EV 1 1/2" CA 1 1/2" CA 1 1/2" CA MECH/ELEC/PLUMBING 1 (TYP. 3) P SYSKA HENNESSY 1175 PEACHTREE ST, SUITE 22-01 22-01 22-01 22-01 22-01 22-01 11-02 EXPANSION LOOP 700, ATLANTA, GA 30361 8'(H)X4'(W) EXPANSION LOOP FIRE PROTECTION 16'(H)X8'(W 4" EV 1 (TYP. 4) 1 (TYP. 2) 2 Q HARRINGTON GROUP, INC. 1 1/2" CA (TYP. 3) 3237 SATELLITE BLVD, 1 1/2" CA 4" EV SUITE 525, DULUTH, GA 30096 1 1/2" CA 1 1/2" CA R 1 1/2" CA 2 (TYP. 4) 2 (TYP. 2) 1 1/2" CA 1 1/2" CA EXPANSION LOOP 1 1/2" CA 1 1/2" CA 1-1/2"CA O/H & DN TO 8'(H)X4'(W) BELOW MEZZANINE R.4 EXISTING CA EXISTING CA S CONNECT NEW VALVED 1-1/2"CA TO EXISTING CA MAIN LOOP (CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY EXACT LOCATION) 04/28/2025 V © MACKENZIE 2025 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF MACKENZIE AND ARE NOT TO BE USED OR REPRODUCED IN ANY MANNER, WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION REVISION SCHEDULE W Delta Issued As Issue Date 03-01 10.1 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0.4 0.5 SHEET TITLE: PARTIAL PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN - LEVEL 1 PARTIAL 1 SCALE: 3/64" = 1'-0" PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN - LEVEL 1 SHEET NOTES SHEET KEYNOTES 1. 1"CA DN TO CARDINAL WORKCELL (1 CFM @ 100 PSI) (TYP. 36). THE HEIGHT FROM THE FINISHED FLOOR TO THE BOTTOM OF THE SHUTOFF BALL VALVE SHALL BE BETWEEN 36-INCHES TO 67-INCHES FOR EASE OF ACCESS TO THE SHUTOFF BALL VALVE. C D 2. PROVIDE 1-1/2" VACUUM LINE WITH ISOLATION VALVE AND 1-1/2" HOSE BARB FITTING (MCMASTER PN 5332T45) FOR A VACUUM HOSE CONNECTION TO THE ROBOTIC WORK CELL. INSTALL HOSE BARB FITTING ABOVE SURVEY POINT FA4 SHEET AT A HEIGHT OF 110" OR GREATER FROM THE FINISHED FLOOR. VACUUM HOSE TO BE PROVIDED BY OTHERS. 3. INSTALL OWNER FURNISHED VACUUM PUMP. PROVIDE PIPING, VALVES, AND FINAL CONNECTION FOR A COMPLETE B A AND FUNCTIONING SYSTEM. P-202 4. PROVIDE CONDENSATE PUMPS AT DRAIN OUTLETS OF VACUUM PUMPS. INSTALL DRAIN PIPING FROM VACUUM PUMP TO CONDENSATE TANK AND ROUTE DISCHARGE LINES FROM CONDENSATE PUMPS TO NEAREST RECEPTOR WITH AN AIR GAP. JOB NO. 2240461.00 PERMIT SET 04/28//2025 Autodesk Docs://PAE2 - OBD-A (Project Roxy)/25-008865_MEP_R23.rvt 4/24/2025 4:26:51 PM 3/64" = 1'-0" D 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 E F G ? ? H Client AMAZON.COM SERVICES LLC 410 Terry Ave N J Seattle, WA 98109-5210 K L Project PAE2 OBD-A RETROFIT M 5002 172ND Street, NE Arlington, WA 98223 N 6" EV 6" EV 6" EV STRUCTURAL 1 1/2" CA 1 1/2" CA MACKENZIE 1 1/2" CA 1 1/2" CA 1515 SE WATER AVE #100 PORTLAND, OR 97214 4" EV 1 1/2" CA MECH/ELEC/PLUMBING P 1 1/2" CA 4" EV 1 1/2" CA SYSKA HENNESSY 4" EV 1175 PEACHTREE ST, SUITE 700, ATLANTA, GA 30361 6 FIRE PROTECTION Q 1 (TYP. 3) 1 1/2" CA 1 (TYP. 4) 1 (TYP. 2) HARRINGTON GROUP, INC. 3237 SATELLITE BLVD, 4" EV SUITE 525, DULUTH, GA 30096 4" EV 4" EV 1 1/2" CA R 1 1/2" CA 2 (TYP. 3) 2 (TYP. 4) 2 (TYP. 2) 1 1/2" CA 3/4" PUMPED 1 1/2" CA 1 1/2" CA 1 1/2" CA 1 1/2" CA DISCHARGE 1-1/2"CA O/H & DN TO R.4 BELOW MEZZANINE 1 1/2" CA CP-1 EXISTING CA EXISTING CA 3 4 5 S CONNECT NEW VALVED 1-1/2"CA TO EXISTING CA MAIN LOOP (CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY EXACT LOCATION). 04/28/2025 V © MACKENZIE 2025 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF MACKENZIE AND ARE NOT TO BE USED OR REPRODUCED IN ANY MANNER, WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION REVISION SCHEDULE W Delta Issued As Issue Date SHEET TITLE: 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 PARTIAL PARTIAL PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN - LEVEL 1 PLUMBING 1 SCALE: 3/64" = 1'-0" FLOOR PLAN - LEVEL 1 SHEET NOTES SHEET KEYNOTES 1. 1"CA DN TO CARDINAL WORKCELL (1 CFM @ 100 PSI) (TYP. 36). THE HEIGHT FROM THE FINISHED FLOOR TO THE BOTTOM OF THE SHUTOFF BALL VALVE SHALL BE BETWEEN 36-INCHES TO 67-INCHES FOR EASE OF ACCESS TO THE SHUTOFF BALL VALVE. 2. PROVIDE 1-1/2" VACUUM LINE WITH ISOLATION VALVE AND 1-1/2" HOSE BARB FITTING (MCMASTER PN 5332T45) FOR A C D VACUUM HOSE CONNECTION TO THE ROBOTIC WORK CELL. INSTALL HOSE BARB FITTING ABOVE SURVEY POINT FA4 AT A HEIGHT OF 110" OR GREATER FROM THE FINISHED FLOOR. VACUUM HOSE TO BE PROVIDED BY OTHERS. 3. CONDENSATE PUMP CP-1 SHALL BE RIGIDLY MOUNTED ON A 24"X24" STEEL PLATFORM. THE PLATFORM SHALL BE FULLY WELDED TO SHEET STRUCTURAL L-BRACKETS, WHICH SHALL BE SECURELY ANCHORED TO THE EXISTING STEEL COLUMN USING HIGH-STRENGTH BOLTS. 4. THE PLATFORM SUPPORTING CONDENSATE PUMP CP-1 SHALL BE INSTALLED AT A HIGH ELEVATION, POSITIONED BENEATH THE B A EXISTING 1-1/4" CONDENSATE LINE SERVING FCU Q1 THROUGH Q8 TO FACILITATE A VERTICAL DROP FROM THE CONDENSATE LINE INTO THE PUMP INLET, ENSURING PROPER GRAVITY FLOW AND SYSTEM FUNCTIONALITY. P-203 5. MOUNT THE MALLORY PS-551DRQ EXTRA LOUD BRACKET MOUNTED ALARM TO THE PUMP PLATFORM. ELECTRICALLY CONNECT THE ALARM TO THE AUXILIARY CONTACTS OF CONDENSATE PUMP CP-1 TO ENABLE ALARM ACTIVATION UPON PUMP FAULT OR HIGH-LEVEL CONDITION. 6. THE DISCHARGE LINE FROM CONDENSATE PUMP CP-1 SHALL BE ROUTED HORIZONTALLY AT A HIGH ELEVATION TOWARD THE SANITARY DRAIN RECEPTOR. AT THE RECEPTOR LOCATION, THE LINE SHALL TRANSITION VERTICALLY DOWNWARD AND TERMINATE ABOVE THE RECEPTOR WITH A CODE-COMPLIANT AIR GAP TO PREVENT BACKFLOW CONTAMINATION. JOB NO. 2240461.00 PERMIT SET 04/28//2025 Autodesk Docs://PAE2 - OBD-A (Project Roxy)/25-008865_MEP_R23.rvt 4/24/2025 4:27:03 PM 3/64" = 1'-0" STRUCTURAL GENERAL NOTES SPECIAL INSPECTION ABBREVIATIONS ABBREVIATIONS DESIGN CRITERIA (N) NEW IN ACCORDANCE WITH IBC CHAPTER 17, THE FOLLOWING TYPES OF WORK REQUIRE SPECIAL @ AT IBC INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE INSPECTION. SEE THE SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR 1. GOVERNING BUILDING CODE: 2021 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE W/ WASHINGTON STATE ID INSIDE DIAMETER INSPECTION AND TESTING. SPECIAL INSPECTION SHALL BE PAID FOR AND PROVIDED BY THE AMENDMENTS & AND IF / ISF INSIDE FACE OWNER. 2. RISK CATEGORY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . II INFO INFORMATION 3. LIVE FREQUENCY AB ANCHOR BOLTS INSP INSPECTION / INSPECTOR MEZZANINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 PSF 4. SEISMIC ACI AMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTE INT INTERIOR 0.2 SEC. SPECTRAL RESPONSE ACCELERATION (Ss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.850 ADDL ADDITIONAL 1.0 SEC. SPECTRAL RESPONSE ACCELERATION (S1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.303 AESS ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED JST JOIST DESIGN SPECTRAL ACCELERATION (SDS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.609 STRUCTURAL STEEL DESIGN SPECTRAL ACCELERATION (SD1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.505 AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR K KIPS SITE CLASSIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F PERIODIC CONTINUOUS AISC AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF STEEL KN KEYNOTE SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D MATERIAL/TASK RESPONSIBLE FIRM CONSTRUCTION KSF KIPS PER SQUARE FOOT IMPORTANCE FACTOR . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 EARTHWORK ALT ALTERNATE SEISMIC FORCE RESISTING SYSTEM (SFRS) KSI KIPS PER SQUARE INCH BUILDING (LEVEL 1 TO LEVEL 2): GRADING, EXCAVATING, & FILL INSP - GEOTECH OF RECORD APPROX APPROXIMATE NONSTRUCTURAL COMPONENTS PER ASCE 7-16 CH. 13 FILL MATERIAL - TEST GEOTECH OF RECORD ARCH ARCHITECT(URAL) L ANGLE ATR ALL-THREAD ROD GENERAL SOIL COMPACTION - TEST GEOTECH OF RECORD LL LIVE LOAD LLH LONG LEG HORIZONTAL 1. THE PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS, DRAWINGS, STANDARD DETAILS, DETAILS IN THE DRAWINGS, AND THE ANCHORAGE TO CONCRETE OR MASONRY B/ BOTTOM OF LLV LONG LEG VERTICAL STRUCTURAL NOTES ARE TO BE COMPLEMENTARY. IN THE CASE OF AN INCONSISTENCE NOT ADHESIVE ANCHORS INSTALLED IN HORIZONTAL OR BE BOUNDARY ELEMENT LONG / LONGIT LONGITUDINAL SPECIAL INSPECTOR CLARIFIED BY THE DESIGNER OF RECORD THE MOST STRINGENT, HIGHEST QUALITY AND BEST QUALITY UPWARDLY INCLINED ORIENTATION TO RESIST INSP - BLDG BUILDING SEE NOTE 3 LSL LAMINATED STRAND LUMBER PROVISIONS SHALL BE PROVIDED. SUSTAINED TENSION LOADS BLKG BLOCKING 2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS BEFORE CONSTRUCTION. THE ARCHITECT SHALL BE LVL LAMINATED VENEER LUMBER NOTIFIED OF ANY DISCREPANCIES OR INCONSISTENCIES. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS; COORDINATE ADHESIVE ANCHORS NOT DEFINED IN PRECEDING - INSP SPECIAL INSPECTOR BM BEAM DIMENSIONS WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. CELL BN BOUNDARY NAIL(ING) MAS MASONRY 3. ALL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO THE MINIMUM STANDARDS OF THE LATEST EDITION OF THE EXPANSION ANCHORS - INSP SPECIAL INSPECTOR BOT / BOTT BOTTOM MATL MATERIAL INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE WITH AMENDMENTS. BP BASE PLATE Client MAX MAXIMUM 4. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE BRB BUCKLING-RESTRAINED BRACE FRAME MB MACHINE BOLT A. SIZE AND LOCATION OF ALL OPENINGS, EXCEPT AS NOTED. BRG BEARING B. SIZE AND LOCATION OF ALL INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR NONBEARING WALLS REINFORCING STEEL, INCLUDING PRESTRESSING - INSP SPECIAL INSPECTOR MECH MECHANICAL C. SIZE AND LOCATION OF ALL CONCRETE CURBS, FLOOR DRAINS, SLOPES, DEPRESSED AREAS, STEEL, AND PLACEMENT BTWN BETWEEN MFR / MANUF MANUFACTURER CHANGES IN LEVEL, CHAMFERS, GROOVES, INSERTS, ETC. MIN MINIMUM AMAZON.COM USE OF REQUIRED CONCRETE DESIGN MIX - INSP SPECIAL INSPECTOR D. SIZE AND LOCATION OF ALL FLOOR AND ROOF OPENINGS, EXCEPT AS SHOWN. CFS COLD FORMED STEEL MISC MISCELLANEOUS SERVICES LLC E. FLOOR AND ROOF FINISHES. SHAPE, LOCATION, & DIMENSIONS OF CONCRETE CGS CENTER OF GRAVITY OF PRESTRESSING F. STAIR FRAMING AND DETAILS, EXCEPT AS SHOWN. - INSP SPECIAL INSPECTOR STEEL MPP MASS PLYWOOD PANEL 410 Terry Ave N, MEMBER G. DIMENSIONS NOT SHOWN ON STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. MTL METAL CIP CAST-IN-PLACE Seattle, WA 98109 5. SEE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS FOR THE FOLLOWING, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO: BOLTS INSTALLED IN CONCRETE - INSP SPECIAL INSPECTOR CJ CONTROL/CONTRACTION/ A. PIPE RUNS, SLEEVES, HANGERS, TRENCHES, WALL AND SLAB OPENINGS, ETC., EXCEPT AS NIC NOT IN CONTRACT SHOWN OR NOTED. REINFORCED CONCRETE PLACEMENT INSP - SPECIAL INSPECTOR CONSTRUCTION JOINT NO / # NUMBER B. ELECTRICAL CONDUIT RUNS, BOXES, OUTLETS IN WALLS AND SLABS. CL / CENTER LINE STRUCTURAL STEEL, STEEL DECK, & PRECAST CONCRETE NOM NOMINAL C. CONCRETE INSERTS FOR FIXTURES. CLR CLEAR D. SIZE AND LOCATION OF MACHINE OR EQUIPMENT BASES, ANCHOR BOLTS FOR MOTOR SPECIFIED CURING TECHNIQUES - INSP SPECIAL INSPECTOR CMU CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT NS NEAR SIDE MOUNTS. NTE NOT TO EXCEED COL COLUMN E. SEISMIC BRACING REQUIREMENTS. CONCRETE MATERIALS - TEST TESTING LAB NTS NOT TO SCALE CONC CONCRETE 6. METHODS, PROCEDURES, AND SEQUENCES OF CONSTRUCTION ARE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE SHOP FABRICATION - - NOTE 1 CONTRACTOR. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE ALL NECESSARY PRECAUTIONS TO MAINTAIN AND CONN CONNECTION ENSURE THE INTEGRITY OF THE STRUCTURE AT ALL STAGES OF CONSTRUCTION. SHOP WELDING - - NOTE 1 CONT CONTINUOUS OC ON CENTER OD OUTSIDE DIAMETER 7. THE CONTRACT STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS REPRESENT THE FINISHED CONTR CONTRACTOR STRUCTURE. THEY DO NOT INDICATE THE METHOD OF CONSTRUCTION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL STEEL FRAME FOR CONFORMANCE WITH - INSP SPECIAL INSPECTOR OF / OSF OUTSIDE FACE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS COORD COORDINATE PROVIDE ALL MEASURES NECESSARY TO PROTECT THE STRUCTURE, WORKERS AND VISITORS DURING OH OPPOSITE HAND CTR / CNTR CENTER CONSTRUCTION. SUCH MEASURES SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO, BRACING, SHORING FOR FIELD WELDED CONNECTIONS OPNG OPENING CONSTRUCTION LOADS, ETC. VISITS TO THE SITE BY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER SHALL NOT INCLUDE OPP OPPOSITE AND DO NOT CONSTITUTE A REVIEW OF THE ABOVE ITEMS. SINGLE-PASS FILLET WELDS EQUAL TO OR d PENNY (NAILS) LESS THAN 5/16" - INSP SPECIAL INSPECTOR OWWJ OPEN WEB WOOD JOIST Project 8. OPENINGS, POCKETS, ETC. SHALL NOT BE PLACED IN STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS UNLESS SPECIFICALLY DBA DEFORMED BAR ANCHOR DETAILED OR APPROVED BY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. DBL DOUBLE 9. CONSTRUCTION LOAD (MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT) SHALL NOT EXCEED THE DESIGN LIVE LOAD PER SINGLE-PASS FILLET WELDS GREATER THAN INSP - SPECIAL INSPECTOR PDA POWER DRIVEN ANCHOR DC DEMAND CRITICAL WELD SQUARE FOOT. PROVIDE ADEQUATE SHORING AND/ OR BRACING WHERE STRUCTURES HAVE NOT 5/16" PERP PERPENDICULAR DET / DTL DETAIL ATTAINED DESIGN STRENGTH. MULTI-PASS FILLET WELDS INSP - SPECIAL INSPECTOR PJ PANEL JOINT PAE2 OBD-A 10. WHEN A DETAIL IS IDENTIFIED, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL APPLY THIS DETAIL IN ESTIMATING AND DFL DOUGLAS FIR/LARCH CONSTRUCTION TO EVERY LIKE CONDITION WHETHER OR NOT THE REFERENCE IS MADE IN EVERY PJP GROOVE WELDS INSP - SPECIAL INSPECTOR DIA / Ø DIAMETER PL / PLATE RETROFIT INSTANCE. DIAPH DIAPHRAGM PLB PARALLAM BEAM 5002 172ND St NE BEFORE - INSP SPECIAL INSPECTOR 11. ANY REFERENCES TO THE RECOMMENDATIONS, GUIDELINES, OR REQUIREMENTS IN NATIONAL CJP PLYWD / PLY PLYWOOD DIM DIMENSION Arlington, WA 98223 PUBLICATIONS, SUCH AS BUT NOT LIMITED TO ASCE, ASTM, IBC, ACI, AISC, NDS, OR AWS, IN THE GROOVE DURING INSP - TESTING LAB PNL PANEL DL DEAD LOAD CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHALL BE FOLLOWED AS IF THEY ARE SPECIFICALLY MANDATED. WELDS AFTER - TEST TESTING LAB DWG DRAWING PS POUR STRIP OPEN CHANNEL STRUT PSF POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT DECK WELDS - INSP SPECIAL INSPECTOR PSI POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH E/ EDGE OF 1. ALL NEW OPEN CHANNEL STRUT PROVIDED FOR THIS PROJECT MUST BE FROM AN ACCEPTABLE WELDING OF REINFORCING STEEL INSP - NOTE 2 PSL PARALLEL STRAND LUMBER MANUFACTURER, AS FOLLOWS: EA EACH A. SLOTTED CHANNEL FRAMING: EF EACH FACE PT PRESSURE TREATED/POST TENSIONED STRUCTURAL HEADED STUDS - TEST SPECIAL INSPECTOR a. THOMAS & BETTS CORPORATION: SUPERSTRUT. EFF EFFECTIVE MACKENZIE b. ATKORE/TYCO CORPORATION: UNISTRUT. HIGH-STRENGTH BOLT - INSP SPECIAL INSPECTOR EIFS EXTERIOR INSULATION FINISH SYSTEM REF REFERENCE 1515 SE WATER AVE #100 c. HILTI CORPORATION: HILTI MT SYSTEMS. INSTALLATION (BEARING TYPE) REINF REINFORCING PORTLAND, OR 97214 - TEST TESTING LAB ELEC / ELECT ELECTRICAL d. CRP CLEAN ROOMS AND PIPE, LTD. (ISRAEL): STRONG STRUT. REQ / REQD REQUIRED e. METSEC PLC, METSTRUT DIVISION (EUROPE): METSTRUT. HIGH-STRENGTH BOLT - INSP SPECIAL INSPECTOR ELEV ELEVATION / ELEVATOR REV REVISION B. PRE-ENGINEERED MODULAR SUPPORT SYSTEMS: EN EDGE NAIL(ING) INSTALLATION (SLIP-CRITICAL) - TEST TESTING LAB a. HILTI CORPORATION: HILTI MT SYSTEMS. ENGR ENGINEER 2. OPEN CHANNEL STRUT FINISHES TO CONFORM TO TABLE 2.5.A IN 05 43 00 SLOTTED CHANNEL ERECTION OF PRECAST EQ EQUAL SCHED SCHEDULE MECH/ELEC/PLUMBING FRAMING SPECIFICATIONS CONCRETE MEMBERS - INSP SPECIAL INSPECTOR SFRS SEISMIC FORCE RESISTING SYSTEM ES EACH SIDE SYSKA HENNESSY 3. USE 1/2"Ø A307 BOLTS FOR ALL CONNECTIONS, UNO. SHTG / SHT'G SHEATHING 4. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSE FOR INSTALLING A PROTECTIVE CAP ON THE END OF ALL EXPOSED STRUCTURAL WOOD FRAMING EW EACH WAY 1175 PEACHTREE ST, SUITE EXIST / (E) EXISTING SIM SIMILAR 700, ATLANTA, GA 30361 OPEN CHANNEL STRUT SUPPORTS. 5. SLOTTED CHANNEL FRAMING, DOUBLE CHANNEL AND CONCRETE INSERTS: ALL SUB-PURLIN HANGERS - INSP SPECIAL INSPECTOR EXP JT / EJ EXPANSION JOINT SLRS SEISMIC LOAD RESISTIVE SYSTEM A. ELECTRO-GALVANIZED, PRE-GAVANIZED, HOT-DIPPED GAVANIZED, ZINC DICHROMATE AND EXT EXTERIOR SLV SHORT LEG VERTICAL LATERAL FORCE RESISTING MEMBERS POWDER COATED FINISHED SECTIONS PER ASTM A569, A570 OR A653. SMS SHEET METAL SCREW B. STAINLESS STEEL SECTIONS PER ASTM A240 (FOR TYPE 304 OR 316) SOG SLAB ON GRADE FIRE PROTECTION NAILING ≤ 4" OC & STRAPPING OF F/ FACE OF C. ALL STEEL SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM YIELD STRESS OF 33KSI SHEARWALLS, DIAPHRAGMS, & TOP CHORDS - INSP SPECIAL INSPECTOR SOMD SLAB ON METAL DECK 6. SLOTTED CHANNEL FITTINGS: FB FLAT BAR HARRINGTON GROUP, INC. A. ELECTRO-GALVANIZED, PRE-GALVANIZED, HOT-DIPPED GALVANIZED, ZINC DICHORMATE AND FHS FULL HEIGHT STIFFENER SP SPACE (D)(S) 3237 SATELLITE BLVD, NAILING, BOLTING, ANCHORING, & FASTENING POWDER COATED FITTINGS PER ASTM A36, A575, A576 OR A635. - INSP SPECIAL INSPECTOR FIN FINISH(ED) SPEC(S) SPECIFICATION SUITE 525, DULUTH, GA OF OTHER ELEMENTS B. STAINLESS STEEL FITTINGS PER ASTM A240 (FOR TYPE 304, 316, 316L OR 316Ti) STAGG STAGGERED 30096 FLR FLOOR 7. SLOTTED CHANNEL HARDWARE: GANG NAIL TRUSSES W/ SPAN > 60': MEMBER STD STANDARD A: STANDARD HEX HEAD BOLTS WITH HEX NUTS PER ASTM A307 - INSP SPECIAL INSPECTOR FND/FDN FOUNDATION RESTRAINT BRACING INSTALLATION STIFF STIFFENER B: STANDARD AND JAMB HEX NUTS PER ASTM A563 FOW FACE OF WALL STL STEEL C: PLAIN WASHERS PER ANSI B 18.22.1 TYPE A-W MASS TIMBER CONSTRUCTION (CLT, MMP, GLT) FS FAR SIDE D: BLIND RIVETS (FOR BACK-TO-BACK CHANNEL): LOW CARBON STEEL GRADE C-1008 FT FEET / FOOT STRUCT STRUCTURAL 8. SLOTTED CHANNEL NUTS: ANCHORAGE AND CONNECTIONS OF MASS TIMBER CONSTRUCTION TO TIMBER DEEP FOUNDATION - INSP SPECIAL INSPECTOR FTG FOOTING A: SLOTTED CHANNEL NUTS PER ASTM A575 GRADE M1015 T&B TOP & BOTTOM B: THREADS PER ANSI B1.1 UNC-2B SYSTEMS T/ TOP OF C: SLOTTED CHANNEL NUTS TO BE RECTANQULAR WITH ROUNDED ENDS, TOOTHED GROOVES AND GA GAUGE ERECTION OF MASS TIMBER CONSTRUCTION - INSP SPECIAL INSPECTOR THK THICK / THICKNESS CONTAIN SPRINGS. GALV GALVANIZED THRU THROUGH 9. ALL HOLES DRILLED IN OPEN CHANNEL STRUT FOR BOLTED CONNECTIONS TO BE STANDARD SIZE GL GLULAM CONNECTIONS WHERE INSTALLATION METHODS HOLES. TL TOTAL LOAD ARE REQUIRED TO MEET DESIGN LOADS GLB GLULAM BEAM TN TOE NAIL GLT GLULAMINATED TIMBER PANEL POST-INSTALLED ANCHORS PROPER INSTALLATION EQUIPMENT - INSP SPECIAL INSPECTOR GR GRADE TRANS / TRANSVERSE TRANSV 1. POST-INSTALLED ANCHOR SYSTEMS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE LATEST REVISION OF ICC-ES ACCEPTANCE THREADED PRE-DRILLED HOLES WHERE REQUIRED - INSP SPECIAL INSPECTOR TS TUBE STEEL CRITERIA AND HAVE A VALID ICC-ES REPORT (OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT) IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FASTENERS HCM HOLLOW CLAY MASONRY SCREWS, INCLUDING DIA, LENGTH, TYP TYPICAL APPLICABLE BUILDING CODE. HDR HEADER HEAD TYPE, SPACING, INSTALLATION - INSP SPECIAL INSPECTOR 2. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS USE ANCHORS LISTED BELOW: HGR HANGER ANGLE AND DEPTH UON / UNO UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED • EXPANSION ANCHORS IN CONCRETE SHALL BE ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: HORIZ HORIZONTAL • HILTI HSL-3 CARBON STEEL HEAVY DUTY EXPANSION ANCHOR (ICC-ES REPORT ESR-1545) BOLTED CONNECTIONS - INSP SPECIAL INSPECTOR HSS HOLLOW STRUCTURAL SECTION REFERENCE • HILTI HDA CARBON AND STAINLESS STEEL UNDERCUT ANCHOR (ICC-ES REPORT ESR-1546) VERT VERTICAL ONLY UNLESS • HILTI KWIK BOLT TZ CARBON AND STAINLESS STEEL ANCHORS (ICC-ES REPORT ESR-1917) CONCEALED CONNECTIONS - INSP SPECIAL INSPECTOR HVAC HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR VIF VERIFY IN FIELD • DeWALT POWER-STUD+SD2 ANCHOR (ICC-ES REPORT ESR-2502) CONDITIONING STAMP IS NAILING/SCREWS OF SPLINE, STRAPPING, & HOLD VRFY VERIFY • SIMPSON STRONG-TIE STRONG-BOLT 2 ANCHOR (ICC-ES REPORT ESR-3037) - INSP SPECIAL INSPECTOR HWS HEADED WELD STUD PLACED • ADHESIVE ANCHORS IN CONCRETE SHALL BE ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: DOWNS OF PANELS • HILTI HIT-RE 500 V3 ADHESIVE ANCHOR (ICC-ES REPORT ESR-3814) W/ WITH STRUCTURAL MASONRY (PLACE STAMP • HILTI HIT-HY 200 V3 ADHESIVE ANCHOR (ICC-ES REPORT ESR-4868) W/O WITHOUT • DeWALT PURE 110+ EPOXY ADHESIVE ANCHOR (ICC-ES REPORT ESR-3298) CONSTRUCTION OF MORTAR JOINTS - INSP SPECIAL INSPECTOR WD WOOD HERE) • DeWALT AC200+ ADHESIVE ANCHOR (ICC-ES REPORT ESR-4027) WF WIDE FLANGE BEAM • SIMPSON STRONG-TIE SET-3G EPOXY ADHESIVE ANCHOR (ICC ES REPORT ESR-4057) GROUT SPACE PREPARATION - INSP SPECIAL INSPECTOR WP WORK POINT • SIMPSON STRONG-TIE AT-3G EPOXY ADHESIVE ANCHOR (ICC ES REPORT ESR-5206) TYPE, SIZE, & LOCATION OF REINF & ANCHORAGES - INSP SPECIAL INSPECTOR • SCREW ANCHORS IN CONCRETE SHALL BE ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: WWF WELDED WIRE FABRIC • DeWALT SCREW-BOLT+ SCREW ANCHOR (ICC-ES REPORT ESR-3889) © MACKENZIE PLACEMENT OF GROUT - INSP SPECIAL INSPECTOR 2025 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED • HILTI KWIK HUS-EZ SCREW ANCHOR (ICC-ES REPORT ESR-3027) • SIMPSON STRONG-TIE TITEN HD SCREW ANCHOR (ICC-ES REPORT ESR-2713) COLD & HOT WEATHER PROCEDURES - INSP SPECIAL INSPECTOR THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF STRUCTURAL OBSERVATIONS MACKENZIE AND ARE NOT TO BE USED • ANCHORS IN CONCRETE OVER STEEL DECK SHALL BE ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: MORTAR & GROUT PROPORTIONS - INSP SPECIAL INSPECTOR OR REPRODUCED IN ANY MANNER, • HILTI KWIK BOLT TZ CARBON AND STAINLESS STEEL ANCHORS (ICC-ES REPORT ESR-1917) IN ACCORDANCE W/ IBC CH 17 & AT THE DIRECTION OF THE ENGINEER OF RECORD, THE WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION • HILTI HIT-RE 500 V3 ADHESIVE ANCHORS (ICC-ES REPORT ESR-3814) GROUT & MORTAR SPECIMENS / PRISMS - INSP SPECIAL INSPECTOR FOLLOWING ITEMS REQUIRE PERIODIC STRUCTURAL OBSERVATION. NOTIFY ENGINEER OF • DeWALT POWER-STUD+SD2 EXPANSION ANCHOR (ICC-ES REPORT ESR-2502) • DeWALT POWER-STUD+SD1 EXPANSION ANCHOR (ISS-ES REPORT ESR-2818) COLD-FORMED STEEL FRAMING RECORD AT LEAST 48 HOURS BEFORE A DESIGNATED WORK IS TO BE COVERED • DeWALT SCREW-BOLT+ SCREW ANCHOR (ICC-ES REPORT ESR-3889) ITEM DESCRIPTION REVISION SCHEDULE SCREWS - INSP SPECIAL INSPECTOR • SIMPSON STRONG-TIE STRONG-BOLT 2 WEDGE ANCHOR (ICC-ES REPORT ESR-3037) N/A N/A • SIMPSON STRONG-TIE TITEN HD SCREW ANCHOR (ICC-ES REPORT ESR-2713) FIELD WELDED CONNECTIONS - INSP SPECIAL INSPECTOR Delta Issued As Issue Date • EXPANSION ANCHORS IN MASONRY SHALL BE ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: • HILTI KWIK BOLT 1 (KB 1) ANCHORS (IAPMO UES ER-677) LATERAL FORCE RESISTING MEMBERS • DeWALT POWER-STUD+SD1 (ICC-ES ESR-2966) • SIMPSON STRONG-TIE STRONG-BOLT 2 WEDGE ANCHOR (IAPMO UES ER-240) FASTENING < 4" OC & STRAPPING OF - INSP SPECIAL INSPECTOR STRUCTURAL DEFERRED SUBMITTALS • ADHESIVE ANCHORS IN MASONRY SHALL BE ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: SHEARWALLS, DIAPHRAGMS, & TOP CHORDS • HILTI HIT-HY 270 ADHESIVE ANCHOR (ICC-ES REPORT ESR 4143 & 4144) CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT DRAWINGS & CALCULATIONS BEARING THE SEAL OF A • DeWALT AC100+ GOLD ADHESIVE ANCHOR (ICC-ES REPORT ESR-2582 FOR CMU & ICC-ES BOLTING, ANCHORING, & FASTENING OF - INSP SPECIAL INSPECTOR PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER LICENSED IN THE STATE OF THE PROJECT TO REPORT ESR-4105 FOR UNREINFORCED MASONRY) OTHER ELEMENTS ARCHITECT/ENGINEER BEFORE SUBMITTING TO JURISDICTION FOR REVIEW & PERMITTING • SIMPSON STRONG-TIE SET-3G EPOXY ADHESIVE ANCHOR (ICC ES REPORT ESR-4844) ITEM METAL FABRICATIONS, METAL STAIRS, RAILINGS, & HANDRAILS • SIMPSON STRONG-TIE ET-3G EPOXY ADHESIVE ANCHOR (ICC ES REPORT ESR-5309) ANCHORAGE FOR AND ATTACHMENT OF M/E/P/F SYSTEMS & EQUIPMENT TO STRUCTURE • SCREW ANCHORS IN MASONRY SHALL BE ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: CONCRETE PLACEMENT - INSP- SPECIAL INSPECTOR • HILTI KWIK HUS-EZ SCREW ANCHOR (ICC-ES REPORT ESR-3056) • DeWALT SCREW-BOLT+ SCREW ANCHOR (ICC-ES REPORT ESR-4042) CONCRETE MATERIALS - TEST TESTING LAB • SIMPSON STRONG-TIE TITEN HD SCREW ANCHOR (ICC-ES REPORT ESR-1056) 3. ANCHORS INSTALLED IN THE BOTTOM OF CONCRETE OVER STEEL DECK SHALL BE INSTALLED IN THE SHEET TITLE: BOTTOM FLUTE ONLY. NOTES: 4. ANCHORS ARE NOT TO BE INSTALLED UNTIL CONCRETE HAS REACHED ITS DESIGN STRENGTH. ADHESIVE 1. SPECIAL INSPECTION OF SHOP FABRICATION AND SHOP WELDING SHALL MATCH THE STRUCTURAL ANCHORS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN CONCRETE HAVING A MIMINUM AGE OF 21 DAYS. REQUIREMENTS FOR FIELD FABRICATION AND FIELD WELDING UNLESS SHOP 5. FOR ANCHOR EMBEDMENT, SEE DRAWINGS OR TYPICAL DETAIL. USE EMBEDMENT RECOMMENDED BY CERTIFICATION DOCUMENTS ARE REVIEWED AND ACCEPTED BY THE OWNER. IF GENERAL MANUFACTURER WHERE NO EMBEDMENT IS SHOWN. APPROVED BY THE OWNER, SPECIAL INSPECTION OF SHOP FABRICATION AND SHOP 6. MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION TRAINING AND CERTIFICATION IS REQUIRED ON ALL POST-INSTALLED WELDING SHALL NOT BE REQUIRED FOR AISC CERTIFIED FABRICATORS. NOTES ANCHORS FOR ANCHOR INSTALLER. 7. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE ANCHOR AND REINFORCING CONFLICTS. IT IS UNACCEPTABLE TO CUT 2. CONTINUOUS INSPECTION IS REQUIRED FOR WELDING OF REINFORCING STEEL REBAR FOR POST INSTALLED ANCHORS WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL FROM THE ENGINEER OF RECORD. RESISTING FLEXURAL & AXIAL FORCES IN INTERMEDIATE & SPECIAL MOMENT FRAMES, BOUNDARY ELEMENTS OF SPECIAL STRUCTURAL WALL OF CONCRETE, & SHEAR REINFORCEMENT. PERIODIC INSPECTION IS ACCEPTABLE FOR WELDING OF OTHER REINFORCING STEEL. 3. SEE NOTE THE POST-INSTALLED ANCHORS SECTION OF THE GENERAL NOTES FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS RELATED TO INSTALLATION OF ADHESIVE ANCHORS. SHEET S-000 CONTACT INFORMATION CONTACT: STEPHAN AHN EMAIL: SHA@mcknze.com PHONE: (206) 582-2560 JOB NO. 2240461.00 PERMIT SET 04/28/2025 Autodesk Docs://PAE2 - OBD-A (Project Roxy)/461-PAE2(OBD-A)-v23-A.rvt 4/11/2025 2:27:12 PM 12" = 1'-0" Client BASE PLATE AND ANCHOR BOLT HOLES BY OTHERS AMAZON.COM SERVICES LLC 410 Terry Ave N, Seattle, WA 98109 CARDINAL SEE 16 & 17/S-500 FOR EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING BY OTHERS STRUCTURE P2486 @ 16" OC MAX (PROVIDE (2) MIN) TRANSFORMER BY OTHERS 1/2"Ø THREADED ROD W/ P1000T ROD STIFFENER Project 1 2 MAX PAE2 OBD-A BRACE AS REQD PER 19/S-500. P1000 RETROFIT 8'-0" MAX LENGTH 1 1/4" MAX 5002 172ND St NE 6" MAX Arlington, WA 98223 UNISTRUT P1354A OR SPF300 UNISTRUT P1001 STRUCTURAL 2" MIN MACKENZIE 3" MAX NUT & PL WASHER T&B 1515 SE WATER AVE #100 NOTES: 1. BASE PLATES AND ANCHOR BOLT HOLES ARE NOT TO SCALE. SEE MFR DRAWINGS PORTLAND, OR 97214 (E) CONCRETE OVER 2'-0" MAX CHANNEL NUT FOR ACCURATE DIMENSIONS. METAL DECK 2. PRIMARY ANCHOR PATTERN PROVIDED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. GC TO COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION W/ MFR DRAWINGS. NOTE: 3. PROVIDE PRIMARY ANCHOR PATTERN UNLESS THERE IS LESS THAN 6" EDGE SEE SPECIFIC DISCIPLINE FOR BALANCE OF INFORMATION NOT SHOWN DISTANCE TO THE NEAREST CONTRACTION JOINT. PROVIDE ALTERNATE ANCHOR MECH/ELEC/PLUMBING PATTERNS AS NECESSARY. PROVIDE (6) MIN ANCHOR BOLTS TOTAL. SYSKA HENNESSY 4. SEE 15/S-500 FOR ANCHOR INFORMATION 1175 PEACHTREE ST, SUITE TYPICAL TRAPEZE SUPPORT - 700, ATLANTA, GA 30361 8 TRANSVERSE STRUT BRACE 10 EQUIPMENT ANCHORAGE LOCATION S-500 1 1/2" = 1'-0" S-500 1 1/2" = 1'-0" FIRE PROTECTION HARRINGTON GROUP, INC. 3237 SATELLITE BLVD, SEE 16 & 17/S-500 SUITE 525, DULUTH, GA P1000 UNISTRUT w/ (2) CHANNEL NUT, P2864 & LOCKNUT FOR CONN TO 30096 1/2"Ø HILTI KB-TZ2 x 3 1/4" (E) CONCRETE OVER 2'-0" MAX (E) STRUCTURE EFFECTIVE EMBEDMENT METAL DECK A36 THREADED ROD THREADED ROD & ROD STIFFENER PER DETAIL 8/S-500 (E) CONCRETE OVER METAL DECK 1 CARDINAL 2 EQUIPMENT & BASE MAX PLATE BY OTHERS P1000 UNISTRUT w/ (2) 1/2"Ø HILTI KB-TZ2 x 5/8"Ø HILTI HAS-55 x 5 1/2" 3 1/4" EFFECTIVE EFFECTIVE EMBEDMENT W/ (E) WIDE FLANGE EMBEDMENT BRACE AS REQD PER HILTI HIT-RE 500 V3 ((6) MIN UNISTRUT P1354 19/S-500. P1000 8'-0" TOTAL). SEE 10/S-500 FOR P1000 HS CHANNEL MAX LENGTH ANCHOR BOLT LOCATION. FULL ANCHOR BOLT ASSEMBLY BY OTHERS REFERENCE ONLY UNLESS (E) 7" THK CONC SOG STAMP IS TRAPEZE PER 8/S-500 UNISTRUT P1354 PLACED P2785 EASIDE THREADED ROD THRU BRACE FITTING (PLACE STAMP P1000 HERE) (E) CONCRETE OVER METAL DECK NOTE: © MACKENZIE 3" TYP SEE SPECIFIC DISCIPLINE FOR BALANCE OF INFORMATION NOT SHOWN 2025 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF CHANNEL NUT, MACKENZIE AND ARE NOT TO BE USED (E) BEAM, BRACED TYPICAL TRAPEZE SUPPORT - P2864 & LOCKNUT OR REPRODUCED IN ANY MANNER, THREADED ROD 13 LONGITUDINAL STRUT BRACE 15 EQUIPMENT ANCHORAGE WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION S-500 1 1/2" = 1'-0" S-500 1 1/2" = 1'-0" WIDE FLANGE BEAM - OPTION 2 REVISION SCHEDULE Delta Issued As Issue Date BRACE PER 13/S-500 P1654A THRU P1661A P1650S, P1651S OR SERIES RETAINER STRAP P1652S BEAM CLAMP BRACE PER 8/S-500 THREADED RODS SHEET TITLE: AND STIFFENER PER 8/S-500 CONNECTION TOLCO FIG. 800 DETAILS THREADED ROD 6" (MAX) UNISTRUT P1354 P1000 CHANNEL STIFFENER WHERE APPLICABLE 1/2"Ø MIN ANCHOR BOLT AT EA CORNER ((4) NOTE: TOTAL). LOCATION PER CONN TO (E) MOMENT FRAME BEAM WITHIN THE PROTECTED ZONE IS NOT PERMITTED MFR TRANSFORMER BY OTHERS SHEET WIDE FLANGE BEAM - OPTION 1 (E) BEAM PARALLEL TO BRACE (MAX WT 450 LBS) TRAPEZE PER 8/S-500 16 HANGER ROD CONNECTIONS 17 BRACE TO (E) STRUCTURE 19 TRANSFORMER TRAPEZE ISOMETRIC DIAGRAM S-500 S-500 3" = 1'-0" S-500 3" = 1'-0" S-500 NTS JOB NO. 2240461.00 PERMIT SET 04/28/2025 Autodesk Docs://PAE2 - OBD-A (Project Roxy)/461-PAE2(OBD-A)-v23-A.rvt 4/11/2025 2:27:12 PM As indicated PAE2 OBD-A 4620 172nd St NE, Arlington WA 98223 Project 2240461.00 Specifications Permit Set April 28, 2025 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 7, 2025 SECTION000107 SEALSPAGE ARCHITECT MACKENZIE. REFERENCE MARYALISONHOAGLAND ONLY UNLESS STAMP IS 1515SEWaterAve.,#100 PLACED Portland,OR97214 (PLACE STAMP Telephone: (503)224-9560 HERE) Fax: (503)228-1285 EMAIL:MHOAGLAND@MCKNZE.COM STRUCTURALENGINEER MACKENZIE. JOSHMCDOWELL 1515SEWaterAve.,#100 Portland,OR97214 Telephone: (503)224-9560 Fax: (503)228-1285 EMAIL:JMCDOWELL@MCKNZE.COM Job Number 2240461.00 Seals Page 00 01 07 - 1 / 2 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 7, 2025 ELECTRICALENGINEER SYSKAHENNESSEY LEIGHANNVOGEL 1175PeachtreeSuite,#700 Atlanta,GA30361 04/28/2025 Telephone:(770)563-1541 EMAIL:LVOGEL@SYSKA.COM PLUMBINGENGINEER SYSKAHENNESSEY MOHAMADNARAGHI 1175PeachtreeSuite,#700 Atlanta,GA30361 04/28/2025 Telephone:(770)563-1541 EMAIL:MNARAGH@SYSKA.COM ENDOFSEALSPAGE Job Number 2240461.00 Seals Page 00 01 07 - 2 / 2 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 SECTION000110 TABLEOFCONTENTS PROCUREMENTANDCONTRACTINGREQUIREMENTS * SECTIONSMARKEDWITHASTERIKAREAMAZONPROVIDEDANDCANNOTBEALTERED.SOME PARAGRAPHSWITHINTHESESECTIONSDONOTAPPLY. DIVISION00--PROCUREMENTANDCONTRACTINGREQUIREMENTS 000107-SealsPage 000110-TableofContents SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION01--GENERALREQUIREMENTS 011000-Summary 011010-SpecialPurchase,Vendors,andConsultants 013000-AdministrativeRequirements 013329.01*-SustainableDesignReporting 013853*-SpecialProceduresAssetTaggingStandards 014000-QualityRequirements 014540*-ConcreteTesting-RandomTrafficAreasFloorFlatnessandLevelnessTesting(FF-FL) 014545*-ConcreteTesting-GlossTestingforSlabSubjectedtoRoboticEquipment] 014550*-ConcreteTesting-SlipResistanceTestingforSlabSubjectedtoRoboticEquipment 014555*-ConcreteTesting-Roughness(RA)TestingforSlabsSubjectedtoRoboticEquipment 015000-TemporaryFacilitiesandControls 015719.11*-IndoorAirQuality(IAQ)Management 016000-ProductRequirements 016116-VolatileOrganicCompound(VOC)ContentRestrictions 017000-ExecutionandCloseoutRequirements 017419-ConstructionWasteManagementandDisposal 017800-CloseoutSubmittals Job Number 2240461.00 Table of Contents 00 01 10 - 1 / 3 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 017900-DemonstrationandTraining DIVISION02--EXISTINGCONDITIONS​​ 024100-Demolition DIVISION03--CONCRETE 033560*-ConcreteFloorFinishing-AR DIVISION04-DIVISION06(NOTUSED) DIVISION07--THERMALANDMOISTUREPROTECTION​​ 078400-Firestopping DIVISION08--OPENINGS 087100*-DoorHardware DIVISION09--FINISHES 099123-InteriorPainting DIVISION10--SPECIALTIES 102214-InteriorChainLinkPartitions 102602-SafetyGuardrail,Gate,andInteriorBollard 104400-FireProtectionSpecialties DIVISION11-DIVISION20(NOTUSED) DIVISION21--FIRESUPPRESSION 211313-WetPipeFireSprinklerSystem DIVISION22--PLUMBING 220000-PlumbingGeneral DIVISION23-DIVISION25(NOTUSED) DIVISION26--ELECTRICAL 260000-ElectricalGeneral 260519-Low-VoltageElectricalPowerConductorsandCables 260526-GroundingandBondingforElectricalSystems Job Number 2240461.00 Table of Contents 00 01 10 - 2 / 3 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 260530-FirestoppingforElectricalSystems 260533-RacewayandBoxesforElectricalSystems 260534-OutletBoxesandJunctionBoxes 262200-Low-VoltageTransformers 262416-Panelboards 262726-WiringDevices 262816-EnclosedSwitchesandCircuitBreakers 264300​-SurgeProtectiveDevicesforLow-VoltageElectricalPowerCircuits ENDOFSECTION 000110 Job Number 2240461.00 Table of Contents 00 01 10 - 3 / 3 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 SECTION011000 SUMMARY PART1 GENERAL 1.01 PROJECT A. ProjectName: PAE2OBD-A B. Tenant'sName:Amazon C. Architect'sName: Mackenzie. D. Tenant'sDesignCriteria:DesignCriteriaARSortable-Multi-Story-PrototypeV6.00,dated02/24/2024 andguideline900-01265ProteusEnvironmentalSpecificationsR08,relatestheTenant'soverallproject intenteddirectionandistobeincludedasreferencetothisprojectspecification. E. TheWorkwillbeconstructedunderasingleprimecontract. 1.02 WORKFURNISHEDBYTHETENANTUNDERSEPARATECONTRACTS A. TheTenantwillawardseparatecontractsfortheperformanceofcertainconstructionoperationsat thesite.ThoseoperationswillbeconductedsimultaneouslywithworkunderthisContract.Those contractsincludethefollowing,butnotlimitedto: 1. MaterialHandlingEquipment 2. BatteryChargersandRacking 3. InteriorFloorStriping 4. WarehouseStorageIDSignage 5. ColumnProtectors B. Cooperatefullywithseparatecontractorssothatworkunderthosecontractsmaybecarriedout smoothly,withoutinterferingwithordelayingWorkunderthisContract. C. Permanentlightingshallbeoperationalwhentherackingandmaterialhandlingequipmentinstallation isscheduled,sothatadequatelightingisprovidedinallareaswhereworkwillbecarriedout. ContractorshallberesponsiblefortheseutilitycostsuntilDateofSubstantialCompletion. D. ContractorshallprovideaccesstothebuildingforTenant'scontractortoperformwork. E. Tenant’svendors,suppliers,andinstallersshallberesponsibleforobtainingrequiredpermitsfortheir work. Job Number 2240461.00 Summary 01 10 00 - 1 / 2 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 1.03 OWNEROCCUPANCY A. Ownerintendstocontinuetooccupyadjacentportionsoftheexistingbuildingduringtheentire constructionperiod. B. PartialOwnerOccupancy:TheOwnerreservestherighttooccupyandtoplaceandinstallequipmentin completedareasofthebuilding,priortoSubstantialCompletionprovidedthatsuchoccupancydoesnot interferewithcompletionoftheWork.Suchplacingofequipmentandpartialoccupancyshallnot constituteacceptanceoftheWork. 1. ObtainaCertificateofOccupancyfromlocalbuildingofficialspriortopartialOwneroccupancyif required. 2. PriortopartialOwneroccupancy,mechanicalandelectricalsystemsshallbefullyoperational whenapplicable.Requiredinspectionsandtestsshallhavebeensuccessfullycompleted. 1.04 CONTRACTORUSEOFSITEANDPREMISES A. General:Duringtheentireconstructionperiod,theContractorshallcoordinateuseofthesitewithall workbeingperformedunderseparatecontracts 1. UseoftheSite:Confineoperationsatthesitetotheareasrequiredforperformanceofthe contract. 2. Donotencumberthesitewithmaterialsorequipment.Confinestockpilingofmaterialsand locationofstorageshedstoareasdesignatedbytheOwner. 3. Smokingoropenfireswillnotbepermittedwithinthebuildingenclosures. PART2 PRODUCTS-NOTUSED PART3 EXECUTION-NOTUSED ENDOFSECTION 011000 Job Number 2240461.00 Summary 01 10 00 - 2 / 2 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 SECTION011010 SPECIALPURCHASE,VENDORS,ANDCONSULTANTS PART1-GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL A. TheTenanthasanarrangementwiththevendors/manufacturersofspecificproducts,andconsultants aslistedondrawingsandreferencedherein. 1.02 CONSULTANTCONTACT A. ConcreteConsultant: 1. StructuralServices,Inc.(SSI) 2. Contact:BrianBirdwell;birdwell@ssiteam.com PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 SPECIALPURCHASEITEMS: A. RoofingJohnsManville(JM)(For[60]milTPOroofing) 1. Contact:MeganKeys,Phone:(713)834-5600 B. Wet-PipeSprinklerSystem:SprinkGUARD 1. Contactname:MattHunsberger,matt@sprinkguard.com a. Office:1-877-274-7976ext.501,www.sprinkguard.com C. ElectricalLow-mediumvoltageequipment 1. ABBContact:RobertEvers,Robert.evers@us.abb.com,Phone:(404)312-4517 2. Eaton(OEM)Contact:DerekStrittmatter,Derekstrittmatter@eaton.com,Phone:(630)433-0080 3. SchneiderElectric(OEM)Contact:ScottWalters,Scott.walters@se.com,Phone:(262)617-9951 4. Siemens;Contact:BrianRaegen,brian.raegen@siemens.com,Phone:(206)747-9382 D. LightFixtures&ControlsDistributors 1. CEDContact: a. ContactManager/PJM:SarahDevlinCEDFC@ced.com,Phone:(206)694-6495National Accounts:GregApplegategreg.applegate@ced.com,Phone:(206)793-1906 b. NationalAccounts:GregApplegategreg.applegate@ced.com,Phone:(206)793-1906 Job Number 2240461.00 SPECIAL PURCHASE, VENDORS, AND CONSULTANTS 01 10 10 - 1 / 2 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 2. CityLighting: a. ContactManager/PJM:GaryMagrenigmagreni@citylighting.com,Phone:(704)235-3134 b. PJM:DanaBeckhamdbeckham@citylighting.com.,Phone:(704)235-3136 PART3-EXECUTION-NOTUSED ENDOFSECTION 011010 Job Number 2240461.00 SPECIAL PURCHASE, VENDORS, AND CONSULTANTS 01 10 10 - 2 / 2 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 SECTION013000 ADMINISTRATIVEREQUIREMENTS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTIONINCLUDES A. Preconstructionmeeting. B. Pre-SlabMeeting C. Progressmeetings. D. Progressphotographs. E. Submittalsforreview,information,andprojectcloseout. F. Submittalprocedures. 1.02 RELATEDREQUIREMENTS A. Section017000-ExecutionandCloseoutRequirements: Additionalcoordinationrequirements. B. Section017800-CloseoutSubmittals: Projectrecorddocuments. PART2 PRODUCTS-NOTUSED PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 PRECONSTRUCTIONMEETING A. Contractorwillscheduleameetingwithin15daysofdateestablishedinNoticetoProceed. B. AttendanceRequired: 1. Owner. 2. Owner'sRepresentative. 3. Architect. 4. GeneralContractor'sProjectManagerandSuperintendent. 5. Majorsubcontractors.TestingAgency. 6. Othersasappropriate. C. Agenda: 1. ProjectCoordination:Designationofresponsiblepersonnel. Job Number 2240461.00 Administrative Requirements 01 30 00 - 1 / 7 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 2. DistributionofContractDocuments. 3. Submissionoflistofsubcontractors,listofproducts,scheduleofvalues,andprogressschedule. 4. Majorequipmentdeliveriesandpriorities. 5. Proceduresandprocessingoffielddecisions,submittals,substitutions,applicationsforpayments, proposalrequest,ChangeOrders,andContractcloseoutprocedures. 6. Proceduresfortestingandinspection. 7. Useofpremises: a. Jobsitetrailers,workandstorageareas. b. Owner'srequirements. 8. Temporaryutilities. 9. Safetyandfirst-aidprocedures. 10. Securityprocedures. 11. Housekeepingprocedures. 12. Scheduling. 13. SchedulingactivitiesofTestingAgency. D. Recordminutesanddistributecopieswithin​two​calendardaysaftermeetingtoparticipants,with​two​ copiesto​Architect​,​Owner​,participants,andthoseaffectedbydecisionsmade. 3.02 PROGRESSMEETINGS A. ScheduleandadministermeetingsthroughoutprogressoftheWorkatweeklyintervals. B. Makearrangementsformeetings,prepareagendawithcopiesforparticipants,presideatmeetings. C. AttendanceRequired: 1. GeneralContractor. 2. Owner. 3. Architect. 4. GeneralContractor'ssuperintendent. 5. Majorsubcontractors. D. Agenda: Job Number 2240461.00 Administrative Requirements 01 30 00 - 2 / 7 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 1. Reviewminutesofpreviousmeetings. 2. ReviewofWorkprogress. 3. Fieldobservations,problems,anddecisions. 4. Identificationofproblemsthatimpede,orwillimpede,plannedprogress. 5. Reviewofsubmittalsscheduleandstatusofsubmittals. 6. Reviewofoff-sitefabricationanddeliveryschedules. 7. Maintenanceofprogressschedule. 8. Correctivemeasurestoregainprojectedschedules. 9. Plannedprogressduringsucceedingworkperiod. 10. Maintenanceofqualityandworkstandards. 11. Effectofproposedchangesonprogressscheduleandcoordination. 12. OtherbusinessrelatingtoWork. E. Recordminutesanddistributecopieswithin​two​calendardaysaftermeetingtoparticipants,with​two​ copiesto​Architect​,​Owner​,participants,andthoseaffectedbydecisionsmade. 3.03 PRE-SLABMEETING A. Scheduleandadministerpre-slabmeeting14dayspriortoplacingfloorslabs. B. AttendanceRequired: 1. GeneralContractor'sProjectManagerandSuperintendent 2. Owner'sRepresentative 3. Architect. 4. StructuralEngineer 5. MaterialTestingAgency'sFieldRepresentative. 6. ConcreteConsultant. 7. ConcreteFinishingSubcontractor. 8. ConcreteSupplier. 9. Othersasappropriate. Job Number 2240461.00 Administrative Requirements 01 30 00 - 3 / 7 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 C. SuggestedAgenda: 1. Testingprocedures-concrete. 2. Testingprocedures-flatnessandlevelness. 3. Weatherconditionsandprecautions. 4. Protectionoffloorslabs: a. Repairoftiltpanelbracingboltholes. b. Oilstainingbyfollow-ontrades. c. Spallingoffloorjoints. 5. Slabjointfillprocedures. 6. Proceduretofollowifproblemsareencountered. D. Recordminutesanddistributecopieswithin​two​calendardaysaftermeetingtoparticipants,with​two​ copiesto​Architect​,​Owner​,participants,andthoseaffectedbydecisionsmade. 3.04 PROGRESSPHOTOGRAPHS A. TakephotographsthatapplytoworkunderconstructionandsubmitpromptlytoOwner. B. PhotographyType: Digital;electronicfiles. C. DigitalPhotographs:24bitcolor,minimumresolutionof​1600by1200("2megapixel")​,in​JPG​format; providefilesunalteredbyphotoeditingsoftware. 1. DeliveryMedium: Viaemail. 2. FileNaming: Includeprojectidentification,dateandtimeofview,andviewidentification. 3. PDFFile:AssembleallphotosintoprintablepagesinPDFformat,with2to4photosperpage, eachphotolabeledwithfilename;onePDFfilepersubmittal. 3.05 SUBMITTALSCHEDULE A. SubmittoArchitectforreviewascheduleforsubmittalsintabularformat. 1. Accountfortimerequiredforpreparation,review,manufacturing,fabricationanddeliverywhen establishingsubmittaldeliveryandreviewdeadlinedates. 3.06 SUBMITTALSFORREVIEW A. Whenthefollowingarespecifiedinindividualsections,submitthemforreview: 1. Productdata. Job Number 2240461.00 Administrative Requirements 01 30 00 - 4 / 7 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 2. Shopdrawings. 3. Samplesforselection. 4. Samplesforverification. 5. Delegateddesign. B. SubmittoArchitectforreviewforthelimitedpurposeofcheckingforcompliancewithinformation givenandthedesignconceptexpressedinContractDocuments. C. Sampleswillbereviewedforaesthetic,color,orfinishselection. D. Afterreview,providecopiesanddistributeinaccordancewithSUBMITTALPROCEDURESarticlebelow andforrecorddocumentspurposesdescribedinSection017800-CloseoutSubmittals. E. Jobdelaysoccasionedbyrequirementofresubmissionofsamples,shopdrawingsandproductdatanot inaccordwithContractDocumentsareContractor'sresponsibilityandwillnotbeconsideredvalid justificationforextensionofcontracttime. F. CommencenoportionofworkrequiringsubmittalsuntilsubmittalhasbeenreviewedbyArchitect. 3.07 SUBMITTALSFORPROJECTCLOSEOUT A. SubmitCorrectionPunchListforSubstantialCompletion. B. SubmitFinalCorrectionPunchListforSubstantialCompletion. C. Whenthefollowingarespecifiedinindividualsections,submitthematprojectcloseoutincompliance withrequirementsofSection017800-CloseoutSubmittals: 1. Operationandmaintenancedata. 2. Warranties. 3. Othertypesasindicated. D. SubmitforOwner'sbenefitduringandafterprojectcompletion. 3.08 SUBMITTALFORMAT A. DocumentsforReview: 1. ItispreferabletosubmitoneelectroniccopyinPDFformatinlieuofhardcopies.An electronically-markedupfilewillbereturned.CreatePDF'satnativesizeandright-side 2. Ifhardcopiesaresubmitted,submitthenumberofcopiesthatContractorrequires,plustwo copiesthatwillberetainedbyArchitect. Job Number 2240461.00 Administrative Requirements 01 30 00 - 5 / 7 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 3. DigitalelectronicfilesauthoredbyMacgregorAssociatesArchitectsmayonlybereleasedtothe ContractorupontheArchitect'sreceptionofasignedcopyoftheContractorReleaseforDelivery andUseofCADD.AcopyoftheContractorReleaseforDeliveryandUseofCADDformis reproducedinthemanualfollowingthissection. B. DocumentsforProjectCloseout:Makeonereproductionofsubmittaloriginallyreviewed.Seesection 017800ProjectCloseout. C. Samples: Submitthenumberspecifiedinindividualspecificationsections;oneofwhichwillberetained byArchitect. 1. Afterreview,produceduplicates. 2. RetainedsampleswillnotbereturnedtoGeneralContractorunlessspecificallysostated. 3.09 SUBMITTALPROCEDURES A. GeneralRequirements: 1. Transmiteachsubmittalwithacopyofapprovedsubmittalform. 2. Useaseparatetransmittalforeachitem. 3. Sequentiallyidentifyeachitem. Forrevisedsubmittalsuseoriginalnumberandasequential numericalsuffix. 4. Identify: Project;GeneralContractor;subcontractororsupplier;pertinentdrawinganddetail number;andspecificationsectionnumberandarticle/paragraph,asappropriateoneachcopy. 5. ApplyGeneralContractor'sstamp,signedorinitialedcertifyingthatreview,approval,verification ofproductsrequired,fielddimensions,adjacentconstructionwork,andcoordinationof informationisinaccordancewiththerequirementsoftheworkandContractDocuments. a. SubmittalsfromsourcesotherthantheGeneralContractor,orwithoutGeneralContractor's stampwillnotbeacknowledged,reviewed,orreturned. 6. SchedulesubmittalstoexpeditetheProject,andcoordinatesubmissionofrelateditems. a. Foreachsubmittalforreview,allow​15​calendardaysexcludingdeliverytimetoandfromthe ​GeneralContractor​. 7. IdentifyvariationsfromContractDocumentsandproductorsystemlimitationsthatmaybe detrimentaltosuccessfulperformanceofthecompletedwork. 8. ProvidespaceforGeneralContractorandArchitectreviewstamps. 9. Whenrevisedforresubmission,identifyallchangesmadesinceprevioussubmission. B. ShopDrawingProcedures: Job Number 2240461.00 Administrative Requirements 01 30 00 - 6 / 7 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 1. Prepareaccurate,drawn-to-scale,originalshopdrawingdocumentationbyinterpretingContract Documentsandcoordinatingrelatedwork. 2. Generic,non-project-specificinformationsubmittedasshopdrawingsdonotmeetthe requirementsforshopdrawings. C. DelegatedDesign:Provideservices,sealsorcertificationbyContractor’sDesignProfessional,whose signatureandsealappearondrawings,calculations,specifications,shopdrawingsandothersubmittals preparedandgatheredbythatdesignprofessional.Provideshopdrawingsandothersubmittalsrelated totheworkdesignedorcertifiedbyContractor’sDesignProfessional,thatbearsthewrittenapprovalof saidprofessionalforOwner&Architect’srelianceoncompletenessoftheservices,certifications,and approvals. 1. Performancerequirements:Providecomplete,operationalsystemsthatperformtheirintended useasdefinedbytheperformancerequirementofthedocumentsfortheDelegatedDesign Component.ComplywithRegulationsofAHJ 2. Designinaccordancewithstructuralloadsindicatedondrawingsandincompliancewith Authoritieshavingjurisdiction. 3. DeferredSubmittal:asubmittaltobecompletedandsealedorcertifiedbyContractor’sdesign engineerandsubmittedtoAuthoritiesHavingJurisdictionforreviewandapprovalasrequiredby AuthoritiesHavingJurisdiction. 4. AffixDesignProfessional'ssealforStateLicenseonSubmittals 5. ObtainPermitsandinspectionsandpayfeesrequiredbyAHJ 6. Ownerwillnotpayforprogressdelays,additionalWork,additionalproducts,restocking,orre- workingrequiredbyContractor'sfailuretocoordinateDelegatedDesignworkwithotherProject work. D. Distributereviewedsubmittalsasappropriate.Instructpartiestopromptlyreportanyinabilityto complywithrequirements. E. Submittalsnotrequestedwillnotberecognizedorprocessed. ENDOFSECTION 013000 Job Number 2240461.00 Administrative Requirements 01 30 00 - 7 / 7 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 SECTION013329.01 SUSTAINABLEDESIGNREPORTING PART1GENERAL 1.01 SECTIONINCLUDES A. Generalrequirementsforsustainabledesignreporting. 1. Compliantwith"TheClimatePledge("Pledge")toreachNetZeroCarbonEmissionsbytheyear 2040.Throughreductionofindirectemissionsfromprojectbuilding'sLifeCycle 2. Materialstobetrackedtosourcelowercarbonproducingmaterialsfromcontractorand associatedsub-contractors. 3. Constructprojectusingproceduresanddocumentationcomplyingwiththefederallymandated "GuidingPrinciples"(GP),ThirdPartyCertification(TPC)requirements(ifapplicable),UFC1-200- 02,HighPerformanceandSustainableBuildingRequirements,andotherrequirementsidentified inthisspecification. B. SectionIncludessustainablereportingrequirementsnecessarytomeetclient’ssustainabilitygoals 1.02 REPORTINGREQUIREMENTS A. Creditsforcompliancerelatetotheproductsandinstallationproceduresusedforconstruction. CooperationoftheContractorandsubcontractorsisrequiredtoachievingfinalcompliance certification. B. Contractorshallfamiliarizehimselfwiththerelevantrequirementsandprovidethenecessary informationandinstructiontoallsubcontractorsandinstallers. C. EmbodiedCarboninConstructionCalculator(EC3)tool.Cloud-basedtooltosupportthetrackingoflow embodiedcarbonproductsandmaterials.EC3isnotaWholeBuildingLifeCycleAssessment. 1. InputbuildingmaterialquantitiesfromConstructionEstimate. 2. UtilizeEC3availableEPDsforProjectproducts. 3. Upload3rdpartyEPD's D. SinceContractorandsubcontractorsmaynotbefamiliarwithsustainabledesignrequirements,this sectionincludesasummaryoftheprocedurestopursuecompliance. 1. SomecreditsaredependentonproperperformancebyContractorandsubcontractors. 2. Othercreditsinvolvequantifyingpercentagesbyweightorvolumeandcost;theserequirecareful recordkeepingandreportingbytheContractor. Job Number 2240461.00 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REPORTING 01 33 29.01 - 1 / 8 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 1.03 RELATEDREQUIREMENTS A. Section013000-AdministrativeRequirements:Submittalprocedures,projectmeetings,progress schedulesanddocumentation,reports,coordination. B. Section015000-TemporaryFacilitiesandControls. C. Section016000-ProductRequirements:Fundamentalproductrequirements,substitutionsand productoptions,delivery,storage,andhandling. D. Section016116-VolatileOrganicCompound(VOC)ContentRestrictions. E. Section017419-ConstructionWasteManagementandDisposal. F. Section017800-CloseoutSubmittals:Projectrecorddocuments,operationandmaintenance(O&M) data,warrantiesandbonds. G. Section019113.10-GeneralCommissioningRequirements. 1.04 1DEFINITIONS A. DefinitionsinthisArticleareinadditiontosustainabledesigndefinitionsdirectlyrelatedtoproducts,as listedinSection-016000-ProductRequirements. B. BillOfMaterials(BOM)DetailedlistofmaterialsdevelopedbytheContractorusedtoconstructthe project.Includingbutnotlimitedtomaterials,parts,assembliesandsub-components.Ataminimum; materialorsystemname,locationintheprojectorCSIdivision,materialcomponents,anddeclaredunit (massorvolume) C. EnvironmentalProductDeclarations(E.P.D.):Thirdpartyverifiedreportcommunicatingamaterial'sor product'senvironmentalimpact.Documentationcomplyingwithdefinitionandqualityrequirementsin Section016000-ProductRequirements. 1. Producebythirdpartyauditingodamaterialorproduct'slifecycleforperiodofnotlessthan5 years. D. IndoorAirQuality(IAQ)ManagementPlan:PlandevelopedbytheContractortoprovideahealthy indoorenvironmentforworkersandbuildingoccupantsduringconstructionincompliancewith01 5719.11-IndoorAirQuality(IAQ)Management. E. LifeCycleAssessment(LCA):Compilationandevaluationoftheinputs,outputsandthepotential environmentalimpactsofaproductsystemthroughoutitslifecycle. 1. LCAsoftwarehasbeenusedduringdesigntoevaluateaminimumoftwodifferentcoredesigns, basedonlifecycleassessment(LCA)incompliancewiththeassessmentguidanceandresultingin selectionofthebuildingcoreandshellwiththeleastanticipatedenvironmentalimpact. F. FMaterialCost:Thedollarvalueofmaterialsbeingprovidedtothesite,afterContractormark-ups, includingtransportationcosts,taxes,fees,andshoplabor,butexcludingfieldequipmentandfieldlabor Job Number 2240461.00 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REPORTING 01 33 29.01 - 2 / 8 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 costs. G. Refrigerantlogforequipmentwithfivepoundsofrefrigerant,catalogedandtagged.Coordinatelog withcommissioningagentandconstructionmanager. 1.05 REFERENCESTANDARDS A. BIFMAe3-FurnitureSustainabilityStandard;BusinessandInstitutionalFurnitureManufacturers Association. B. C2C(DIR)-C2CCertifiedProductsRegistry;CradletoCradleProductsInnovationInstitute. C. ECHA(REACH)-EuropeanChemicalsAgency–REACHregulations. D. EN15804-Sustainabilityofconstructionworks-Environmentalproductdeclarations-Corerulesfor theproductcategoryofconstructionproducts. E. GreenScreen(LIST)-GreenScreenforSaferChemicalsListTranslator;CleanProductionAction. F. GreenScreen(METH)-GreenScreenforSaferChemicalsMethodv1.2;CleanProductionAction. G. HPDC(HPD-OLT)-CreateanHPDOn-LineTool;HealthProductDeclarationCollaborative. H. HPDC(PR)-HealthProductDeclarationCollaborativeHPDPublicRepository. I. ILFI(DEC)-InternationalLivingFutureInstitute‘Declare’Program. J. ISO14025-EnvironmentalLabelsandDeclarations-TypeIIIEnvironmentalDeclarations-Principlesand Procedures. K. .ISO21930-Sustainabilityinbuildingsandcivilengineeringworks--Corerulesforenvironmental productdeclarationsofconstructionproductsandservices. L. SMACNA(OCC)-IAQGuidelinesforOccupiedBuildingsUnderConstruction. M. SSPC-Paint15-SteelJoistShopPrimer/MetalBuildingPrimer. N. UFC1-200-02-HighPerformanceandSustainableBuildingRequirements. O. UL(DIR)-OnlineCertificationsDirectory. P. BIFMAe3FurnitureSustainabilityStandard;BusinessandInstitutionalFurnitureManufacturers Association Q. C2C(DIR)C2CCertifiedProductsRegistry;CradletoCradleProducts R. ILFI(DEC)InternationalLivingFutureInstitute‘Declare’Program S. HPDC(HPD-OLT)CreateanHPDOn-LineTool;HealthProductDeclarationCollaborative Job Number 2240461.00 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REPORTING 01 33 29.01 - 3 / 8 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 T. HPDC(PR)HealthProductDeclarationCollaborativeHPDPublic U. GreenScreen(LIST)GreenScreenforSaferChemicalsListTranslator;Clean V. GreenScreen(METH)GreenScreenforSaferChemicalsMethodv1.2;Clean W. ECHA(REACH)EuropeanChemicalsAgency–REACHregulations 1.06 ADMINISTRATIVEREQUIREMENTS A. AfterawardofContractandpriortothecommencementoftheWork,scheduleandconductmeeting withOwnerandArchitecttodiscusstheproposedEnvironmentalProtectionPlanandtodevelop mutualunderstandingrelativetodetailsofenvironmentalprotection. B. Coordination:Coordinatepurchaseofmaterial,submitionofProductdataandsupportinginformation requiredforsustainablereporting. C. PreConstructionMeeting:ReviewBillofMaterials,EPD's,ConstructionwastemanagementPlan, refrigerationlog,IndoorAirQualityplanandsupportdocumentation D. Sequencing:providedocumentationinanorderlyandexpeditiousmanner. E. Scheduling:coordinatewithindoorairqualityplan 1.07 SUBMITTALS A. SeeSection013000-AdministrativeRequirements,forsubmittalprocedures. B. ProductData:EPD,Refrigerationdocumentation C. Certificate:Certifythatproductsofthissectionmeetorexceedspecifiedrequirements. D. SustainableDesignDocumentation:Thescopeofrequireddocumentationisspecifiedinthissection andinapplicableindividualspecificationsections. E. BuildingProductDisclosureandOptimizationMaterialIngredientReporting:Use,asisappropriate: 1. Manufacturers'inventoriesofingredients. 2. HPDC(HPD-OLT)HealthProductDeclarations. 3. C2C(DIR)Cradle-to-Cradlecertifications. 4. C2C(DIR)Cradle-to-CradleMaterialHealthcertifications. 5. ILFI(DEC)'Declare'productlabels. 6. BIFMAe3FurnitureSustainabilityStandardassessmentorscorecard. 7. GreenScreen(METH)GreenScreenv1.2Benchmarkreports. Job Number 2240461.00 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REPORTING 01 33 29.01 - 4 / 8 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 8. ECHA(REACH)InternationalAlternativeCompliancePath-REACHOptimizationreports. F. WasteDisposalManagement:Periodicreportsquantifyingdiversionofconstructionwasteawayfrom landfillsandincinerationfacilities. 1. Includeinformationonpercentageofdivertedmaterialandnumberofmaterialstreams. G. Contractor'sEnvironmentalManagementDuringConstruction:Submitdocumentationofa environmentalmanagementsysteminstitutedandfollowedfortheproject.Includeoneormoreofthe requiredsystemcomponents. 1. Contractor'senvironmentalpolicy. 2. Regulatorycomplianceandtraining. 3. Environmentalriskassessmentshowingsensitiveenvironmentalareaandrankingofpotential risksthatmayarisetothemduetoconstructionactivities. 4. Environmentalmanagementroles,responsibilities,andreportingstructure. 5. Siteandworkinstructionsforsitepersonneloutliningenvironmentalproceduresduring construction. 6. Environmentalinspectionchecklists. 7. Recordsofcompliancewithsystem. 1.08 ELECTRONICDOCUMENTSUBMITTALSERVICE A. Sustainabledesigndocumentationistobeinelectronic(PDF)formatandtransmittedviaanInternet- basedsubmittalservicethatreceives,logsandstoresdocuments,notifiesparticipants,andprovides electronicsubmissiontothecertifyingagency. 1. ContractorandArchitectarerequiredtousethisservice. 2. ItisContractor'sresponsibilitytosubmitdocumentsinPDFformat. 3. Usersoftheserviceneedanemailaddress,Internetaccess,andPDFreviewsoftwarethat includesabilitytomarkupandapplyelectronicstamps(suchasAdobeAcrobat,www.adobe.com, orBluebeamPDFRevu,www.bluebeam.com),unlesssuchsoftwarecapabilityisprovidedbythe serviceprovider. 4. Paperdocumenttransmittalswillnotbereviewed;emailedPDFdocumentswillnotbereviewed. 5. Allotherspecifiedsubmittalanddocumenttransmissionproceduresapply,exceptthatelectronic documentrequirementstonotapplytosamplesorcolorselectioncharts. B. SubmittalService:Theselectedserviceis: 1. EmbodiedCarboninConstructionCalculator(EC3)toolhttps://www.buildingtransparency.org/ Job Number 2240461.00 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REPORTING 01 33 29.01 - 5 / 8 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 C. Training:One,one-hour,web-basedtrainingsessionwillbearrangedforallparticipants,with representativesofArchitectandContractorparticipating;furthertrainingistheresponsibilityofthe useroftheservice. D. Architectwillalsobeusingthisservicetoidentifymaterialsandpreparesustainabledesign documentationandsubmissions.Contractorisencouragedtouseanyotherfeaturesoftheservicethat areuseful. E. ProjectCloseout:Architectwilldeterminewhentoterminatetheservicefortheprojectandis responsibleforobtainingarchivecopiesoffilesforOwner. PART2PRODUCTS 2.01 PRODUCTREPORTINGSCOPE A. General:Productreportingscopeforthepurposeofachievingtheselectedsustainabilitycertification levelislimitedtothoseitemsdirectlyaffectingabilitytoachievetargetedpoints. B. ElectronicsubmissionofCarbonEmissionsTacking;foreachcategoryofmaterialslistedintheproject's Bill-of-Materials(BOM)Report.ElectronicDocumentSubmittalServiceEmbodiedCarbonin ConstructionCalculator(EC3). 1. EnvironmentalProductDeclarations(EPD):Documentationcomplyingwithdefinitionandquality requirementsinSection016000-ProductRequirements. a. MaterialIngredientReporting:Productspecificandfacilityspecific 1) Manufacturers'inventoriesofingredients. 2) Thirdpartycertified 3) Industry-widematerialspecificEPDmaybeacceptedrequirecertificationthatProduct specificEPDisnotavailableplustenantandArchitectsapproval. b. ProvidequantityandcostdataformaterialsandproductsforwhichEPDsareavailable. 2. Multi-AttributeProductCertifications:Documentationcomplyingwithdefinitionandquality requirementsinSection016000-ProductRequirements. a. Providequantityandcostdataformaterialsandproductsforwhichcertificationsarepublicly available. C. ConstructionWastemanagementPlan 1. Provideplanper017419-ConstructionWasteManagementandDisposal 2. Providereceiptsofcollection a. Materialcategory Job Number 2240461.00 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REPORTING 01 33 29.01 - 6 / 8 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 b. Sourceofwaste(Demolition,packaging,constructionwaste) c. Quantityofsalvagedwasteintonsandrecipients. d. Quantityofrecycledwasteintonsandrecipient. e. TotalquantityofwastecollectedinTonnage f. ProvidesummaryaftercompletionofthejobRecordstoinclude: 1) Donationsandsales 2) Recyclingandlandfillmanifests 3) Weighttickets,haulingmanifestsandinvoices. D. Refrigerantlog 1. FollowTenantEnterpriseAssetManagementstandards. 2. ProvideEquipment'sLocation,Manufacturer,ModelNumber,ModelYear,SerialNumber, refrigerantcharge,coolingcapacityandtypeofrefrigerant. 3. Logsystemactivation,refrigerantuse,LeakinspectionperReliability&MaintenanceEngineering Team(RME)andAuthorityHavingJurisdiction(AHJ) a. Leakdetection,repairandverification. b. TrackInspectionfrequency. E. IndoorAirQualityManagementPlan.PlanmustmeetorexceedtherecommendationsofSMACNA (OCC)'IAQGuidelinesforOccupiedBuildingsUnderConstruction'. 1. ProvidePlanasrequiredby015719.11-IndoorAirQuality(IAQ)Management 2. ProvidemonthlyphotographsofIAQplanmeasuresinuseandstatusthroughouttheentire constructionprocessuntilprojecthasbeenturnedovertoowner.Examplesincludebutarenot limitedto a. DuctProtection. b. Onsitestorageconditionsofabsorptivematerials. c. Protectionofinstalledabsorptivematerials. Job Number 2240461.00 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REPORTING 01 33 29.01 - 7 / 8 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 PART3EXECUTION 3.01 PROCEDURES A. Whereanitemofsustainabledesigndocumentationisspecified,filloutandsubmitelectronicallythe appropriateform(s),and/oruseappropriatesoftware. 1. Filloutonelineforeachdifferentbrandnameproductandeachdifferentmanufacturerofalotof commodityproducts. 2. Whererequiredattachmentsarespecified,attachthedocumentation. 3. Markeachblankwiththeappropriateinformation;use"ATT"foritemsattached;ifanyitemisnot relevantusethecode"NR";ifanyitemisnotavailableusethecode"NA". B. Eachformmustbesignedbytheentitycapableofcertifyingtheinformation. 1. Certificationsignaturesmustbemadebyanofficerofthecompany. 2. Forproducts,certificationmustbemadebythemanufacturernotthesupplier. 3. Forcustomfabricatedproducts,certificationbythefabricatorisacceptable. C. SubmitthecompletedformsinaccordancewiththerequirementsofSection016000,asinformation submittals. 1. Giveeachformauniquesubmittalnumber. 2. Donotcombinesustainabledesigndocumentationwithproductdataorshopdrawingsubmittals. D. Submitformsapplicabletoworkforwhichapplicationforpaymentisbeingmade,eitherpriortoor concurrentwithapplicationforpayment;paymentwillnotbemadeuntilrelevantformshavebeen submitted. E. Forworkcoveredbymultipleapplicationsforpayment,theinitialsubmittalofaformissufficientfor subsequentapplicationsunlessthenatureoftheproducthaschanged. 3.02 COMMISSIONING A. SeeSection019113.10-GeneralCommissioningRequirements,forcommissioningrequirements. B. ReportcopiesofFunctionalTests: 3.03 CLOSEOUTACTIVITIES A. SeeSection017800-CloseoutSubmittals,forcloseoutsubmittals. ENDOFSECTION 013329.01 Job Number 2240461.00 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REPORTING 01 33 29.01 - 8 / 8 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 SECTION 01 3853 - SPECIAL PROCEDURES ASSET TAGGING STANDARDS V1.0 VERSION 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Conditions Specified Elsewhere: Section 010000- General Requirements B. Appendix 01 9113 General Commissioning Requirements C. 26 00 00 Electrical General D. 22 00 00 Plumbing General E. 21 00 00 Fire Protection General F. 23 00 00 HVAC General G. 01 33 29 Sustainable Reporting 1.2 SUMMARY A. This document describes Tenant’s asset tracking standards for asset identification. Any deviation from the standards and asset schemas for Contractor installed assets during building construction including any third-party assets shall be explicitly called out in the vendor proposals, and needs to be approved by Tenant Preconstruction Manager or Construction Manager. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Building Information Model (BIM): Contractor to follow Tenant's Schema (ref: Asset Tagging Scope as defined in the BBM Asset Tagging Specification (ref: SNTD-AMZN-XX-X-RE- ADC_BBM_ASSET_SPEC.xlsx) in information modeling detailing activities, and to track and update the associated Asset Information Template (ref: STND-AMZN-XX-XX-RE-ADC- ASSET_TEMPLATE.xlsx) throughout project approvals, detailing and turnover stages. B. Maintain Refrigerant log coordinated with commissioning agent and Construction Manager for requirements in Section 013329 SUSTAINABLE REPORTING. C. A full list of assets shall be submitted in Asset Tagging Excel spreadsheet format including all assets for the site. 1.4 BASE BUILDING ASSET TAGGING TEAM A. Members appointed by Contractor: Individuals, each having expertise and authority to act on behalf of the entity he or she represents, explicitly organized to implement the base building asset tagging process through coordinated actions. The team shall consist of, but not be limited to, representatives of Contractor, including project superintendent and subcontractors, installers, suppliers, and specialists deemed appropriate by the Tenant Preconstruction Manager or Construction Manager. Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 1 of 7 11-15-2024 Special Procedures Asset Tagging Standards V1.0 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 B. The full/part list of assets shall be provided in Asset Tagging Excel spreadsheet form for each site and emailed to Enterprise Asset Management Deployment Team (eam-bbm- deployments@amazon.com) 2 weeks prior to scheduled Pre-Functional Commissioning Testing (Coordinate with 3rd party commissioning vendors for schedule). Include Construction Manager for the respective project in all the email to Enterprise Asset Management Deployment Team. C. Asset Tagging Excel spreadsheet must be sent to the Enterprise Asset Management Deployment Team with the file naming and subject line on email formatted as "General Contracting Company–Site Project Code-FRDate(MM.DD.YYYY)-Part#X" (X=1, 2, 3, 4 etc) for the first and subsequent submissions as "General Contracting Company–Site Project Code- FRDate(MM.DD.YYYY)-LAST" for last submission. D. If any correction/revision is needed to already submitted part (Part#X) please re-submit that part and highlight the changes in yellow. E. The full list of assets (including revised) shall be included in Asset Tagging Excel spreadsheet in the turnover package to Tenant no later than “Construction Substantial completion Date (TCO date)”. F. Submittal documents must be used to fill in the Asset Tagging Excel spreadsheet prior to arriving on site. Once on-site, a QR code scanner shall be used to populate the spreadsheet. G. All questions must include the Site project code, and directed to Tenant’s Enterprise Asset Management Deployment Team with any questions. H. The Asset Tagging Excel spreadsheet shall contain mandatory data for all BBM asset, and Other Data if applicable: Asset Tagging Template Spreadsheet Mandatory Data Contractor Equipment Type (BBM) Site Asset Number Asset Type Alias Code Alias Area Alias Number Location Complete Alias Manufacturer Model Serial Numbner Description Drawing Tag Number Other data (report if applicable): Warranty Start Date Warranty Length Warranty Provider Panel Name Type of Panel Number of Partitions Panel Mfg. Mfg. Date Panel Partition Breaker Name Plate Breaker Mfg. Date Mfg. Type Model# Serial# Cat/Part# Amperage Voltage Refrigerant Type Refrigerant Qty (Lbs) Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 2 of 7 11-15-2024 Special Procedures Asset Tagging Standards V1.0 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 I. The Manufacturer and Model data must be specific to each asset and not a generic designation. If the asset being installed by the vendor is not manufactured by the vendor it must include the Manufacturer and Model of the asset manufacturer, not the vendor. The Contractor awarded the project for the Tenant site is responsible to provide all of the required asset data to Tenant. All OEM’s shall provide an updated nameplate model master list of all models being used across Tenant network once per quarter. For any change order submitted by Tenant which will introduce a new asset type to the Tenant network the vendor shall provide an updated nameplate model master list upon acceptance of the change order. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Not Applicable PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that Assets tags are bright green and include the EAM Asset number and a QR code of the EAM Asset number. 1. EAM Asset number: A sequential, non-repeating 10-digit number from 1000000000 to 9999999999. 2. QR Code: The QR code shall be smartphone camera-readable and generate the EAM Asset number allowing for quick scanning as needed. 3. The tags being used by General Contractor should be consistent with the following specifications: a. Polypropylene with laminated layer b. 10 digit unique number preceded by a 99 c. QR code is a representation of the corresponding EAM Asset Number d. Tag dimensions are 3 inch by 1.5 inch e. Color is “Green Pantone Color 375 C” f. Font type: Arial Bold and Point Size: 14.5 4. Recommended Vendor: a. Graphic Info Systems b. Paul Kennel c. pkennell@graphicinfo.com d. 513-948-1300 ext. 3036 / 513-532-3080 Cell e. www.graphicinfo.com Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 3 of 7 11-15-2024 Special Procedures Asset Tagging Standards V1.0 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 5. Sample: 3.2 INSTALLATION: A. Placement: 1. The physical tagging of equipment shall be conducted at any point after the system is “mechanically installed” (i.e., all Package units are in their final position) and before commissioning. 2. Each asset shall be labeled with one asset tag. The tag shall be placed and centered horizontally on the asset frame. 3. All assets that cannot be reached via a standard 6 foot a-Frame ladder shall have their label affixed to either the wall under the asset or an adjacent column 5 feet (60 inches) from the floor. If the asset is mounted to a wall the label is to be placed directly under the unit, 60 inches from the floor. If the asset is not mounted on a wall, the label is to be placed on the column nearest the unit, 60 inches from the floor. 4. For all asset that are located on the roof and exposed to the elements (i.e., AC Units and Exhaust fans) the tag is to be placed inside the control panel where possible. B. Special Circumstances: 1. Fire Hydrants, Post indicating Valves, and Underground Valves shall have their asset tag placed on a printed copy of the site drawing instead of the actual asset. This drawing shall then be posted in the pump room to provide a representation of these assets and their respective location around the building. Each asset type shall have their own copy to avoid cluttering one copy with several asset tags. Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 4 of 7 11-15-2024 Special Procedures Asset Tagging Standards V1.0 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 5 of 7 11-15-2024 Special Procedures Asset Tagging Standards V1.0 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 2. Inverter/Generator Emergency Lighting should have one tag per type per zone and the tag should be placed at their respective zone panels. The total number of emergency lights in respective zones should be documented under the “Comments” column of the SNTD- AMZN-XX-XX-RE-ADC_ASSET_TEMPLATE 3. All lightings (Warehouse, office etc) except for Battery Powered Emergency Lighting should have one tag per type per zone and the tag should be placed at their respective zone panels. The total number of emergency lights in respective zones should be documented under the “Comments” column of SNTD-AMZN-XX-XX-RE- ADC_ASSET_TEMPLATE 4. Vehicle restraints, dock doors, dock levelers, dock controllers, emerdgency doors, main circuit breakers and main switchboards. Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 6 of 7 11-15-2024 Special Procedures Asset Tagging Standards V1.0 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 C. Equipment Category-Alias Mapping: 1. Link to List of Asset type: Standard Tenant Asset Type Spreadsheet 2. Asset tag placement guidance: Asset Tagging Placement Guidance END OF SECTION Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 7 of 7 11-15-2024 Special Procedures Asset Tagging Standards V1.0 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 SECTION014000 QUALITYREQUIREMENTS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTIONINCLUDES A. Referencesandstandards. B. Testingandinspectionagenciesandservices. C. Controlofinstallation. D. Manufacturers'fieldservices. E. DefectAssessment. 1.02 RELATEDREQUIREMENTS A. Section013000-AdministrativeRequirements: Submittalprocedures. B. Section016000-ProductRequirements: Requirementsformaterialandproductquality. C. Sectionslistingindividualtestingrequirements. 1.03 REFERENCESTANDARDS A. ASTMC1077-StandardPracticeforAgenciesTestingConcreteandConcreteAggregatesforUsein ConstructionandCriteriaforTestingAgencyEvaluation. B. ASTMC1093-StandardPracticeforAccreditationofTestingAgenciesforMasonry. C. ASTMD3740-StandardPracticeforMinimumRequirementsforAgenciesEngagedinTestingand/or InspectionofSoilandRockasUsedinEngineeringDesignandConstruction. D. ASTME329-StandardSpecificationforAgenciesEngagedinConstructionInspection,Testing,orSpecial Inspection. E. ASTME543-StandardSpecificationforAgenciesPerformingNondestructiveTesting. 1.04 TESTINGANDINSPECTIONAGENCIESANDSERVICES A. Ownerwillemployandpayforservicesofanindependenttestingagencytoperformotherspecified testing. 1. Soilscompaction. 2. 2Paving(Concrete/Asphalt) 3. ConcreteTestingandPlacement,(includingTilt-UpWallPanels). Job Number 2240461.00 Quality Requirements 01 40 00 - 1 / 4 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 4. Foundations 5. Reinforcingsteel. 6. Floorflatnessandlevelness. B. Asindicatedinindividualspecificationsections,Ownershallemployandpayforservicesofan independenttestingagencytoperformotherspecifiedtesting. C. EmploymentofagencyinnowayrelievesGeneralContractorofobligationtoperformWorkin accordancewithrequirementsofContractDocuments. D. TestingAgencyRequirements: 1. Testingagency:Complywithrequirementsof​ASTME329,ASTME543,ASTME699,ASTMC1021, ASTMC1077,ASTMC1093,andASTMD3740​. 2. Inspectionagency:Complywithrequirementsof​ASTMD3740andASTME329​. 3. TestingEquipment:CalibratedatreasonableintervalseitherbyNISTorusinganNISTestablished MeasurementAssuranceProgram,underalaboratorymeasurementqualityassuranceprogram. a. Specifictestingequipmentasdescribedinindividualsections. 4. Reportsofalltestsshallbesignedbyaqualifiedindividual,havingprofessionalregistrationinthe stateinwhichtheprojectisbeingconstructed. PART2 PRODUCTS-NOTUSED PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 CONTROLOFINSTALLATION A. Monitorqualitycontroloversuppliers,manufacturers,products,services,siteconditions,and workmanship,toproduceworkofspecifiedquality. B. Complywithmanufacturers'instructions,includingeachstepinsequence. C. Shouldmanufacturers'instructionsconflictwithContractDocuments,requestclarificationfrom Architectbeforeproceeding. D. Complywithspecifiedstandardsasminimumqualityfortheworkexceptwheremorestringent tolerances,codes,orspecifiedrequirementsindicatehigherstandardsormorepreciseworkmanship. E. Haveworkperformedbypersonsqualifiedtoproducerequiredandspecifiedquality. F. Verifythatfieldmeasurementsareasindicatedonshopdrawingsorasinstructedbythemanufacturer. G. Secureproductsinplacewithpositiveanchoragedevicesdesignedandsizedtowithstandstresses, vibration,physicaldistortion,anddisfigurement. Job Number 2240461.00 Quality Requirements 01 40 00 - 2 / 4 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 3.02 TESTINGANDINSPECTION A. TestingAgencyDuties: 1. Providequalifiedpersonnelatsite. CooperatewithArchitectandGeneralContractorin performanceofservices. 2. Performspecifiedsamplingandtestingofproductsinaccordancewithspecifiedstandards. 3. AscertaincomplianceofmaterialsandmixeswithrequirementsofContractDocuments. 4. PromptlynotifyArchitectandGeneralContractorofobservedirregularitiesornon-complianceof Workorproducts. 5. PerformadditionaltestsandinspectionsrequiredbyArchitect. 6. Attendpreconstructionmeetingsandprogressmeetingsasrequired. 7. TestingAgencypromptlyprocessanddistributecopiesoftestreportsandrelatedinstructionsto insurethatnecessaryretestingand/orreplacementofmaterialscanbeaccomplishedwithout possibledelaytoprogressofthework.TestingAgencytoprovideawrittenreportwithinthree(3) daysrelatedtoeveryprojecttestandinspection.Distributecopiestoeachofthefollowing: a. Owner b. Architect c. StructuralEngineer d. Contractor e. BuildingOfficial(ifrequired) B. LimitsonTesting/InspectionAgencyAuthority: 1. Agencymaynotrelease,revoke,alter,orenlargeonrequirementsofContractDocuments. 2. AgencymaynotapproveoracceptanyportionoftheWork. 3. AgencymaynotassumeanydutiesofGeneralContractor. 4. AgencyhasnoauthoritytostoptheWork. C. GeneralContractorResponsibilities: 1. Delivertoagencyatdesignatedlocation,adequatesamplesofmaterialsproposedtobeusedthat requiretesting,alongwithproposedmixdesigns. 2. ProvideTestingAgencywithcopiesoftheshopdrawingspriortostartofwork: Job Number 2240461.00 Quality Requirements 01 40 00 - 3 / 4 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 3. Cooperatewithlaboratorypersonnel,andprovideaccesstotheWorkandtomanufacturers' facilities. 4. Provideincidentallaborandfacilities: a. ToprovideaccesstoWorktobetested/inspected. b. ToobtainandhandlesamplesatthesiteoratsourceofProductstobetested/inspected. c. Tofacilitatetests/inspections. d. Toprovidestorageandcuringoftestsamples. 5. NotifytheTestingAgencyaminimumof48hoursinadvanceofoperationstoallowforTesting Agencyassignmentofpersonnelandschedulingoftests. 6. ArrangewithOwner'sagencyandpayforadditionalsamples,tests,andinspectionsrequiredby GeneralContractorbeyondspecifiedrequirements. D. Re-testingrequiredbecauseofnon-compliancewithspecifiedrequirementsshallbepaidforbyGeneral Contractor. E. Re-testingrequiredbecauseofnon-conformancetospecifiedrequirementsshallbeperformedbythe sameagencyoninstructionsby​Architect​.Paymentforre-testingwillbechargedtothe​General Contractor​bydeductingtestingchargesfromtheContract​Price​. 3.03 MANUFACTURERS'FIELDSERVICES A. Whenspecifiedinindividualspecificationsections,requirematerialorproductsuppliersor manufacturerstoprovidequalifiedstaffpersonneltoobservesiteconditions,conditionsofsurfacesand installation,qualityofworkmanship​,start-upofequipment​​,test,adjust,andbalanceequipment​​​as applicable,andtoinitiateinstructionswhennecessary. B. Reportobservationsandsitedecisionsorinstructionsgiventoapplicatorsorinstallersthatare supplementalorcontrarytomanufacturers'writteninstructions. 3.04 DEFECTASSESSMENT A. ReplaceWorkorportionsoftheWorknotcomplyingwithspecifiedrequirements. ENDOFSECTION 014000 Job Number 2240461.00 Quality Requirements 01 40 00 - 4 / 4 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 SECTION 01 4540 - CONCRETE TESTING - RANDOM TRAFFIC AREAS FLOOR FLATNESS AND LEVELNESS TESTING (FF - FL) V2.0 VERSION 2.0 PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes testing and reporting requirements for random traffic floor areas. 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements: Pre-Slab Meeting. B. Section 01 4542 – Concrete Testing – Defined Traffic Floor Testing C. Section 03 3000 - Cast-in-Place Concrete D. Section 03 3560 - Concrete Floor Finishing 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. The referenced standards are to be the latest editions adopted at project bid date. 1. ASTM E1155 - Standard Test Method for Determining FF Floor Flatness and FL Floor Levelness Numbers 1.4 DEFINITIONS A. The definitions are to be per ASTM E1155, except as follows: 1. Test Surface: The entire bay of continuous concrete slab placement. 2. Test Section: The subdivision of the test surface where sample measurement lines are used to collect data for slab's test surface. B. Specified overall values (SOV): The composite values of all F-Numbers for test sections of a test surface. C. Minimum local values (MLV): The minimum F-Number values permitted for an individual test section. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Evidence of Qualifications: 1. Provide a certificate verifying the person performing the work is a certified technician for the floor surface measuring equipment to be used. 2. Testing personnel to have a minimum of 3 years of floor surface testing experience. Submit list of 3 recently completed projects similar in complexity and include project address along with Architect, Structural Engineer, and Contractor's names and telephone numbers. Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 1 of 8 11-15-2024 Concrete Testing - Random Traffic Areas Floor Flatness and Levelness Testing (FF - FL) V2.0 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 B. Equipment: 1. Provide floor surface measuring equipment data sheets. 2. Provide equipment calibration certifications, where applicable. 3. Provide plan of action if floor surface measuring equipment is defective or inoperative. C. Proposed test sections: After attending Slab Pre-Construction Meetings and submission of Contractor's slab placement plan, provide floor plan drawing showing proposed test sections and sample measurement line locations for concrete slab placements. Submit information a minimum of three days prior to slab placement. D. Report requirements: The reports are to include as a minimum the following information: 1. The reporting requirements of ASTM E1155 2. Floor plan drawing showing boundary limits of each test section with sample measurement lines numbered and their locations identified on the plan. The plan should be sufficiently accurate to allow testing to be replicated and data to be verified if necessary. 3. A plot of slab surface profile elevation as a function of horizontal distance for each sample measurement line. 4. The listing of the maximum (+ and -) q value (profile curvature value) for each sample measurement line, along with the location. 5. Locations of floor test sections that are deficient are to be shown on floor plan drawing. 6. The statistical amount of floor test surface area that is not in compliance with specified SOV. E. Report scheduling: 1. Submit written report by electronic means or hand deliver to parties concerned within 36 hours, or next regularly scheduled working day, after placement. Weekends and holidays are to be ignored when computing testing and reporting deadlines. Include cost for retesting replaced or repaired defective areas. a. Retesting required because of non-conformance to specified requirements shall be performed by the same testing agency. Payment for retesting will be charged to Contractor by deducting testing charges from Contract Price. F. Notifications: 1. Immediately notify preferably in less than 1 hour Owner's representative and other parties concerned if any test section does not meet the MLV. 2. Immediately notify preferably in less than 1 hour Owner's representative and other parties concerned if any test surface does not meet the SOV. Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 2 of 8 11-15-2024 Concrete Testing - Random Traffic Areas Floor Flatness and Levelness Testing (FF - FL) V2.0 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 3. Complete testing to identify defective areas and give verbal report to Owner's representative and other parties concerned within 24 hours after placement. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing requirements: 1. Measure random traffic areas delineated on drawings per ASTM E1155 with the following exceptions: a. Sample measurement lines are to occur for floor areas within 2 feet (0.61m) of construction joints and columns. 2. Ensure 25% to 50% of sample measurement lines are within 18 inches (0.46m) of column lines. 3. F-Number Requirements: As noted on drawings or specifications. B. Additional testing requirements: Measure designated items as noted in specification. C. Owner's testing agency is neither authorized to change any specified requirement, approve any portion of Work, nor reject Work. D. Responsibilities and duties of Contractor relative to Owner's testing: 1. Notify Owner's testing agency in advance of slab's pre-construction meeting to allow sufficient time to attend meeting. 2. Notify Owner's testing agency in advance of concrete placement to allow sufficient time to prepare for required testing. E. Cost Responsibility: Costs for corrective work and extra testing required by defective work borne by Contractor. F. Slab Pre-Construction Meetings: 1. Personnel who are to perform the actual testing and those who have authority to control Work are required to attend slab's pre-construction meetings. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT A. F-Numbers 1. Floor surface measuring device is to be able to measure floor surface elevation change over 12 inches (0.30m) with an accuracy tolerance that does not exceed +/- 0.002 inch (0.051mm). 2. Approved Equipment: a. The Face Companies "Dipstick" b. Allen Face "D-Meter" Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 3 of 8 11-15-2024 Concrete Testing - Random Traffic Areas Floor Flatness and Levelness Testing (FF - FL) V2.0 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 c. Somero Matson Group "SMG Axiom 1155" B. Spot Elevations Changes 1. Approved Equipment: a. Humboldt Concrete Displacement Monitor b. M-D 24" SmartTool c. M-D 24" SmartTool w/ADA Slope Walker d. Johnson Electronic Digital Box Level 24-Inch e. Bosch Digital Level, 24 Inch f. The Face Companies "Dipstick" g. Allen Face "D-Meter" h. Somero Matson Group "SMG Axiom 1155" PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Start testing sections as soon as possible as they become available after final troweling operations so as not to impede slab curing process. The testing should be done sooner but shall not exceed 72 hours after completion of slab concrete finishing operations for area being tested. B. For suspended slabs that have a specified FL value, testing is to occur before removable forms and/or shores have been removed. 3.2 TEST SECTION DIMENSIONS A. Test section areas are to satisfy all the following: 1. A minimum of 5 test sections are to be used for a test surface that exceeds 2000 square feet (185.80 m2). 2. Conform to ASTM E1155 for smallest permitted test section. 3. Test section is not to exceed 14,500 square feet (1347.08 m2). 4. Test sections to be bound by construction joints, column or half-column lines. 5. Orient sample measurement lines parallel and perpendicular to column lines, not diagonally oriented. 3.3 ADDITIONAL TESTING REQUIREMENTS A. The additional testing is to be done within 72 hours after completion of slab concrete finishing operations for area being tested. Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 4 of 8 11-15-2024 Concrete Testing - Random Traffic Areas Floor Flatness and Levelness Testing (FF - FL) V2.0 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 B. See attachment Additional Testing Requirements for testing locations. 1. Additional sample measurement lines are to be made adjacent to RSP Fence Boundary, when RSP Fencing is included in project scope. Coordinate location of sample measurement lines with Tenant Construction Manager. Testing values at these sample measurement lines are to be reported and evaluated separately and are not to be included in determination of floor's FF Floor Flatness and FL Floor Levelness values. 2. Spot elevation change measurements a. Requirement: Note on drawing and list locations in tabular form where elevation change exceeds 1/4-inch (6.35mm) over 2 feet 0 inches (0.61m) along with slope's angle. b. Locations: 1) All four sides of each column 2) All four sides of floor openings at a maximum 2-foot-0-inch (0.61m) spacing. 3) All four sides of floor penetrations 4) Along floor expansion joints on both sides at a maximum 10-foot-0-inch (3.05m) spacing. 5) Any other locations as directed by Tenant Construction Manager. C. Measure and report on drawing and list locations in tabular form vertical step transitions that exceed 120 mils (0.120 inch) (3.05mm) adjacent to expansion joint after expansion joint installation. Make measurements at other locations as directed by Tenant Construction Manager. 3.4 ATTACHMENTS A. The following attachments are part of this Section: 1. Work Flowchart 2. Test section boundary example 3. Additional Testing Requirements Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 5 of 8 11-15-2024 Concrete Testing - Random Traffic Areas Floor Flatness and Levelness Testing (FF - FL) V2.0 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 6 of 8 11-15-2024 Concrete Testing - Random Traffic Areas Floor Flatness and Levelness Testing (FF - FL) V2.0 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 7 of 8 11-15-2024 Concrete Testing - Random Traffic Areas Floor Flatness and Levelness Testing (FF - FL) V2.0 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 END OF SECTION 01 4540 Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 8 of 8 11-15-2024 Concrete Testing - Random Traffic Areas Floor Flatness and Levelness Testing (FF - FL) V2.0 BTR1 OBD-A - Permit Set DESIGN CRITERIA April 7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 SECTION 01 4545 - CONCRETE TESTING - GLOSS TESTING FOR SLABS SUBJECTED TO ROBOTIC EQUIPMENT V1.0 VERSION 1.0 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes testing and reporting requirements for random traffic floor areas. 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements: Pre-Slab Meeting. B. Section 03 3000 - Cast-in-Place Concrete C. Section 03 3560 - Concrete Floor Finishing 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Equipment: 1. Provide gloss measurement equipment data sheets. 2. Provide equipment calibration certifications, where applicable. B. Report requirements: Two reports are required, a Preliminary and Final Report. Reports are to include as a minimum the following information: 1. Preliminary report: a. Floor plan drawing showing approximate location of each test and measured gloss value. b. Identify all non-complying areas on floor plan drawing in a contrasting color. 2. Final report: a. Floor plan drawing showing approximate location of each test and measured gloss value. b. The listing of gloss values in tabular form. Data to be reported on Tenant-provided Excel Template. The Excel file is to be named as follows: Project code City, State – Concrete Floor Testing Results date when file is submitted to Owner. Example: YXZ1 Seattle, WA - Concrete Floor Testing Results XX.XX.XX. c. Identify all non-complying areas on floor plan drawing in a contrasting color. C. Report scheduling: Job Number 2240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 9 of 13 11-15-2024 Concrete Testing - Gloss Testing for Slabs Subjected to Robotic Equipment V1.0 BTR1 OBD-A - Permit Set DESIGN CRITERIA April 7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 1. Submit written Preliminary Report by electronic means or hand deliver to parties concerned within 36 hours, or next regularly scheduled working day, after each concrete placement. Weekends and holidays are to be ignored when computing testing and reporting deadlines. 2. Submit written Final Report by electronic means no later than 3 weeks prior to Tenant’s Robotics Team Turn-Over-Dates. Coordinate turn-over-dates with Tenant Construction Manager. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Requirements: 1. Responsibilities and duties of Contractor relative to Owner’s testing: a. Notify Owner's testing agency in advance of slab’s pre-construction meeting to allow sufficient time to attend meeting. b. Notify Owner's testing agency in advance of each concrete placement to allow sufficient time to prepare for required testing. c. Notify Owner’s testing agency in advance of Tenant’s Robotic Team Turn-Over-Dates to allow sufficient time to prepare for required testing. B. Slab Pre-Construction Meetings: 1. Personnel who are to perform actual testing and those who have authority to control Work are required to attend slab’s pre-construction meetings. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT A. Gloss Measurements 1. Taken independent of ambient lighting and to be taken within a sealed measurement window located beneath test unit. 2. Approved Equipment: a. Elcometer 480 Triple-Angle Glossmeter b. MIZA Trigloss 20°/60°/85° c. Rhopoint IQ 20/60/85 d. Novo-Gloss Trigloss 20/60/85 e. Novo-Gloss Trio 20/60/85 Job Number 2240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 10 of 13 11-15-2024 Concrete Testing - Gloss Testing for Slabs Subjected to Robotic Equipment V1.0 BTR1 OBD-A - Permit Set DESIGN CRITERIA April 7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Follow equipment manufactures recommendation including device cleaning and calibration. B. For Preliminary Report measure, record and report gloss prior to application of densifier and curing compound. Testing is not to impede application of the densifier. C. Prior to Tenant’s Robotics Team Turn-Over-Dates, General Contractor shall clean floor slab 24- HRS prior to additional testing. Cleaning shall be sufficient to remove dirt, curing compound, or any other surface contaminant that may affect gloss testing. D. Use a dust mop or tack cloth to remove any dust or laitance from concrete surface test area prior to each test. E. For Final Report measure, record and report gloss no later than 3 weeks prior to Tenant’s Robotics Team Turn-Over-Dates. F. Record measurement locations on floor plan drawing. Identify all non-complying areas on floor plan drawing in a contrasting color. G. For Final Report, transpose gloss measurements in tabular form and report on Tenant's provided Excel Template. H. Sample areas to be a minimum of 1 per 2000 square feet (185.80 m2). I. If a gloss measurement fails, mark failed location and value on slab surface with a permanent marker in addition to recording value on drawing for both Preliminary and Final Reports and in spreadsheet for the Final Report. Complete the following procedure to identify bounds of failed areas. 1. Collect four supplementary measurements 10 feet (3.05m) in each direction (N, S, E, W) of failed value. 2. If all four supplementary measurements pass, the failed area is defined as 100 square feet (9.29 m2). Record failed area in correct location on spreadsheet. 3. If any of the four supplementary measurements fail, collect four supplementary measurements 10 feet (3.05m) in each direction (N, S, E, W) of the failed value(s). Repeat this procedure for all failed measurements. Below is an example. Job Number 2240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 11 of 13 11-15-2024 Concrete Testing - Gloss Testing for Slabs Subjected to Robotic Equipment V1.0 BTR1 OBD-A - Permit Set DESIGN CRITERIA April 7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 Notes to specifier: There are different gloss values that are to be used depending on robotic equipment that will be used for the project. Select appropriate gloss value selection, and delete equipment type in the brackets that will not be used. J. [Hercules, Pegasus, Titamn, Xanthus, and Proteus Systems] Gloss values are to be a maximum of 60 at 85-degrees. Identify all non- complying areas on floor plan drawing in a contrasting color. Job Number 2240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 12 of 13 11-15-2024 Concrete Testing - Gloss Testing for Slabs Subjected to Robotic Equipment V1.0 BTR1 OBD-A - Permit Set DESIGN CRITERIA April 7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 K. [Atlas (G and S Drive Unit) Systems Only] Gloss values are to be a maximum of 20 at 85- degrees. Identify all non- complying areas on floor plan drawing in a contrasting color. END OF SECTION Job Number 2240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 13 of 13 11-15-2024 Concrete Testing - Gloss Testing for Slabs Subjected to Robotic Equipment V1.0 PAE2BTR1AR SORTABLE MULTI-STORY OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet CONCRETE TESTING - SLIP RESISTANCE TESTING FOR SLABS AprilApril28,7, 2025 PROTOTYPE V2.0 SUBJECTED TO ROBOTIC EQUIPMENT SECTION 01 4550 CONCRETE TESTING - SLIP RESISTANCE TESTING FOR SLABS SUBJECTED TO ROBOTIC EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes testing and reporting requirements for random traffic floor areas. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements: Pre-Slab Meeting. B. Section 03 3000 - Cast-in-Place Concrete C. Section 03 3560 - Concrete Floor Finishing 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. The referenced standards are to be the latest editions adopted at project bid date. 1. ANSI A326.3 – American National Standard Test Method For Measuring Dynamic Coefficient of Friction of Hard Surface Flooring Materials 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Equipment: 1. Provide slip resistance testing equipment data sheets. B. Report requirements: The reports are to include as a minimum the following information: 1. Floor plan drawing showing the approximate location of each test and the measured slip resistance value. 2. The listing of the slip resistance values in tabular form. Data to be reported on Tenant- provided Excel Template. The Excel file is to be named as follows: Project code City, State - Concrete Floor Testing Results date when file is submitted to Owner. Example: YXZ1 Seattle, WA - Concrete Floor Testing Results XX.XX.XX. 3. Identify all non-complying areas on the floor plan drawing in a contrasting color. C. Report scheduling: 1. Submit final written report by electronic MEANS no later than 3 weeks prior to Tenant’s Robotics Team Turn-Over-Dates. Coordinate turn-over-dates with the Tenant’s Construction Manager. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Requirements: 1. Responsibilities and duties of Contractor relative to Owner’s testing: a. Notify Owner's testing agency in advance of slab’s pre-construction meeting to allow sufficient time to attend meeting. b. Notify Owner’s testing agency in advance of Tenant’s Robotics Team Turn-Over- Dates to allow sufficient time to prepare for required testing. B. Slab Pre-Construction Meetings: 1. Personnel who are to perform the actual testing and those who have authority to control Work are required to attend the slab’s pre-construction meetings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 EQUIPMENT A. Slip Resistance Device 1. Approved Equipment: a. BOT-3000 or BOT-3000E Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 MAA PROJ NO. 4120-006 PRINTED 08/26/2019 01 4550-1 OF 4 PAE2BTR1AR SORTABLE MULTI-STORY OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet CONCRETE TESTING - SLIP RESISTANCE TESTING FOR SLABS AprilApril28,7, 2025 PROTOTYPE V2.0 SUBJECTED TO ROBOTIC EQUIPMENT Contact Scott Moore, Moore Engineering Service (856-437-7900 & smoore@mooreeng.com) for equipment purchase, rental, training or measurement services. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Follow equipment manufactures recommendation device cleaning and calibration. B. Prior to the Tenant’s Robotics Team Turn-Over-Dates, the General Contractor shall clean the floor slab 24-HRS prior to testing. Cleaning shall be sufficient to remove dirt, curing compound, or any other surface contaminant that may affect slip resistance testing. C. Use a dust mop or tack cloth to remove any dust or laitance from the concrete surface test area prior to each test. D. Measure, record and report slip resistance no later than 3 weeks prior to Tenant’s Robotics Team Turn-Over-Dates. E. Record measurement locations on the floor plan drawing. Identify all non-complying areas on the floor plan drawing in a contrasting color. F. Transpose slip resistance measurements in tabular form and report on Tenant provided Excel Template. G. Sample areas to be a minimum of 1 per 2000 sf. H. If a slip resistance measurement fails, mark the failed location and value on the slab surface with permanent marker in addition to recording the value on the drawings and in the spreadsheet. Complete the following procedure to identify the bounds of the failed areas. 1. Collect four supplementary measurements 10-FT in each direction (N, S, E, W) of the failed value. 2. If all four supplementary measurements pass, the failed area is defined as 100 square feet. Record the failed area in the correct location on the spreadsheet. 3. If any of the four supplementary measurements fail, collect four supplementary measurements 10-FT in each direction (N, S, E, W) of the failed value(s). Repeat this procedure for all failed measurements. Below is and example. Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 MAA PROJ NO. 4120-006 PRINTED 08/26/2019 01 4550-2 OF 4 PAE2BTR1AR SORTABLE MULTI-STORY OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet CONCRETE TESTING - SLIP RESISTANCE TESTING FOR SLABS AprilApril28,7, 2025 PROTOTYPE V2.0 SUBJECTED TO ROBOTIC EQUIPMENT I. Floor surface to have a Dry Dynamic Coefficient of Friction (DCOF) of 0.50 or higher. Identify all non-complying areas on the floor plan drawing in a contrasting color. END OF SECTION 01 4550 Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 MAA PROJ NO. 4120-006 PRINTED 08/26/2019 01 4550-3 OF 4 PAE2BTR1AR SORTABLE MULTI-STORY OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet CONCRETE TESTING - SLIP RESISTANCE TESTING FOR SLABS AprilApril28,7, 2025 PROTOTYPE V2.0 SUBJECTED TO ROBOTIC EQUIPMENT Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 MAA PROJ NO. 4120-006 PRINTED 08/26/2019 01 4550-4 OF 4 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 SECTION 01 4555 - CONCRETE TESTING - ROUGHNESS (RA) TESTING FOR SLABS SUBJECTED TO ROBOTIC EQUIPMENT V1.0 VERSION 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes testing and reporting requirements for random traffic floor areas. 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements: Pre-Slab Meeting. B. Section 03 3000 - Cast-in-Place Concrete C. Section 03 3560 - Concrete Floor Finishing 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Equipment: 1. Provide roughness testing equipment data sheets. 2. Provide equipment calibration certifications, where applicable. B. Report requirements: The reports are to include as a minimum the following information: 1. Floor plan drawing showing the approximate location of each test and the measured roughness (Ra) value. 2. The listing of the roughness values in tabular form. Data to be reported on Tenant- provided Excel Template. The Excel file is to be named as follows: Project code City, State - Concrete Floor Testing Results date when file is submitted to Owner. Example: YXZ1 Seattle, WA - Concrete Floor Testing Results XX.XX.XX. 3. Identify all non-complying areas on the floor plan drawing in a contrasting color. C. Report scheduling: 1. Submit final written report by electronic means no later than 3 weeks prior to Tenant’s Robotics Team Turn-Over-Dates. Coordinate turn-over-dates with the Tenant Construction Manager. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Requirements: 1. Responsibilities and duties of Contractor relative to Owner’s testing: a. Notify Owner's testing agency in advance of slab’s pre-construction meeting to allow sufficient time to attend meeting. Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 1 of 4 11-15-2024 Concrete Testing - Roughness (Ra) Testing for Slabs Subjected to Robotic Equipment V1.0 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 b. Notify Owner’s testing agency in advance of Tenant’s Robotics Team Turn-Over- Dates to allow sufficient time to prepare for required testing. B. Slab Pre-Construction Meetings: 1. Personnel who are to perform the actual testing and those who have authority to control Work are required to attend the slab’s pre-construction meetings. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT A. Surface Roughness Apparatus 1. Approved Equipment: a. Starrett SR160 b. MarSurf PS 10 c. Taylor Hobson Ametek T-Meter II d. Imbotec CTM PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Follow equipment manufactures recommendation including device cleaning and calibration. B. Prior to the Tenant’s Robotics Team Turn-Over-Dates, the General Contractor shall clean the floor slab 24 hours prior to testing. Cleaning shall be sufficient to remove dirt, curing compound, or any other surface contaminant that may affect roughness testing. C. Use a dust mop or tack cloth to remove any dust or laitance from concrete surface test area prior to each test D. Measure, record and report roughness (Ra) no later than 3 weeks prior to Tenant’s Robotics Team Turn-Over-Dates. E. Record measurement locations on the floor plan drawing. Identify all non-complying areas on the floor plan drawing in a contrasting color. F. Transpose roughness (Ra) measurements in tabular form and report on Tenant's provided Excel Template. G. Sample areas to be a minimum of 1 per 2000 square feet (185.80 m2). H. If a roughness (Ra) measurement fails, mark the failed location and value on the slab surface with a permanent marker in addition to recording the value on the drawings and in the spreadsheet. Complete the following procedure to identify the bounds of the failed areas. 1. Collect four supplementary measurements 10 feet (3.05m) in each direction (N, S, E, W) of the failed value. Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 2 of 4 11-15-2024 Concrete Testing - Roughness (Ra) Testing for Slabs Subjected to Robotic Equipment V1.0 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 2. If all four supplementary measurements pass, the failed area is defined as 100 square feet (9.29 m2). Record the failed area in the correct location on the spreadsheet. 3. If any of the four supplementary measurements fail, collect four supplementary measurements 10 feet (3.05m) in each direction (N, S, E, W) of the failed value(s). Repeat this procedure for all failed measurements. Below is an example. Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 3 of 4 11-15-2024 Concrete Testing - Roughness (Ra) Testing for Slabs Subjected to Robotic Equipment V1.0 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 I. Notes to specifier: There are different roughness values that are to be used depending on the robotic equipment that will be used for the project. Select the appropriate Ra value selection, and delete the equipment type in the brackets that will not be used. J. [Fulfillment Center and AMZL Systems Only] Roughness (Ra) requirements are to be as follows and shown in figure below: 1. Outer perimeter Station Queues and Highways shall have a minimum roughness Ra of 100 μin (2.54 μm) and a maximum roughness Ra of 250 μin (6.35 μm) . Identify all non- complying areas on the floor plan drawing in a contrasting color. 2. Internal Storage Cells shall have a minimum roughness Ra of 20 μin (0.5 μm) and a maximum roughness Ra of 250 μin (6.35 μm). Identify all non-complying areas on the floor plan drawing in a contrasting color. K. [Air Gateway and Sortation Mezzanines] Roughness (Ra) requirements are to be a minimum 100 μin (2.54 μm) and a maximum 250 μin (6.35 μm). Identify all non-complying areas on the floor plan drawing in a contrasting color. L. [Outbound Dock slab-on-Ground for Proteus] Roughness (Ra) requirements are to be a minimum 0.5 μm (20 uin) and a maximum 6.35 μm (250 μin). Identify all non-complying areas on the floor plan drawing in a contrasting color. END OF SECTION Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 4 of 4 11-15-2024 Concrete Testing - Roughness (Ra) Testing for Slabs Subjected to Robotic Equipment V1.0 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 SECTION015000 TEMPORARYFACILITIESANDCONTROLS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTIONINCLUDES A. Temporaryutilities. B. Temporarytelecommunicationsservices. C. Temporarysanitaryfacilities. D. TemporaryControls: Barriers,enclosures,andfencing. E. Securityrequirements. F. Vehicularaccessandparking. G. Wasteremovalfacilitiesandservices. H. Fieldoffices. 1.02 TEMPORARYUTILITIES​​ A. Provideandpayforallelectricalpower,lighting,water,heatingandcooling,andventilationrequired forconstructionpurposes. B. Providetemporaryelectricalservice,includingextensionsandconnectionsnecessaryforconstruction work.Paycostsofinstallingandmaintainingservicefordurationofproject.Paycostsassociatedwith useofpermanentelectricalsystemuntilDateofSubstantialCompletion. C. 1. Provideadequateheatandventilationrequiredtoproperlycompleteandinstallallwork. 2. Providehumiditycontrolinworkandfinishedareastopermitproperinstallationand maintenanceoffinishedwork. 3. Provideventilationtopreventaccumulationofdust,fumesorgases;toproperlycurematerials anddispersehumidity. D. Providetemporarywaterforconstructionpurposes,includingextensionsandconnectionsnecessaryfor work.Paycostsofinstallingandmaintainingservicefordurationofproject.Paycostsassociatedwith useofpermanentwatersystemuntilDateofSubstantialCompletion. E. Existingfacilitiesmaynotbeused. Job Number 2240461.00 Temporary Facilities and Controls 01 50 00 - 1 / 3 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 1.03 TEMPORARYTELEPHONESERVICE A. Provide,maintain,andpayfortelecommunicationsservicestofieldofficeattimeofproject mobilization. B. Telecommunicationsservicesshallinclude: 1. MobilePhoneConnections:Projectmanagementteam. 2. 2.InternetConnection:Cellularhotspotconnections. 1.04 TEMPORARYSANITARYFACILITIES A. Provideandmaintainrequiredfacilitiesandenclosures. Provideattimeofprojectmobilization. B. Newpermanentfacilities​​​maynot​beusedduringconstructionoperations. C. Maintaindailyincleanandsanitarycondition. D. Atendofconstruction,returnfacilitiestosameorbetterconditionasoriginallyfound. 1.05 SAFEGUARDSDURINGCONSTRUCTION: A. ConstructandmaintaininaccordwithlocalbuildingcodesandOSHAregulations. B. TemporaryControls:determinemethodsandprocedurestobeusedandassumeresponsibilityfor properprotectionandsafetyofallpersonnel,site,adjoiningareasandstructures,andpublicduringall phasesofthework.Provideallnecessaryboardingandfencingaroundallopenexcavationasrequired byapplicablecodes,by-laws,orgoverningauthorities. C. Barriers:Contractorshallberesponsibleforcompleteandproperprotectionfromdamageofexisting buildings,improvementsandexistingpartsofworktoremain.Provideandmaintainatalltimessuitable temporarybarriers,partitions,andsignsasnecessary. 1.06 VEHICULARACCESSANDPARKING-SEESECTION015500 A. CoordinateaccessandhaulrouteswithgoverningauthoritiesandOwner. B. Provideandmaintainaccesstofirehydrants,freeofobstructions. 1.07 WASTEREMOVAL A. Providewasteremovalfacilitiesandservicesasrequiredtomaintainthesiteincleanandorderly condition. 1.08 FIELDOFFICES​​ A. Office: Weathertight,withlighting,electricaloutlets,heating,coolingequipment,andequippedwith sturdyfurniture,drawingrack,anddrawingdisplaytable. Job Number 2240461.00 Temporary Facilities and Controls 01 50 00 - 2 / 3 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 B. ProvidespaceforProjectmeetings,withtableandchairstoaccommodate​10​persons. 1.09 REMOVALOFUTILITIES,FACILITIES,ANDCONTROLS A. RelocatetemporaryfacilitiesduringconstructionasrequiredbyprogressoftheWorkatnoadditional costtotheowner. B. Removetemporaryutilities,equipment,facilities,materials,priortoDateofSubstantialCompletion inspection. PART2 PRODUCTS-NOTUSED PART3 EXECUTION-NOTUSED ENDOFSECTION 015000 Job Number 2240461.00 Temporary Facilities and Controls 01 50 00 - 3 / 3 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 SECTION015719.11 INDOORAIRQUALITY(IAQ)MANAGEMENT PART1GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Sectionincludes: 1. SpecialrequirementsforIndoorAirQuality(IAQ)managementduringconstructionoperations. a. Controlofemissionsduringconstruction. b. Moisturecontrolduringconstruction. 2. EnvironmentalTobaccoSmokeControlPlan 3. ProceduresfortestingbaselineIAQ.BaselinelAQrequirementsspecifymaximumindoorpollutant concentrationsforacceptanceofthefacility. 1.02 RELATEDSECTIONS: A. Section013000-AdministrativeRequirements:EnvironmentalManagerandContractortraining requirements. B. Section013329.01-SustainableDesignReporting C. Section013853SpecialProcedureAssetTaggingStandards D. Section014000-QualityRequirements:Meetingsandprojectcoordination. E. Section017419-ConstructionWasteManagementandDisposal F. Section017800-CloseoutSubmittals G. Section019113-GeneralCommissioningRequirements 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Definitionspertainingtosustainabledevelopment:AsdefinedinASTME2114. B. Adequateventilation:Ventilation,includingaircirculationandairchanges,requiredtocurematerials, dissipatehumidity,andpreventaccumulationofparticulates,dust,fumes,vapors,orgases. C. HazardousMaterials:Anymaterialthatisregulatedasahazardousmaterialinaccordancewith49CFR 173,requiresaMaterialSafetyDataSheet(MSDS)inaccordancewith29CFR1910.1200,orwhich duringenduse,treatment,handling,storage,transportationordisposalmeetsorhascomponents whichmeetorhavethepotentialtomeetthedefinitionofaHazardousWasteinaccordancewith40 CFR261.Throughoutthisspecification,hazardousmaterialincludeshazardouschemicals. Job Number 2240461.00 INDOOR AIR QUALITY (IAQ) MANAGEMENT 01 57 19.11 - 1 / 7 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 1. Hazardousmaterialsinclude:pesticides,biocides,andcarcinogensaslistedbyrecognized authorities,suchastheEnvironmentalProtectionAgency(EPA)andtheInternationalAgencyfor ResearchonCancer(IARC). D. IndoorAirQuality(IAQ):Thecompositionandcharacteristicsoftheairinanenclosedspacethataffect theoccupantsofthatspace.Theindoorairqualityofaspacereferstotherelativequalityofairina buildingwithrespecttocontaminantsandhazardsandisdeterminedbythelevelofindoorairpollution andothercharacteristicsoftheair,includingthosethatimpactthermalcomfortsuchasair temperature,relativehumidityandairspeed. E. Interiorfinalfinishes:Materialsandproductsthatwillbeexposedatinterior,occupiedspaces;including flooring,wallcovering,finishcarpentry,andceilings. F. Packageddryproducts:Materialsandproductsthatareinstalledindryformandaredeliveredtothe siteinmanufacturer'spackaging;includingcarpets,resilientflooring,ceilingtiles,andinsulation. G. Wetproducts:Materialsandproductsinstalledinwetform,includingpaints,sealants,adhesives, specialcoatings,andothermaterialswhichrequirecuring. 1.04 QUALITYASSURANCE A. InspectionandTestingLabQualifications:Minimumof5yearsexperienceinperformingthetypesof testingspecifiedherein. 1.05 PRECONSTRUCTIONMEETING A. AfterawardofContractandpriortothecommencementoftheWork,scheduleandconductmeeting withOwnerandArchitecttodiscusstheproposedIAQManagementPlanandtodevelopmutual understandingrelativetodetailsofenvironmentalprotection. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. IndoorAirQuality(IAQ)ManagementPlan:Notlessthan10daysbeforethePre-constructionmeeting, prepareandsubmitanIAQManagementPlanincluding,butnotlimitedto,thefollowing: 1. Proceduresforcontrolofemissionsduringconstruction. a. Identifyscheduleforapplicationofinteriorfinishes. 2. Proceduresformoisturecontrolduringconstruction. a. Identifyporousmaterialsandabsorptivematerials. b. Identifyscheduleforinspectionofstoredandinstalledabsorptivematerials. 3. ReviseandresubmitPlanasrequiredbyOwner. a. ApprovalofContractor’sPlanwillnotrelievetheContractorofresponsibilityforcompliance withapplicableenvironmentalregulations. Job Number 2240461.00 INDOOR AIR QUALITY (IAQ) MANAGEMENT 01 57 19.11 - 2 / 7 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 B. ProductData: 1. Submitproductdataforfiltrationmediausedduringconstructionandduringoperation. Include MinimumEfficiencyReportingValue(MERV). 2. SubmitairpressuredifferencemapsforeachmodeofoperationofHVAC. 3. MaterialSafetyDataSheets:SubmitMSDSsforinclusioninOperationandMaintenanceManual forthefollowingproducts.CoordinatewithSection017823(01830). a. Adhesives. b. Floorandwallpatching/levelingmaterials. c. Caulkingandsealants. d. Insulatingmaterials. e. Fireproofingandfirestopping. f. Carpet. g. Paint. h. Clearfinishforwoodsurfaces. i. Lubricants. j. Cleaningproducts. C. InspectionandTestReports: 1. Moisturecontrolinspections. 2. Moisturecontenttesting. 3. Moisturepenetrationtesting. 4. MicrobialGrowthtesting. PART2PRODUCTS(NOTAPPLICABLE) PART3EXECUTION 3.01 IAQMANAGEMENT-EMISSIONSCONTROL A. Duringconstructionoperations,followtherecommendationsinSMACNAIAQGuidelinesforOccupied BuildingsunderConstruction. B. HVACProtection: Job Number 2240461.00 INDOOR AIR QUALITY (IAQ) MANAGEMENT 01 57 19.11 - 3 / 7 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 1. Sealreturnregistersduringconstructionoperations. 2. Providetemporaryexhaustduringconstructionoperations 3. Tothegreatestextentpossible,isolateand/orshutdownthereturnsideoftheHVACsystem duringconstruction.Whenventilationsystemmustbeoperationalduringconstructionactivities, providetemporaryfilters. C. SourceControl:ProvidelowandzeroVOCmaterialsasspecified. D. PathwayInterruption:Isolateareasofworkasnecessarytopreventcontaminationofcleanoroccupied spaces.Providepressuredifferentialsand/orphysicalbarrierstoprotectcleanoroccupiedspaces. E. Housekeeping:Duringconstruction,maintainprojectandbuildingproductsandsystemstoprevent contaminationofbuildingspaces. F. TemporaryVentilation:ProvideanACH(airchangesperhour)of1.5ormoreandasfollows: 1. Provideminimum48hourpre-ventilationofpackageddryproductspriortoinstallation. Remove frompackagingandventilateinasecure,dry,well-ventilatedspacefreefromstrongcontaminant sourcesandresidues.Provideatemperaturerangeof60degreesFahrenheitminimumto90 degreeFmaximumcontinuouslyduringtheventilationperiod.Donotventilatewithinlimitsof WorkunlessotherwiseapprovedbyArchitect. 2. Provideadequateventilationduringandafterinstallationofinteriorwetproductsandinterior finalfinishes. 3. ProvidefiltrationmediawithaMinimumEfficiencyReportingValue(MERV)of8asdeterminedby ASHRAE52.2duringconstruction.CoordinatewithworkofDivision23(15),HeatingVentilating andAirConditioning(HVAC). G. Scheduling:Scheduleconstructionoperationsinvolvingwetproductspriortopackageddryproductsto thegreatestextentpossible. H. Flush-Out:Afterconstructionends,priortooccupancyandwithallinteriorfinishesinstalled,performa buildingflush-outbysupplyingatotalairvolumeof14,000cu.ft.ofoutdoorairpersq.ft.offloorarea whilemaintaininganinternaltemperatureofatleast60degreesFahrenheitandrelativehumidityno higherthan60%. 3.02 IAQMANAGEMENT-SMOKINGCONTROL A. SmokingandControlledSubstanceRestrictions:Useoftobaccoproducts,alcoholicbeverage,andother controlledsubstances,withintheexistingbuildingoronProjectsite isnotpermitted. B. NonsmokingBuilding: 1. Smokingisnotpermittedwithinthebuildingorwithin25feetofentrances,operablewindows,or outdoorairintakes. Job Number 2240461.00 INDOOR AIR QUALITY (IAQ) MANAGEMENT 01 57 19.11 - 4 / 7 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 2. Providesignageasrequiredtolimitsmokingtodesignatedareasorthatprohibitsmokingonthe entireproperty. C. OwnerreservestherighttowithholdPaymentduetheContractororSub-Contractorifthereisevidence ofsmokingonthesiteoutsideofthepermittedareaslistedabove. Failuretoself-enforce thebanshall resultinpenalties. 3.03 IAQMANAGEMENT-MOISTURECONTROL A. Housekeeping: 1. Keepmaterialsdry.Protectstoredon-siteandinstalledabsorptivematerialsfrommoisture damage. 2. Verifythatinstalledmaterialsandproductsaredrypriortosealingandweatherproofingthe buildingenvelope. 3. Installinteriorabsorptivematerialsonlyafterbuildingenvelopeissealedandweatherproofed. B. Inspections:Documentandreportresultsofinspections;statewhetherornotinspectionsindicate satisfactoryconditions. 1. Examinematerialsfordampnessastheyarrive.IfacceptabletoArchitect/Owner,drydamp materialscompletelypriortoinstallation;otherwise,rejectmaterialsthatarrivedamp. 2. Examinematerialsformoldastheyarriveandrejectmaterialsthatarrivecontaminatedwith mold. 3. Inspectstoredandinstalledabsorptivematerialsregularlyfordampnessandmoldgrowth. Inspectweekly. a. Wherestoredon-siteorinstalledabsorptivematerialsbecomewet,notifyArchitectand Owner.Inspectfordamage.IfacceptabletoArchitect/Owner,drycompletelypriortoclosing inassemblies;otherwise,removeandreplacewithnewmaterials. 4. Sitedrainage:Verifythatfinalgradesofsiteworkandlandscapingdrainsurfacewaterandground waterawayfromthebuilding. 5. Weather-proofing:Inspectmoisturecontrolmaterialsastheyarebeinginstalled.Includethe following: a. Airbarrier:Verifyairbarrierisinstalledwithoutpuncturesand/orotherdamage. Verifyair barrierissealedcompletely. b. Flashing:Verifycorrectshinglingoftheflashingforroof,walls,windows,doors,andother penetrations. c. Insulationlayer:Verifyinsulationisinstalledwithoutvoids. Job Number 2240461.00 INDOOR AIR QUALITY (IAQ) MANAGEMENT 01 57 19.11 - 5 / 7 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 d. Roofing:InaccordancewithASTMD7186StandardPracticeforQualityAssurance ObservationofRoofConstructionandRepair 1) Plumbing:Verifysatisfactorypressuretestofpipesanddrainsisperformedbefore closinginandinsulatinglines. 2) HVAC:InspectHVACsystemasspecifiedinSection019113–GeneralCommissioning Requirements. (a) And,inspectHVACtoverify: (1) condensatepansareslopedandplumbedcorrectly; (2) accesspanelsareinstalledtoallowforinspectionandcleaningofcoilsand ductworkdownstreamofcoils; (3) ductworkandreturnplenumsareairsealed; (4) ductinsulationisinstalledandsealed;and (5) chilledwaterlineandrefrigerantlineinsulationareinstalledandsealed. C. Schedule: 1. Scheduleworksuchthatabsorptivematerials,includingbutnotlimitedtoporousinsulations, paper-facedgypsumboard,ceilingtile,andfinishflooring,arenotinstalleduntiltheycanbe protectedfromrainandconstruction-relatedwater. 2. Weather-proofasquicklyaspossible.Scheduleinstallationofmoisture-controlmaterials, includingbutnotlimitedtoairbarriers,flashing,exteriorsealantsandroofing,attheearliest possibletime. D. TestingforMoistureContent:Testmoisturecontentofporousmaterialsandabsorptivematerialsto ensurethattheyaredrybeforesealingthemintoanassembly.Documentandreportresultsoftesting. Wheretestsarenotsatisfactory,drymaterialsandretest.Ifsatisfactoryresultscannotbeobtainedwith retest,removeandreplacewithnewmaterials. 1. Concrete:Moisturetestpriortofinishflooringapplication: a. ASTMD4263TestMethodforIndicatingMoistureinConcretebythePlasticSheetMethod b. ASTMF1869TestMethodforMeasuringMoistureVaporEmissionRateofConcreteSubfloor UsingAnhydrousCalciumChloride c. ASTMF2170TestMethodforDeterminingRelativeHumidityinConcreteFloorSlabsUsingIn SituProbes 2. Wood:MoisturetestasperASTMD4444-StandardTestMethodsforUseandCalibrationof Hand-HeldMoistureMeters;unlessotherwiseindicatedacceptableupperlimitsforwood Job Number 2240461.00 INDOOR AIR QUALITY (IAQ) MANAGEMENT 01 57 19.11 - 6 / 7 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 productsare???20%atcenterofpiece;???15%atsurface. 3. GypsumBoard,GypsumPlaster,Insulation,andotherabsorptivematerials:Moisturetestwitha PinlessMoistureMetertoassesspatternsofmoisture,ifany. E. TestingforMoisturePenetration: 1. Windows:TestasperASTME1105 TestMethodforFieldDeterminationofWaterPenetrationof InstalledExteriorWindows,Skylights,Doors,andCurtainWallsbyUniformorCyclicStaticAir PressureDifference;unlessotherwiseindicated,acceptableupperlimitsarenoleakagefor15 minutes. 2. HorizontalWaterproofing(notroofing):TestasperASTMD5957StandardGuideforFloodTesting HorizontalWaterproofingInstallations;acceptableupperlimitsarenoleakagefor15minutes. 3. Masonry:TestasperASTMC1601StandardTestMethodforFieldDeterminationofWater PenetrationofMasonryWallSurfaces;acceptableupperlimitsarenoleakagefor15minutes. 4. ExteriorWalls: a. Airtightnessoftheenclosuretest:ASTME779StandardTestMethodforDeterminingAir LeakageRatebyFanPressurizationorASTME1827StandardTestMethodsforDetermining AirtightnessofBuildingsUsinganOrificeBlowerDoor;acceptableupperlimitsareno leakagefor15minutes. b. WaterLeakage:ReviewasperASTME2128StandardGuideforEvaluatingWaterLeakageof BuildingWalls. F. TestingforSupportofMicrobialGrowth:TestandreportinaccordancewithASTMD6329Standard GuideforDevelopingMethodologyforEvaluatingtheAbilityofIndoorMaterialstoSupportMicrobial GrowthUsingStaticEnvironmentalChambers.Indicatesusceptibilityofproductormaterialto colonizationandamplificationofmicroorganisms.Identifymicroorganismsandconditionsoftesting. 1. Normalconditions:Performtestingat35degreesCentigradeand50percentrelativehumidity. 2. Extremeconditions:Performworstcasescenariosscreeningtestsbyprovidinganatmosphere whereenvironmentalconditionsmaybefavorableformicrobialgrowth. 3. Performtestingforthefollowing: a. Fireproofingmaterialonappropriatesubstrate. b. Ceilingtile. c. Wallcovering. ENDOFSECTION 015719.11 Job Number 2240461.00 INDOOR AIR QUALITY (IAQ) MANAGEMENT 01 57 19.11 - 7 / 7 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 SECTION016000 PRODUCTREQUIREMENTS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTIONINCLUDES A. Generalproductrequirements. B. Transportation,handling,storageandprotection. C. Productoptionrequirements. D. Substitutionlimitations. E. Maintenancematerials,includingextramaterials,spareparts,tools,andsoftware. 1.02 RELATEDREQUIREMENTS A. Section014000-QualityRequirements: Productqualitymonitoring. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 NEWPRODUCTS A. ProvidenewproductsunlessspecificallyrequiredorpermittedbyContractDocuments. 2.02 PRODUCTOPTIONS A. ProductsSpecifiedbyReferenceStandardsorbyDescriptionOnly: Useanyproductmeetingthose standardsordescription. B. ProductsSpecifiedbyNamingOneorMoreManufacturers: Useaproductofoneofthemanufacturers namedandmeetingspecifications,nooptionsorsubstitutionsallowed. C. ProductsSpecifiedbyNamingOneorMoreManufacturerswithaProvisionforSubstitutions: Submita requestforsubstitutionforanymanufacturernotnamed. 1. Theburdenofprovingequalityofaproposedsubstitutetoanitemdesignatedbytradenameor bymanufacturer'snameinthecontractdocumentsrestsonthepartysubmittingtherequestfor approval. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 SUBSTITUTIONPROCEDURES A. Substitutionswillbeconsideredwhenaproduct,throughnofaultoftheContractor,becomes unavailableorunsuitableduetoregulatorychange.. B. Arequestforsubstitutionconstitutesarepresentationthatthesubmitter: Job Number 2240461.00 Product Requirements 01 60 00 - 1 / 3 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 1. Hasinvestigatedproposedproductanddeterminedthatitmeetsorexceedsthequalitylevelof thespecifiedproduct. 2. Agreestoprovidethesamewarrantyforthesubstitutionasforthespecifiedproduct. 3. AgreestocoordinateinstallationandmakechangestootherWorkthatmayberequiredforthe WorktobecompletewithnoadditionalcosttoOwner. 4. Waivesclaimsforadditionalcostsortimeextensionthatmaysubsequentlybecomeapparent. C. Requestsforsubstitutionsshallincludethefollowingdata: 1. Dateofrequest. 2. Projectname. 3. Specificationreference. 4. Specifieditem. 5. Proposedsubstitution. 6. Manufacturer. 7. Deviationsfromthespecifieditem. 8. Manufacturer'srecommendationsforuseandinstallation.Submitdrawingsifrequiredforclarity. 9. Acompletescheduleofchangesinthedrawingsandspecifications,ifany,whichmustbemadein otherworkinordertopermittheuseandinstallationoftheproposedsubstituteinaccordance withtherecommendationsofthemanufactureroftheproduct. 10. Technicaldatatosupportrequestforapproval.Listreferencestandardsmet,submittesting laboratoryreportsandexperiencerecords. 11. Othersupportingdatasuchasbrochures,samplesanddrawings. 12. Samplesorproductliteratureofspecifiedproductforcomparison,ifrequestedbyArchitect. D. Determinationastoacceptabilityofproposedsubstitutionshallbemadebasedonlyondatasubmitted. 3.02 TRANSPORTATIONANDHANDLING A. Packageproductsforshipmentinmannertopreventdamage;forequipment,packagetoavoidlossof factorycalibration. B. Ifspecialprecautionsarerequired,attachinstructionsprominentlyandlegiblyonoutsideofpackaging. C. Coordinatescheduleofproductdeliverytodesignatedpreparedareasinordertominimizesitestorage timeandpotentialdamagetostoredmaterials. Job Number 2240461.00 Product Requirements 01 60 00 - 2 / 3 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 D. Transportandhandleproductsinaccordancewithmanufacturer'sinstructions. E. Transportmaterialsincoveredtruckstopreventcontaminationofproductandlitteringofsurrounding areas. F. Promptlyinspectshipmentstoensurethatproductscomplywithrequirements,quantitiesarecorrect, andproductsareundamaged. 3.03 STORAGEANDPROTECTION A. Designatereceiving/storageareasforincomingproductssothattheyaredeliveredaccordingto installationscheduleandplacedconvenienttoworkareainordertominimizewasteduetoexcessive materialshandlingandmisapplication. B. Storeandprotectproductsinaccordancewithmanufacturers'instructions. C. Storewithsealsandlabelsintactandlegible. D. Storesensitiveproductsinweathertight,climate-controlledenclosuresinanenvironmentfavorableto product. E. Forexteriorstorageoffabricatedproducts,placeonslopedsupportsaboveground. F. Protectproductsfromdamageordeteriorationduetoconstructionoperations,weather,precipitation, humidity,temperature,sunlightandultravioletlight,dirt,dust,andothercontaminants. G. Complywithmanufacturer'swarrantyconditions,ifany. H. Coverproductssubjecttodeteriorationwithimpervioussheetcovering. Provideventilationtoprevent condensationanddegradationofproducts. I. Preventcontactwithmaterialthatmaycausecorrosion,discoloration,orstaining. J. Provideequipmentandpersonneltostoreproductsbymethodstopreventsoiling,disfigurement,or damage. K. Arrangestorageofproductstopermitaccessforinspection.Periodicallyinspecttoverifyproductsare undamagedandaremaintainedinacceptablecondition. ENDOFSECTION 016000 Job Number 2240461.00 Product Requirements 01 60 00 - 3 / 3 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 SECTION016116 VOLATILEORGANICCOMPOUND(VOC)CONTENTRESTRICTIONS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTIONINCLUDES A. SustainableIntent. B. RequirementsforIndoor-Emissions-Restrictedproducts. C. RequirementsforVOC-Content-Restrictedproducts. D. Requirementforinstallercertificationthattheydidnotuseanynon-compliantproducts. 1.02 RELATEDREQUIREMENTS A. Section013000-AdministrativeRequirements: Submittalprocedures. 1.03 SUSTAINABLEINTENT A. NoLEEDcertificationisrequired.Intentistoprovidea"LEEDlike"projectwhichisdefinedasasmart sustainableproject.Allpaints,coatings,sealers,sealants,adhesives,andfinishesshouldbelowVOC andnon-toxic. 1.04 DEFINITIONS A. Indoor-Emissions-RestrictedProducts: Allproductsinthefollowingproductcategories,whether specifiedornot: 1. Interiorpaintsandcoatingsappliedonsite. 2. Interioradhesivesandsealantsappliedonsite,includingflooringadhesives. 3. Flooring. 4. Compositewood. 5. Productsmakingupwallandceilingassemblies. B. VOC-Content-RestrictedProducts: Allproductsinthefollowingproductcategories,whetherspecified ornot: 1. ​Exteriorandinterior​paintsandcoatingsappliedonsite. 2. ​Exteriorandinterior​adhesivesandsealantsappliedonsite,includingflooringadhesives. C. InteriorofBuilding: Anywhereinsidetheexteriorweatherbarrier. Job Number 2240461.00 Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content Restrictions 01 61 16 - 1 / 6 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 D. Adhesives: Allgunnable,trowelable,liquid-applied,andaerosoladhesives,whetherspecifiedornot; includingflooringadhesives,resilientbaseadhesives,andpipejointingadhesives. E. Sealants: Allgunnable,trowelable,andliquid-appliedjointsealantsandsealantprimers,whether specifiedornot;includingfirestoppingsealantsandductjointsealers. F. InherentlyNon-EmittingMaterials: Productscomposedwhollyofmineralsormetals,unlessthey includeorganic-basedsurfacecoatings,binders,orsealants;andspecificallythefollowing: 1. Concrete. 2. Claybrick. 3. Metalsthatareplated,anodized,orpowder-coated. 4. Glass. 5. Ceramics. 6. Solidwoodflooringthatisunfinishedanduntreated. 1.05 REFERENCESTANDARDS A. 40CFR59,SubpartD-NationalVolatileOrganicCompoundEmissionStandardsforArchitectural Coatings;U.S.EnvironmentalProtectionAgency. B. ASTMD3960-StandardPracticeforDeterminingVolatileOrganicCompound(VOC)ContentofPaints andRelatedCoatings. C. CAL(CDPHSM)-StandardMethodfortheTestingandEvaluationofVolatileOrganicChemical EmissionsfromIndoorSourcesUsingEnvironmentalChambersVersion1.2. D. CARB(ATCM)-AirborneToxicControlMeasuretoReduceFormaldehydeEmissionsfromComposite WoodProducts. E. CARB(SCM)-SuggestedControlMeasureforArchitecturalCoatings;CaliforniaAirResourcesBoard. F. CHPS(HPPD)-HighPerformanceProductsDatabase. G. CRI(GLP)-GreenLabelPlusTestingProgram-CertifiedProducts. H. GreenSealGS-36-StandardforAdhesivesforCommercialUse. I. SCAQMD1113-ArchitecturalCoatings. J. SCAQMD1168-AdhesiveandSealantApplications. K. SCS(CPD)-SCSCertifiedProducts. L. UL(GGG)-GREENGUARDGoldCertifiedProducts. Job Number 2240461.00 Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content Restrictions 01 61 16 - 2 / 6 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. SeeSection013000-AdministrativeRequirementsforsubmittalprocedures. B. SeeSection013329.01-SustainableDesignReporting-MAA-forElectronicsubmittaldocumentationby EPD. C. ProductData: ForeachVOC-restrictedproductusedintheproject,submitevidenceofcompliance. D. InstallerCertificationsRegardingProhibitedContent: Requireeachinstallerofanytypeofproduct(not justtheproductsforwhichVOCrestrictionsarespecified)tocertifythateither1)noadhesives,joint sealants,paints,coatings,orcompositewoodoragrifiberproductshavebeenusedintheinstallationof installer'sproducts,or2)thatsuchproductsusedcomplywiththeserequirements. 1.07 QUALITYASSURANCE A. IndoorEmissionsStandardandTestMethod: CAL(CDPHSM),usingStandardPrivateOfficeexposure scenarioandtheallowableconcentrationsspecifiedinthemethod,andrangeoftotalVOC'safter14 days. 1. Wet-AppliedProducts: Stateamountappliedinmasspersurfacearea. 2. PaintsandCoatings: Testtintedproducts,notjusttintingbases. 3. EvidenceofCompliance:Acceptabletypesofevidencearethefollowing; a. EPD-EnvirormentalProductDeclaration. b. CurrentUL(GGG)certification. c. CurrentSCS(CPD)Floorscorecertification. d. CurrentSCS(CPD)IndoorAdvantageGoldcertification. e. CurrentlistinginCHPS(HPPD)asalow-emittingproduct. f. CurrentCRI(GLP)certification. g. Testreportshowingcomplianceandstatingexposurescenarioused. 4. ProductdatasubmittalshowingVOCcontentisNOTacceptableevidence. 5. Manufacturer'scertificationwithouttestreportbyindependentagencyisNOTacceptable evidence. B. VOCContentTestMethod: 40CFR59,SubpartD(EPAMethod24),orASTMD3960,unlessotherwise indicated. 1. EvidenceofCompliance:Acceptabletypesofevidenceare: Job Number 2240461.00 Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content Restrictions 01 61 16 - 3 / 6 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 a. ThirdpartyLifecycleanalysisandchemicalproductreviewasincludedinEPDEvironmental ProductDeclaration b. Reportoflaboratorytestingperformedinaccordancewithrequirements. c. Publishedproductdatashowingcompliancewithrequirements. d. Certificationbymanufacturerthatproductcomplieswithrequirements. C. CompositeWoodEmissionsStandard: CARB(ATCM)forultra-lowemittingformaldehyde(ULEF)resins. 1. EvidenceofCompliance: Acceptabletypesofevidenceare: a. CurrentSCS"NoAddedFormaldehyde(NAF)"certification;www.scscertified.com. b. Reportoflaboratorytestingperformedinaccordancewithrequirements. c. Publishedproductdatashowingcompliancewithrequirements. D. TestingAgencyQualifications: Independentfirmspecializinginperformingtestingandinspectionsof thetypespecifiedinthissection. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. AllProducts: Complywiththemoststringentoffederal,State,andlocalrequirements,orthese specifications. B. Indoor-Emissions-RestrictedProducts: ComplywithIndoorEmissionsStandardandTestMethod, exceptfor: 1. CompositeWood,WoodFiber,andWoodChipProducts: ComplywithCompositeWood EmissionsStandardorcontainnoaddedformaldehyderesins. 2. InherentlyNon-EmittingMaterials. C. VOC-Content-RestrictedProducts: VOCcontentnotgreaterthanrequiredbythefollowing: 1. Adhesives,IncludingFlooringAdhesives: SCAQMD1168Rule. 2. AerosolAdhesives: GreenSealGS-36. 3. JointSealants: SCAQMD1168Rule. 4. PaintsandCoatings: Eachcolor;moststringentofthefollowing: a. 40CFR59,SubpartD. b. SCAQMD1113Rule. Job Number 2240461.00 Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content Restrictions 01 61 16 - 4 / 6 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 c. CARB(SCM). PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 FIELDQUALITYCONTROL A. Ownerreservestherighttorejectnon-compliantproducts,whetherinstalledornot,andrequiretheir removalandreplacementwithcompliantproductsatnoextracosttoOwner. B. Additionalcoststorestoreindoorairqualityduetoinstallationofnon-compliantproductswillbeborne byGeneralContractor. 3.02 SCHEDULE A. ListingofmaterialsandmaximumallowableVOClimitsbasedonUSGBCandCARB.Allarelistedas grams/liter(g/L). B. Coatings,PaintsandSealers 1. Concrete/MasonrySealers-100 2. DryFog/Dryfall-150 3. FireResistive-350 4. Flat-50 5. Floor-100 6. FormReleaseCompounds-250 7. NonflatCoatings-100 8. Primers,sealers,undercoatings-100 9. ReactivePenetratingSealers/SandingSealer-350 10. RustPreventative-250 11. Stains-250 12. TrafficMarking-100 13. WoodCoatings-275 14. ZincRichPrimers-340 15. UnidentifiedOtherCoatings-Flat-100 16. UnidentifiedOtherCoatings-Nonflat–150 Job Number 2240461.00 Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content Restrictions 01 61 16 - 5 / 6 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 C. AdhesivesandSealants 1. IndoorCarpetAdhesives-50 2. RubberFloorAdhesives-60 3. CeramicTileAdhesive-65 4. VCGTandAsphaltAdhesive-50 5. DrywallandPanelAdhesive-50 6. CoveBaseAdhesive-50 7. MultipurposeConstructionAdhesive-70 8. Sealants-250 ENDOFSECTION 016116 Job Number 2240461.00 Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content Restrictions 01 61 16 - 6 / 6 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 SECTION017000 EXECUTIONANDCLOSEOUTREQUIREMENTS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTIONINCLUDES A. Requirementsforalterationswork,includingselectivedemolition​​. B. Cuttingandpatching. C. Surveyingforlayingoutthework. D. Cleaningandprotection. E. Startingofsystemsandequipment. F. DemonstrationandinstructionofOwnerpersonnel. G. Closeoutprocedures,includingGeneralContractor'sCorrectionPunchList,exceptpaymentprocedures. 1.02 RELATEDREQUIREMENTS A. Section013000-AdministrativeRequirements: Submittalsprocedures,Electronicdocumentsubmittal service. B. Section014000-QualityRequirements: Testingandinspectionprocedures. C. Section017800-CloseoutSubmittals: Projectrecorddocuments,operationandmaintenancedata, warranties,andbonds. D. Section017900-DemonstrationandTraining: Demonstrationofproductsandsystemstobe commissionedandwhereindicatedinspecificspecificationsections 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. SeeSection013000-AdministrativeRequirements,forsubmittalprocedures. B. CuttingandPatching: Submitwrittenrequestinadvanceofcuttingoralterationthataffects: 1. StructuralintegrityofanyelementofProject. 2. Integrityofweatherexposedormoistureresistantelement. 3. Efficiency,maintenance,orsafetyofanyoperationalelement. 4. Visualqualitiesofsightexposedelements. 5. WorkofOwnerorseparateContractor. Job Number 2240461.00 Execution and Closeout Requirements 01 70 00 - 1 / 9 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 1.04 PROJECTCONDITIONS A. Ventilateenclosedareastoassistcureofmaterials,todissipatehumidity,andtopreventaccumulation ofdust,fumes,vapors,orgases. B. DustControl: Executeworkbymethodstominimizeraisingdustfromconstructionoperations. Provide positivemeanstopreventair-bornedustfromdispersingintoventilationsystems. 1.05 COORDINATION A. Coordinatescheduling,submittals,andworkofthevarioussectionsoftheProjectManualtoensure efficientandorderlysequenceofinstallationofinterdependentconstructionelements,withprovisions foraccommodatingitemsinstalledlater. B. Notifyaffectedutilitycompaniesandcomplywiththeirrequirements. C. Verifythatutilityrequirementsandcharacteristicsofnewoperatingequipmentarecompatiblewith buildingutilities. Coordinateworkofvarioussectionshavinginterdependentresponsibilitiesfor installing,connectingto,andplacinginservice,suchequipment. D. Coordinatespacerequirements,supports,andinstallationofmechanicalandelectricalworkthatare indicateddiagrammaticallyondrawings. Followroutingindicatedforpipes,ducts,andconduit,as closelyaspracticable;placerunsparallelwithlinesofbuilding.Utilizespacesefficientlytomaximize accessibilityforotherinstallations,formaintenance,andforrepairs. E. Infinishedareasexceptasotherwiseindicated,concealpipes,ducts,andwiringwithinthe construction. Coordinatelocationsoffixturesandoutletswithfinishelements. F. Coordinatecompletionandclean-upofworkofseparatesections. G. AfterOwneroccupancyofpremises,coordinateaccesstositeforcorrectionofdefectiveworkandwork notinaccordancewithContractDocuments,tominimizedisruptionofOwner'sactivities. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PATCHINGMATERIALS A. NewMaterials: Asspecifiedinproductsections;matchexistingproductsandworkforpatchingand extendingwork. B. TypeandQualityofExistingProducts: Determinebyinspectingandtestingproductswherenecessary, referringtoexistingworkasastandard. C. ProductSubstitution: Foranyproposedchangeinmaterials,submitrequestforsubstitutiondescribed inSection016000-ProductRequirements. Job Number 2240461.00 Execution and Closeout Requirements 01 70 00 - 2 / 9 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verifythatexistingsiteconditionsandsubstratesurfacesareacceptableforsubsequentwork. Startof workmeansacceptanceofexistingconditions. B. Verifythatexistingsubstrateiscapableofstructuralsupportorattachmentofnewworkbeingapplied orattached. C. Examineandverifyspecificconditionsdescribedinindividualspecificationsections. D. Takefieldmeasurementsbeforeconfirmingproductordersorbeginningfabrication,tominimizewaste duetoover-orderingormisfabrication. E. Verifythatutilityservicesareavailable,ofthecorrectcharacteristics,andinthecorrectlocations. F. PriortoCutting: Examineexistingconditionspriortocommencingwork,includingelementssubjectto damageormovementduringcuttingandpatching. Afteruncoveringexistingwork,assessconditions affectingperformanceofwork. Beginningofcuttingorpatchingmeansacceptanceofexisting conditions. 3.02 LAYINGOUTTHEWORK A. Verifylocationsofsurveycontrolpointspriortostartingwork. B. PromptlynotifyArchitectofanydiscrepanciesdiscovered. C. Protectsurveycontrolpointspriortostartingsitework;preservepermanentreferencepointsduring construction. D. Utilizerecognizedengineeringsurveypractices. E. Establishelevations,linesandlevels. Locateandlayoutbyinstrumentationandsimilarappropriate means. F. Periodicallyverifylayoutsbysamemeans. G. Maintainacompleteandaccuratelogofcontrolandsurveyworkasitprogresses. 3.03 GENERALINSTALLATIONREQUIREMENTS A. Installproductsasspecifiedinindividualsections,inaccordancewithmanufacturer'sinstructionsand recommendations,andsoastoavoidwasteduetonecessityforreplacement. B. Makeverticalelementsplumbandhorizontalelementslevel,unlessotherwiseindicated. C. Installequipmentandfittingsplumbandlevel,neatlyalignedwithadjacentverticalandhorizontallines, unlessotherwiseindicated. Job Number 2240461.00 Execution and Closeout Requirements 01 70 00 - 3 / 9 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 D. Makeconsistenttextureonsurfaces,withseamlesstransitions,unlessotherwiseindicated. E. Makeneattransitionsbetweendifferentsurfaces,maintainingtextureandappearance. 3.04 ALTERATIONS A. Drawingsshowingexistingconstructionandutilitiesarebasedoncasualfieldobservationandexisting recorddocumentsonly. 1. Verifythatconstructionandutilityarrangementsareasindicated. 2. ReportdiscrepanciestoArchitectbeforedisturbingexistinginstallation. 3. Beginningofalterationsworkconstitutesacceptanceofexistingconditions. B. Removeexistingworkasindicatedandasrequiredtoaccomplishnewwork. 1. Removeitemsindicatedondrawings. 2. Relocateitemsindicatedondrawings. 3. Wherenewsurfacefinishesaretobeappliedtoexistingwork,performremovals,patch,and prepareexistingsurfacesasrequiredtoreceivenewfinish;removeexistingfinishifnecessaryfor successfulapplicationofnewfinish. 4. Wherenewsurfacefinishesarenotspecifiedorindicated,patchholesanddamagedsurfacesto matchadjacentfinishedsurfacesascloselyaspossible. C. Services(Includingbutnotlimitedto​HVAC,Plumbing,FireProtection,Electrical,and Telecommunications​): Remove,relocate,andextendexistingsystemstoaccommodatenew construction. 1. Maintainexistingactivesystemsthataretoremaininoperation;maintainaccesstoequipment andoperationalcomponents;ifnecessary,modifyinstallationtoallowaccessorprovideaccess panel. 2. WhereexistingsystemsorequipmentarenotactiveandContractDocumentsrequire reactivation,putbackintooperationalcondition;repairsupply,distribution,andequipmentas required. 3. Whereexistingactivesystemsserveoccupiedfacilitiesbutaretobereplacedwithnewservices, maintainexistingsystemsinserviceuntilnewsystemsarecompleteandreadyforservice. a. Disableexistingsystemsonlytomakeswitchoversandconnections;minimizedurationof outages. b. Providetemporaryconnectionsasrequiredtomaintainexistingsystemsinservice. Job Number 2240461.00 Execution and Closeout Requirements 01 70 00 - 4 / 9 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 4. Removeabandonedpipe,ducts,conduits,andequipment,includingthoseaboveaccessible ceilings;removebacktosourceofsupplywherepossible,otherwisecapstubandtagwith identification;patchholesleftbyremovalusingmaterialsspecifiedfornewconstruction. D. Protectexistingworktoremain. 1. Preventmovementofstructure;provideshoringandbracingifnecessary. 2. Performcuttingtoaccomplishremovalsneatlyandasspecifiedforcuttingnewwork. 3. Repairadjacentconstructionandfinishesdamagedduringremovalwork. E. Adaptexistingworktofitnewwork: Makeasneatandsmoothtransitionaspossible. F. Patching: Wheretheexistingsurfaceisnotindicatedtoberefinished,patchtomatchthesurfacefinish thatexistedpriortocutting. Wherethesurfaceisindicatedtoberefinished,patchsothatthe substrateisreadyforthenewfinish. G. Refinishexistingsurfacesasindicated: 1. Whereroomsorspacesareindicatedtoberefinished,refinishallvisibleexistingsurfacesto remaintothespecifiedconditionforeachmaterial,withaneattransitiontoadjacentfinishes. 2. Ifmechanicalorelectricalworkisexposedaccidentallyduringthework,re-coverandrefinishto match. H. Cleanexistingsystemsandequipment. I. Removedemolitiondebrisandabandoneditemsfromalterationsareasanddisposeofoff-site;donot burnorbury. J. Donotbeginnewconstructioninalterationsareasbeforedemolitioniscomplete. K. Complywithallotherapplicablerequirementsofthissection. 3.05 CUTTINGANDPATCHING A. Wheneverpossible,executetheworkbymethodsthatavoidcuttingorpatching. B. SeeAlterationsarticleaboveforadditionalrequirements. C. Performwhatevercuttingandpatchingisnecessaryto: 1. Completethework. 2. Fitproductstogethertointegratewithotherwork. 3. Provideopeningsforpenetrationofmechanical,electrical,andotherservices. 4. Matchworkthathasbeencuttoadjacentwork. Job Number 2240461.00 Execution and Closeout Requirements 01 70 00 - 5 / 9 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 5. Repairareasadjacenttocutstorequiredcondition. 6. Repairnewworkdamagedbysubsequentwork. 7. Removesamplesofinstalledworkfortestingwhenrequested. 8. Removeandreplacedefectiveandnon-complyingwork. D. Executeworkbymethodsthatavoiddamagetootherworkandthatwillprovideappropriatesurfaces toreceivepatchingandfinishing. Inexistingwork,minimizedamageandrestoretooriginalcondition. E. Employoriginalinstallertoperformcuttingforweatherexposedandmoistureresistantelements,and sightexposedsurfaces. F. Cutrigidmaterialsusingmasonrysaworcoredrill. Pneumatictoolsnotallowedwithoutpriorapproval. G. RestoreworkwithnewproductsinaccordancewithrequirementsofContractDocuments. H. Fitworkairtighttopipes,sleeves,ducts,conduit,andotherpenetrationsthroughsurfaces. I. Atpenetrationsoffireratedwalls,partitions,ceiling,orfloorconstruction,completelysealvoidswith fireratedmaterialinaccordancewithSection078400,tofullthicknessofthepenetratedelement. J. Patching: 1. Finishpatchedsurfacestomatchfinishthatexistedpriortopatching. Oncontinuoussurfaces, refinishtonearestintersectionornaturalbreak. Foranassembly,refinishentireunit. 2. Matchcolor,texture,andappearance. 3. Repairpatchedsurfacesthataredamaged,lifted,discolored,orshowingotherimperfectionsdue topatchingwork.Ifdefectsareduetoconditionofsubstrate,repairsubstratepriortorepairing finish. 3.06 PROGRESSCLEANING A. Maintainareasfreeofwastematerials,debris,andrubbish. Maintainsiteinacleanandorderly condition. B. Removedebrisandrubbishfrompipechases,plenums,attics,crawlspaces,andotherclosedorremote spaces,priortoenclosingthespace. C. Broomandvacuumcleaninteriorareaspriortostartofsurfacefinishing,andcontinuecleaningto eliminatedust. D. Collectandremovewastematerials,debris,andtrash/rubbishfromsiteperiodicallyanddisposeoff- site;donotburnorbury. Job Number 2240461.00 Execution and Closeout Requirements 01 70 00 - 6 / 9 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 3.07 PROTECTIONOFINSTALLEDWORK A. Protectinstalledworkfromdamagebyconstructionoperations. B. Providespecialprotectionwherespecifiedinindividualspecificationsections. C. Providetemporaryandremovableprotectionforinstalledproducts.Controlactivityinimmediatework areatopreventdamage. D. Provideprotectivecoveringsatwalls,projections,jambs,sills,andsoffitsofopenings. E. Protectfinishedfloors,stairs,andothersurfacesfromtraffic,dirt,wear,damage,ormovementof heavyobjects,byprotectingwithdurablesheetmaterials. F. Prohibittrafficorstorageuponwaterproofedorroofedsurfaces. Iftrafficoractivityisnecessary, obtainrecommendationsforprotectionfromwaterproofingorroofingmaterialmanufacturer. G. Prohibittrafficfromlandscapedareas. H. Removeprotectivecoveringswhennolongerneeded;reuseorrecyclecoveringsifpossible. 3.08 SYSTEMSTARTUP A. Coordinatescheduleforstart-upofvariousequipmentandsystems. B. Verifythateachpieceofequipmentorsystemhasbeencheckedforproperlubrication,driverotation, belttension,controlsequence,andforconditionsthatmaycausedamage. C. Verifytests,meterreadings,andspecifiedelectricalcharacteristicsagreewiththoserequiredbythe equipmentorsystemmanufacturer. D. Verifythatwiringandsupportcomponentsforequipmentarecompleteandtested. E. Executestart-upundersupervisionofapplicableGeneralContractorpersonnelandmanufacturer's representativeinaccordancewithmanufacturers'instructions. F. WhenspecifiedinindividualspecificationSections,requiremanufacturertoprovideauthorized representativetobepresentatsitetoinspect,check,andapproveequipmentorsysteminstallation priortostart-up,andtosuperviseplacingequipmentorsysteminoperation. G. Submitawrittenreportthatequipmentorsystemhasbeenproperlyinstalledandisfunctioning correctly. 3.09 DEMONSTRATIONANDINSTRUCTION A. SeeSection017900-DemonstrationandTraining. 3.10 ADJUSTING A. Adjustoperatingproductsandequipmenttoensuresmoothandunhinderedoperation. Job Number 2240461.00 Execution and Closeout Requirements 01 70 00 - 7 / 9 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 3.11 FINALCLEANING A. ExecutefinalcleaningpriortoSubstantialCompletion.Clean-upallinteriorandexteriorareasofthe BuildingandSite. B. Usecleaningmaterialsthatarenonhazardous. C. Cleaninteriorandexteriorglass,surfacesexposedtoview;removetemporarylabels,stainsandforeign substances,polishtransparentandglossysurfaces, vacuumcarpetedandsoftsurfaces. D. Removealllabelsthatarenotpermanent. Donotpaintorotherwisecoverfiretestlabelsor nameplatesonmechanicalandelectrical equipment. E. Cleanequipmentandfixturestoasanitaryconditionwithcleaningmaterialsappropriatetothesurface andmaterialbeingcleaned. F. Cleanfiltersofoperatingequipment. G. Removewaste,surplusmaterials,trash/rubbish,andconstructionfacilitiesfromthesite;disposeofin legalmanner;donotburnorbury. H. Buildinginteriorspace,includingroofstructure,columns,joists,girders,walls,windows,floorslabs, fixtures,andequipmentmustbeleftcleanofdirtanddebrisasaresultofconstructionactivitiesor residuefromsitestorage(i.e.tiremarks,oil/grease,layoutscribelines,etc.). I. Warehouseslabshallbecleanedutilizingfloorscrubbersatthefollowingmilestones: 1. PriortoEarlyOccupancy 2. Priortoorasdirectedinadvanceoffloortaping. 3. PriortoFirstReceivedturnoverofbuilding. 3.12 CLOSEOUTPROCEDURES A. Makesubmittalsthatarerequiredbygoverningorotherauthorities. 1. ProvidecopiestoArchitectandOwner. B. NotifyArchitectwhenworkisconsideredreadyforArchitect'sSubstantialCompletioninspection. C. ConductSubstantialCompletioninspectionandcreateFinalCorrectionPunchListcontainingArchitect's andGeneralContractor'scomprehensivelistofitemsidentifiedtobecompletedorcorrectedand submittoArchitect. D. CorrectitemsofworklistedinFinalCorrectionPunchListandcomplywithrequirementsforaccessto Owner-occupiedareas. E. NotifyArchitectwhenworkisconsideredfinallycompleteandreadyforArchitect'sSubstantial Completionfinalinspection. Job Number 2240461.00 Execution and Closeout Requirements 01 70 00 - 8 / 9 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 F. CompleteitemsofworkdeterminedbyArchitectlistedinexecutedCertificateofSubstantial Completion. ENDOFSECTION 017000 Job Number 2240461.00 Execution and Closeout Requirements 01 70 00 - 9 / 9 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 SECTION017419 CONSTRUCTIONWASTEMANAGEMENTANDDISPOSAL PART1GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Sectionincludesadministrativeandproceduralrequirementsforthefollowing: 1. Salvagingnonhazardousdemolitionandconstructionwaste. 2. Recyclingnonhazardousdemolitionandconstructionwaste. 3. Disposingofnonhazardousdemolitionandconstructionwaste. 4. GenerationofWasteManagementGoals 5. PreparationandDistributionofaWasteManagementPlan 6. ProgressReports 7. ProjectMeetings 8. ManagementPlanImplementation 1.02 WASTEMANAGEMENTREQUIREMENTS A. Ownerrequiresthatthisprojectgeneratetheleastamountoftrashandwastepossible. B. Employprocessesthatensurethegenerationofaslittlewasteaspossibleduetoerror,poorplanning, breakage,mishandling,contamination,orotherfactors. C. Minimizetrash/wastedisposalinlandfills;reuse,salvage,orrecycleasmuchwasteaseconomically feasible. D. Ownermaydecidetopayforadditionalrecycling,salvage,and/orreusebasedonLandfillAlternatives Proposalspecifiedbelow. E. ContractorshallsubmitperiodicWasteDisposalReports;alllandfilldisposal,incineration,recycling, salvage,andreusemustbereportedregardlessoftowhomthecostorsavingsaccrues;usethesame unitsofmeasureonallreports. 1. Methodsoftrash/wastedisposalthatarenotacceptableare:Burningontheprojectsite. 2. Buryingontheprojectsite. 3. Dumpingorburyingonotherproperty,publicorprivate. 4. Otherillegaldumpingorburying. Job Number 2240461.00 Construction Waste Management and Disposal 01 74 19 - 1 / 8 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 F. RegulatoryRequirements:Contractorisresponsibleforknowingandcomplyingwithregulatory requirements,includingbutnotlimitedtoFederal,stateandlocalrequirements,pertainingtolegal disposalofallconstructionanddemolitionwastematerials. G. Methodsoftrash/wastedisposalthatarenotacceptableare: 1. Burningontheprojectsite. 2. Buryingontheprojectsite. 3. Dumpingorburyingonotherproperty,publicorprivate. 4. Otherillegaldumpingorburying. H. RegulatoryRequirements: GeneralContractorisresponsibleforknowingandcomplyingwith regulatoryrequirements,includingbutnotlimitedtoFederal,stateandlocalrequirements,pertaining tolegaldisposalofallconstructionanddemolitionwastematerials. 1.03 RELATEDREQUIREMENTS A. Section013000-AdministrativeRequirements:Additionalrequirementsforprojectmeetings,reports, submittalprocedures,andprojectdocumentation. B. Section013329.01-SustainableDesignReporting-MAA C. Section015000-TemporaryFacilitiesandControls: Additionalrequirementsrelatedtotrash/waste collectionandremovalfacilitiesandservices. D. Section016000-ProductRequirements: Wastepreventionrequirementsrelatedtodelivery,storage, andhandling. E. Section017000-ExecutionandCloseoutRequirements:Trash/wastepreventionproceduresrelatedto demolition,cuttingandpatching,installation,protection,andcleaning. F. Section024100-Demolitionfordispositionofwasteresultingfromdemolitionofbuildings,structures, andsiteimprovementsandfordispositionofhazardouswaste. G. Division22disposalofwasteresultingfromdemolitionandconstructionforPlumbingwork. 1.04 DEFINITIONS A. Clean: Untreatedandunpainted; notcontaminatedwithoils,solvents,caulk,orthelike. B. ConstructionandDemolitionWaste:Solidwastestypicallyincludingbuildingmaterials,packaging, trash,debris,andrubbleresultingfromconstruction,remodeling,repairanddemolitionoperations. C. Disposal:Removaloff-siteofdemolitionorconstructionwasteandsubsequentsalvage,sale,recycling, reuse,ordepositinlandfill,incineratoracceptabletoauthoritieshavingjurisdiction. Job Number 2240461.00 Construction Waste Management and Disposal 01 74 19 - 2 / 8 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 D. Diversion:Avoidanceofdemolitionandconstructionwastesenttolandfillorincineration.Diversion doesnotincludeusingmaterialsforlandfill,alternatedailycoveronlandfills,ormaterialsusedasfuel inwaste-to-energyprocesses E. Hazardous: Exhibitingthecharacteristicsofhazardoussubstances,i.e.,ignitibility,corrosivity,toxicity orreactivity. F. Nonhazardous: Exhibitingnoneofthecharacteristicsofhazardoussubstances,i.e.,ignitibility, corrosivity,toxicity,orreactivity. G. Nontoxic: Neitherimmediatelypoisonoustohumansnorpoisonousafteralongperiodofexposure. H. Recyclable: Theabilityofaproductormaterialtoberecoveredattheendofitslifecycleand remanufacturedintoanewproductforreusebyothers. I. Recycle: Toremoveawastematerialfromtheprojectsitetoanothersiteforremanufactureintoanew productforreusebyothers. J. Recycling: Theprocessofsorting,cleansing,treatingandreconstitutingsolidwasteandotherdiscarded materialsforthepurposeofusingthealteredform. Recyclingdoesnotincludeburning,incinerating,or thermallydestroyingwaste. K. Return: Togivebackreusableitemsorunusedproductstovendorsforcredit. L. Reuse: Toreuseaconstructionwastematerialinsomemannerontheprojectsite. M. Salvage: Toremoveawastematerialfromtheprojectsitetoanothersiteforresaleorreusebyothers. N. Sediment: Soilandotherdebristhathasbeenerodedandtransportedbystormorwellproductionrun- offwater. O. SourceSeparation: Theactofkeepingdifferenttypesofwastematerialsseparatebeginningfromthe firsttimetheybecomewaste. P. Toxic: Poisonoustohumanseitherimmediatelyorafteralongperiodofexposure. Q. Trash: Anyproductormaterialunabletobereused,returned,recycled,orsalvaged. R. Waste: Extramaterialormaterialthathasreachedtheendofitsusefullifeinitsintendeduse. Waste includessalvageable,returnable,recyclable,andreusablematerial. 1.05 MATERIALSOWNERSHIP A. Unlessotherwiseindicated,demolitionandreusablematerial. B. WasteManagementPlan:Aproject-relatedplanforthecollection,transportationanddisposalofwaste generatedattheconstructionsite.Thepurposeoftheplanistoultimatelyreducetheamountof materialbecominglandfill. Job Number 2240461.00 Construction Waste Management and Disposal 01 74 19 - 3 / 8 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. SeeSection013000-AdministrativeRequirementsforsubmittalprocedures. B. SustainableDesignSubmittals:SubmitWasteManagementPlanandWasteDisposalReportsin accordancewithproceduresspecifiedinSection013329. C. LandfillAlternativesProposal: Within10calendardaysafterreceiptofNoticeofAwardofBid,orprior toanytrashorwasteremoval,whicheveroccurssooner,submitaprojectionoftrash/wastethatwill requiredisposalandalternativestolandfilling,withnetcosts. 1. SubmittoArchitectforOwner'sreviewandapproval. 2. Includeananalysisoftrash/wastetobegeneratedandlandfilloptionsasspecifiedforWaste ManagementPlandescribedbelow. 3. Describeasmanyalternativestolandfillingaspossible: a. Listeachmaterialproposedtobesalvaged,reused,orrecycled. b. Listtheproposedlocalmarketforeachmaterial. c. Statetheestimatednetcostresultingfromeachalternative,aftersubtractingrevenuefrom saleofrecycledorsalvagedmaterialsandlandfilltippingfeessavedduetodiversionof materialsfromthelandfill. 4. Providealternativestolandfillingforatleastthefollowingmaterials: a. Aluminumandplasticbeveragecontainers. b. Corrugatedcardboard. c. Woodpallets. d. Cleandimensionalwood. e. Concrete. f. Bricks. g. Concretemasonryunits. h. Metals,includingpackagingbanding,metalstuds,sheetmetal,structuralsteel,piping, reinforcingbars,doorframes,andotheritemsmadeofsteel,iron,galvanizedsteel,stainless steel,aluminum,copper,zinc,lead,brass,andbronze. i. Glass. j. Gypsumdrywallandplaster. Job Number 2240461.00 Construction Waste Management and Disposal 01 74 19 - 4 / 8 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 k. Plasticbuckets. D. SubmitWasteManagementPlanwithin10calendardaysafterreceiptofNoticeofAwardofBid,or priortoanytrashorwasteremoval,whicheveroccurssooner;submitprojectionofalltrashandwaste thatwillrequiredisposalandalternativestolandfilling. E. WasteManagementPlan: Includethefollowinginformation: 1. Analysisofthetrashandwasteprojectedtobegeneratedduringtheentireprojectconstruction cycle,includingtypesandquantities. 2. LandfillOptions:Thename,address,andtelephonenumberofthelandfill(s)wheretrash/waste willbedisposedof,theapplicablelandfilltippingfee(s),andtheprojectedcostofdisposingofall projecttrash/wasteinthelandfill(s). 3. LandfillAlternatives: Listallwastematerialsthatwillbedivertedfromlandfillsbyreuse,salvage, orrecycling. 4. Meetings: Describeregularmeetingstobeheldtoaddresswasteprevention,reduction, recycling,salvage,reuse,anddisposal. 5. MaterialsHandlingProcedures: Describethemeansbywhichmaterialstobedivertedfrom landfillswillbeprotectedfromcontaminationandpreparedforacceptancebydesignated facilities;includeseparationproceduresforrecyclables,storage,andpackaging. 6. Transportation: Identifythedestinationandmeansoftransportationofmaterialstoberecycled; i.e.whethermaterialswillbesite-separatedandself-hauledtodesignatedcenters,orwhether mixedmaterialswillbecollectedbyawastehauler. F. WasteDisposalReports: Submitatspecifiedintervals,withdetailsofquantitiesoftrashandwaste, meansofdisposalorreuse,andcosts;showbothtotalstodateandsincelastreport. 1. SubmitupdatedReportwitheachApplicationforProgressPayment;failuretosubmitReportwill delaypayment. 2. SubmitReportonaformacceptabletoOwner. 3. Generationpointofwaste. 4. Totalquantityofwasteintons. 5. Datesremovedfromthejobsite. 6. Identityofthetransferstationorlandfill. 7. LandfillDisposal: Includethefollowinginformation: a. Identificationofmaterial. Job Number 2240461.00 Construction Waste Management and Disposal 01 74 19 - 5 / 8 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 b. Amount,intonsorcubicyards,oftrash/wastematerialfromtheprojectdisposedofin landfills. c. Statetheidentityoflandfills,totalamountoftippingfeespaidtolandfill,andtotaldisposal cost. d. Includemanifests,weighttickets,receipts,andinvoicesasevidenceofquantityandcost. 8. RecycledandSalvagedMaterials: Includethefollowinginformationforeach: a. Amount,intonsorcubicyards,dateremovedfromtheprojectsite,andreceivingparty. b. Transportationcost,amountpaidorreceivedforthematerial,andthenettotalcostor savingsofsalvageorrecyclingeachmaterial. c. Includemanifests,weighttickets,receipts,andinvoicesasevidenceofquantityandcost. d. Certificationbyreceivingpartythatmaterialswillnotbedisposedofinlandfillsorby incineration. 9. MaterialReusedonProject: Includethefollowinginformationforeach: a. Identificationofmaterialandhowitwasusedintheproject. b. Amount,intonsorcubicyards. c. Includeweightticketsasevidenceofquantity. 10. Includelegiblecopiesofon-sitelogs,weightticketsandreceipts.Receiptsshallbefromrecycling and/ordisposalsiteoperatorswhocanlegallyacceptthematerialsforthepurposeofreuse, recyclingordisposal.Ifmixedconstructionanddemolitionwasteissortedoff-site,providealetter fromtheprocessorstatingtheaveragepercentageofmixedC&Dwastetheyrecycle. 11. ProvideperiodicupdatesatBi-weeklyintervalsintheprojecttoevaluatetheprogressinmeeting LEEDcredits. a. Eachupdatetoincludeamountsenttolocationsindicatedinwastemanagementplanand totalamountofwastegeneratedandremovedduringconstruction. b. Form17419.02,WasteManagementLogisincludedattheendofthisSectiontoaidthe Contractorinthepreparationoftheperiodicreports.Formmaybeusedonaperiodicbasis andasthefinalreport.TheFormisnotintendedtobeexclusionaryandtheContractormay provideanotherformifalloftherelevantdataisincluded.Areviewofalternateformsand theircontentshallbereviewedbytheLEEDProfessionalforcompliancewiththe requirementsforreporting. 12. OtherDisposalMethods:Includeinformationsimilartothatdescribedabove,asappropriateto disposalmethod. Job Number 2240461.00 Construction Waste Management and Disposal 01 74 19 - 6 / 8 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 G. RecordsofDonations:Indicatereceiptandacceptanceofsalvageablewastedonatedtoindividualsand organizations.Indicatewhetherorganizationistaxexempt. H. RecordsofSales:Indicatereceiptandacceptanceofsalvageablewastesoldtoindividualsand organizations.Indicatewhetherorganizationistaxexempt. I. QualificationData:Forwastemanagementcoordinatorandrefrigerantrecoverytechnician. J. StatementofRefrigerantRecovery:Signedbyrefrigerantrecoverytechnicianresponsibleforrecovering refrigerant,statingthatallrefrigerantthatwaspresentwasrecoveredandthatrecoverywas performedaccordingtoEPAregulations.Includenameandaddressoftechniciananddaterefrigerant wasrecovered. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 RECYCLINGRECEIVERSANDPROCESSORS A. Subjecttocompliancewithrequirements,availablerecyclingreceiversandprocessorsinclude,butare notlimitedto,thefollowing: 1. AnyLocalrecycling,reuseorsalvageyard 2.02 PERFORMANCEREQUIREMENTS A. General:Achieveend-of-Projectratesforsalvage/recyclingof75percentbyweightoftotal nonhazardoussolidwastegeneratedbytheWork.Practiceefficientwastemanagementintheuseof materialsinthecourseoftheWork.Useallreasonablemeanstodivertconstructionanddemolition wastefromlandfillsandincinerators.Facilitaterecyclingandsalvageofmaterials 1. ConstructionWaste: a. Metals. b. Packaging:Regardlessofsalvage/recyclegoalindicatedin"General" c. Woodpallets. 2. ConstructionOfficeWaste:Regardlessofsalvage/recyclegoalindicatedin"General"Paragraph above,salvageorrecycle100percentofthefollowingconstructionofficewastematerials: a. Paper. b. Aluminumcans. c. Glasscontainers Job Number 2240461.00 Construction Waste Management and Disposal 01 74 19 - 7 / 8 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 WASTEMANAGEMENTPLANIMPLEMENTATION A. Manager: Designateanon-sitepersonorpersonsresponsibleforinstructingworkersandoverseeing anddocumentingresultsoftheWasteManagementPlan. B. Communication: DistributecopiesoftheWasteManagementPlantojobsiteforeman,each subcontractor,Owner,andArchitect. C. Instruction: Provideon-siteinstructionofappropriateseparation,handling,andrecycling,salvage, reuse,andreturnmethodstobeusedbyallpartiesattheappropriatestagesoftheproject. D. Meetings: Discusstrash/wastemanagementgoalsandissuesatprojectmeetings. 1. Prebidmeeting. 2. Preconstructionmeeting. 3. Regularjob-sitemeetings. E. Facilities: Providespecificfacilitiesforseparationandstorageofmaterialsforrecycling,salvage,reuse, return,andtrashdisposal,forusebyallcontractorsandinstallers. 1. Providecontainersasrequired. 2. Providetemporaryenclosuresaroundpilesofseparatedmaterialstoberecycledorsalvaged. 3. Provideadequatespaceforpick-upanddeliveryandconveniencetosubcontractors. 4. Keeprecyclingandtrash/wastebinareasneatandcleanandclearlymarkedinordertoavoid contaminationofmaterials. F. HazardousWastes: Separate,store,anddisposeofhazardouswastesaccordingtoapplicable regulations. G. Recycling: Separate,store,protect,andhandleatthesiteidentifiedrecyclablewasteproductsinorder topreventcontaminationofmaterialsandtomaximizerecyclabilityofidentifiedmaterials. Arrangefor timelypickupsfromthesiteordeliveriestorecyclingfacilityinordertopreventcontaminationof recyclablematerials. ENDOFSECTION 017419 Job Number 2240461.00 Construction Waste Management and Disposal 01 74 19 - 8 / 8 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 SECTION017800 CLOSEOUTSUBMITTALS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTIONINCLUDES A. Projectrecorddocuments. B. Operationandmaintenancedata. C. WarrantiesandBonds. 1.02 RELATEDREQUIREMENTS A. Section013000-AdministrativeRequirements:Submittalsprocedures,shopdrawings,productdata, andsamples. B. Section013329.01-SustainableDesignReporting C. Section013853SpecialProcedureAssetTaggingStandards D. Section017000-ExecutionandCloseoutRequirements:Contractcloseoutprocedures. E. Section017419-ConstructionWasteManagementandDisposal F. IndividualProductSections: WarrantiesrequiredforspecificproductsorWork. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. UponreceivingtheCertificateofSubstantialCompletion,Contractorshallprepare,assembleand transmittheitemslistedhereinwithintendays. 1. ProjectRecordDocuments: a. SubmitcompletesetofreviewedshopdrawingstoOwnerinelectronicPDFformat. b. SubmitPDFofAs-BuiltdrawingsscannedatoriginalscaletoArchitect. 2. Warranties,Bonds,andOperationandMaintenanceData:Submitonehardcopyoftheitems listedtoOwnerandArchitectforreview.Makeanyrequestedrevisionstothesubmittal,and uponsatisfactorycompletion,submitinelectronicPDFformat. PART2 PRODUCTS-NOTUSED PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 PROJECTRECORDDOCUMENTS A. Maintainonsiteonesetofthefollowingrecorddocuments;recordactualrevisionstotheWork: Job Number 2240461.00 Closeout Submittals 01 78 00 - 1 / 4 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 1. Drawings. 2. Specifications. 3. Addenda. 4. ChangeOrdersandothermodificationstotheContract. 5. Reviewedshopdrawings,productdata,andsamples. 6. Manufacturer'sinstructionforassembly,installation,andadjusting. B. Ensureentriesarecompleteandaccurate,enablingfuturereferencebyOwner. C. Storerecorddocumentsseparatefromdocumentsusedforconstruction. D. Recordinformationconcurrentwithconstructionprogress. E. As-BuiltDrawingsandShopDrawings:Onacompletesetofprints,legiblymarkeachitemtorecord actualconstructionincluding: 1. Measureddepthsoffoundationsinrelationtofinishfirstfloordatum. 2. Measuredhorizontalandverticallocationsofundergroundutilitiesandappurtenances, referencedtopermanentsurfaceimprovements. 3. Measuredlocationsofinternalutilitiesandappurtenancesconcealedinconstruction,referenced tovisibleandaccessiblefeaturesoftheWork. 4. Fieldchangesofdimensionanddetail. 5. DetailsnotonoriginalContractdrawings. 3.02 ASSEMBLYOFOPERATIONANDMAINTENANCEMANUALS A. AssembleoperationandmaintenancedataintoelectronicPDFformatmanualsforOwner'spersonnel use,withdataarrangedinthesamesequenceas,andidentifiedby,thespecificationsections. B. Wheresystemsinvolvemorethanonespecificationsection,provideseparatetabbeddividerforeach system. C. Prepareinstructionsanddatabypersonnelexperiencedinmaintenanceandoperationofdescribed products. D. Preparedataintheformofaninstructionalmanual. E. ElectronicCopy:PDFformat.CreatehyperlinksfromtheTableofContentstotheindividualDivisions andSectionsofthedocument. Job Number 2240461.00 Closeout Submittals 01 78 00 - 2 / 4 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 F. ProjectDirectory: TitleandaddressofProject;names,addresses,andtelephonenumbersofArchitect, Consultants,GeneralContractorandsubcontractors,withnamesofresponsibleparties. G. TablesofContents: Listeveryitemseparatedbyadivider,usingthesameidentificationasonthe dividertab;wheremultiplevolumesarerequired,includeallvolumesTablesofContentsineach volume,withthecurrentvolumeclearlyidentified. H. Arrangecontentby​systems​undersectionnumbersandsequenceofTableofContentsofthisProject Manual. I. Contents:PrepareaTableofContentsforeachvolume,witheachproductorsystemdescription identified,inthreepartsasfollows: 1. Part1:Directory,listingnames,addresses,andtelephonenumbersof​Architect​,​General Contractor​,Subcontractors,andmajorequipmentsuppliers. 2. Part2:Operationandmaintenanceinstructions,arrangedby​system​andsubdividedby ​specificationsection​.Foreachcategory,identifynames,addresses,andtelephonenumbersof Subcontractorsandsuppliers.Identifythefollowing: a. Listofequipment. b. Partslistforeachcomponent. c. Operatinginstructions. d. Maintenanceinstructionsforequipmentandsystems. 3. Part3:Projectdocumentsandcertificates,includingthefollowing: a. Shopdrawingsandproductdata. b. ​Photocopiesofwarrantiesandbonds​. 3.03 WARRANTIESANDBONDS A. Obtainwarrantiesandbonds,executedinduplicatebyresponsibleSubcontractors,suppliers,and manufacturers,within​10​calendardaysaftercompletionoftheapplicableitemofwork.Exceptfor itemsputintousewith​Owner​'spermission,leavedateofbeginningoftimeofwarrantyuntilDateof Substantialcompletionisdetermined. B. Verifythatdocumentsareinproperform,containfullinformation,andarenotarized. C. Include​photocopies​ofeachinoperationandmaintenancemanuals,indexedseparatelyonTableof Contents. Job Number 2240461.00 Closeout Submittals 01 78 00 - 3 / 4 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 D. Manual:Bindincommercialquality​8-1/2by11inch​​threeDsidering​binderswithdurable​plastic​ covers. ENDOFSECTION 017800 Job Number 2240461.00 Closeout Submittals 01 78 00 - 4 / 4 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 SECTION017900 DEMONSTRATIONANDTRAINING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Demonstrationofproductsandsystemstobecommissionedandwhereindicatedinspecific specificationsections. B. TrainingofOwnerpersonnelinoperationandmaintenanceisrequiredfor: 1. Allsoftware-operatedsystems. 2. Plumbingequipment. 3. Electricalpowerdistributionandequipment. 4. Fireprotectionsystemandfirepump. 5. Firealarmsystem. 6. AccessControl/Security 1.02 RELATEDREQUIREMENTS A. Section017800-CloseoutSubmittals: Operationandmaintenancemanuals. B. OtherSpecificationSections: Additionalrequirementsfordemonstrationandtraining. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. TrainingReports: 1. Identificationofeachtrainingsession,date,time,andduration. 2. Sign-insheetshowingnamesandjobtitlesofattendees. 3. Listofattendeequestionsandwrittenanswersgiven,includingcopiesofandreferencesto supportingdocumentationrequiredforclarification;includeanswerstoquestionsthatcouldnot beansweredinoriginaltrainingsession. B. VideoRecordings: Submitdigitalvideorecordingofeachdemonstrationandtrainingsessionfor Owner'ssubsequentuse. 1. Format: DVDDisc. 2. Labeleachdiscandcontainerwithsessionidentificationanddate. Job Number 2240461.00 Demonstration and Training 01 79 00 - 1 / 3 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 1.04 QUALITYASSURANCE A. InstructorQualifications: Familiarwithdesign,operation,maintenanceandtroubleshootingofthe relevantproductsandsystems. 1. Provideasinstructorsthemostqualifiedtrainerofthosecontractorsand/orinstallerswho actuallysuppliedandinstalledthesystemsandequipment. 2. Whereasinglepersonisnotfamiliarwithallaspects,providespecialistswithnecessary qualifications. PART2 PRODUCTS-NOTUSED PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 DEMONSTRATION-GENERAL A. Demonstrationsconductedduringsystemstart-updonotqualifyasdemonstrationsforthepurposesof thissection,unlessapprovedinadvancebyOwner. B. DemonstrationmaybecombinedwithOwnerpersonneltrainingifapplicable. C. OperatingEquipmentandSystems: Demonstrateoperationinallmodes,includingstart-up,shut-down, seasonalchangeover,emergencyconditions,andtroubleshooting,andmaintenanceprocedures, includingscheduledandpreventivemaintenance. 1. Performdemonstrations​withintwoweeksafter​SubstantialCompletion. D. Non-OperatingProducts: Demonstratecleaning,scheduledandpreventivemaintenance,andrepair procedures. 1. Performdemonstrations​withintwoweeksafter​SubstantialCompletion. 3.02 TRAINING-GENERAL A. Conducttrainingon-siteunlessotherwiseindicated. B. Providetraininginminimumtwohoursegments. C. TrainingschedulewillbesubjecttoavailabilityofOwner'spersonneltobetrained;re-scheduletraining sessionsasrequiredbyOwner;onceschedulehasbeenapprovedbyOwnerfailuretoconductsessions accordingtoschedulewillbecauseforOwnertochargeGeneralContractorforpersonnel"show-up" time. D. ReviewofFacilityPolicyonOperationandMaintenanceData: Duringtrainingdiscuss: 1. ThelocationoftheO&Mmanualsandproceduresforuseandpreservation;backupcopies. 2. Typicalcontentsandorganizationofallmanuals,includingexplanatoryinformation,system narratives,andproductspecificinformation. Job Number 2240461.00 Demonstration and Training 01 79 00 - 2 / 3 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 3. TypicalusesoftheO&Mmanuals. E. Product-andSystem-SpecificTraining: 1. ReviewtheapplicableO&Mmanuals. 2. Forsystems,provideanoverviewofsystemoperation,designparametersandconstraints,and operationalstrategies. 3. Reviewinstructionsforproperoperationinallmodes,includingstart-up,shut-down,seasonal changeoverandemergencyprocedures,andformaintenance,includingpreventative maintenance. 4. Providehands-ontrainingonalloperationalmodespossibleandpreventivemaintenance. 5. Emphasizesafeandproperoperatingrequirements;discussrelevanthealthandsafetyissuesand emergencyprocedures. 6. Discusscommontroubleshootingproblemsandsolutions. 7. Discussanypeculiaritiesofequipmentinstallationoroperation. 8. Discusswarrantiesandguarantees,includingproceduresnecessarytoavoidvoidingcoverage. 9. Reviewrecommendedtoolsandsparepartsinventorysuggestionsofmanufacturers. 10. ReviewsparepartsandtoolsrequiredtobefurnishedbyGeneralContractor. 11. Reviewsparepartssuppliersandsourcesandprocurementprocedures. F. Bepreparedtoanswerquestionsraisedbytrainingattendees;ifunabletoanswerduringtraining session,providewrittenresponsewithinthreedays. ENDOFSECTION 017900 Job Number 2240461.00 Demonstration and Training 01 79 00 - 3 / 3 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 SECTION024100 DEMOLITION PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTIONINCLUDES A. Selectivedemolitionofbuildingelementsforalterationpurposes. 1.02 RELATEDREQUIREMENTS A. Section011000-Summary: LimitationsonGeneralContractor'suseofsiteandpremises. B. Section015000-TemporaryFacilitiesandControls: Sitefences,security,protectivebarriers,and wasteremoval. C. Section017000-ExecutionandCloseoutRequirements: Projectconditions;protectionofbench marks,surveycontrolpoints,andexistingconstructiontoremain;reinstallationofremovedproducts; temporarybracingandshoring. PART2 PRODUCTS--NOTUSED PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERALPROCEDURESANDPROJECTCONDITIONS A. Complywithapplicablecodesandregulationsfordemolitionoperationsandsafetyofadjacent structuresandthepublic. 1. Obtainrequiredpermits. 2. Takeprecautionstopreventcatastrophicoruncontrolledcollapseofstructurestoberemoved;do notallowworkerorpublicaccesswithinrangeofpotentialcollapseofunstablestructures. 3. Provide,erect,andmaintaintemporarybarriersandsecuritydevices. 4. Usephysicalbarrierstopreventaccesstoareasthatcouldbehazardoustoworkersorthepublic. 5. Conductoperationstominimizeeffectsonandinterferencewithadjacentstructuresand occupants. 6. Donotcloseorobstructroadwaysorsidewalkswithoutpermitsfromauthorityhaving jurisdiction. 7. Obtainwrittenpermissionfromownersofadjacentpropertieswhendemolitionequipmentwill traverse,infringeupon,orlimitaccesstotheirproperty. B. DonotbeginremovaluntilreceiptofnotificationtoproceedfromOwner. C. Donotbeginremovaluntilbuiltelementstobesalvagedorrelocatedhavebeenremoved. Job Number 2240461.00 Demolition 02 41 00 - 1 / 3 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 3.02 EXISTINGUTILITIES A. Protectexistingutilitiestoremainfromdamage. B. Donotclose,shutoff,ordisruptexistinglifesafetysystemsthatareinusewithoutatleast7daysprior writtennotificationtoOwner. C. Donotclose,shutoff,ordisruptexistingutilitybranchesortake-offsthatareinusewithoutatleast3 dayspriorwrittennotificationtoOwner. D. Locateandmarkutilitiestoremain;markusinghighlyvisibletagsorflags,withidentificationofutility type;protectfromdamageduetosubsequentconstruction,usingsubstantialbarricadesifnecessary. E. Removeexposedpiping,valves,meters,equipment,supports,andfoundationsofdisconnectedand abandonedutilities. 3.03 SELECTIVEDEMOLITIONFORALTERATIONS Servicesincluding,butnotlimitedto,HVAC,Plumbing,FireProtection,Electrical,and Telecommunications: Removeexistingsystemsandequipmentasindicated. 1. Maintainexistingactivesystemstoremaininoperation,andmaintainaccesstoequipmentand operationalcomponents. 2. Whereexistingactivesystemsserveoccupiedfacilitiesbutaretobereplacedwithnewservices, maintainexistingsystemsinserviceuntilnewsystemsarecompleteandreadyforservice. 3. Verifythatabandonedservicesserveonlyabandonedfacilitiesbeforeremoval. 4. Removeabandonedpipe,ducts,conduits,andequipment,includingthoseaboveaccessible ceilings.Removebacktosourceofsupplywherepossible,otherwisecapstubandtagwith identification. A. Protectexistingworktoremain. Preventmovementofstructure.Provideshoringandbracingasrequired. Performcuttingtoaccomplishremovalworkneatlyandasspecifiedforcuttingnewwork. 1. Repairadjacentconstructionandfinishesdamagedduringremovalwork. 2. Patchtomatchnewwork. 3.04 DEBRISANDWASTEREMOVAL A. Removedebris,junk,andtrashfromsite. B. Removematerialsnottobereusedonsite;complywithrequirementsofSection017419-Waste Management. Job Number 2240461.00 Demolition 02 41 00 - 2 / 3 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 C. Leavesiteincleancondition,readyforsubsequentwork. D. Cleanupspillageandwind-blowndebrisfrompublicandprivatelands. ENDOFSECTION 024100 Job Number 2240461.00 Demolition 02 41 00 - 3 / 3 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 SECTION 03 3560 - CONCRETE FLOOR FINISHING (AR) V2.0 VERSION 2.0 PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Finishing slabs on ground and suspended slabs on metal deck. B. Curing concrete surfaces. C. Surface treatment with concrete hardener. D. Grinding construction joints. E. Floor slab crack repair. 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements: Pre-Slab Meeting. B. Section 01 4540 - Concrete Testing - Random Traffic Areas Floor Flatness and Levelness Testing (Ff - Fl). C. Section 01 4545 - Concrete Testing - Gloss Testing for Slabs Subjected to Robotic Equipment. D. Section 01 4555 - Concrete Testing - Roughness (Ra) Testing for Slabs Subjected to Robotic Equipment. E. Section 03 3000 - Cast-In-Place Concrete. F. Section 03 3565 - Interior Concrete Polishing (No Dye). G. Section 07 9200 - Joint Sealants: Sealants for saw cut joints and isolation joints in slabs. H. Section 07 9216 - Interior Floor Joint Filler and Sealant. 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Referenced standards are to be the latest editions adopted at project bid date. 1. ACI SPEC-301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings; 2016. 2. ACI PRC-302.1 - Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction; 2015. 3. ACI SPEC-308.1 - Standard Specification for Curing Concrete; 2011. 4. ASTM C309 - Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete; 2011. 5. ASTM C171 - Standard Specification for Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete; 2016. 6. ASTM E1155 - Standard Test Method for Determining F(F) Floor Flatness and F(L) Floor Levelness Numbers; 2014. Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 1 of 11 11-15-2024 Concrete Floor Finishing (AR) V2.0 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 7. ANSI A326.3 - American National Standard Test Method For Measuring Dynamic Coefficient of Friction of Hard Surface Flooring Materials; 2017. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide data on all products, including information on compatibility of different products and limitations. B. American Concrete Institute (ACI) Certifications: Submit current ACI Flatwork Finisher certifications one month minimum before starting floor construction. C. Slab repair procedures. D. Slab surface roughness remediation procedures. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Interior Slab-on-Ground and Slab on Metal Deck Installer: Construction of interior slabs shall be performed by Installer capable of achieving high quality control in finished product as measured in terms of surface flatness and levelness, uniformity in texture, smoothness, and appearance of hard steel troweled surfaces, precision in construction of joints, and minimization of slab shrinkage, cracking, and edge curling. Engage Installer, fully experienced in ways, means, methods and materials of slab-on-ground and suspended slab concrete construction, capable of producing high quality finished product for this project, and as acceptable to Owner's representative. B. Perform Work in accordance with standards referenced. C. American Concrete Institute (ACI) Certifications: Floor contractor finishing crew shall have a minimum number of concrete finishers with the following current certifications. 1. ACI Commercial-Industrial Flatwork Finisher: One. 2. ACI Flatwork Finisher or Tradesman: Three. D. Slabs subjected to robotic equipment will have gloss and roughness test requirements. These requirements are not part of the contractor’s scope of work but will be discussed in the pre-slab construction meetings. Reference Sections 01 4545 and 01 4555. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in manufacturer's sealed packaging, including application instructions. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. No satisfactory chemical or cleaning procedure is available to remove petroleum stains from the concrete surface. Prevention is therefore essential. 1. No motorized vehicles will be allowed on slabs without proper protection for wheels and oil or hydraulic reservoirs to eliminate oil drips and avoid staining of the concrete. 2. No trade will park vehicles on the inside slab. If necessary to complete their scope of work, impervious drop cloths will be placed under vehicles at all times. Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 2 of 11 11-15-2024 Concrete Floor Finishing (AR) V2.0 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 3. No pipe cutting machine will be used on the inside floor slab. 4. Steel will not be placed on interior slabs to avoid rust staining. B. Maintain temperature of concrete above 50 degrees F (10 degrees C). for seven days after placing. Protect work against frost, rapid drying and heavy rain. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MEMBRANE CURING COMPOUND A. Membrane Curing Compound: ASTM C309 Type 1 - Clear or translucent, Class B. Moisture loss not more than 0.11 pounds/square foot (0.55 kg/m2) in 72 hours. VOC compliant. 1. Dissipating resin type. 2. Product shall be compatible with tilt-up bond breaker, floor sealers, and floor coverings. 3. Product shall be easily removable from slab surface if film forming, and if used under building cover and not exposed to UV light. 2.2 PENETRATING CONCRETE HARDENER: A. Penetrating, chemically reactive, concrete hardener containing lithium silicates equal to: 1. Dayton Superior: Pentra-Hard Densifier. 2. Nox-Crete: Duro-Nox LSC. 3. Prosoco: Consolideck LS-CS 4. SpecChem: LithSeal SC or Lite 2.3 CRACK REPAIR MATERIAL: A. Two component, high penetration polyurethane for crack, spall, and surface repair of slab on grade. B. Cracks Greater Than 30-MIL (0.030 in.): 1. Metzger McGuire: Rapid Refloor. 2. Roadware, Inc.: Roadware 10 Minute Concrete Mender. 2.4 SURFACE CAVITIES, VOIDS OR DENTS, SMALL SCRAPES, OBLONG SURFACE CAVITIES, AND ANCHOR BOLT REPAIRS A. Acceptable Products: 1. Rapid Refloor 2. Rapid Refloor XP Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 3 of 11 11-15-2024 Concrete Floor Finishing (AR) V2.0 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 2.5 SURFACE DELAMINATIONS REPAIRS A. Acceptable Products: 1. Armor-Hard 2. Armor-Hard Extreme 3. Armor-Hard HDR 4. Armor-Hard LV 2.6 JOINT SPALL REPAIRS A. Acceptable Products: 1. Armor-Hard 2. Armor-Hard Extreme 2.7 CONCRETE BONDING AGENT: A. Epoxy based adhesive for bonding to concrete surfaces: 1. Dayton Superior: Sure Bond J58. 2. Euclid: Euco Epoxy #452 or #620. 3. Sika Chemical Corp.: Sikadur 32 Hi-Mod 2.8 CONCRETE PATCHING MATERIAL: A. Epoxy and cement repair mortar allowing thin cross sections: 1. Dayton Superior: Thin Resurfacer 2. Euclid Chemical Co.: Thin Top Supreme or Concrete Top Supreme 3. Sika Chemical Corp.: Sikatop 121 Plus or 122 Plus 2.9 EVAPORATION RETARDANT: A. Acceptable Products: 1. Dayton Superior: AquaFilm. 2. Euclid: Eucobar. 3. Nox-Crete: Monofilm. 4. Sonneborn: Confilm. 5. SpecChem: Spec Film Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 4 of 11 11-15-2024 Concrete Floor Finishing (AR) V2.0 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that floor surfaces are acceptable to receive the work of this section. 3.2 RANDOM TRAFFIC FLOORS: A. Definitions: 1. Ff defines the maximum floor curvature allowed over 24 inches (0.61m) computed on the basis of successive 12-inch (0.30m) elevation differentials, Ff is commonly referred to as the "Flatness F- Number." 2. Fl defines the relative conformity of the floor surface to a horizontal plane as measured over a 10 foot (3.05m) distance. B. Criteria: 1. The entire slab-on-ground and slab on metal deck shall be designated as a Random Traffic Floor. 2. Slab-on-ground floor slabs shall conform to the following F-number requirements. a. Specified Overall Value: Ff 50 / Fl 35. b. Minimum Local Value: Ff 35 / Fl 25. 3. Suspended slab areas shall conform to the following ACI F-number requirements (note that Fl levelness tolerances do not apply to unshored elevated construction): a. Specified Overall Value: Ff 30. b. Minimum Local Value: Ff 19. 4. General Conformity to Design Ground: a. The slab-on-ground floor shall fall within ± 3/4 inch (19.05mm) of the finished floor elevation. b. The suspended slab floor shall have the following elevation requirements: 1) The floor shall fall within ± 3/4 inch (19.05mm) of the finished floor elevation. 2) The change in elevation over 2 feet 0 inches (0.61m) shall not exceed 1/4 inch (6.35mm). Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 5 of 11 11-15-2024 Concrete Floor Finishing (AR) V2.0 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 5. Floor Tolerance Measurements: Floor flatness and levelness tests shall be conducted in accordance with the provisions set forth in ASTM E1155, except as noted below by an operator certified by the manufacturer of the equipment being used. Floor tolerance measurements shall be made within 24 hours after completion of the final troweling operations - and in all cases before removable forms and/or shores have been removed - using a Dipstick measuring device, D-Meter or a SMG Axion 1155 measuring device, or other testing equipment specifically approved by the Architect. Results of all floor tolerance tests, including a formal notice of acceptance or rejection of the work, shall be provided to the Contractor within 24 hours after data collection. Test reports shall include plans of test run locations, graphs of each test run, and overall Ff/Fl plus local Ff/Fl values. Weekends and holidays shall be ignored when computing the testing and reporting deadlines specified above. 6. Each newly installed floor slab shall be subdivided into Minimum Local Floor Sections defined by either the column and half-column lines, or the construction and contraction joints, whichever subdivision yields the smaller area. 7. Additional requirements: a. Conform to F-numbers specified for floor areas within 2 feet (0.61m) of penetrations plus construction and isolation joints, in lieu of ASTM E1155 requirements excluding these areas. b. Limit to 1/4 inch (6.35mm) maximum elevation change that may occur within 2 feet (0.61m) of vertical elements (such as columns or walls) that pass-through slab surface. c. Only orient measurement lines parallel and perpendicular to column lines, not diagonally oriented. d. Collect 25 - 50 percent of the measurement lines within 18 inches (0.46m) of slab penetrations, such as columns, stairwell and conveyor penetrations, etc. See Appendix “A” at the end of this section for guidance. 8. Remedy for out-of-tolerance work: 9. All Minimum Local Floor Sections measuring at or above both of the specified minimum local F-numbers shall be accepted for tolerance compliance as constructed. All Minimum Local Floor Sections measuring below either of the specified minimum local F-numbers shall be removed and replaced for slab on ground and shall be ground into tolerance as directed by the Architect for slabs on metal deck. a. Slab areas that exceed the maximum elevation change of 1/4 inch (6.35 mm) within 2 feet (609.6 mm) of vertical elements shall be ground into tolerance as directed by the Owner's Representative. b. Vertical step transitions that exceed 120 mils (3.05 mm) adjacent to expansion joint device after expansion joint installation shall be ground into tolerance as directed by the Owner's Representative. Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 6 of 11 11-15-2024 Concrete Floor Finishing (AR) V2.0 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 3.3 SLAB FINISHES: A. Deposit and consolidate concrete slabs in a continuous operation, within limits of construction joints, until the placing of a panel or section is completed. B. Using Laser Screed, consolidate concrete during placement operations so that concrete is thoroughly worked around reinforcement, other embedded items and into corners. Do not over- vibrate surface. C. Bring slab surfaces to correct level with straightedge and strike-off. Use check rod, wide bull float or darbies to smooth surface, free of humps or hollows. Do not disturb slab surfaces prior to beginning finishing operations. D. Begin floating when surface water has disappeared or when concrete has stiffened sufficiently to permit operation of power-driven floats, or both. Float surfaces on concrete in manner that will compact concrete and produce surface free of depressions or ridges. Test for grade or level and correct as necessary by removing excess or adding and compacting additional concrete. Surfaces to receive float finish include slabs to receive setting beds. E. Trowel finish: Apply a 3 trowel finish to designated monolithic slab surfaces. After floating, begin first trowel finish operation using power-driven trowel. Begin final toweling when surface produces ringing sound as trowel is moved over surface. Consolidate concrete surface by final hand troweling operation, free of trowel marks, uniform in texture and appearance. Do not overwork the final troweling operation. Do not burnish slab surfaces designed for robotic equipment operationsuch that gloss requirements are exceeded. F. Non-slip broom finish: Immediately after trowel finishing, roughen concrete surface by brooming in direction perpendicular to main traffic routes. Coordinate required final finish with Architect before application. Apply non-slip broom finish to all exterior concrete platforms, steps, pavement and ramps. 3.4 EVAPORATIVE RETARDANT: A. When concrete slab placement is subject to high evaporation rates due to high temperatures, wind and/or low humidity, the Contractor shall use the evaporation retardant and any other means necessary to prevent plastic cracking. The retardant may be required to be applied one or more times during the finishing operation and always immediately after a finishing step. The initial application is usually made after the strike-off operation. 3.5 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS: A. Locate construction joints as indicated on Template Drawings or as approved. B. Provide 1/8 inch (3.18mm) edger to edge of second slab placement so that joint can be easily located and recut for joint filling operation. Do not edge first placement. 3.6 CONTRACTION JOINTS: A. Locate contraction joints as indicated on Template Drawings. Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 7 of 11 11-15-2024 Concrete Floor Finishing (AR) V2.0 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 B. All sawn contraction joints shall be made using the "Soff-Cut" method with operating vacuum attached to saw. Initial depth of joint with new blade shall be depth of slab / 5 +/- 1/4 inch (127 +/- 6mm) Saw joints immediately following the final finishing operation in accordance with recommendations of Soff-Cut. Replace saw blades at first sign of raveling at the joint. Skid plate shall be replaced each time a saw blade is replaced. Use "joint saver" inserts, provided by the saw manufacturer, at all intersecting joints and at location where front wheel crosses perpendicular to the previously cut joint. 3.7 PENETRATING CONCRETE HARDENER A. The hardener shall be applied immediately after the concrete surface has hardened sufficiently so that it will not be marred by the application process, and prior to the curing compound application. B. Application: Follow the manufacturer's written instructions for the application of the hardener. 1. The manufacturer’s technical representative shall be present at the initial application to observe the work and provide technical assistance. 2. It is critical that the dust or slurry from saw cutting of floor joints be thoroughly removed from the slab prior to application or alternatively, the hardener may be applied prior to saw cutting. 3.8 CURING: A. Cure floor surfaces in accordance with ACI SPEC 308.1. B. Membrane Curing Compound: 1. The compound shall be applied uniformly over the entire surface in accordance with manufacturer's instruction. 2. Moisture loss from absorption of forms shall be minimized by keeping forms wet until they can be safely removed. 3. During 7 day curing period, the surfaces shall be protected from damage by equipment, temperature change, stored materials, curing procedures, rain and running water. 3.9 GRINDING OF CONSTRUCTION JOINTS A. All construction joints shall be ground and polished to a level, even, smooth, slick finish using gasoline powered diamond-disk and/or stone grinders. The final polishing pass shall be performed using not less than 100 grit stone or diamonds. 3.10 SLAB SURFACE ROUGHNESS REMEDIATION REQUIREMENTS A. Where minimum roughness (Ra) is not to be less than 2.54 μm (100 μin), slab surface remediation will be required. Submit remediation procedures for approval. When remediating Station Queues and Highways areas, remediation shall extend at least 6.5 feet (1.98 m) outside of the Station Queues and Highways and 6.5 feet (1.98 m) into the Storage Cells. Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 8 of 11 11-15-2024 Concrete Floor Finishing (AR) V2.0 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 3.11 PROTECTION: A. Where other concrete structures are to be poured on top of or adjacent to finished surfaces, take all necessary precautions to prevent damage from erection of formwork or staining from concrete laitance. B. Alert other trades to the need for special protection against rolling or sliding heavy loads across the surface, oil drippings from pipe threaders, spillage of paint, plaster and mortar. Ensure that the covering is not damaged or removed during the progress of the work. C. Review proposed tilt panel construction and erection procedures to ensure that scratching, marring, gouging, and cracking of the floor slabs will be avoided. 3.12 DEFECTIVE FLOOR SLAB: A. If it is determined that any type of crack or defect in the slab-on-ground has occurred due to the result of Contractor's failure to comply with these specifications and construction documents, Contractor shall repair and/or replace cracked and defective concrete to the satisfaction of the Owner, and as directed by the Architect. 3.13 CRACK REPAIR OF FLOOR SLABS: A. General: Repair all cracks that meet the requirements set out in this specification. Cracks that do not meet these requirements do not need to be repaired. B. Coordination: Repairs made after the Owner moves in shall be made at times that do not interfere with regular warehouse activities. C. Repair those cracks that meet any of the following conditions: 1. The crack is wider than 0.030 inch (0.762mm). 2. The crack edges have begun to spall or the crack has begun to form “islands”, even though the crack width is less than 0.030 inch (0.762mm). 3. Adjacent slab elements (on either side of the crack) exhibit vertical movement when crossed by a loaded forklift. D. Method of Repair: Follow these steps (or use other method acceptable to the Architect): 1. Multiple cracks clustered in a spider web appearance: a. Remove concrete slab forming a rectangular area normal to column grid. Extend rectangular area to the nearest contraction or construction joint. b. Place and finish new concrete with same specifications as original slab. All edges shall be doweled into existing slab using 3/4 inch (19.05mm) square x 12 inch (0.30m) long smooth steel dowels with PNA square dowel clips at 18 inches (0.46m) on-center. Dowels shall be placed centered in slab, with half the dowel drilled and placed into existing slab. 2. All other isolated cracks: Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 9 of 11 11-15-2024 Concrete Floor Finishing (AR) V2.0 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 a. Surface Spalls and Deflections: Remove all loose materials back to sound concrete with a chisel or light chipper. Use a wire brush or twisted wire wheel to clean the repair area. b. Surface Cracks: Clean out the crack with compressed air, high pressure water blast or wire brush. c. All surfaces must be free of dirt, oils, dust, laitance and old repair materials. d. In accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations, overfill the crack at all locations to at least 1/3 the slab’s depth using Roadware 10 Minute Concrete Mender. e. If permitted by the repair product manufacturer clean, fine sand maybe used both to extend the product and to prevent bottom leakage in the wider cracks. f. Multiple injections passes may be required to ensure that the crack filler is left higher than the adjacent concrete at all locations. g. After the filler has hardened, grind/polish the joint flush with the surrounding surface, providing a smooth and seamless repair. 3.14 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. An independent testing agency, as specified in Section 01 4000, will inspect finished slabs for flatness and levelness. APPENDIX A - EXAMPLE OF FF/FL MEASUREMENT LINE TEST CRITERIA A. Measurement lines are oriented parallel and perpendicular to column lines. 1. NO DIAGONAL LINES ARE PERMITTED. B. Shortest geometrical dimension rounded down to nearest 1 foot (0.30m) determines measurement line length. 1. Example 154-foot-4-inch (47.04m) placement width rounded down to twelve (12) 154 foot (46.94m) measurement lines. C. Some measurement lines must start or end at construction joints. D. Measurement lines transverse to expansion joint must include expansion joint. E. 25 – 50 percent of the measurement lines are to be collected within 18 inches (0.46m) of slab penetrations, including at least one side of the expansion joint. 1. Provide summary report including FF/FL results, measurement line key plan and all measurement line graphs to the place and finish contractor for review and future placement adjustments. Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 10 of 11 11-15-2024 Concrete Floor Finishing (AR) V2.0 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 END OF SECTION Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 11 of 11 11-15-2024 Concrete Floor Finishing (AR) V2.0 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 SECTION 08 7100 - DOOR HARDWARE V6.2 VERSION 6.2 PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 PROCUREMENT A. Vendors 1. Items covered in this section shall be provided and installed by the Contractor, unless noted otherwise on the drawings. 2. All items in this section shall be purchased by the Contractor. 1.3 SUMMARY A. This Section includes commercial door hardware for the following: 1. Swinging doors. 2. Sliding doors. 3. Other doors to the extent indicated. B. Door hardware includes, but is not necessarily limited to, the following: 1. Mechanical door hardware. 2. Electromechanical door hardware. 3. Automatic operators. C. Related Sections: 1. Division 08 Section "Hollow Metal Doors and Frames". 2. Division 08 Section "Flush Wood Doors". 3. Division 08 Section "Aluminum-Framed Entrances and Storefronts". 4. Division 28 Section "Access Control". D. Codes and References: Comply with the version year adopted by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. 1. ANSI A117.1 - Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities. 2. ICC (IBC) - International Building Code. Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 1 of 66 11-15-2024 Door Hardware V6.2 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 3. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code. 4. NFPA 80 - Fire Doors and Windows. 5. NFPA 101 - Life Safety Code. 6. NFPA 105 - Installation of Smoke Door Assemblies. 7. UL/ULC and CSA C22.2 – Standards for Automatic Door Operators Used on Fire and Smoke Barrier Doors and Systems of Doors. 8. State Building Codes, Local Amendments. E. Standards: All hardware specified herein shall comply with the following industry standards: 1. ANSI/BHMA Certified Product Standards - A156 Series 2. UL 10C – Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Door Assemblies 1.4 SITE VERIFICATIONS – BROWNFIELD SITES A. Brownfield sites commonly refer to an existing warehouse facility where the Tenant is renovating the building to suite their operational needs. Existing exterior door hardware will need to be surveyed and inspected to ensure that it meets Tenant’s security requirements. Non-compliant hardware will need to be replaced to meet Tenant’s current specifications. This may entail replacement of existing door / frame assembly, if required to accept the new hardware. 1. Refer to the Template Drawings for additional information. B. Contractor to visit the existing job site and examine existing Door / Frame / Hardware condition and provide a survey to Tenant's representative. Existing doors / frames / hardware to be free of rust and in good working order. Damaged components shall be repaired or replaced. C. Survey existing lockset(s) or panic devices and verify that all locking hardware will accept 7-pin Small Format Interchangeable Cores (SFIC) core (Refer to Section 08 7100 2.5). Provide new lockset(s) or panic device(s) to accept proper SFIC core if not already existing. 1. If existing lockset or panic device within the new warehouse or office areas are required to be replaced, then provide locking hardware based on the following: a. For perimeter HM egress doors, refer to hardware set #4. b. For perimeter HM trucker's entry doors, refer to hardware set #4B. c. For perimeter Storefront egress doors, refer to hardware set #2A d. At new Main Entry, Recruiting, or Staffing entry locations, the existing hardware set will need to be compatible with Tenant's electronic access control system as well as incorporate panic devices compatible with the small format SFIC core. Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 2 of 66 11-15-2024 Door Hardware V6.2 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 2. All site verifications shall be coordinated by Contractor to include considerations of existing door and frame preps, fire ratings, windstorm/hurricane ratings, special circumstances, and general construction timeline needs. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Manufacturer's product data sheets including installation details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, operational descriptions and finishes. B. Door Hardware Schedule: Prepared by or under the supervision of supplier, detailing fabrication and assembly of door hardware, as well as procedures and diagrams. Coordinate the final Door Hardware Schedule with doors, frames, and related work to ensure proper size, thickness, hand, function, and finish of door hardware. 1. Format: Comply with scheduling sequence and vertical format in DHI's "Sequence and Format for the Hardware Schedule." 2. Organization: Organize the Door Hardware Schedule into door hardware sets indicating complete designations of every item required for each door or opening. Organize door hardware sets in same order as in the Door Hardware Sets at the end of Part 3. Submittals that do not follow the same format and order as the Door Hardware Sets will be rejected and subject to resubmission. 3. Content: Include the following information: a. Type, style, function, size, label, hand, and finish of each door hardware item. b. Manufacturer of each item. c. Fastenings and other pertinent information. d. Location of door hardware set, cross-referenced to Drawings, both on floor plans and in door and frame schedule. e. Explanation of abbreviations, symbols, and codes contained in schedule. f. Mounting locations for door hardware. g. Door and frame sizes and materials. h. Warranty information for each product. 4. Submittal Sequence: Submit the final Door Hardware Schedule at earliest possible date, particularly where approval of the Door Hardware Schedule must precede fabrication of other work that is critical in the Project construction schedule. Include Product Data, Samples, Shop Drawings of other work affected by door hardware, and other information essential to the coordinated review of the Door Hardware Schedule. C. Shop Drawings: Details of electrified access control hardware indicating the following: Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 3 of 66 11-15-2024 Door Hardware V6.2 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 1. Wiring Diagrams: Upon receipt of approved schedules, submit detailed system wiring diagrams for power, signaling, monitoring, communication, and control of the access control system electrified hardware. Differentiate between manufacturer-installed and field-installed wiring. Include the following: a. Elevation diagram of each unique access-controlled opening showing location and interconnection of major system components with respect to their placement in the respective door openings. b. Complete (risers, point-to-point) access control system block wiring diagrams. c. Wiring instructions for each electronic component scheduled herein. 2. Electrical Coordination: Coordinate with related sections the voltages and wiring details required at electrically controlled and operated hardware openings. D. Operating and Maintenance Manuals: Provide manufacturers operating and maintenance manuals for each item comprising the complete door hardware installation in quantity as required in Division 01, Closeout Procedures. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturers Qualifications: Engage qualified manufacturers with a minimum 5 years of documented experience in producing hardware and equipment similar to that indicated for this Project and that have a proven record of successful in-service performance. B. Installer Qualifications: A minimum 3 years documented experience installing both standard and electrified door hardware similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. C. Door Hardware Supplier Qualifications: Experienced commercial door hardware distributors with a minimum 5 years documented experience supplying both mechanical and electromechanical hardware installations comparable in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project. Supplier recognized as a factory direct distributor by the manufacturers of the primary materials with a warehousing facility in Project's vicinity. Supplier to have on staff a certified Architectural Hardware Consultant (AHC) available during the course of the Work to consult with Contractor, Architect, and Owner concerning both standard and electromechanical door hardware and keying. D. Source Limitations: Obtain each type and variety of door hardware specified in this section from a single source unless otherwise indicated. 1. Electrified modifications or enhancements made to a source manufacturer's product line by a secondary or third-party source will not be accepted. 2. Provide electromechanical door hardware from the same manufacturer as mechanical door hardware, unless otherwise indicated. E. Each unit to bear third party permanent label demonstrating compliance with the referenced standards. Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 4 of 66 11-15-2024 Door Hardware V6.2 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 F. Pre-Submittal Conference: Conduct coordination conference in compliance with requirements in Division 01 Section "Project Meetings" with attendance by representatives of Supplier(s), Installer(s), and Contractor(s) to review proper methods and the procedures for receiving, handling, and installing door hardware. 1. Prior to installation of door hardware, conduct a project specific training meeting to instruct the installing contractors' personnel on the proper installation and adjustment of their respective products. Product training to be attended by installers of door hardware (including electromechanical hardware) for aluminum, hollow metal and wood doors. Training will include the use of installation manuals, hardware schedules, templates and physical product samples as required. 2. Inspect and discuss electrical roughing-in, power supply connections, and other preparatory work performed by other trades. 3. Review sequence of operation narratives for each unique access-controlled opening. 4. Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials. 5. Review the required inspecting, testing, commissioning, and demonstration procedures G. At completion of installation, provide written documentation that components were applied to manufacturer's instructions and recommendations and according to approved schedule. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Inventory door hardware on receipt and provide secure lock-up and shelving for door hardware delivered to Project site. Do not store electronic access control hardware, software or accessories at Project site without prior authorization. B. Tag each item or package separately with identification related to the final Door Hardware Schedule, and include basic installation instructions with each item or package. 1.8 COORDINATION A. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for doors, frames, and other work specified to be factory prepared for installing standard and electrified hardware. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing hardware to comply with indicated requirements. B. Door and Frame Preparation: Doors and corresponding frames are to be prepared, reinforced and pre-wired (if applicable) to receive the installation of the specified electrified, monitoring, signaling and access control system hardware without additional in-field modifications. 1.9 WARRANTY A. General Warranty: Reference Division 01, General Requirements. Special warranties specified in this Article shall not deprive Owner of other rights Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 5 of 66 11-15-2024 Door Hardware V6.2 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 B. Warranty Period: Written warranty, executed by manufacturer(s), agreeing to repair or replace components of standard and electrified door hardware that fails in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period after final acceptance by the Owner. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Structural failures including excessive deflection, cracking, or breakage. 2. Faulty operation of the hardware. 3. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering. 4. Electrical component defects and failures within the systems operation. C. Special Warranty Periods: 1. Seven years for heavy duty cylindrical (bored) locks and latches. 2. Five years for exit hardware. 3. Twenty-five years for manual surface door closer bodies. 4. Five years for motorized electric latch retraction exit devices. 5. Two years for electromechanical door hardware. 1.10 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Maintenance Tools and Instructions: Furnish a complete set of specialized tools and maintenance instructions as needed for Owner's continued adjustment, maintenance, and removal and replacement of door hardware. 1.11 DEFINITIONS A. The following is a general list of terms included in the specification that may require additional definitions. 1. "RX" – Request to Exit 2. "EPT" – Electronic Power Transfer 3. "DPS" – Door Position Switch 4. "SFIC" – Small Format Interchangeable Core 5. "ELR" – Electric Latch Retraction 6. "NL" – Nigh Latch 7. "ELEC" – Electrified 8. "CLSRM" – Classroom 9. "LDW" – Less Door Width Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 6 of 66 11-15-2024 Door Hardware V6.2 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SCHEDULED DOOR HARDWARE A. General: Provide door hardware for each door to comply with requirements in Door Hardware Sets and each referenced section that products are to be supplied under. B. Designations: Requirements for quantity, item, size, finish or color, grade, function, and other distinctive qualities of each type of door hardware are indicated in the Door Hardware Sets at the end of Part 3. Products are identified by using door hardware designations, as follows: 1. Named Manufacturer's Products: Product designation and manufacturer are listed for each door hardware type required for the purpose of establishing requirements. Manufacturers' names are abbreviated in the Door Hardware Schedule. C. Substitutions: Requests for substitution and product approval for inclusive mechanical and electromechanical door hardware in compliance with the specifications must be submitted in writing and in accordance with the procedures and time frames outlined in Division 01, Substitution Procedures. Approval of requests is at the discretion of the Architect, Owner, and their designated consultants. 2.2 HANGING DEVICES A. Hinges: ANSI/BHMA A156.1 certified butt hinges with number of hinge knuckles and other options as specified in the Door Hardware Sets. 1. Quantity: Provide the following hinge quantity: a. Two Hinges: For doors with heights up to 60 inches (1.52m). b. Three Hinges: For doors with heights 61 to 90 inches (1.55 to 2.29m). c. Four Hinges: For doors with heights 91 to 120 inches (2.31 to 3.05m). d. For doors with heights more than 120 inches (3.05m), provide 4 hinges, plus 1 hinge for every 30 inches (0.76m) of door height greater than 120 inches (3.05m). 2. Hinge Size: Provide the following, unless otherwise indicated, with hinge widths sized for door thickness and clearances required: a. Widths up to 3 feet 0 inches (0.91m): 4-1/2/-inch (114.3mm) standard or heavy weight as specified. b. Sizes from 3 feet 1 inch to 4 feet 0 inches (0.94 to 1.22m): 5-inch standard or heavy weight as specified. 3. Hinge Weight and Base Material: Unless otherwise indicated, provide the following: a. Exterior Doors: Heavy weight, non-ferrous, ball bearing or oil impregnated bearing hinges unless Hardware Sets indicate standard weight. b. Interior Doors: Standard weight, steel, ball bearing or oil impregnated bearing hinges unless Hardware Sets indicate heavy weight. Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 7 of 66 11-15-2024 Door Hardware V6.2 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 4. Hinge Options: Comply with the following: a. Non-removable Pins: Provide set screw in hinge barrel that, when tightened into a groove in hinge pin, prevents removal of pin while door is closed; for the all out- swinging lockable doors. 5. Manufacturers: a. McKinney Products; ASSA ABLOY Architectural Door Accessories (MK) - TA Series. B. Continuous Geared Hinges: ANSI/BHMA A156.26 Grade 1-600 certified continuous geared hinge. with minimum 0.120 inch (3mm) thick extruded 6060 T6 aluminum alloy hinge leaves and a minimum overall width of 4 inches (101.6mm). Hinges are non-handed, reversible and fabricated to template screw locations. Factory trim hinges to suit door height and prepare for electrical cut-outs. 1. Manufacturers: a. Pemko Products; ASSA ABLOY Architectural Door Accessories (PE). 2.3 POWER TRANSFER DEVICES A. Electrified Quick Connect Transfer Hinges: Provide electrified transfer hinges with Molex standardized plug connectors and sufficient number of concealed wires (up to 12) to accommodate the electrified functions specified in the Door Hardware Sets. Connectors plug directly to through-door wiring harnesses for connection to electric locking devices and power supplies. Wire nut connections are not acceptable. 1. Manufacturers: a. McKinney Products; ASSA ABLOY Architectural Door Accessories (MK) - QC (# wires) Option. B. Concealed Quick Connect Electric Power Transfers: Provide concealed wiring pathway housing mortised into the door and frame for low voltage electrified door hardware. Furnish with Molex standardized plug connectors and sufficient number of concealed wires (up to 12) to accommodate the electrified functions specified in the Door Hardware Sets. Connectors plug directly to through-door wiring harnesses for connection to electric locking devices and power supplies. Wire nut connections are not acceptable. 1. Manufacturers: a. Pemko Products; ASSA ABLOY Architectural Door Accessories (PE) – EL- CEPT Series. b. Securitron (SU) - EL-CEPT Series. Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 8 of 66 11-15-2024 Door Hardware V6.2 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 C. Electric Door Wire Harnesses: Provide electric/data transfer wiring harnesses with standardized plug connectors to accommodate up to twelve (12) wires. Connectors plug directly to through- door wiring harnesses for connection to electric locking devices and power supplies. Provide sufficient number and type of concealed wires to accommodate electric function of specified hardware. Provide a connector for through-door electronic locking devices and from hinge to junction box above the opening. Wire nut connections are not acceptable. Determine the length required for each electrified hardware component for the door type, size and construction, minimum of two per electrified opening. 1. Provide one each of the following tools as part of the base bid contract: a. McKinney Products; ASSA ABLOY Architectural Door Accessories (MK) - Electrical Connecting Kit: QC-R001. b. McKinney Products; ASSA ABLOY Architectural Door Accessories (MK) - Connector Hand Tool: QC-R003. 2. Manufacturers: a. McKinney Products; ASSA ABLOY Architectural Door Accessories (MK) – QC-C Series. D. Door Cord: Provide surface applied door cord power transfers where scheduled with Molex standardized plug connectors and sufficient number of concealed wires (up to 12) to accommodate the electrified functions specified in the Door Hardware Sets. Connectors plug directly to through-door wiring harnesses for connection to electric locking devices and power supplies. Wire nut connections are not acceptable. 18 inch (0.46m) cord will be standard unless scheduled otherwise. 1. Manufacturers: a. Keedex (KX) –Part No. K-DL38A. 2.4 DOOR OPERATING TRIM A. Flush Bolts and Surface Bolts: ANSI/BHMA A156.3 and BHMA A156.16, Grade 1, certified. 1. Flush bolts to be furnished with top rod of sufficient length to allow bolt retraction device location approximately six feet from the floor. 2. Furnish dust proof strikes for bottom bolts. 3. Surface bolts to be minimum 8 inches (203.2mm) in length and U.L. listed for labeled fire doors and U.L. listed for windstorm components where applicable. 4. Provide related accessories (mounting brackets, strikes, coordinators, etc.) as required for appropriate installation and operation. 5. Manufacturers: a. Rockwood Products; ASSA ABLOY Architectural Door Accessories (RO). Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 9 of 66 11-15-2024 Door Hardware V6.2 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 B. Door Push Plates and Pulls: ANSI/BHMA A156.6 certified door pushes and pulls of type and design specified in the Hardware Sets. Coordinate and provide proper width and height as required where conflicting hardware dictates. 1. Push/Pull Plates: Minimum 0.050 inch (1.27mm) thick, size as indicated in hardware sets, with beveled edges, secured with exposed screws unless otherwise indicated. 2. Door Pull and Push Bar Design: Size, shape, and material as indicated in the hardware sets. Minimum clearance of 2-1/2 inches (63.5mm) from face of door unless otherwise indicated. 3. Offset Pull Design: Size, shape, and material as indicated in the hardware sets. Minimum clearance of 2-1/2 inches (63.5mm) from face of door and offset of 90 degrees unless otherwise indicated. 4. Fasteners: Provide manufacturer's designated fastener type as indicated in Hardware Sets. 5. Manufacturers: a. Rockwood Products; ASSA ABLOY Architectural Door Accessories (RO). 2.5 CYLINDERS AND KEYING A. All key structures and final keying/installation of final keying will be purchased and coordinated by Tenant directly. For more information contact: 1. DH Pace Security Solutions Attn: DH Pace Key Services Center PH: 888-643-3667 1901 E. 119th St. Olathe, KS 66061 B. Construction Keying: Provide temporary green SFIC keyed cores. Include 2 control keys and 15 operating keys. Installer shall confirm functionality of lock and core as part of installation. C. All locking devices shall accommodate 7-pin Small Format Interchangeable Cores (SFIC). D. Key Control Cabinet: Provide a key control system including envelopes, labels, and tags with self-locking key clips, receipt forms, 3-way visible card index, temporary markers, permanent markers, and standard metal cabinet. Key control cabinet shall have expansion capacity of 150 percent of the number of locks required for the project. 1. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Lund Equipment (LU). b. MMF Industries (MM). c. Telkee (TK). Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 10 of 66 11-15-2024 Door Hardware V6.2 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 2.6 MECHANICAL LOCKS AND LATCHING DEVICES A. Mortise Locksets, Grade 1 (Heavy Duty): ANSI/BHMA A156.13, Series 1000, Operational Grade 1 certified. Locksets are to be manufactured with a corrosion resistant steel case and be field-reversible for handing without disassembly of the lock body. 1. Manufacturers: a. Sargent Manufacturing (SA) – 8200 Series. b. No substitution. B. Cylindrical Locksets, Grade 1 (Heavy Duty): ANSI/BHMA A156.2, Series 4000, Grade 1 certified. 1. Furnish with solid cast levers, standard 2-3/4 inch (69.85mm) backset, and 1/2-inch (12.7mm) (3/4-inch (19.05mm)) at rated paired openings) throw brass or stainless steel latchbolt. 2. Locks are to be non-handed and fully field reversible. 3. Extended cycle test: Locks to have been cycle tested in ordinance with ANSI/BHMA A156.2 requirements to 2 million cycles. 4. Manufacturers: a. Sargent Manufacturing (SA) – 10 Line. b. No substitution. 2.7 ELECTROMECHANICAL LOCKING DEVICES A. Electromechanical Mortise Locksets, Grade 1 (Heavy Duty): Subject to same compliance standards and requirements as mechanical mortise locksets, electrified locksets to be of type and design as specified below. 1. Electrified Lock Options: Where indicated in the Hardware Sets, provide electrified options including: outside door lock/unlock trim control, latchbolt and lock/unlock status monitoring, deadbolt monitoring, and request-to-exit signaling. Support end-of-line resistors contained within the lock case. Unless otherwise indicated, provide electrified locksets standard as fail secure. 2. Energy Efficient Design: Provide lock bodies which have a holding current draw of 15mA maximum and can operate on either 12 or 24 volts. Locks are to be field configurable for fail safe or fail secure operation. 3. Manufacturers: a. Sargent Manufacturing (SA) – 8200 Series. b. No substitution. Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 11 of 66 11-15-2024 Door Hardware V6.2 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 B. Electromechanical Cylindrical Locksets, Grade 1 (Heavy Duty): Subject to same compliance standards and requirements as mechanical cylindrical locksets, electrified locksets to be of type and design as specified below. 1. Electrified Lock Options: Where indicated in the Hardware Sets, provide electrified options including: outside door lock/unlock trim control, latchbolt and lock/unlock status monitoring, and request-to-exit signaling. Unless otherwise indicated, provide electrified locksets standard as fail secure. 2. Manufacturers: a. Sargent Manufacturing (SA) - 10G70/71 Series. b. No substitution. 2.8 STAND ALONE ACCESS CONTROL LOCKING DEVICES A. Stand Alone Locksets: ANSI A156.2, Series 4000, Grade 1 locking mechanism complete with integrated touchscreen or keypad as specified for access and programming. Voice-guided programming with 12-digit PIN code selection and up to 1000 user option. Locks to accept standard, small format interchangeable core, security and patented cylinders. Battery-operated, with low power indicator, or hard-wired (9 Volt external power supply) option. 1. Manufacturers: a. Yale Commercial(YA) - nexTouch Series. b. Simplex (SI) - L1000 Series. 2.9 LOCK AND LATCH STRIKES A. Strikes: Provide manufacturer's standard strike with strike box for each latch or lock bolt, with curved lip extended to protect frame, finished to match door hardware set, unless otherwise indicated, and as follows: 1. Flat-Lip Strikes: For locks with three-piece antifriction latchbolts, as recommended by manufacturer. 2. Extra-Long-Lip Strikes: For locks used on frames with applied wood casing trim. 3. Aluminum-Frame Strike Box: Provide manufacturer's special strike box fabricated for aluminum framing. 4. Double-lipped strikes: For locks at double acting doors. Furnish with retractable stop for rescue hardware applications. B. Standards: Comply with the following: 1. Strikes for Mortise Locks and Latches: BHMA A156.13. 2. Strikes for Bored Locks and Latches: BHMA A156.2. 3. Strikes for Auxiliary Deadlocks: BHMA A156.36. Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 12 of 66 11-15-2024 Door Hardware V6.2 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 4. Dustproof Strikes: BHMA A156.16. 2.10 ELECTRIC STRIKES A. Standard Electric Strikes: Heavy duty, cylindrical and mortise lock electric strikes conforming to ANSI/BHMA A156.31, Grade 1, UL listed for both Burglary Resistance and for use on fire rated door assemblies. Stainless steel construction tested for a minimum 1 million operating cycles. Provide strikes with 12 or 24 VDC capability and supplied standard as fail-secure unless otherwise specified. Provide latchbolt and latchbolt strike monitoring indicating both the position of the latchbolt and locked condition of the strike where specified. 1. Manufacturers: a. Folger Adam EDC (FO). b. HES (HS). B. Provide electric strikes with in-line power controller and surge suppressor by the same manufacturer as the strike with the combined products having a five-year warranty. 2.11 CONVENTIONAL EXIT DEVICES A. General Requirements: All exit devices specified herein shall meet or exceed the following criteria: 1. At doors not requiring a fire rating, provide devices complying with NFPA 101 and listed and labeled for "Panic Hardware" according to UL 305. Provide proper fasteners as required by manufacturer including sex nuts and bolts at openings specified in the Hardware Sets. 2. Where exit devices are required on fire rated doors, provide devices complying with NFPA 80 and with UL labeling indicating "Fire Exit Hardware". Provide devices with the proper fasteners for installation as tested and listed by UL. Consult manufacturer's catalog and template book for specific requirements. 3. Except on fire rated doors, provide exit devices with hex key dogging device to hold the pushbar and latch in a retracted position. Provide optional keyed cylinder dogging on devices where specified in Hardware Sets. 4. Devices must fit flat against the door face with no gap that permits unauthorized dogging of the push bar. The addition of filler strips is required in any case where the door light extends behind the device as in a full glass configuration. 5. Energy Efficient Design: Provide lock bodies which have a holding current draw of 15mA maximum and can operate on either 12 or 24 volts. Locks are to be field configurable for fail safe or fail secure operation. 6. Electromechanical Options: Subject to same compliance standards and requirements as mechanical exit devices, electrified devices to be of type and design as specified in hardware sets. Include any specific controllers when conventional power supplies are not sufficient to provide the proper inrush current. Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 13 of 66 11-15-2024 Door Hardware V6.2 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 7. Lever Operating Trim: Where exit devices require lever trim, furnish manufacturer's heavy duty escutcheon trim with threaded studs for thru-bolts. 8. Lock Trim Design: As indicated in Hardware Sets, provide finishes and designs to match that of the specified locksets. 9. Where function of exit device requires a cylinder, provide a cylinder (Rim or Mortise) as specified in Hardware Sets. 10. Vertical Rod Exit Devices: Where surface or concealed vertical rod exit devices are used at interior openings, provide as less bottom rod (LBR) unless otherwise indicated. Provide dust proof strikes where thermal pins are required to project into the floor. 11. Narrow Stile Applications: At doors constructed with narrow stiles, or as specified in Hardware Sets, provide devices designed for maximum 2 inch (50.8mm) wide stiles. 12. Dummy Push Bar: Nonfunctioning push bar matching functional push bar. 13. Rail Sizing: Provide exit device rails factory sized for proper door width application. 14. Through Bolt Installation: For exit devices and trim as indicated in Door Hardware Sets. B. Conventional Push Rail Exit Devices (Heavy Duty): ANSI/BHMA A156.3, Grade 1 certified panic and fire exit hardware devices furnished in the functions specified in the Hardware Sets. Exit device latch to be stainless steel, pullman type, with deadlock feature. 1. Manufacturers: a. Sargent Manufacturing (SA) - 80 Series. b. Detex Corporation (DE) - Advantex. c. No substitution. C. Tube Steel Removable Mullions: ANSI/BHMA A156.3 removable steel mullions with malleable- iron top and bottom retainers and a primed paint finish. 1. Provide keyed removable feature where specified in the Hardware Sets. 2. Provide stabilizers and mounting brackets as required. 3. Provide electrical quick connection wiring options as specified in the hardware sets. 4. Manufacturers: a. Sargent Manufacturing (SA) - 980S Series. b. No substitution. 2.12 DOOR CLOSERS A. All door closers specified herein shall meet or exceed the following criteria: Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 14 of 66 11-15-2024 Door Hardware V6.2 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 1. General: Door closers to be from one manufacturer, matching in design and style, with the same type door preparations and templates regardless of application or spring size. Closers to be non-handed with full sized covers including installation and adjusting information on inside of cover. 2. Standards: Closers to comply with UL 10C for Positive Pressure Fire Test and be U.L. listed for use of fire rated doors. 3. Cycle Testing: Provide closers which have surpassed 15 million cycles in a test witnessed and verified by UL. 4. Size of Units: Comply with manufacturer's written recommendations for sizing of door closers depending on size of door, exposure to weather, and anticipated frequency of use. Where closers are indicated for doors required to be accessible to the physically handicapped, provide units complying with ANSI ICC A117.1. 5. Closer Arms: Provide heavy duty, forged steel closer arms unless otherwise indicated in Hardware Sets. 6. Closers shall not be installed on exterior or corridor side of doors; where possible install closers on door for optimum aesthetics. 7. Closer Accessories: Provide door closer accessories including custom templates, special mounting brackets, spacers and drop plates as required for proper installation. Provide through-bolt and security type fasteners as specified in the hardware sets. B. Door Closers, Surface Mounted (Heavy Duty): ANSI/BHMA A156.4, Grade 1 surface mounted, heavy duty door closers with complete spring power adjustment, sizes 1 through 6; and fully operational adjustable according to door size, frequency of use, and opening force. Closers to be rack and pinion type, one piece cast iron or aluminum alloy body construction, with adjustable backcheck and separate non-critical valves for closing sweep and latch speed control. Provide non-handed units standard. 1. Manufacturers: a. Norton Door Controls (NO) - 7500 Series. b. Sargent Manufacturing (SA) - 351 Series. C. Door Closers, Surface Mounted (Unitrol): Unitrol arms to have door stop mechanism to absorb dead stop shock on arm and top hinge. Hold-open arms to have a spring-loaded mechanism in addition to shock absorber assembly. Arms to be provided with rigid steel main arm and secondary arm lengths proportional to the door width. 1. Manufacturers: a. Norton Door Controls (NO) - Unitrol 7500 Series. b. No substitution. Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 15 of 66 11-15-2024 Door Hardware V6.2 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 2.13 ELECTROHYDRAULIC DOOR OPERATORS A. General: Provide low energy operators of size recommended by manufacturer for door size, weight, and movement; for condition of exposure; and for compliance with UL 325. Coordinate operator mechanisms with door operation, hinges, and activation devices. 1. Fire-Rated Doors: Provide door operators for fire-rated door assemblies that comply with NFPA 80 for fire-rated door components and are listed and labeled by a qualified testing agency. B. Standard: Certified ANSI/BHMA A156.19. C. Performance Requirements: 1. Opening Force if Power Fails: Not more than 15 lbf (66.72 N) required to release a latch if provided, not more than 30 lbf (133.45 N) required to manually set door in motion, and not more than 15 lbf (66.72 N) required to fully open door. 2. Entrapment Protection: Not more than 15 lbf (66.72 N) required to prevent stopped door from closing or opening. D. Configuration: Surface mounted or in-ground as required. Door operators to control single swinging and pair of swinging doors. E. Operation: Power opening and spring closing operation capable of meeting ANSI A117.1 accessibility guideline. Provide time delay for door to remain open before initiating closing cycle as required by ANSI/BHMA A156.19. When not in automatic mode, door operator to function as manual door closer with fully adjustable opening and closing forces, with or without electrical power. F. Features: Operator units to have full feature adjustments for door opening and closing force and speed, backcheck, motor assist acceleration from 0 to 30 seconds, time delay, vestibule interface delay, obstruction recycle, and hold open time from 0 up to 30 seconds. G. Provide outputs and relays on board the operator to allow for coordination of exit device latch retraction, electric strikes, magnetic locks, card readers, safety and motion sensors and specified auxiliary contacts. H. Brackets and Reinforcements: Manufacturer's standard, fabricated from aluminum with nonferrous shims for aligning system components. I. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Norton Door Controls (NO) - 6000 Series. Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 16 of 66 11-15-2024 Door Hardware V6.2 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 2.14 SURFACE MOUNTED CLOSER HOLDERS A. Electromagnetic Door Holders: Certified BHMA A156.15 electromagnetic door holder/releases with a minimum 20 to 40 pounds (9.1 to 18.1 kg) to 40 pounds holding power and single coil construction able to accommodate.12VDC, 24VAC, 24VDC and 120VAC. Coils to be independently wound, employing an integral fuse and armatures to include a positive release button. 1. Manufacturers: a. Rixson (RF) - 980/990 Series. b. Sargent Manufacturing (SA) - 1560 Series. 2.15 ARCHITECTURAL TRIM A. Door Protective Trim 1. General: Door protective trim units to be of type and design as specified below or in the Hardware Sets. 2. Size: Fabricate protection plates (kick, armor, or mop) not more than 2 inches (50.80mm) less than door width (LDW) on stop side of single doors and 1 inch (25.4mm) LDW on stop side of pairs of doors, and not more than 1 inch (25.4mm) less than door width on pull side. Coordinate and provide proper width and height as required where conflicting hardware dictates. Height to be as specified in the Hardware Sets. 3. Where plates are applied to fire rated doors with the top of the plate more than 16 inches (0.41m) above the bottom of the door, provide plates complying with NFPA 80. Consult manufacturer's catalog and template book for specific requirements for size and applications. 4. Protection Plates: ANSI/BHMA A156.6 certified protection plates (kick, armor, or mop), fabricated from the following: 5. Stainless Steel: 300 grade, 0.050 inch (1.27mm) thick. 6. Options and fasteners: Provide manufacturer's designated fastener type as specified in the Hardware Sets. Provide countersunk screw holes. 7. Manufacturers: a. Rockwood Products; ASSA ABLOY Architectural Door Accessories (RO). 2.16 DOOR STOPS AND HOLDERS A. General: Door stops and holders to be of type and design as specified below or in the Hardware Sets. Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 17 of 66 11-15-2024 Door Hardware V6.2 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 B. Door Stops and Bumpers: ANSI/BHMA A156.16, Grade 1 certified door stops and wall bumpers. Provide wall bumpers, either convex or concave types with anchorage as indicated, unless floor or other types of doorstops are specified in Hardware Sets. Do not mount floor stops where they will impede traffic. Where floor or wall bumpers are not appropriate, provide overhead type stops and holders. 1. Manufacturers: a. Rockwood Products; ASSA ABLOY Architectural Door Accessories (RO). C. Overhead Door Stops and Holders: ANSI/BHMA A156.6, Grade 1 certified overhead stops and holders to be surface or concealed types as indicated in Hardware Sets. Track, slide, arm and jamb bracket to be constructed of extruded bronze and shock absorber spring of heavy tempered steel. Provide non-handed design with mounting brackets as required for proper operation and function. 1. Manufacturers: a. Rixson Door Controls (RF). b. Rockwood Products; ASSA ABLOY Architectural Door Accessories (RO). c. Sargent Manufacturing (SA). 2.17 ARCHITECTURAL SEALS A. General: Thresholds, weatherstripping, and gasket seals to be of type and design as specified below or in the Hardware Sets. Provide continuous weatherstrip gasketing on exterior doors and provide smoke, light, or sound gasketing on interior doors where indicated. At exterior applications provide non-corrosive fasteners and elsewhere where indicated. B. Smoke Labeled Gasketing: Assemblies complying with NFPA 105 that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for smoke control ratings indicated, based on testing according to UL 1784 . 1. Provide smoke labeled perimeter gasketing at all smoke labeled openings. C. Fire Labeled Gasketing: Assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for fire ratings indicated, based on testing according to UL 10C. 1. Provide intumescent seals as indicated to meet UL 10C Standard for Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Door Assemblies, and NFPA 252, Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. D. Sound-Rated Gasketing: Assemblies that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency, for sound ratings indicated. E. Replaceable Seal Strips: Provide only those units where resilient or flexible seal strips are easily replaceable and readily available from stocks maintained by manufacturer. F. Manufacturers: Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 18 of 66 11-15-2024 Door Hardware V6.2 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 1. Pemko Products; ASSA ABLOY Architectural Door Accessories (PE). 2.18 ELECTRONIC ACCESSORIES A. Key Switches: Key switches furnished standard with stainless steel single gang face plate with a 12/24VDC bi-color LED indicator. Integral backing bracket permits integration with any 1-1/4 inch (31.75mm) or 1-1/2 inch (38.1mm) mortise type cylinder. Key switches available as momentary or maintained action and in narrow face plate options. 1. Manufacturers: a. Alarm Controls (AK) - MCK Series. b. Securitron (SU) - MK Series. B. Switching Power Supplies: Provide power supplies with singlevoltage configurations at 24VDC. Power supplies shall have battery backup function with an integrated battery charging circuit and shall provide capability for power distribution, direct lock control and Fire Alarm Interface (FAI) through add on modules. Power supplies shall be expandable up to 16 individually protected outputs. Output modules shall provide individually protected, continuous outputs and/or individually protected, relay-controlled outputs. 1. Manufacturers: a. Securitron (SU) - AQD Series. b. Altronix (AX) – Waypoint Series. C. Push-Button Switches: Industrial grade momentary or alternate contact, back-lighted push buttons with stainless-steel switch enclosures. 12/24 VDC bi-color illumination suitable for either flush or surface mounting. 1. Manufacturers: a. Securitron (SU) - EEB Series. 2.19 FABRICATION A. Fasteners: Provide door hardware manufactured to comply with published templates generally prepared for machine, wood, and sheet metal screws. Provide screws according to manufacturers recognized installation standards for application intended. 2.20 FINISHES A. Standard: Designations used in the Hardware Sets and elsewhere indicate hardware finishes complying with ANSI/BHMA A156.18, including coordination with traditional U.S. finishes indicated by certain manufacturers for their products. B. Provide quality of finish, including thickness of plating or coating (if any), composition, hardness, and other qualities complying with manufacturer's standards, but in no case less than specified by referenced standards for the applicable units of hardware Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 19 of 66 11-15-2024 Door Hardware V6.2 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 C. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine scheduled openings, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, labeled fire door assembly construction, wall and floor construction, and other conditions affecting performance. B. Notify Architect of any discrepancies or conflicts between the door schedule, door types, drawings and scheduled hardware. Proceed only after such discrepancies or conflicts have been resolved in writing. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Hollow Metal Doors and Frames: Comply with ANSI/DHI A115 series. B. Wood Doors: Comply with ANSI/DHI A115-W series. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install each item of mechanical and electromechanical hardware and access control equipment to comply with manufacturer's written instructions and according to specifications. 1. Installers are to be trained and certified by the manufacturer on the proper installation and adjustment of fire, life safety, and security products including: hanging devices; locking devices; closing devices; and seals. B. Mounting Heights: Mount door hardware units at heights indicated in following applicable publications, unless specifically indicated or required to comply with governing regulations: 1. Standard Steel Doors and Frames: DHI's "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames." 2. Wood Doors: DHI WDHS.3, "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Wood Flush Doors." 3. Where indicated to comply with accessibility requirements, comply with ANSI A117.1 "Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities." 4. Provide blocking in drywall partitions where wall stops or other wall mounted hardware is located. C. Retrofitting: Install door hardware to comply with manufacturer's published templates and written instructions. Where cutting and fitting are required to install door hardware onto or into surfaces that are later to be painted or finished in another way, coordinate removal, storage, and reinstallation of surface protective trim units with finishing work specified in Division 9 Sections. Do not install surface-mounted items until finishes have been completed on substrates involved. Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 20 of 66 11-15-2024 Door Hardware V6.2 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 D. Thresholds: Set thresholds for exterior and acoustical doors in full bed of sealant complying with requirements specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants." E. Storage: Provide a secure lock up for hardware delivered to the project but not yet installed. Control the handling and installation of hardware items so that the completion of the work will not be delayed by hardware losses before and after installation. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field Inspection (Punch-Out Report): Reference Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures". Final inspect installed door hardware and state in report whether work complies with or deviates from specification requirements, including whether door hardware is properly installed, operating and adjusted. 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Initial Adjustment: Adjust and check each operating item of door hardware and each door to ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units that cannot be adjusted to operate as intended. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment and to comply with referenced accessibility requirements. 3.6 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Protect all hardware stored on construction site in a covered and dry place. Protect exposed hardware installed on doors during the construction phase. Install any and all hardware at the latest possible time frame. B. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by door hardware installation. C. Clean operating items as necessary to restore proper finish. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure door hardware is without damage or deterioration at time of Owner occupancy. 3.7 DEMONSTRATION A. Instruct Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain mechanical and electromechanical door hardware. 3.8 DOOR HARDWARE SETS A. The hardware sets represent the design intent and direction of the Owner and Architect. They are a guideline only and should not be considered a detailed hardware schedule. Discrepancies, conflicting hardware and missing items should be brought to the attention of the Architect with corrections made prior to the bidding process. Omitted items not included in a hardware set should be scheduled with the appropriate additional hardware required for proper application and functionality. B. The supplier is responsible for handing and sizing all products and providing the correct option for the appropriate door type and material where more than one is presented in the hardware sets. Quantities listed are for each pair of doors, or for each single door. C. Manufacturer's Abbreviations: Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 21 of 66 11-15-2024 Door Hardware V6.2 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 1. MK - McKinney 2. OT - Other 3. PE - Pemko 4. RO - Rockwood 5. SA - SARGENT 6. HS - HES 7. RF - Rixson 8. NO - Norton 9. MR - Markar 10. SU - Securitron 11. DX - Detex Corporation 12. AX - Altronics 13. KX - Keedex 14. YA - Yale Commercial 15. SI - Simplex 3.9 HARDWARE SETS A. Set: S-00 1. Doors: AUTOMATIC SLIDING DOOR – UFF, GSF SSD 2. Description: AUTOMATIC SLIDING ALUMINUM | FUNCTION: ELECTRONIC ACCESS CONTROLLED, FAIL SECURE. 1 Hardware Door Manufacturer OT 3. Notes: REFER TO SEPARATE SPECIFICATION SECTION FOR AUTOMATIC ENTRANCES. STANLEY DURAGLIDE 3000 AND BESAM SL500 ARE APPROVED MANUFACTURERS AND MODELS FOR SLIDING DOOR APPLICATIONS. B. Set: S-01 1. Doors: MAIN EMPLOYEE/RECRUIT OFFICE ENTRY WITH AUTOMATIC OPERATOR Description: ALUMINUM STOREFRONT | FUNCTION: ELECTRIC LATCH RETRACTION, FAIL SECURE, INTEGRATED REQUEST TO EXIT 2 Continuous Hinge w/cutout _FM SLF-HD1 PT PE 1 CVR Exit Dev (ELR, RX, NL, 55 56 70 AD8610 106 x 862 SA âš¡ PULL) Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 22 of 66 11-15-2024 Door Hardware V6.2 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 1 CVR Exit Dev (ELR, RX, 55 56 AD8610 862 SA âš¡ PULL) 1 Mortise Cylinder 70 43 (key switch) SA 2 Permanent Keyed Core By others OT 1 Automatic Door Operator 6061 NO âš¡ 1 Surface Closer (TOP JAMB) UNIJ7500 NO 1 Threshold & Weatherseal Door manufacturer OT 2 Electric Power Transfer EL-CEPT SU âš¡ 2 ElectroLynx Harness QC-C1500(P) MK âš¡ 2 ElectroLynx Harness QC-C (P) as required MK âš¡ 2 Door Position Switch By security contractor OT 1 Card Reader By security contractor OT 1 Door Operator Switch 502 (verify w/as built architectural NO âš¡ conditions) 1 Keyswitch MKA (automatic operator) SU âš¡ 1 Switch Post 500 (includes switch) NO âš¡ 1 Power Supply AQD2 x PDB SU âš¡ 1 Wiring & Riser Diagram By hardware supplier as required 2. Notes: ACCESS BY AUTHORIZED CARD CREDENTIAL. ALWAYS FREE EGRESS. CARD READER AND DOOR POSITION SWITCH TO BE PROVIDED BY SECURITY CONTRACTOR. EPT PREP TO BE COORDINATED BY ALUMINUM STOREFRONT 3. MANUFACTURER. VERIFY FINISH ON HARDWARE ABOVE TO MATCH ALUMINUM DOOR AND FRAME FINISH. LOCAL POWER SUPPLY IS REQUIRED. DOOR HARDWARE INSTALLER SHALL INSTALL POWER SUPPLY IN CONCEALED LOCATION NEAR BY TO THE DOOR IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER SPECIFICATIONS. PROVIDE POWER TO DOOR OPERATOR AND COORDINATE ROUGH-IN REQUIREMENTS WITH E.C. PROVIDE TESTED AND APPROVED HARDWARE FOR HURRICANE AND WINDSTORM CODE COMPLIANT OPENINGS WHERE PROJECT IS SUBJECT TO THOSE CONSTRUCTION CODES. C. Set: S-02 1. Doors: MAIN EMPLOYEE ENTRY ELECTRIC LATCH RETRACTION 2. Description: ALUMINUM STOREFRONT | FUNCTION: ELECTRIC LATCH RETRACTION, FAIL SECURE, INTEGRATED REQUEST TO EXIT 2 Continuous Hinge w/cutout _FM SLF-HD1 PT PE 1 1 CVR Exit Dev (ELR, RX, NL, 55 56 70 AD8610 106 x 862 SA âš¡ PULL) 1 CVR Exit Dev (ELR, RX, PULL) 55 56 AD8610 862 SA âš¡ 1 Permanent Keyed Core By others OT 2 Surface Closer (TOP JAMB) UNIJ7500 NO 1 Threshold & Weatherseal Door manufacturer OT 2 Electric Power Transfer EL-CEPT SU âš¡ 2 ElectroLynx Harness QC-C1500(P) MK âš¡ 2 ElectroLynx Harness QC-C (P) as required MK âš¡ Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 23 of 66 11-15-2024 Door Hardware V6.2 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 2 Door Position Switch By security contractor OT 1 Card Reader By security contractor OT 1 Power Supply AQD2 x PDB SU âš¡ 1 Wiring & Riser Diagram By hardware supplier as required 3. Notes: ACCESS BY AUTHORIZED CARD CREDENTIAL (CARD READER NOT REQUIRED AT EVERY DOOR; SEE SECURITY DRAWINGS FOR REQUIREMENTS). ALWAYS FREE EGRESS. CARD READER AND DOOR POSITION SWITCH TO BE PROVIDED BY SECURITY CONTRACTOR. EPT PREP TO BE COORDINATED BY ALUMINUM STOREFRONT MANUFACTURER. VERIFY FINISH ON HARDWARE ABOVE TO MATCH ALUMINUM DOOR AND FRAME FINISH. LOCAL POWER SUPPLY IS REQUIRED. DOOR HARDWARE INSTALLER SHALL INSTALL POWER SUPPLY IN CONCEALED LOCATION NEAR BY TO THE DOOR IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER SPECIFICATIONS. PROVIDE TESTED AND APPROVED HARDWARE FOR HURRICANE AND WINDSTORM CODE COMPLIANT OPENINGS WHERE PROJECT IS SUBJECT TO THOSE CONSTRUCTION CODES. D. Set: S-02A 1. Doors: EMERGENCY EXIT ONLY - PAIR 2. Description: ALUMINUM STOREFRONT | FUNCTION: NO OUTSIDE OPERATION 2 Continuous Hinge _FM SLF-HD1 PE 2 CVR Exit Device (EO) AD8610 EO SA 2 Drop Plate 7788 NO 2 Surface Closer (STOP) CPS7500 NO 2 Blade Stop Spacer Kit 6190/6191 as required NO 1 Threshold & Weatherseal Door manufacturer OT 1 Sign by Owner "Emergency Exit Only" OT 2 Door Position Switch By security contractor OT 3. Notes: EXIT ONLY. VERIFY FINISH ON HARDWARE ABOVE TO MATCH ALUMINUM DOOR AND FRAME FINISH. PROVIDE REQUIRED TESTED AND APPROVED HARDWARE FOR HURRICANE AND WINDSTORM CODE COMPLIANT OPENINGS WHERE PROJECT IS SUBJECT TO THOSE CONSTRUCTION CODES. E. Set: S-02B 1. Doors: EMERGENCY EXIT WITH KEYED ENTRY - PAIR 2. Description: ALUMINUM STOREFRONT | FUNCTION: EXTERIOR PULL, STOREROOM FUNCTION 2 Continuous Hinge _FM SLF-HD1 PE 1 CVR Exit Device (NL, PULL) 70 AD8610 106 x 862 SA 1 CVR Exit Device (PULL) AD8610 862 SA 1 Permanent Keyed Core By others OT 2 Surface Closer (TOP JAMB) UNIJ7500 NO 1 Threshold & Weatherseal Door manufacturer OT 1 Sign by Owner "Emergency Exit Only" OT 2 Door Position Switch By security contractor OT Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 24 of 66 11-15-2024 Door Hardware V6.2 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 3. Notes: KEYED ENTRY ON ONE LEAF ONLY. VERIFY FINISH ON HARDWARE ABOVE TO MATCH ALUMINUM DOOR AND FRAME FINISH. PROVIDE REQUIRED TESTED AND APPROVED HARDWARE FOR HURRICANE AND WINDSTORM CODE COMPLIANT OPENINGS WHERE PROJECT IS SUBJECT TO THOSE CONSTRUCTION CODES. F. Set: S-02C 1. Doors: MAIN EMPLOYEE ENTRY ELECTRIFIED TRIM 2. Description: ALUMINUM STOREFRONT | FUNCTION: ELECTRIFIED EXIT DEVICE TRIM, FAIL SECURE, INTEGRATED REQUEST TO EXIT 2 Continuous Hinge w/cutout _FM SLF-HD1 PT PE 2 CVR Exit Dev (ELEC LEVER, 55 AD8674-24V ETP SA âš¡ RX) 1 Exit Device Trim (NL) 70 106 SA 1 Permanent Keyed Core By others OT 2 Surface Closer (TOP JAMB) UNIJ7500 NO 2 Electric Power Transfer EL-CEPT SU âš¡ 2 ElectroLynx Harness QC-C1500(P) MK âš¡ 2 ElectroLynx Harness QC-C (P) as required MK âš¡ 2 Door Position Switch By security contractor OT 1 Card Reader By security contractor OT 1 Power Supply By security contractor OT 1 Wiring & Riser Diagram By hardware supplier as required 3. Notes: ACCESS BY AUTHORIZED CARD CREDENTIAL (CARD READER NOT REQUIRED AT EVERY DOOR; SEE SECURITY DRAWINGS FOR REQUIREMENTS). ALWAYS FREE EGRESS. CARD READER AND DOOR POSITION SWITCH TO BE PROVIDED BY SECURITY CONTRACTOR. EPT PREP TO BE COORDINATED BY ALUMINUM STOREFRONT MANUFACTURER. VERIFY FINISH ON HARDWARE ABOVE TO MATCH ALUMINUM DOOR AND FRAME FINISH. LOCAL POWER SUPPLY IS NOT REQUIRED. SECURITY CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE LOCK POWER AND MAKE FINAL CONNECTIONS AT THE CONCEALED POWER TRANSFER. PROVIDE TESTED AND APPROVED HARDWARE FOR HURRICANE AND WINDSTORM CODE COMPLIANT OPENINGS WHERE PROJECT IS SUBJECT TO THOSE CONSTRUCTION CODES. G. Set: S-02D 1. Doors: MAIN EMPLOYEE ENTRY MECHANICAL WITH AUTOMATIC OPERATOR Description: ALUMINUM STOREFRONT | FUNCTION: EXTERIOR PULL, STOREROOM FUNCTION WITH ELECTRIC LATCH RETRACTION 1 Continuous Hinge w/cutout _FM SLF-HD1 PT PE 1 Continuous Hinge _FM SLF-HD1 PE 1 CVR Exit Dev (ELR, NL, PULL) 56 70 AD8610 106 x 862 SA âš¡ 1 CVR Exit Dev (PULL) AD8610 862 SA 1 Mortise Cylinder 70 43 (key switch) SA Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 25 of 66 11-15-2024 Door Hardware V6.2 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 2 Permanent Keyed Core By others OT 1 Automatic Door Operator 6061 NO âš¡ 1 Surface Closer (TOP JAMB) UNIJ7500 NO 1 Threshold & Weatherseal Door manufacturer OT 1 Electric Power Transfer EL-CEPT SU âš¡ 1 ElectroLynx Harness QC-C1500(P) MK âš¡ 1 ElectroLynx Harness QC-C (P) as required MK âš¡ 2 Door Position Switch By security contractor OT 1 Door Operator Switch 502 (verify w/as built architectural NO âš¡ conditions) 1 Keyswitch MKA (automatic operator) SU âš¡ 1 Switch Post 500 (includes switch) NO âš¡ 1 Power Supply AQD2 x PDB SU âš¡ 1 Wiring & Riser Diagram By hardware supplier as required 2. Notes: STOREROOM FUNCTION EXIT DEVICE. EPT PREP TO BE COORDINATED BY ALUMINUM STOREFRONT MANUFACTURER. VERIFY FINISH ON HARDWARE ABOVE TO MATCH ALUMINUM DOOR AND FRAME FINISH. LOCAL POWER SUPPLY IS REQUIRED. DOOR HARDWARE INSTALLER SHALL INSTALL POWER SUPPLY IN CONCEALED LOCATION NEAR BY TO THE DOOR IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER SPECIFICATIONS. PROVIDE POWER TO DOOR OPERATOR AND COORDINATE ROUGH-IN REQUIREMENTS WITH E.C. PROVIDE TESTED AND APPROVED HARDWARE FOR HURRICANE AND WINDSTORM CODE COMPLIANT OPENINGS WHERE PROJECT IS SUBJECT TO THOSE CONSTRUCTION CODES. H. Set: S-02E 1. Doors: MAIN ASSOCIATE ENTRY - PAIR WITH MULLION AND AUTOMATIC OPERATOR 2. Description: ALUMINUM STOREFRONT | FUNCTION: ELECTRIC LATCH RETRACTION X ELECTRIFIED EXIT DEVICE TRIM 2 Continuous Hinge w/cutout _FM SLF-HD1 PT PE 1 Removable Lockable Mullion L980S SA 1 Rim Exit Dev (ELR, RX, CLSRM) 55 56 70 8813 ETP SA âš¡ 1 Rim Exit Dev (ELEC LEVER, RX) 55 70 8876-24V ETP SA âš¡ 1 Mortise Cylinder 70 43 (key switch) SA 1 Mullion Cylinder Kit 70 980C1 SA 4 Permanent Keyed Core By others OT 1 Automatic Door Operator 6061 NO âš¡ 1 Surface Closer (TOP JAMB) UNIJ7500 NO 1 Threshold & Weatherseal Door manufacturer OT 1 Mullion Seal 5110BL PE 2 Electric Power Transfer EL-CEPT SU âš¡ 2 ElectroLynx Harness QC-C1500(P) MK âš¡ Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 26 of 66 11-15-2024 Door Hardware V6.2 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 2 ElectroLynx Harness QC-C (P) as required MK âš¡ 2 Door Position Switch By security contractor OT 1 Card Reader By security contractor OT 1 Door Operator Switch 502 (verify w/as built architectural NO âš¡ conditions) 1 Keyswitch MKA (automatic operator) SU âš¡ 1 Switch Post 500 (includes switch) NO âš¡ 1 Power Supply AQD2 x PDB SU âš¡ 1 Wiring & Riser Diagram By hardware supplier as required 3. Notes: ACCESS BY AUTHORIZED CARD CREDENTIAL. ALWAYS FREE EGRESS. CARD READER AND DOOR POSITION SWITCH TO BE PROVIDED BY SECURITY CONTRACTOR. EPT PREP TO BE COORDINATED BY ALUMINUM STOREFRONT MANUFACTURER. VERIFY FINISH ON HARDWARE ABOVE TO MATCH ALUMINUM DOOR AND FRAME FINISH. LOCAL POWER SUPPLY IS REQUIRED. DOOR HARDWARE INSTALLER SHALL INSTALL POWER SUPPLY IN CONCEALED LOCATION NEAR BY TO THE DOOR IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER SPECIFICATIONS. PROVIDE POWER TO DOOR OPERATOR AND COORDINATE ROUGH-IN REQUIREMENTS WITH E.C. PROVIDE TESTED AND APPROVED HARDWARE FOR HURRICANE AND WINDSTORM CODE COMPLIANT OPENINGS WHERE PROJECT IS SUBJECT TO THOSE CONSTRUCTION CODES. I. Set: S-02F 1. Doors: MAIN ASSOCIATE ENTRY PAIR WITH MULLION 2. Description: HOLLOW METAL DOOR | FUNCTION: RIM EXIT DEVICE WITH ELECTRIFIED TRIM 4 Hinge, Hvy Wt T4A3386 NRP US32D MK 2 Electric Hinge, Hvy Wt T4A3386-QC8 US32D MK âš¡ 1 Removable Lockable Mullion L980S PC SA 2 Rim Exit Dev (ELEC LEVER, RX) 55 70 8876-24V ETP US32D SA âš¡ 1 Mullion Cylinder Kit 70 980C1 US26D SA 3 Permanent Keyed Core By others 626 OT 2 Surface Closer (STOP) CPS7500 689 NO 2 Armor Plate (PUSH SIDE) K1050 (-F) 34" H X 2” US32D RO LDW CSK 1 Threshold 273x3AFG PE 1 Mullion Seal 5110BL PE 1 Gasketing (HEAD) 2893AV PE 2 Gasketing (JAMBS) 2903AV PE 2 Door Bottom 216BDCFG PE 2 Meeting Stile Seal 303AV PE 2 ElectroLynx Harness QC-C1500(P) MK âš¡ 2 ElectroLynx Harness QC-C (P) as required MK âš¡ 1 Card Reader By security contractor OT 1 Power Supply By security contractor OT 2 Door Position Switch By security contractor OT Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 27 of 66 11-15-2024 Door Hardware V6.2 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 1 Wiring & Riser Diagram By hardware supplier as required 3. Notes: ACCESS BY AUTHORIZED CARD CREDENTIAL. ALWAYS FREE EGRESS. CARD READER AND DOOR POSITION SWITCH TO BE PROVIDED BY SECURITY CONTRACTOR. PROVIDE TESTED AND APPROVED HARDWARE FOR HURRICANE AND WINDSTORM CODE COMPLIANT OPENINGS WHERE PROJECT IS SUBJECT TO THOSE CONSTRUCTION CODES. J. Set: S-03 1. Doors: EMERGENCY EXIT ONLY - SINGLE ALUMINUM 2. Description: ALUMINUM STOREFRONT | FUNCTION: NO EXTERIOR TRIM OR OUTSIDE OPERATION 1 Continuous Hinge _FM SLF-HD1 PE 1 Rim Exit Device (EO) 8810 EO SA 1 Surface Closer UNI7500 NO 1 Drop Plate 7788 NO 1 Blade Stop Spacer Kit 6190/6191 as required NO 1 Threshold & Weatherseal Door manufacturer OT 1 Door Position Switch By security contractor OT 1 Sign by Owner "Emergency Exit Only" OT 3. Notes: EXIT ONLY. VERIFY FINISH ON HARDWARE ABOVE TO MATCH ALUMINUM DOOR AND FRAME FINISH. PROVIDE REQUIRED TESTED AND APPROVED HARDWARE FOR HURRICANE AND WINDSTORM CODE COMPLIANT OPENINGS WHERE PROJECT IS SUBJECT TO THOSE CONSTRUCTION CODES. K. Set: S-03A 1. Doors: EMERGENCY EXIT WITH KEYED ENTRY - SINGLE 2. Description: ALUMINUM STOREFRONT | FUNCTION: EXTERIOR PULL, STOREROOM FUNCTION 1 Continuous Hinge _FM SLF-HD1 PE 1 Rim Exit Device, (STORE, PULL) 70 8804 862 SA 1 Permanent Keyed Core By others OT 1 Surface Closer UNI7500 NO 1 Drop Plate 7788 NO 1 Blade Stop Spacer Kit 6190/6191 as required NO 1 Threshold & Weatherseal Door manufacturer OT 1 Door Position Switch By security contractor OT 1 Sign by Owner "Emergency Exit Only" OT 3. Notes: KEYED ENTRY FROM EXTERIOR. VERIFY FINISH ON HARDWARE ABOVE TO MATCH ALUMINUM DOOR AND FRAME FINISH. PROVIDE TESTED AND APPROVED HARDWARE FOR HURRICANE AND WINDSTORM CODE COMPLIANT OPENINGS WHERE PROJECT IS SUBJECT TO THOSE CONSTRUCTION CODES. L. Set: S-03B Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 28 of 66 11-15-2024 Door Hardware V6.2 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 1. Doors: TRUCKERS' LOUNGE/SMOKERS' CANOPY - SINGLE 2. Description: ALUMINUM STOREFRONT | FUNCTION: EXTERIOR LEVER, CLASSROOM FUNCTION 1 Continuous Hinge _FM SLF-HD1 PE 1 Rim Exit Device (CLSRM, LEVER) 70 8813 ETP SA 1 Permanent Keyed Core By others OT 1 Surface Closer UNI7500 NO 1 Drop Plate 7788 NO 1 Blade Stop Spacer Kit 6190/6191 as required NO 1 Threshold & Weatherseal Door manufacturer OT 1 Door Position Switch By security contractor OT 3. Notes: CLASSROOM FUNCTION EXIT DEVICE. VERIFY FINISH ON HARDWARE ABOVE TO MATCH ALUMINUM DOOR AND FRAME FINISH. HW SET 3B SHALL ALSO BE PROVIDED FOR SMOKERS CANOPY ENTRANCE DOORS THAT WILL NOT REQUIRE ELECTRONIC ACCESS CONTROLS. CONFIRM REQUIREMENTS WITH SECURITY DESIGNER. PROVIDE TESTED AND APPROVED HARDWARE FOR HURRICANE AND WINDSTORM CODE COMPLIANT OPENINGS WHERE PROJECT IS SUBJECT TO THOSE CONSTRUCTION CODES. M. Set: S-03C 1. Doors: AMZL MAIN ASSOCIATE ENTRY 2. Description: SINGLE ALUMINUM STOREFRONT | FUNCTION: EXTERIOR PULL, STOREROOM FUNCTION 1 Continuous Hinge _FM SLF-HD1 PE 1 Rim Exit Device (STORE, PULL) 70 8804 862 SA 1 Permanent Keyed Core By others OT 1 Surface Closer UNI7500 NO 1 Drop Plate 7788 NO 1 Blade Stop Spacer Kit 6190/6191 as required NO 1 Threshold & Weatherseal Door manufacturer OT 1 Door Position Switch By security contractor OT 3. Notes: STOREROOM FUNCTION EXIT DEVICE. VERIFY FINISH ON HARDWARE ABOVE TO MATCH ALUMINUM DOOR AND FRAME FINISH. HW SET 3C SHALL ALSO BE PROVIDED FOR AMZL MAIN ASSOCIATE ENTRANCE DOORS THAT WILL NOT REQUIRE ELECTRONIC ACCESS CONTROLS. CONFIRM REQUIREMENTS WITH SECURITY DESIGNER. PROVIDE TESTED AND APPROVED HARDWARE FOR HURRICANE AND WINDSTORM CODE COMPLIANT OPENINGS WHERE PROJECT IS SUBJECT TO THOSE CONSTRUCTION CODES. N. Set: S-04 1. Doors: EMERGENCY EXIT ONLY - SINGLE HM 2. Description: SHELL EXTERIOR EGRESS DOOR | FUNCTION: NO EXTERIOR TRIM OR OUTSIDE OPERATION Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 29 of 66 11-15-2024 Door Hardware V6.2 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 3 Hinge, Hvy Wt T4A3386 NRP US32D MK 1 Rim Exit Device (EO) 8810 EO US32D SA 1 Surface Closer (STOP) CPS7500 689 NO 1 Threshold 273x3AFG PE 1 Rain Guard 346C PE 1 Gasketing (HEAD) 2893AV PE 2 Gasketing (JAMBS) 2903AV PE 1 Door Bottom 216BDCFG PE 1 Door Position Switch By security contractor OT 3. Notes: EXIT DEVICE DOES NOT INCLUDE EXTERIOR TRIM. CONFIRM IF COMPLIANT WITH LOCAL CODE; OTHERWISE EQUIP WITH HW SET 4D. PROVIDE TESTED AND APPROVED HARDWARE FOR HURRICANE AND WINDSTORM CODE COMPLIANT OPENINGS WHERE PROJECT IS SUBJECT TO THOSE CONSTRUCTION CODES. O. Set: S-04A 1. Doors: NON-FULFILLMENT BUSINESS UNIT 2. Description: EMERGENCY EXIT, STAND ALONE BATTERY ALARM | FUNCTION: EXTERIOR PULL, STOREROOM FUNCTION 3 Hinge, Hvy Wt T4A3386 NRP US32D MK 1 Rim Exit Dev (ALARM, STORE, AL 70 8804 PSB US32D SA âš¡ PULL) 2 Permanent Keyed Core By others 626 OT 1 Surface Closer (STOP) CPS7500 689 NO 1 Armor Plate (PUSH SIDE) K1050 (-F) 34" H x 2” LDW CSK US32D RO 1 Threshold 273x3AFG PE 1 Rain Guard 346C PE 1 Gasketing (HEAD) 2893AV PE 2 Gasketing (JAMBS) 2903AV PE 1 Door Bottom 216BDCFG PE 1 Door Position Switch By security contractor OT 3. Notes: PROVIDE TESTED AND APPROVED HARDWARE FOR HURRICANE AND WINDSTORM CODE COMPLIANT OPENINGS WHERE PROJECT IS SUBJECT TO THOSE CONSTRUCTION CODES. P. Set: S-04B 1. Doors: EXTERIOR TRUCKERS' LOUNGE, TRUCKERS' CAGE, SMOKING 2. Description: ACCESSIBLE SHELL EXTERIOR DOOR | FUNCTION: EXTERIOR LEVER, CLASSROOM FUNCTION 3 Hinge, Hvy Wt T4A3386 NRP US32D MK 1 Rim Exit Device (CLSRM, 70 8813 ETP US32D SA LEVER) 1 Permanent Keyed Core By others 626 OT 1 Surface Closer (STOP) CPS7500 689 NO Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 30 of 66 11-15-2024 Door Hardware V6.2 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 1 Armor Plate (PUSH) K1050 (-F) 34" H x 2” LDW CSK US32D RO 1 Threshold 273x3AFG PE 1 Rain Guard 346C PE 1 Gasketing (HEAD) 2893AV PE 2 Gasketing (JAMBS) 2903AV PE 1 Door Bottom 216BDCFG PE 1 Door Position Switch By security contractor OT 3. Notes: PROVIDE TESTED AND APPROVED HARDWARE FOR HURRICANE AND WINDSTORM CODE COMPLIANT OPENINGS WHERE PROJECT IS SUBJECT TO THOSE CONSTRUCTION CODES. Q. Set: S-04C 1. Doors: SET NOT USED 1 Hardware Set Currently not used OT R. Set: S-04D 1. Doors: EMERGENCY EXIT INCLUDING EXTERIOR TRIM 2. Description: SHELL EXTERIOR DOOR | FUNCTION: EXTERIOR PULL, STOREROOM FUNCTION 3 Hinge, Hvy Wt T4A3386 NRP US32D MK 1 Rim Exit Device (STORE, PULL) 70 8804 PSB US32D SA 1 Permanent Keyed Core By others 626 OT 1 Surface Closer (STOP) CPS7500 689 NO 1 Threshold 273x3AFG PE 1 Rain Guard 346C PE 1 Gasketing (HEAD) 2893AV PE 2 Gasketing (JAMBS) 2903AV PE 1 Door Bottom 216BDCFG PE 1 Door Position Switch By security contractor OT 3. Notes: PROVIDE TESTED AND APPROVED HARDWARE FOR HURRICANE AND WINDSTORM CODE COMPLIANT OPENINGS WHERE PROJECT IS SUBJECT TO THOSE CONSTRUCTION CODES. S. Set: S-04E 1. Doors: EMERGENCY EXIT ONLY - PAIR HM 2. Description: SHELL EXTERIOR EGRESS DOOR | FUNCTION: NO EXTERIOR TRIM OR OUTSIDE OPERATION 6 Hinge, Hvy Wt T4A3386 NRP US32D MK 1 Removable Lockable Mullion L980S PC SA 2 Rim Exit Device (EO) 8810 EO US32D SA 1 Mullion Cylinder Kit 70 980C1 US26D SA 1 Permanent Keyed Core By others 626 OT 2 Surface Closer (STOP) CPS7500 689 NO Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 31 of 66 11-15-2024 Door Hardware V6.2 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 1 Threshold 273x3AFG PE 1 Rain Guard 346C PE 1 Gasketing (HEAD) 2893AV PE 2 Gasketing (JAMBS) 2903AV PE 2 Door Bottom 216BDCFG PE 2 Meeting Stile Seal 303AV PE 1 Mullion Seal 5110BL PE 2 Door Position Switch By security contractor OT 3. Notes: EXIT DEVICE DOES NOT INCLUDE EXTERIOR TRIM. CONFIRM IF COMPLIANT WITH LOCAL CODE; OTHERWISE EQUIP WITH HW SET 4F. PROVIDE TESTED AND APPROVED HARDWARE FOR HURRICANE AND WINDSTORM CODE COMPLIANT OPENINGS WHERE PROJECT IS SUBJECT TO THOSE CONSTRUCTION CODES. T. Set: S-04F 1. Doors: EMERGENCY EXIT INCLUDING EXTERIOR TRIM - PAIR 2. Description: SHELL EXTERIOR DOOR | FUNCTION: EXTERIOR PULL, STOREROOM FUNCTION 6 Hinge, Hvy Wt T4A3386 NRP US32D MK 1 Removable Lockable Mullion L980S PC SA 2 Rim Exit Device (STORE, PULL) 70 8804 PSB US32D SA 1 Mullion Cylinder Kit 70 980C1 US26D SA 3 Permanent Keyed Core By others 626 OT 2 Surface Closer (STOP) CPS7500 689 NO 1 Threshold 273x3AFG PE 1 Rain Guard 346C PE 1 Gasketing (HEAD) 2893AV PE 2 Gasketing (JAMBS) 2903AV PE 2 Door Bottom 216BDCFG PE 2 Meeting Stile Seal 303AV PE 1 Mullion Seal 5110BL OT 2 Door Position Switch By security contractor OT 3. Notes: PROVIDE TESTED AND APPROVED HARDWARE FOR HURRICANE AND WINDSTORM CODE COMPLIANT OPENINGS WHERE PROJECT IS SUBJECT TO THOSE CONSTRUCTION CODES. U. Set: S-05 1. Doors: TDR, TOM, SMOKERS' CANOPY (ACCESS CONTROLLED) 2. Description: SHELL EXTERIOR DOOR | FUNCTION: ELECTRIFIED EXIT DEVICE TRIM, FAIL SECURE, INTEGRATED REQUEST TO EXIT 3 Hinge, Hvy Wt T4A3386 NRP US32D MK 1 Rim Exit Dev (ELEC LEVER, RX) 55 70 8876-24V ETP US32D SA âš¡ 1 Permanent Keyed Core By others 626 OT 1 Surface Closer (STOP) CPS7500 689 NO Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 32 of 66 11-15-2024 Door Hardware V6.2 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 1 Armor Plate (PUSH SIDE) K1050 (-F) 34" H x 2” US32D RO LDW CSK 1 Threshold 273x3AFG PE 1 Rain Guard 346C PE 1 Gasketing (HEAD) 2893AV PE 2 Gasketing (JAMBS) 2903AV PE 1 Door Bottom 216BDCFG PE 1 Door Position Switch By security contractor OT 2 Card Reader By security contractor OT 1 Surface Armored Door Cord KEEDEX K-DL38A KX âš¡ 1 Power Supply By security contractor OT 1 Wiring & Riser Diagram By hardware supplier as required 3. Notes: ACCESS BY AUTHORIZED CARD CREDENTIAL. ALWAYS FREE EGRESS. CARD READER AND DOOR POSITION SWITCH TO BE PROVIDED BY SECURITY CONTRACTOR. CARD IN / CARD OUT TO SHUNT EGRESS ALARM BY SECURITY CONTRACTOR. LOCK POWER SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE SECURITY CONTRACTOR. PROVIDE TESTED AND APPROVED HARDWARE FOR HURRICANE AND WINDSTORM CODE COMPLIANT OPENINGS WHERE PROJECT IS SUBJECT TO THOSE CONSTRUCTION CODES. V. Set: S-05A 1. Doors: MAIN ASSOCIATE, RECRUITMENT, SMOKERS' CANOPY ENTRY (WITHOUT AUTOMATIC OPERATOR) 2. Description: ALUMINUM STOREFRONT ACCESS CONTROLLED ENTRANCE | FUNCTION: ELECTRIFIED EXIT DEVICE TRIM, FAIL SECURE, INTEGRATED REQUEST TO EXIT 1 Continuous Hinge w/cutout _FM SLF-HD1 PT PE 1 Rim Exit Dev (ELEC LVR, RX) 55 70 8876-24V ETP SA âš¡ 1 Permanent Keyed Core By others OT 1 Surface Closer (STOP) CPS7500 689 NO 1 Drop Plate 7788 689 NO 1 Threshold & Weatherseal Door manufacturer OT 1 Electric Power Transfer EL-CEPT SU âš¡ 1 ElectroLynx Harness QC-C1500(P) MK âš¡ 1 ElectroLynx Harness QC-C (P) as MK âš¡ required 1 Door Position Switch By security contractor OT 1 Card Reader (QTY VARIES) By security contractor OT 1 Power Supply By security contractor OT 1 Wiring & Riser Diagram By hardware supplier as required Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 33 of 66 11-15-2024 Door Hardware V6.2 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 3. Notes: ACCESS BY AUTHORIZED CARD CREDENTIAL. ALWAYS FREE EGRESS. CARD READER AND DOOR POSITION SWITCH TO BE PROVIDED BY SECURITY CONTRACTOR. EPT PREP TO BE COORDINATED BY ALUMINUM STOREFRONT MANUFACTURER. LOCK POWER SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE SECURITY CONTRACTOR. VERIFY FINISH ON HARDWARE ABOVE TO MATCH ALUMINUM DOOR AND FRAME FINISH. PROVIDE TESTED AND APPROVED HARDWARE FOR HURRICANE AND WINDSTORM CODE COMPLIANT OPENINGS WHERE PROJECT IS SUBJECT TO THOSE CONSTRUCTION CODES. CARD READER QUANTITIES VARY; CONFIRM EXPECTATIONS WITH SECURITY DESIGNER. W. Set: S-05B 1. Doors: BUILDING ENTRY WITH AUTOMATIC OPERATOR - SINGLE 2. Description: HOLLOW METAL ACCESS CONTROLLED ENTRANCE | FUNCTION: ELECTRIC LATCH RETRACTION, FAIL SECURE, INTEGRATED REQUEST TO EXIT 1 Continuous Hinge w/cutout CFM SLF-HD1 PT PE 1 Rim Exit Dev (ELR, RX, NL, PULL) 55 56 70 8804 PSB US32D SA âš¡ 1 Mortise Cylinder 70 43 (key switch) US32D SA 2 Permanent Keyed Core By others 626 OT 1 Automatic Door Operator 6061 689 NO âš¡ 1 Threshold 273x3AFG PE 1 Rain Guard 346C PE 1 Gasketing (HEAD) 2893AV PE 2 Gasketing (JAMBS) 2903AV PE 1 Door Bottom 216BDCFG PE 1 Electric Power Transfer EL-CEPT SU âš¡ 1 ElectroLynx Harness QC-C1500(P) MK âš¡ 1 ElectroLynx Harness QC-C (P) as required MK âš¡ 1 Door Position Switch By security contractor OT 1 Card Reader By security contractor OT 502 (verify w/as built 1 Door Operator Switch NO âš¡ architectural conditions) MKA (automatic 1 Keyswitch SU âš¡ operator) 1 Switch Post 500 (includes switch) NO âš¡ 1 Power Supply AQD1 x PDB SU âš¡ 3. Notes: ACCESS BY AUTHORIZED CARD CREDENTIAL. CARD READERS AND DOOR POSITION SWITCH TO BE PROVIDED BY SECURITY CONTRACTOR. LOCAL POWER SUPPLY IS REQUIRED. DOOR HARDWARE INSTALLER SHALL INSTALL POWER SUPPLY IN CONCEALED LOCATION NEAR BY TO THE DOOR IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER SPECIFICATIONS. CONFIRM SWITCH POST REQUIREMENT. PROVIDE POWER TO DOOR OPERATOR AND COORDINATE ROUGH-IN REQUIREMENTS WITH E.C. PROVIDE TESTED AND APPROVED HARDWARE FOR HURRICANE AND WINDSTORM CODE COMPLIANT OPENINGS WHERE PROJECT IS SUBJECT TO THOSE CONSTRUCTION CODES. Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 34 of 66 11-15-2024 Door Hardware V6.2 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 X. Set: S-05C 1. Doors: BUILDING ENTRY WITH AUTOMATIC OPERATOR, MAIN ASSOCIATE, RECRUITMENT, SMOKERS' CANOPY ENTRY - SINGLE 2. Description: ALUMINUM STOREFRONT ACCESS CONTROLLED ENTRY | FUNCTION: ELECTRIC LATCH RETRACTION, FAIL SECURE, INTEGRATED REQUEST TO EXIT 1 Continuous Hinge w/cutout _FM SLF-HD1 PT PE 1 Rim Exit Dev (ELR, RX, NL, 55 56 70 AD8504 862 SA âš¡ PULL) 1 Mortise Cylinder 70 43 (key switch) SA 2 Permanent Keyed Core By others OT 1 Automatic Door Operator 6061 NO âš¡ 1 Threshold & Weatherseal Door manufacturer OT 1 Electric Power Transfer EL-CEPT SU âš¡ 1 ElectroLynx Harness QC-C1500(P) MK âš¡ 1 ElectroLynx Harness QC-C (P) as required MK âš¡ 1 Door Position Switch By security contractor OT 1 Card Reader By security contractor OT 1 Door Operator Switch 502 (verify w/as built architectural NO âš¡ conditions) 1 Keyswitch MKA (automatic operator) SU âš¡ 1 Switch Post 500 (includes switch) NO âš¡ 1 Power Supply AQD1 x PDB SU âš¡ 1 Wiring & Riser Diagram By hardware supplier as required 3. Notes: ACCESS BY AUTHORIZED CARD CREDENTIAL. CARD READERS AND DOOR POSITION SWITCH TO BE PROVIDED BY SECURITY CONTRACTOR. EPT PREP TO BE COORDINATED BY ALUMINUM STOREFRONT MANUFACTURER. VERIFY FINISH ON HARDWARE ABOVE TO MATCH ALUMINUM DOOR AND FRAME FINISH. LOCAL POWER SUPPLY IS REQUIRED. DOOR HARDWARE INSTALLER SHALL INSTALL POWER SUPPLY IN CONCEALED LOCATION NEAR BY TO THE DOOR IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER SPECIFICATIONS. CONFIRM SWITCH POST REQUIREMENT. PROVIDE POWER TO DOOR OPERATOR AND COORDINATE ROUGH-IN REQUIREMENTS WITH E.C. PROVIDE TESTED AND APPROVED HARDWARE FOR HURRICANE AND WINDSTORM CODE COMPLIANT OPENINGS WHERE PROJECT IS SUBJECT TO THOSE CONSTRUCTION CODES. Y. Set: S-05D 1. Doors: DSP 2. Description: SHELL EXTERIOR DOOR | FUNCTION: ELECTRIFIED EXIT DEVICE TRIM, FAIL SECURE, INTEGRATED REQUEST TO EXIT 3 Hinge, Hvy Wt T4A3386 NRP US32D MK 1 Rim Exit Dev (ELEC LEVER, RX) 55 70 8876-24V ETP US32D SA âš¡ 1 Permanent Keyed Core By others 626 OT 1 Surface Closer (STOP) CPS7500 689 NO Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 35 of 66 11-15-2024 Door Hardware V6.2 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 1 Armor Plate (PUSH SIDE) K1050 (-F) 34" H x 2” LDW US32D RO CSK 1 Threshold 273x3AFG PE 1 Rain Guard 346C PE 1 Gasketing (HEAD) 2893AV PE 2 Gasketing (JAMBS) 2903AV PE 1 Door Bottom 216BDCFG PE 1 Door Position Switch By security contractor OT 1 Card Reader By security contractor OT 1 Surface Armored Door Cord KEEDEX K-DL38A KX âš¡ 1 ElectroLynx Harness QC-C1500(P) MK âš¡ 1 Power Supply By security contractor OT 1 Wiring & Riser Diagram By hardware supplier as required 3. Notes: ACCESS BY AUTHORIZED CARD CREDENTIAL. ALWAYS FREE EGRESS. CARD READER AND DOOR POSITION SWITCH TO BE PROVIDED BY SECURITY CONTRACTOR. LOCK POWER SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE SECURITY CONTRACTOR. PROVIDE TESTED AND APPROVED HARDWARE FOR HURRICANE AND WINDSTORM CODE COMPLIANT OPENINGS WHERE PROJECT IS SUBJECT TO THOSE CONSTRUCTION CODES. Z. Set: S-06 1. Doors: EXISTING SHELL DOOR 2. Description: EXISTING SHELL DOORS WITH NO NEW HARDWARE REQUIREMENTS 1 Hardware Existing OT 3. Notes: ALL HARDWARE SHOULD BE COMPATIBLE TO ACCCEPT 7-PIN SFIC CORES. ALL EXISTING HARDWARE SHALL CONFORM TO THE BASIC SECURITY DESIGN AS REQUIRED BY Tenant ON A CASE BY CASE BASIS. IF EITHER OF THESE CONDITIONS ARE NOT MET, NEW MATERIAL SHOULD BE SCHEDULED. REFER TO SECTION 1.4 OF THIS DOCUMENT FOR FURTHER INFORMATION AND SURVEY REQUIREMENTS. AA. Set: S-07 1. Doors: FIRE PUMP ROOM - PAIR 2. Description: SHELL EXTERIOR DOOR | FUNCTION: EXTERIOR LEVER, STOREROOM FUNCTION 6 Hinge, Hvy Wt T4A3386 NRP US32D MK 2 Manual Flush Bolt 555 US26D RO 1 Dust Proof Strike 570 US26D RO 1 Storeroom Lock 70 8204 LNP US32D SA 1 Permanent Keyed Core By others 626 OT 1 Surface Closer (STOP) CPS7500 689 NO 1 Threshold 273x3AFG PE Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 36 of 66 11-15-2024 Door Hardware V6.2 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 1 Rain Guard 346C PE 1 Gasketing (head) 2893AV PE 2 Gasketing (jambs) 2903AV PE 2 Door Bottom 216BDCFG PE 1 Latch Protector 320/321 US32D RO 3. Notes: METAL ASTRAGAL BY DOOR SUPPLIER. PROVIDE TESTED AND APPROVED HARDWARE FOR HURRICANE AND WINDSTORM CODE COMPLIANT OPENINGS WHERE PROJECT IS SUBJECT TO THOSE CONSTRUCTION CODES. BB. Set: S: 07A 1. Doors: EMER EXIT ONLY SUPERVISED, FIRE PUMP ROOM (AMZL) 2. Description: SHELL EXTERIOR DOOR | FUNCTION: EXTERIOR PULL, STOREROOM FUNCTION 6 Hinge, Hvy Wt T4A3386 NRP US32D MK 1 Removable Lockable Mullion L980S PC SA 1 Rim Exit Device (EO) 8810 EO US32D SA 1 Rim Exit Device (STORE, PULL) 70 8804 PSB US32D SA 1 Mullion Cylinder Kit 70 980C1 US26D SA 2 Permanent Keyed Core By others 626 OT 2 Surface Closer (STOP) CPS7500 689 NO 1 Threshold 273x3AFG PE 1 Rain Guard 346C PE 1 Mullion Seal 5110BL PE 1 Gasketing (HEAD) 2893AV PE 2 Gasketing (JAMBS) 2903AV PE 2 Door Bottom 216BDCFG PE 2 Meeting Stile Seal 303AV PE 3. Notes: PROVIDE TESTED AND APPROVED HARDWARE FOR HURRICANE AND WINDSTORM CODE COMPLIANT OPENINGS WHERE PROJECT IS SUBJECT TO THOSE CONSTRUCTION CODES. CC. Set: S-07B 1. Doors: FIRE PUMP ROOM - SINGLE 2. Description: SHELL EXTERIOR DOOR | FUNCTION: EXTERIOR LEVER, STOREROOM FUNCTION 3 Hinge, Hvy Wt T4A3386 NRP US32D MK 1 Storeroom Lock 70 8204 LNP US32D SA 1 Permanent Keyed Core By others 626 OT 1 Surface Closer (STOP) CPS7500 689 NO 1 Threshold 273x3AFG PE 1 Rain Guard 346C PE 1 Gasketing (head) 2893AV PE 2 Gasketing (jambs) 2903AV PE 1 Door Bottom 216BDCFG PE Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 37 of 66 11-15-2024 Door Hardware V6.2 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 1 Latch Protector 320/321 US32D RO 3. Notes: PROVIDE TESTED AND APPROVED HARDWARE FOR HURRICANE AND WINDSTORM CODE COMPLIANT OPENINGS WHERE PROJECT IS SUBJECT TO THOSE CONSTRUCTION CODES. DD. Set: S-08 1. Doors: SET NOT USED 1 Hardware Set Currently not used OT EE. Set: S-09 1. Doors: GUARDHOUSE DOOR ACCESS CONTROLLED - HOLLOW METAL 2. Description: SHELL EXTERIOR DOOR | FUNCTION: ELECTRIFIED LEVER MORTISE LOCK, FAIL SECURE, INTEGRATED REQUEST TO EXIT 3 Hinge, Hvy Wt T4A3386 NRP US32D MK 1 Elec Mortise Lock (FAIL RX 70 8271-24V LNP US32D SA âš¡ SECURE) 1 Permanent Keyed Core By others 626 OT 1 Surface Closer (P)7500 689 NO 1 Kick Plate (PUSH SIDE) K1050 10" H X 2" LDW CSK US32D RO 1 Floor Stop 446 US26D RO 1 Threshold 273x3AFG PE 1 Rain Guard 346C PE 1 Gasketing (HEAD) 2893AV PE 2 Gasketing (JAMBS) 2903AV PE 1 Door Bottom 216BDCFG PE 1 Door Position Switch By security contractor OT 2 Card Reader By security contractor OT 1 Surface Armored Door Cord KEEDEX K-DL38A KX âš¡ 1 ElectroLynx Harness QC-C1500(P) MK âš¡ 1 Power Supply By security contractor OT 1 Latch Protector 320/321 US32D RO 1 Wiring and Riser Diagram By hardware supplier as required 3. Notes: ACCESS BY AUTHORIZED CARD CREDENTIAL. ALWAYS FREE EGRESS. CARD READER, POWER SUPPLY, AND DOOR POSITION SWITCH TO BE PROVIDED BY SECURITY CONTRACTOR. PROVIDE TESTED AND APPROVED HARDWARE FOR HURRICANE AND WINDSTORM CODE COMPLIANT OPENINGS WHERE PROJECT IS SUBJECT TO THOSE CONSTRUCTION CODES. FF. Set: S-09A 1. Doors: PREFAB GUARD HOUSE 2. Description: EXTERIOR DOOR | FUNCTION: ELECTRIFIED LEVER MORTISE LOCK, FAIL SECURE, INTEGRATED REQUEST TO EXIT Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 38 of 66 11-15-2024 Door Hardware V6.2 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 1 Hardware Prefab guard house manufacturer OT 1 Door Position Switch By security contractor OT 2 Card Reader By security contractor OT 1 Power Supply By security contractor OT 3. Notes: ACCESS BY AUTHORIZED CARD CREDENTIAL. ALWAYS FREE EGRESS. CARD READERS, DOOR POSITION SWITCH, AND POWER SUPPLY TO BE PROVIDED BY SECURITY CONTRACTOR. Contractor TO COORDINATE NEW HARDWARE INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS WITH SUB-TRADES AND GUARDHOUSE MANUFACTURER. PROVIDE TESTED AND APPROVED HARDWARE FOR HURRICANE AND WINDSTORM CODE COMPLIANT OPENINGS WHERE PROJECT IS SUBJECT TO THOSE CONSTRUCTION CODES. GG. Set: S-09B 1. Doors: GUARD HOUSE RESTROOM 2. Description: EXTERIOR DOOR | FUNCTION: SERVICE STATION FUNCTION, EXTERIOR LEVER 3 Hinge, Hvy Wt T4A3386 NRP US32D MK 1 Service Station Lock 28 70 10G44 LP US26D SA 1 Permanent Keyed Core By others 626 OT 1 Surface Closer (P)7500 689 NO 1 Kick Plate (PUSH SIDE) K1050 10" H X 2” LDW CSK US32D RO 1 Floor Stop 446 US26D RO 1 Threshold 273x3AFG PE 1 Rain Guard 346C PE 1 Gasketing (HEAD) 2893AV PE 2 Gasketing (JAMBS) 2903AV PE 1 Door Bottom 216BDCFG PE 1 Coat Hook 790 US26D RO 1 Sign BF689 Unisex/BF688 RO Wm’s/BF687 Mn's Blue 3. Notes: PROVIDE TESTED AND APPROVED HARDWARE FOR HURRICANE AND WINDSTORM CODE COMPLIANT OPENINGS WHERE PROJECT IS SUBJECT TO THOSE CONSTRUCTION CODES. HH. Set: S-09C 1. Doors: TRASH REMOVAL DOOR - HOLLOW METAL >36” 2. Description: SHELL EXTERIOR DOOR | FUNCTION: ELECTRIFIED LEVER MORTISE LOCK, FAIL SECURE, INTEGRATED REQUEST TO EXIT 4 Hinge, Hvy Wt T4A3386 NRP US32D MK 1 Elec Mortise Lock (FAIL RX 70 8271-24V LNP US32D SA âš¡ SECURE) 1 Permanent Keyed Core By others 626 OT 1 Surface Closer (STOP) CPS7500 689 NO 1 Armor Plate (PUSH SIDE) K1050 34" H X 2” LDW CSK US32D RO Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 39 of 66 11-15-2024 Door Hardware V6.2 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 1 Threshold 273x3AFG PE 1 Rain Guard 346C PE 1 Gasketing (HEAD) 2893AV PE 2 Gasketing (JAMBS) 2903AV PE 1 Door Bottom 216BDCFG PE 1 Door Position Switch By security contractor OT 2 Card Reader By security contractor OT 1 ElectroLynx Harness QC-C1500(P) MK âš¡ 1 ElectroLynx Harness QC-C (P) as required MK âš¡ 1 Electric Power Transfer EL-CEPT SU âš¡ 1 Power Supply By security contractor OT 1 Latch Protector 320/321 US32D RO 1 Wiring & Riser Diagram By hardware supplier as required 3. Notes: ACCESS BY AUTHORIZED CARD CREDENTIAL. ALWAYS FREE EGRESS. CARD READER, POWER SUPPLY, AND DOOR POSITION SWITCH TO BE PROVIDED BY SECURITY CONTRACTOR. PROVIDE TESTED AND APPROVED HARDWARE FOR HURRICANE AND WINDSTORM CODE COMPLIANT OPENINGS WHERE PROJECT IS SUBJECT TO THOSE CONSTRUCTION CODES. CARD READER EGRESS WILL SHUNT BUILDING ALARM AS AN ACCESS CONTROLLED REQUEST TO EXIT SWITCH. II. Set: S-10 1. Doors: ROOF TOP ACCESS DOOR 2. Description: EXTERIOR DOOR AT TOP OF ROOF ACCESS STAIR | FUNCTION: MECHANICAL CYLINDER LOCK, STOREROOM FUNCTION 3 Hinge, Hvy Wt T4A3386 NRP US32D MK 1 Storeroom Lock 28 70 10G04 LP US26D SA 1 Permanent Keyed Core By others 626 OT 1 Surface Closer (P)7500 689 NO 1 Kick Plate (PUSH SIDE) K1050 10" H X 2" LDW US32D RO CSK 1 Floor Stop 446 US26D RO 1 Threshold 273x3AFG PE 1 Rain Guard 346C PE 1 Gasketing (HEAD) 2893AV PE 2 Gasketing (JAMBS) 2903AV PE 1 Door Bottom 216BDCFG PE 1 Door Position Switch By security contractor OT 1 Latch Protector 320/321 US32D RO 3. Notes: ACCESS BY KEY FROM INSIDE ROOM OR STAIR. ALWAYS FREE EGRESS FROM ROOF. PROVIDE TESTED AND APPROVED HARDWARE FOR HURRICANE AND WINDSTORM CODE COMPLIANT OPENINGS WHERE PROJECT IS SUBJECT TO THOSE CONSTRUCTION CODES. JJ. Set: S-10A Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 40 of 66 11-15-2024 Door Hardware V6.2 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 1. Doors: ROOF TOP ACCESS DOOR (ALTERNATE DOUBLE CYLINDER) 2. Description: EXTERIOR DOOR | FUNCTION: MECHANICAL CYLINDER LOCK, STOREROOM FUNCTION 3 Hinge, Hvy Wt T4A3386 NRP US32D MK 1 Store Door Lock 70 8226 LNP US32D SA 2 Permanent Keyed Core By others 626 OT 1 Surface Closer (P)7500 689 NO 1 Kick Plate (PUSH SIDE) K1050 10" H X 2” LDW US32D RO CSK 1 Floor Stop 446 US26D RO 1 Threshold 273x3AFG PE 1 Rain Guard 346C PE 1 Gasketing (HEAD) 2893AV PE 2 Gasketing (JAMBS) 2903AV PE 1 Door Bottom 216BDCFG PE 1 Door Position Switch By security contractor OT 3. Notes: KEYED BOTH SIDES. PROVIDE ONLY IF ACCEPTABLE TO LAHJ AND REQUIRED BY ROOF AND BUILDING CONFIGURATION. PROVIDE TESTED AND APPROVED HARDWARE FOR HURRICANE AND WINDSTORM CODE COMPLIANT OPENINGS WHERE PROJECT IS SUBJECT TO THOSE CONSTRUCTION CODES. KK. Set: TI-01 1. Doors: SINGLE LEAF, TURNSTILE BYPASS, ASSOC ENTRY (AMZL) 2. Description: INTERIOR EGRESS DOOR | FUNCTION: ELECTRIFIED EXIT DEVICE LEVER TRIM, FAIL SECURE, INTEGRATED REQUEST TO EXIT 2 Hinge, Hvy Wt T4A3786 NRP US26D MK 1 Electric Hinge, Hvy Wt T4A3786-QC8 US26D MK âš¡ 1 Rim Exit Dev (ELEC LEVER, RX) 55 70 8876-24V ETP US32D SA âš¡ 1 Permanent Keyed Core By others 626 OT 1 Surface Closer (P)7500 689 NO 1 Armor Plate (PUSH SIDE) K1050 (-F) 34" H X 2" US32D RO LDW CSK 1 Armor Plate (PULL SIDE) K1050 (-F) 34" H X 1" US32D RO LDW CSK 3 Silencer 608-RKW RO 1 ElectroLynx Harness QC-C300(P) MK âš¡ 1 Door Position Switch By security contractor OT 1 Card Reader (QTY VARIES) By security contractor OT 1 Power Supply By security contractor OT 1 Wiring and Riser Diagram By hardware supplier as required Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 41 of 66 11-15-2024 Door Hardware V6.2 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 3. Notes: ACCESS BY AUTHORIZED CARD CREDENTIAL. ALWAYS FREE EGRESS. POWER SUPPLY, CARD READERS AND DOOR POSITION SWITCH TO BE PROVIDED BY SECURITY CONTRACTOR. CARD READER ON EGRESS SIDE WILL SHUNT BLDG ALARM AS AN ACCESS CONTROLLED REQUEST TO EXIT SIGNAL. LOCK POWER SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE SECURITY CONTRACTOR. COORDINATE CARD READER QUANTITIES WITH SECURITY DRAWINGS. LL. Set: TI-01A 1. Doors: SINGLE LEAF, TURNSTILE BYPASS EMERGENCY EXIT ONLY 2. Description: INTERIOR EGRESS DOOR | FUNCTION: NO EXTERIOR TRIM OR OUTSIDE OPERATION 3 Hinge, Hvy Wt T4A3786 NRP US26D MK 1 Rim Exit Device (EO) 8810 EO US32D SA 1 Surface Closer (P)7500 689 NO 1 Armor Plate (PUSH SIDE) K1050 (-F) 34" H X 2” LDW US32D RO CSK 3 Silencer 608-RKW RO 3. Notes: EXIT ONLY. MM. Set: TI-01B 1. Doors: SINGLE LEAF, GUERNEY DOOR (>36" WIDE) 2. Description: INTERIOR DOOR | FUNCTION: NO EXTERIOR TRIM OR OUTSIDE OPERATION 4 Hinge, Hvy Wt T4A3786 NRP US26D MK 1 Rim Exit Device (EO) 8810 EO US32D SA 1 Surface Closer (P)7500 689 NO 1 Armor Plate (PUSH SIDE) K1050 (-F) 34" H X 2” US32D RO LDW CSK 3 Silencer 608-RKW RO 3. Notes: EXIT ONLY. NN. Set: TI-01C 1. Doors: RECRUITMENT OFFICE VESTIBULE 2. Description: ALUMINUM | FUNCTION: ELECTRIFIED EXIT DEVICE LEVER TRIM, FAIL SECURE, INTEGRATED REQUEST TO EXIT 1 Continuous Hinge w/cutout CFM_SLF-HD1 PT PE 1 Rim Exit Dev (ELEC LEVER, RX) 55 70 8876-24V ETP US32D SA âš¡ 1 Permanent Keyed Core By others 626 OT 1 Surface Closer UNI7500 689 NO 1 Drop Plate 7788 689 NO 1 Blade Stop Spacer Kit 6190/6191 as required 689 NO Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 42 of 66 11-15-2024 Door Hardware V6.2 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 1 Electric Power Transfer EL-CEPT SU âš¡ 1 ElectroLynx Harness QC-C1500(P) MK âš¡ 1 ElectroLynx Harness QC-C (P) as MK âš¡ required 1 Door Position Switch By security contractor OT 2 Card Reader By security contractor OT 1 Power Supply By security contractor OT 1 Wiring & Riser Diagram By hardware supplier as required 3. Notes: ACCESS BY AUTHORIZED CARD CREDENTIAL. ALWAYS FREE EGRESS. CARD READER, POWER SUPPLY, AND DOOR POSITION SWITCH TO BE PROVIDED BY SECURITY CONTRACTOR. EPT PREP TO BE COORDINATED BY ALUMINUM STOREFRONT MANUFACTURER. CARD IN / CARD OUT TO SHUNT EGRESS ALARM BY SECURITY CONTRACTOR. LOCK POWER SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE SECURITY CONTRACTOR. INSTALLER SHALL PROVIDE REX CONNECTION FROM TRIM TO HINGE. OO. Set: TI-01C(ALT) 1. Doors: RECRUITMENT OFFICE TURNSTILE, VISITOR BYPASS WITH AUTOMATIC OPERATOR 2. Description: ALUMINUM | FUNCTION: ELECTRIFIED EXIT DEVICE LEVER TRIM, FAIL SECURE, INTEGRATED REQUEST TO EXIT 1 Continuous Hinge w/cutout CFM SLF-HD1 PT PE 1 Rim Exit Dev (ELR, ELEC, RX) 55 56 70 8804 ETP US32D SA âš¡ 1 Permanent Keyed Core By others 626 OT 1 Mortise Cylinder 70 43 (key switch) US32D SA 1 Automatic Door Operator 6061 689 NO âš¡ 2 Door Operator Switch 502 (verify w/as NO building architectural âš¡ conditions) 1 Keyswitch MKA (automatic SU âš¡ operator) 1 Electric Power Transfer EL-CEPT SU âš¡ 1 ElectroLynx Harness QC-C300(P) MK âš¡ 1 Door Position Switch By security contractor OT 2 Card Reader By security contractor OT 1 Power Supply AQD1 x PDB SU âš¡ 1 Wiring and Riser Diagram By hardware supplier as required Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 43 of 66 11-15-2024 Door Hardware V6.2 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 3. Notes: ACCESS BY AUTHORIZED CARD CREDENTIAL. ALWAYS FREE EGRESS. CARD READER, POWER SUPPLY, AND DOOR POSITION SWITCH TO BE PROVIDED BY SECURITY CONTRACTOR. EPT PREP TO BE COORDINATED BY ALUMINUM STOREFRONT MANUFACTURER. CARD IN / CARD OUT TO SHUNT EGRESS ALARM BY SECURITY CONTRACTOR. LOCK POWER SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE SECURITY CONTRACTOR. LOCAL POWER SUPPLY IS REQUIRED. DOOR HARDWARE INSTALLER SHALL INSTALL POWER SUPPLY IN CONCEALED LOCATION NEAR BY TO THE DOOR IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER SPECIFICATIONS. PROVIDE POWER TO DOOR OPERATOR AND COORDINATE ROUGH-IN REQUIREMENTS WITH E.C. INSTALL SHALL PROVIDE REX CONNECTION FROM TRIM TO HINGE. PP. Set: TI-01D 1. Doors: DOUBLE LEAF, TURNSTILE BYPASS, ASSOC ENTRY (AMZL) 2. Description: INTERIOR EGRESS DOOR | FUNCTION: ELECTRIFIED EXIT DEVICE LEVER TRIM, FAIL SECURE, INTEGRATED REQUEST TO EXIT 4 Hinge, Hvy Wt T4A3786 NRP US26D MK 2 Electric Hinge, Hvy Wt T4A3786-QC8 US26D MK âš¡ 1 Removable Lockable Mullion L980S PC SA 2 Rim Exit Dev (ELEC LEVER, RX) 55 70 8876-24V ETP US32D SA âš¡ 1 Mullion Cylinder Kit 70 980C1 US26D SA 3 Permanent Keyed Core By others 626 OT 2 Surface Closer (P)7500 689 NO 2 Armor Plate (PUSH SIDE) K1050 (-F) 34" H X US32D RO 2” LDW CSK 2 Armor Plate (PULL SIDE) K1050 (-F) 34" H X US32D RO 1” LDW CSK 2 Silencer 608-RKW RO 1 Mullion Seal 5110BL PE 2 ElectroLynx Harness QC-C300(P) MK âš¡ 2 Door Position Switch By security OT contractor 1 Card Reader (QTY VARIES) By security OT contractor 1 Power Supply By security OT contractor 1 Wiring & Riser Diagram By hardware supplier as required 3. Notes: ACCESS BY AUTHORIZED CARD CREDENTIAL. ALWAYS FREE EGRESS. POWER SUPPLY, CARD READERS AND DOOR POSITION SWITCH TO BE PROVIDED BY SECURITY CONTRACTOR. CARD READER ON EGRESS SIDE WILL SHUNT BLDG ALARM AS AN ACCESS CONTROLLED REQUEST TO EXIT SIGNAL. LOCK POWER SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE SECURITY CONTRACTOR. COORDINATE CARD READER QUANTITIES WITH SECURITY DRAWINGS. QQ. Set: TI-01E Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 44 of 66 11-15-2024 Door Hardware V6.2 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 1. Doors: DOUBLE LEAF, TURNSTILE BYPASS EMERGENCY EXIT ONLY 2. Description: INTERIOR EGRESS DOOR | FUNCTION: NO EXTERIOR TRIM OR OUTSIDE OPERATION 6 Hinge, Hvy Wt T4A3786 NRP US26D MK 1 Removable Lockable Mullion L980S PC SA 2 Rim Exit Device (EO) 8810 EO US32D SA 1 Mullion Cylinder Kit 70 980C1 US26D SA 1 Permanent Keyed Core By others 626 OT 2 Surface Closer (P)7500 689 NO 2 Armor Plate (PUSH SIDE) K1050 (-F) 34" H X 2” LDW US32D RO CSK 2 Silencer 608-RKW RO 1 Mullion Seal 5110BL PE 3. Notes: EXIT ONLY. RR. Set: TI-02 1. Doors: CARD IN/CARD OUT (LOCKED IN BOTH DIRECTIONS), SPECIAL USE CASE DUAL DIRECTION ACCESS CONTROL HARDWARE SET (NO FREE EGRESS) 2. Description: INTERIOR WOOD DOOR | FUNCTION: ELECTRIFIED LEVER MORTISE LOCK, FAIL SECURE, INTEGRATED REQUEST TO EXIT, LOCKED BOTH DIRECTIONS 2 Hinge, Hvy Wt T4A3786 NRP US26D MK 1 Electric Hinge, Hvy Wt T4A3786-QC8 US26D MK âš¡ 1 Elec Mortise Lock (FAIL RX 70 8272-12V LNP US26D SA âš¡ SAFE) 2 Permanent Keyed Core By others 626 OT 1 Surface Closer (P)7500 689 NO 1 Floor Stop 446 US26D RO 1 Gasketing S88D PE 1 ElectroLynx Harness QC-C300(P) MK âš¡ 1 Door Position Switch By security contractor OT 2 Card Reader By security contractor OT 1 Emergency Door Release By security contractor OT 1 Power Supply By security contractor OT 1 Wiring & Riser Diagram By hardware supplier as required 3. Notes: ACCESS BY AUTHORIZED CARD CREDENTIAL CARD REQUIRED THROUGH BOTH DIRECTIONS OF TRAVEL. CARD READERS, EMERGENCY DOOR RELEASE BUTTON, DOOR POSITION SWITCH, AND POWER SUPPLY TO BE PROVIDED BY SECURITY CONTRACTOR. THIS OPENING IS NOT EGRESS COMPLIANT. SS. Set: TI-02A 1. Doors: EGRESS CORRIDOR ENTRY Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 45 of 66 11-15-2024 Door Hardware V6.2 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 2. Description: INTERIOR EGRESS DOOR | FUNCTION: EXTERIOR LEVER, STOREROOM FUNCTION 3 Hinge, Hvy Wt T4A3786 NRP US26D MK 1 Rim Exit Device (STORE, 70 8804 ETP US32D SA LEVER) 1 Permanent Keyed Core By others 626 OT 1 Surface Closer (P)7500 689 NO 1 Floor Stop 446 US26D RO 1 Gasketing S88D PE 1 Sweep 315CN PE 1 Door Position Switch By security contractor OT 1 Sign by Owner "Emergency Exit Only - Alarm OT Will Sound" 3. Notes: DOOR SHALL BE CONFIGURED AS EMERGENCY EXIT ONLY. DOOR POSITION SWITCH TO BE PROVIDED BY SECURITY CONTRACTOR. TT. Set: TI-02B 1. Doors: DAY ONE TRAINING, TRUCKERS' LOUNGE, DRIVER CHECK IN, HUB STAGING ACCESS FROM WAREHOUSE (HM DOOR) 2. Description: ACCESS CONTROLLED INTERIOR EGRESS DOOR | FUNCTION: ELECTRIFIED EXIT DEVICE LEVER TRIM, FAIL SECURE, INTEGRATED REQUEST TO EXIT 2 Hinge, Hvy Wt T4A3786 NRP US26D MK 1 Electric Hinge, Hvy Wt T4A3786-QC8 US26D MK âš¡ 1 Rim Exit Dev (ELEC LEVER, 55 70 8876-24V ETP US32D SA âš¡ RX) 1 Permanent Keyed Core By others 626 OT 1 Surface Closer (P)7500 689 NO 1 Armor Plate (PUSH SIDE) K1050 (-F) 34" H X 2” LDW US32D RO CSK 1 Armor Plate (PULL SIDE) K1050 (-F) 34" H X 1” LDW US32D RO CSK 3 Silencer 608-RKW RO 1 ElectroLynx Harness QC-C300(P) MK âš¡ 1 Door Position Switch By security contractor OT 2 Card Reader By security contractor OT 1 Power Supply By security contractor OT 1 Wiring & Riser Diagram By hardware supplier as required 3. Notes: ACCESS BY AUTHORIZED CARD CREDENTIAL. ALWAYS FREE EGRESS. CARD READER AND DOOR POSITION SWITCH TO BE PROVIDED BY SECURITY CONTRACTOR. CARD READER EGRESS WILL SHUNT BUILDING ALARM AS AN ACCESS CONTROLLED REQUEST TO EXIT SWITCH. UU. Set: TI-03 Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 46 of 66 11-15-2024 Door Hardware V6.2 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 1. Doors: SET NOT USED 1 Hardware Set Currently not used OT VV. Set: TI-04 1. Doors: TRAINING, CAREER CHOICE CLASSROOM 2. Description: INTERIOR DOOR | FUNCTION: EXTERIOR LEVER, PASSAGE FUNCTION 3 Hinge, Hvy Wt T4A3786 NRP US26D MK 1 Rim Fire Exit HW 12 8815 ETP US32D SA (PASSAGE) 1 Surface Closer (P)7500 689 NO 1 Armor Plate (PUSH SIDE) K1050 (-F) 34" H X 2” LDW US32D RO CSK 1 Floor Stop 446 US26D RO 1 Gasketing S88D PE WW. Set: TI-04A 1. Doors: ACADEMY ROOM, FIRST DAY TRAINING ROOM (ACCESS CONTROLS NOT REQUIRED) 2. Description: INTERIOR DOOR | FUNCTION: EXTERIOR LEVER, CLASSROOM FUNCTION 3 Hinge, Hvy Wt T4A3786 NRP US26D MK 1 Rim Fire Exit HW 12 70 8813 ETP US32D SA (CLASSROOM) 1 Permanent Keyed Core By others 626 OT 1 Surface Closer (P)7500 689 NO 1 Armor Plate (PUSH SIDE) K1050 (-F) 34" H X 2” LDW US32D RO CSK 1 Floor Stop 446 US26D RO 1 Gasketing S88D PE XX. Set: TI-04B 1. Doors: ACADEMY ROOM, FIRST DAY TRAINING ROOM (ACCESS CONTROLS NOT REQUIRED) - PAIR 2. Description: INTERIOR DOOR | FUNCTION: EXTERIOR LEVER, CLASSROOM FUNCTION 6 Hinge, Hvy Wt T4A3786 NRP US26D MK 2 SVR Fire Exit HW 12 70 NB8713 ETP US32D SA (CLASSROOM) 2 Permanent Keyed Core By others 626 OT 1 Surface Closer (P)7500 689 NO 1 Surface Closer (STOP) CPS7500 689 NO 2 Armor Plate K1050 (-F) 34" CSK BEV US32D RO 1 Dome Floor Stop 441 US26D RO Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 47 of 66 11-15-2024 Door Hardware V6.2 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 1 Gasketing S88D PE 2 Meeting Stile Seal 305CN PE YY. Set: TI-05 1. Doors: ACADEMY ROOM/WAREHOUSE/RECRUIT OFFICE EMERGENCY EXIT 2. Description: INTERIOR EGRESS DOOR | FUNCTION: NO EXTERIOR TRIM, EMERGENCY EXIT ONLY 3 Hinge, Hvy Wt T4A3786 NRP US26D MK 1 Rim Exit Device (EO) 8810 EO US32D SA 1 Surface Closer (P)7500 689 NO 1 Armor Plate (PUSH SIDE) K1050 (-F) 34" H X 2” LDW US32D RO CSK 1 Floor Stop 446 US26D RO 3 Silencer 608-RKW RO 1 Door Position Switch By security contractor OT 1 Sign by Owner "Emergency Exit Only - Alarm OT Will Sound" 3. Notes: NO HARDWARE SHALL BE PROVIDED ON WAREHOUSE SIDE OF THE DOOR. DOOR POSITION SWITCH SHALL BE PROVIDED BY SECURITY CONTRACTOR. ZZ. Set: TI-06 1. Doors: WELLNESS ENTRY 2. Description: INTERIOR DOOR | FUNCTION: MECHANICAL LOCK, CLASSROOM FUNCTION 4 Hinge, Hvy Wt T4A3786 NRP US26D MK 1 Keypad Lock PBR NTM610 NR K660 626 YA 1 Permanent Keyed Core By others 626 OT 1 Surface Closer (HO) 7500H 689 NO 1 Armor Plate (PUSH SIDE) K1050 (-F) 34" H X 2” LDW US32D RO CSK 1 Armor Plate (PULL SIDE) K1050 (-F) 34" H X 1” LDW US32D RO CSK 1 Floor Stop 446 US26D RO 3 Silencer 608-RKW RO 3. Notes: GASKETING AT RATED OPENINGS. OMIT HOLD OPEN ARM ON CLOSER AT RATED OPENINGS. KEYPAD LOCK IS STAND-ALONE, BATTERY-OPERATED. AAA. Set: TI-07 1. Doors: OFFICE, CONFERENCE ROOM 2. Description: INTERIOR DOOR | FUNCTION: MECHANICAL LOCK, ENTRANCE/OFFICE FUNCTION, PUSH BUTTON INSIDE Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 48 of 66 11-15-2024 Door Hardware V6.2 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 3 Hinge TA2714 NRP US26D MK 1 Entry/Office Lock 28 70 10G05 LP US26D SA 1 Permanent Keyed Core By others 626 OT 1 Floor Stop 446 US26D RO 3 Silencer 608-RKW RO 1 Coat Hook 790 US26D RO 3. Notes: GASKETING AT RATED OPENING. CLOSER AT RATED OPENING AND FIRST AID WAITING. COAT HOOK NOT REQUIRED FOR LOCKABLE CONFERENCE ROOMS. BBB. Set: TI-07A 1. Doors: COMMAND CENTER, OPEN OFFICE ENTRY 2. Description: INTERIOR DOOR | FUNCTION: MECHANICAL LOCK, ENTRANCE/OFFICE FUNCTION, PUSH BUTTON INSIDE 3 Hinge TA2714 NRP US26D MK 1 Entry/Office Lock 28 70 10G05 LP US26D SA 1 Permanent Keyed Core By others 626 OT 1 Surface Closer (P)7500 689 NO 1 Armor Plate (PUSH SIDE) K1050 (-F) 34" H X 2” LDW CSK US32D RO 1 Armor Plate (PULL SIDE) K1050 (-F) 34" H X 1” LDW CSK US32D RO 1 Floor Stop 446 US26D RO 3 Silencer 608-RKW RO CCC. Set: TI-08 1. Doors: CONFERENCE ROOM, AMZL STORAGE ROOM 2. Description: INTERIOR DOOR | FUNCTION: MECHANICAL LOCK, PASSAGE FUNCTION 3 Hinge TA2714 NRP US26D MK 1 Passage Latch 28 10U15 LP US26D SA 1 Floor Stop 446 US26D RO 3 Silencer 608-RKW RO DDD. Set: TI-08A 1. Doors: CONFERENCE, JANITOR (AMZL) 2. Description: INTERIOR DOOR | FUNCTION: MECHANICAL LOCK, PASSAGE FUNCTION 3 Hinge TA2714 NRP US26D MK 1 Passage Latch 28 10U15 LP US26D SA 1 Surface Closer (P)7500 689 NO 1 Floor Stop 446 US26D RO 3 Silencer 608-RKW RO EEE. Set: TI-09 Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 49 of 66 11-15-2024 Door Hardware V6.2 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 1. Doors: JANITOR, AMZL TRAINING ROOM STORAGE, SHOVEL CLOSET WITH SINGLE DOOR 2. Description: INTERIOR DOOR | MECHANICAL LOCK, STOREROOM FUNCTION 3 Hinge TA2714 NRP 28 US26D MK 1 Storeroom Lock 70 10G04 LP US26D SA 1 Permanent Keyed Core By others 626 OT 1 Surface Closer (HO) 7500H 689 NO 1 Armor Plate (PUSH SIDE) K1050 (-F) 34" H X 2” LDW CSK US32D RO 1 Armor Plate (PULL SIDE) K1050(-F) 34" H X 1" LDW CSK US32D RO 1 Floor Stop 446 US26D RO 3 Silencer 608-RKW RO 3. Notes: GASKETING AT RATED OPENINGS. OMIT HOLD OPEN ARM ON CLOSER AT RATED OPENINGS. FFF. Set: TI-09A 1. Doors: AV CLOSET, VENDING STORAGE, DEMARC ROOM (CORPNET & ENS) 2. Description: 4' X 8' INTERIOR DOOR | FUNCTION: MECHANICAL LOCK, STOREROOM FUNCTION 4 Hinge, Hvy Wt T4A3786 NRP US26D MK 1 Storeroom Lock 28 70 10G04 LP US26D SA 1 Permanent Keyed Core By others 626 OT 1 Surface Closer (HO) 7500H 689 NO 1 Armor Plate (PUSH SIDE) K1050 (-F) 34" H X 2” LDW CSK US32D RO 1 Floor Stop 446 US26D RO 3 Silencer 608-RKW RO 3. Notes: GASKETING AT RATED OPENINGS. OMIT HOLD OPEN ARM ON CLOSER AT RATED OPENINGS. GGG. Set: TI-09B 1. Doors: MHE SHAFT – UNEVEN PAIR 2. Description: INTERIOR DOOR | FUNCTION: MECHANICAL LOCK, STOREROOM FUNCTION 2 Continuous Hinge CFM HD1 PE 1 Coordinator 2600 x FB BLK RO 2 Closer Mounting Bracket 2601AB/C as required BLK RO 1 Set Automatic Flush Bolt 2842/2942 US26D RO 1 Dustproof Strike 570 US26D RO 1 Mortise Exit Device 12 70 8904 ETP US32D SA 1 Permanent Keyed Core By others 626 OT 2 Surface Closer PRO7500 689 NO 2 Surface Overhead Stop 9-X36 630 RF Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 50 of 66 11-15-2024 Door Hardware V6.2 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 2 Armor Plate (PUSH SIDE) K1050 (-F) 34" H X 1” LDW CSK US32D RO 2 Floor Stop 446 US26D RO 2 Door Sweep 315CN PE 1 Gasketing S88D PE 1 Overlapping Metal Astragal 357SP x S88D PE 3. Notes: GASKETING AT RATED OPENINGS. HHH. Set: TI-10 1. Doors: IDF ROOM 2. Description: INTERIOR DOOR | FUNCTION: ELECTRIFIED LEVER MORTISE LOCK, FAIL SECURE, INTEGRATED REQUEST TO EXIT 2 Hinge, Hvy Wt T4A3786 NRP US26D MK 1 Electric Hinge, Hvy Wt T4A3786-QC8 US26D MK âš¡ 1 Elec Mortise Lock (FAIL RX 70 8271-12V LNP US26D SA âš¡ SECURE) 1 Surface Closer (P)7500 689 NO 1 Kick Plate (PUSH SIDE) K1050 10" H X 2” LDW CSK US32D RO 1 Floor Stop 446 US26D RO 3 Silencer 608-RKW RO 1 ElectroLynx Harness QC-C300(P) MK âš¡ 1 Door Position Switch By security contractor OT 1 Card Reader By security contractor OT 1 Power Supply By security contractor OT 1 Wiring & Riser Diagram By hardware supplier as required 3. Notes: ACCESS BY AUTHORIZED CARD CREDENTIAL. ALWAYS FREE EGRESS. CARD READER, DOOR POSITION SWITCH, AND POWER SUPPLY TO BE PROVIDED BY SECURITY CONTRACTOR. III. Set: TI-11 1. Doors: STAFFING AGENCY, ENS SITE ZONE 3 2. Description: INTERIOR DOOR | FUNCTION: ELECTRIFIED LEVER MORTISE LOCK, FAIL SECURE, INTEGRATED REQUEST TO EXIT 2 Hinge, Hvy Wt T4A3786 NRP US26D MK 1 Electric Hinge, Hvy Wt T4A3786-QC8 US26D MK âš¡ 1 Elec Mortise Lock (FAIL RX 70 8271-12V LNP US26D SA âš¡ SECURE) 1 Permanent Keyed Core By others 626 OT 1 Surface Closer (P)7500 689 NO 1 Kick Plate (PUSH SIDE) K1050 10" H X 2” LDW CSK US32D RO 1 Armor Plate (PULL SIDE) K1050 (-F) 34" H X 1” LDW US32D RO CSK 1 Floor Stop 446 US26D RO Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 51 of 66 11-15-2024 Door Hardware V6.2 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 3 Silencer 608-RKW RO 1 ElectroLynx Harness QC-C300(P) MK âš¡ 1 Door Position Switch By security contractor OT 1 Card Reader By security contractor OT 1 Power Supply By security contractor OT 1 Wiring & Riser Diagram By hardware supplier as required 3. Notes: ACCESS BY AUTHORIZED CARD CREDENTIAL. ALWAYS FREE EGRESS. CARD READER, DOOR POSITION SWITCH, AND POWER SUPPLY TO BE PROVIDED BY SECURITY CONTRACTOR. JJJ. Set: TI-11A 1. Doors: ENS PICKUP, AMZL/AMXL TRAINING (DUTCH DOOR) 2. Description: ACCESS CONTROLLED CARD IN/CARD OUT HOLLOW METAL DUTCH DOOR | FUNCTION: TOP LEAF SECURED TO BOTTOM WITH EXIT LATCH. BOTTOM LEAF CARD IN/CARD OUT WITH SPRING HINGES 2 Hinge, Hvy Wt (TOP PANEL) T4A3786 NRP US26D MK 2 Hinge, Spring (BOTTOM 1502 US26D MK PANEL) 1 Fail Secure Lock RX 28 70 10G71-12V LP US26D SA âš¡ 1 Exit Latch 28 10G15-3 LP US26D SA 1 Permanent Keyed Core By others 626 OT 1 Kick Plate (PUSH SIDE) K1050 10" H X 2” LDW US32D RO CSK 1 Wall Stop 409 US32D RO 1 Floor Stop 446 US26D RO 4 Silencer 608-RKW RO 1 Electric Power Transfer EL-CEPT SU âš¡ 1 ElectroLynx Harness QC-C306(P) MK âš¡ 1 Door Position Switch By security contractor OT 2 Card Reader By security contractor OT 1 Power Supply By security contractor OT 1 Wiring & Riser Diagram By hardware supplier as âš¡ required 3. Notes: ACCESS BY AUTHORIZED CARD CREDENTIAL. ALWAYS FREE EGRESS ON LOWER LEAF. CARD READERS, DOOR POSITION SWITCHES, AND POWER SUPPLY TO BE PROVIDED BY SECURITY CONTRACTOR. THE TOP LEAF DOOR CONTACT SHALL BE PROGRAMMED AS INACTIVE WHEN THE INTRUSION DETECTION SYSTEM IS DISARMED. KKK. Set: TI-12 1. Doors: STORAGE ROOM, ELEVATOR MACHINE ROOM, UTILITY ROOM 2. Description: INTERIOR DOOR | FUNCTION: MECHANICAL LOCK, STOREROOM FUNCTION Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 52 of 66 11-15-2024 Door Hardware V6.2 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 3 Hinge TA2714 NRP US26D MK 1 Storeroom Lock 28 70 10G04 LP US26D SA 1 Permanent Keyed Core By others 626 OT 1 Surface Closer (P)7500 689 NO 1 Floor Stop 446 US26D RO 3 Silencer 608-RKW RO LLL. Set: TI-12A 1. Doors: HR STORAGE 2. Description: INTERIOR DOOR | FUNCTION: MECHANICAL LOCK, STOREROOM FUNCTION 3 Hinge TA2714 NRP US26D MK 1 Storeroom Lock 28 70 10G04 LP US26D SA 1 Permanent Keyed Core By others 626 OT 1 Surface Closer (P)7500 689 NO 1 Kick Plate (PUSH SIDE) K1050 10" H X 2” LDW CSK US32D RO 1 Floor Stop 446 US26D RO 3 Silencer 608-RKW RO MMM. Set: TI-13 1. Doors: BREAKROOM RATED PAIR 2. Description: INTERIOR EGRESS PAIR | FUNCTION: EXTERIOR LEVER, PASSAGE FUNCTION 6 Hinge, Hvy Wt T4A3786 NRP US26D MK 2 CVR Fire Exit HW 12 NB MD8615 ETP US32D SA (PASSAGE) 2 Surface Closer (STOP) CPS7500 689 NO 2 Armor Plate (PUSH SIDE) K1050 (-F) 34" H X 1” LDW US32D RO CSK 2 Armor Plate (PULL SIDE) K1050 (-F) 34" H X 1” LDW US32D RO CSK 1 Gasketing S88D PE 2 Sweep 315CN PE 2 Meeting Stile Seal 305CN PE 3. Notes: GASKETING AT RATED OPENING. NNN. Set: TI-13A 1. Doors: LOCKER ROOM/RESTROOM VESTIBULE TO WAREHOUSE EMERGENCY EXIT ONLY 2. Description: INTERIOR DOOR | FUNCTION: NO EXTERIOR TRIM, EMERGENCY EXIT ONLY, VERTICAL ROD EXIT DEVICES 6 Hinge, Hvy Wt T4A3786 NRP US26D MK 2 CVR Fire Exit HW (EO) 12 NB MD8610 EO US32D SA Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 53 of 66 11-15-2024 Door Hardware V6.2 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 2 Surface Closer (STOP) CPS7500 689 NO 2 Armor Plate (PUSH SIDE) K1050 (-F) 34" H X 1” LDW US32D RO CSK 1 Gasketing S88D PE 2 Sweep 315CN PE 2 Meeting Stile Seal 305CN PE OOO. Set: TI-13B 1. Doors: BREAK ROOM/RESTROOM VESTIBULE TO WAREHOUSE EMERGENCY EXIT ONLY 2. Description: INTERIOR DOOR | FUNCTION: NO EXTERIOR TRIM, EMERGENCY EXIT ONLY, RIM EXIT DEVICES X REMOVABLE MULLION 6 Hinge, Hvy Wt T4A3786 NRP US26D MK 1 Removable Lockable Mullion 12 L980S PC SA 2 Rim Fire Exit HW (EO) 12 8810 EO US32D SA 1 Mullion Cylinder Kit 70 980C1 US26D SA 1 Permanent Keyed Core By others 626 OT 2 Surface Closer (STOP) CPS7500 689 NO 2 Armor Plate (PUSH SIDE) K1050 (-F) 34" H X 2” LDW US32D RO CSK 1 Mullion Seal 5110BL PE 1 Gasketing S88D PE 2 Sweep 315CN PE 2 Meeting Stile Seal 305CN PE PPP. Set: TI-14 1. Doors: BREAKROOM NON RATED PAIR 2. Description: INTERIOR DOOR | FUNCTION: PUSH/PULL PLATES, NO LOCK FUNCTION 6 Hinge, Hvy Wt T4A3786 NRP US26D MK 2 Pull Plate 110x70C 4" x 16" US32D RO 2 Push Plate 70G 4" x 20" US32D RO 2 Surface Closer (P)7500 689 NO K1050 (-F) 34" H X 1" LDW 2 Armor Plate (PUSH SIDE) US32D RO CSK K1050 (-F) 34" H X 1" LDW 2 Armor Plate (PULL SIDE) US32D RO CSK 2 Door Stop & Holder 472 US26D RO Edge Guard (LATCH 2 EG308 630 MR EDGE) 2 Silencer 608-RKW RO QQQ. Set: TI-15 1. Doors: BREAKROOM SWING DOOR Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 54 of 66 11-15-2024 Door Hardware V6.2 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 2. Description: INTERIOR DOOR | FUNCTION: PUSH/PULL PLATES, NO LOCK FUNCTION 3 Hinge, Hvy Wt T4A3786 NRP US26D MK 1 Pull Plate 110x70C 4" x 16" US32D RO 1 Push Plate 70G 4" x 20" US32D RO 1 Surface Closer (P)7500 689 NO 1 Armor Plate (PUSH SIDE) K1050 (-F) 34" H X 2” LDW US32D RO CSK 1 Armor Plate (PULL SIDE) K1050 (-F) 34" H X 1” LDW US32D RO CSK 1 Door Stop & Holder 472 US26D RO 1 Edge Guard (LATCH EDGE) EG308 630 MR 3 Silencer 608-RKW RO RRR. Set: TI-16 1. Doors: UNIXEX TOILET ROOM 2. Description: INTERIOR DOOR | FUNCTION: MECHANICAL LOCK, INDICATOR PRIVACY FUNCTION 3 Hinge TA2714 NRP US26D MK 1 Indicator Privacy Lock LB V21 8266 LNP US26D SA 1 Surface Closer (P)7500 689 NO 1 Mop Plate (PULL SIDE) K1050 10" H X 1” LDW CSK US32D RO 1 Armor Plate (PUSH SIDE) K1050 (-F) 34" H X 2” LDW CSK US32D RO 1 Floor Stop 446 US26D RO 3 Silencer 608-RKW RO 1 Coat Hook 790 US26D RO 1 Sign BF689 Unisex Blue RO SSS. Set: TI-16A 1. Doors: NEW LACTATION ROOM PRIVATE 2. Description: INTERIOR DOOR | FUNCTION: MECHANICAL LOCK, INDICATOR PRIVACY FUNCTION 3 Hinge TA2714 NRP US26D MK 1 Indicator Privacy Lock LB V21 8266 LNP US26D SA 1 Surface Closer (P)7500 689 NO 1 Mop Plate (PULL SIDE) K1050 10" H X 1” LDW CSK US32D RO 1 Armor Plate (PUSH SIDE) K1050 (-F) 34" H X 2” LDW CSK US32D RO 1 Floor Stop 446 US26D RO 3 Silencer 608-RKW RO 1 Coat Hook 790 US26D RO TTT. Set: TI-17 1. Doors: TRUCKERS' CAGE, HRV CAGE (WITH PANIC HARDWARE), HUB STAGING ACCESS FROM WAREHOUSE (FENCE) Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 55 of 66 11-15-2024 Door Hardware V6.2 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 2. Description: INTERIOR EGRESS | FUNCTION: ELECTRIFIED RIM EXIT DEVICE WITH EXTERIOR LEVER, FAIL SECURE 3 Hinges By gate manufacturer OT 1 Rim Exit Dev (ELEC LEVER, 55 70 8876-24V ETP US32D SA âš¡ RX) 1 Permanent Keyed Core By others 626 OT 1 Surface Closer (P)7500 689 NO 1 Door Position Switch By security contractor OT 2 Card Reader By security contractor OT 1 Surface Armored Door Cord KEEDEX K-DL38A KX âš¡ 1 Power Supply By security contractor OT 1 Gate Plate Kit GTPL x GTSTKBKT x DX GTPLGRD 1 Gate Plate Kit GTPL x GTSTKBKT x DX GTPLGRD (TRIM) 1 Keedex Box K-BX711150 by gate KX manufacturer 1 Electrolynx Harness QC-C1500P MK 1 Wiring & Riser Diagram By hardware supplier as required 3. Notes: ACCESS BY AUTHORIZED CARD CREDENTIAL. ALWAYS FREE EGRESS. POWER SUPPLY, CARD READERS AND DOOR POSITION SWITCH TO BE PROVIDED BY SECURITY CONTRACTOR. CARD READER TO SHUNT EGRESS ALARM. 4. GATE PLATE KIT INCLUDES PLATE (ADJUSTABLE FROM 32” TO 52” WIDE), STRIKE LATCH RECEIVER BRACKET, AND GATE LATCH PROTECTOR. 5. FENCE MANUFACTURER SHALL PROVIDE STEEL PLATE TO BLOCK ACCESS TO INTERIOR DOOR HARDWARE FROM UNSECURE SIDE. PLATE SHALL EXTEND 12" ABOVE AND BELOW AND TO BOTH SIDES OF DOOR HARDWARE. FENCING MANUFACTURER TO PROVIDE STEEL PLATE ADJACENT TO GATE DOOR AND KEEDEX BOX FOR EXIT DEVICE TRIM. KEEDEX BOX TO BE MOUNTED 40” AFF TO CENTER OF BOX, FACE FLUSH WITH PUSH SIDE OF GATE. FENCING MANUFACTURER TO COORDINATE CLOSER MOUNTING SURFACE. UUU. Set: TI-18 1. Doors: EMPLOYEE RESOURCE CENTER, MULTIFAITH, ABLUTION ROOM, LACTATION ROOM LOBBY 2. Description: INTERIOR DOOR | FUNCTION: MECHANICAL LOCK, PASSAGE FUNCTION 3 Hinge TA2714 NRP US26D MK 1 Passage Latch 28 10U15 LP US26D SA 1 Surface Closer (P)7500 689 NO 1 Armor Plate (PUSH SIDE) K1050 (-F) 34" H X 2” LDW US32D RO CSK Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 56 of 66 11-15-2024 Door Hardware V6.2 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 1 Armor Plate (PULL SIDE) K1050 (-F) 34" H X 1” LDW US32D RO CSK 1 Floor Stop 446 US26D RO 3 Silencer 608-RKW RO VVV. Set: TI-19 1. Doors: OFF-SITE PARKING AREA RESTROOM, SNOW SHOVEL CLOSET. WWW. Set: TI-20 1. Doors: ELEC SWITCH, DEMARC, IT (ENS) ROOM, UTILITY ROOM (WHEN PANIC HARDWARE REQUIRED) - SINGLE 2. Description: INTERIOR EGRESS DOOR | FUNCTION: EXTERIOR LEVER, STOREROOM FUNCTION 3 Hinge, Hvy Wt T4A3786 NRP US26D MK 1 Rim Exit Device (STORE, 70 8804 ETP US32D SA LEVER) 1 Permanent Keyed Core By others 626 OT 1 Surface Closer (P)7500 689 NO 1 Armor Plate (PUSH SIDE) K1050 (-F) 34" H X 2” LDW US32D RO CSK 1 Armor Plate (PULL SIDE) K1050 (-F) 34" H X 1” LDW US32D RO CSK 3 Silencer 608-RKW RO 3. Notes: PROVIDE FIRE RATED EXIT HARDWARE AND GASKETING AT RATED OPENINGS. XXX. Set: TI-20A 1. Doors: ELEC SWITCH, DEMARC (ENS), IT (ENS) ROOM - PAIR 2. Description: INTERIOR EGRESS DOOR | FUNCTION: EXTERIOR LEVER, STOREROOM FUNCTION 6 Hinge, Hvy Wt T4A3786 NRP US26D MK 1 Removable Lockable L980S PC SA Mullion 2 Rim Exit Device (STORE, 70 8804 ETP US32D SA LEVER) 1 Mullion Cylinder Kit 70 980C1 US26D SA 1 Permanent Keyed Core By others 626 OT 2 Surface Closer (P)7500 689 NO 2 Armor Plate (PUSH SIDE) K1050 (-F) 34" H X 2” LDW US32D RO CSK 2 Armor Plate (PULL SIDE) K1050 (-F) 34" H X 1” LDW US32D RO CSK 2 Silencer 608-RKW RO 1 Mullion Seal 5110BL PE Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 57 of 66 11-15-2024 Door Hardware V6.2 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 3. Notes: PROVIDE FIRE RATED EXIT HARDWARE AND GASKETING AT RATED OPENINGS. YYY. Set: TI-22 1. Doors: RECRUITMENT, STAFFING TELECOM ROOM 2. Description: INTERIOR DOOR | FUNCTION: MECHANICAL LOCK, STOREROOM FUNCTION 3 Hinge TA2714 NRP US26D MK 1 Storeroom Lock 28 70 10G04 LP US26D SA 1 Permanent Keyed Core By others 626 OT 1 Surface Closer (P)7500 689 NO 1 Kick Plate (PUSH SIDE) K1050 10" H X 2” LDW CSK US32D RO 1 Floor Stop 446 US26D RO 1 Gasketing S88D PE ZZZ. Set: TI-23 1. Doors: MDF, IT TEAM ROOM 2. Description: INTERIOR DOOR | FUNCTION: ELECTRIFIED LEVER MORTISE LOCK, FAIL SECURE, INTEGRATED REQUEST TO EXIT 3 Hinge, Hvy Wt T4A3786 NRP US26D MK 1 Electric Hinge, Hvy Wt T4A3786-QC8 US26D MK âš¡ 1 Elec Mortise Lock (FAIL SECURE) RX 70 8271-12V LNP US26D SA âš¡ 1 Permanent Keyed Core By others 626 OT 1 Surface Closer (P)7500 689 NO 1 Armor Plate (PUSH SIDE) K1050 (-F) 34" H X 2” LDW US32D RO CSK 1 Floor Stop 446 US26D RO 1 Gasketing S88D PE 1 Sweep 315CN PE 1 ElectroLynx Harness QC-C400(P) MK âš¡ 1 Door Position Switch By security contractor OT 2 Card Reader By security contractor OT 1 Power Supply By security contractor OT 1 Wiring & Riser Diagram By hardware supplier as required 3. Notes: ACCESS BY AUTHORIZED CARD CREDENTIAL. ALWAYS FREE EGRESS. CARD READER, DOOR POSITION SWITCH, AND POWER SUPPLY TO BE PROVIDED BY SECURITY CONTRACTOR. AT NO TIME IS ANY TYPE OF WINDOW KIT ALLOWED IN THE MDF DOOR LEAF PER Tenant SECURITY REQUIREMENTS. THRESHOLD REQUIRED IF BUILDING IS NOT DRIED IN. AAAA. Set: TI-24 1. Doors: RECRUITING OFFICE REST ROOM Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 58 of 66 11-15-2024 Door Hardware V6.2 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 2. Description: INTERIOR DOOR | FUNCTION: PUSH/PULL PLATES, NO LOCK FUNCTION 3 Hinge, Hvy Wt T4A3786 NRP US26D MK 1 Pull Plate 110x70C 4" x 16" US32D RO 1 Push Plate 70G 4" x 20" US32D RO 1 Surface Closer (P)7500 689 NO 1 Kick Plate (PUSH SIDE) K1050 10" H X 2” LDW CSK US32D RO 1 Mop Plate (PULL SIDE) K1050 10" H X 1” LDW CSK US32D RO 1 Floor Stop 446 US26D RO 3 Silencer 608-RKW RO 1 Sign BF689 Unisex/BF688 BLUE RO Wm’s/BF687 Mn’s BBBB. Set: TI-25 1. Doors: TEMPORARY IDF CAGE 2. Description: CAGE DOOR | FUNCTION: MECHANICAL LOCK, STOREROOM FUNCTION, FAIL SECURE ELECTRIC STRIKE 3 Hinges By gate manufacturer OT 1 Storeroom Lock 28 70 10G04 LP US26D SA 1 Permanent Keyed Core By others 626 OT 1 Electric Strike (FAIL SECURE) 1006CS 24V 630 HS âš¡ 1 Surface Closer (P)7500 689 NO 1 Door Position Switch By security contractor OT 2 Card Reader By security contractor OT 1 Power Supply By security contractor SU âš¡ 1 Latch Protector 320/321 US32D RO 1 Keedex Box K-BXRHO by gate KX manufacturer 1 Wiring & Riser Diagram By hardware supplier as required 3. Notes: FENCE MANUFACTURER SHALL PROVIDE KEEDEX BOX AND STEEL PLATE TO BLOCK ACCESS TO INTERIOR DOOR HARDWARE FROM UNSECURE SIDE. PLATE SHALL EXTEND 12" ABOVE AND BELOW AND TO BOTH SIDES OF DOOR HARDWARE. CAGE FRAME SHALL INCLUDE STRIKE BOX SIZED TO ACCEPT ELECTRIC STRIKE. ELECTRIC STRIKE TO BE FAIL SECURE. CARD READER IN / OUT. CARD READER, DOOR POSITION SWITCH, AND POWER SUPPLY TO BE PROVIDED BY SECURITY CONTRACTOR. CCCC. Set: TI-26 1. Doors: MAINTENANCE, SAFETY, DEMARC CAGE (NO ACCESS CONTROL) Description: CAGE DOOR | FUNCTION: MECHANICAL LOCK, STOREROOM FUNCTION By gate 3 Hinges OT manufacturer Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 59 of 66 11-15-2024 Door Hardware V6.2 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 1 Storeroom Lock 28 70 10G04 LP US26D SA 1 Permanent Keyed Core By others 626 OT 1 Surface Closer (P)7500 689 NO By security 1 Door Position Switch OT contractor K-BXRHO by 1 Keedex Box gate KX manufacturer 2. Notes: GATE MANUFACTURER SHALL PROVIDE KEEDEX BOX AND STEEL PLATE TO BLOCK ACCESS TO INTERIOR DOOR HARDWARE FROM UNSECURE SIDE. KEEDEX BOX TO BE MOUNTED 41” AFF TO CENTER OF BOX, FACE FLUSH WITH PUSH SIDE OF GATE. STEEL PLATE SHALL EXTEND 12" ABOVE AND BELOW AND TO BOTH SIDES OF DOOR HARDWARE. MOUNTING PLATE FOR CLOSER AND LOCKSET COORDINATION SHALL BE PROVIDED BY GATE MANUFACTURER. 3. * DOOR POSITION SWITCH REQUIRED FOR SUPERVISED DEMARC CAGE ONLY. DDDD. Set: TI-26A 1. Doors: IT, PARTS STOR, MSC, AR MAINT, HRV, DEMARC (ACCESS CONTROL, NO PANIC) 2. Description: CAGE DOOR | FUNCTION: ELECTRIFIED CYLINDRICAL LEVER LOCK, FAIL SECURE, INTEGRATED REQUEST TO EXIT 3 Hinges By gate manufacturer OT 1 Fail Secure Lock RX 28 70 10G71-24V ETP US26D SA âš¡ 1 Permanent Keyed Core By others 626 OT 1 Surface Closer (P)7500 689 NO 1 ElectroLynx Harness QC-C1500(P) MK âš¡ 1 Door Position Switch By security contractor OT 1 Surface Armored Door Cord KEEDEX K-DL38A KX âš¡ 1 Card Reader (Qty varies) By security contractor OT 1 Power Supply By security contractor SU âš¡ 1 Latch Protector 320/321 US32D RO K-BXRHO by gate 1 Keedex Box KX manufacturer By hardware supplier as 1 Wiring & Riser Diagram required 3. Notes: GATE MANUFACTURER SHALL PROVIDE KEEDEX BOX AND STEEL PLATE TO BLOCK ACCESS TO INTERIOR DOOR HARDWARE FROM UNSECURE SIDE. KEEDEX BOX TO BE MOUNTED 41” AFF TO CENTER OF BOX, FACE FLUSH WITH PUSH SIDE OF GATE. STEEL PLATE SHALL EXTEND 12" ABOVE AND BELOW AND TO BOTH SIDES OF DOOR HARDWARE. MOUNTING PLATE FOR CLOSER AND LOCKSET COORDINATION SHALL BE PROVIDED BY GATE MANUFACTURER. CARD READERS, DOOR POSITION SWITCH, AND POWER SUPPLY TO BE PROVIDED BY SECURITY CONTRACTOR. Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 60 of 66 11-15-2024 Door Hardware V6.2 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 4. AT ALL CAGES, THIS SET SHALL BE APPLIED ONLY TO PEDESTRIAN GATES. SLIDING GATES THAT LEAD INTO CAGES DO NOT REQUIRE ACCESS CONTROL OR ELECTRIFIED LOCKING HARDWARE. EEEE. Set: TI-26B 1. Doors: SMOKERS' CANOPY GATE 2. Description: CAGE DOOR | FUNCTION: NO EXTERIOR TRIM, EMERGENCY EXIT ONLY 3 Hinges By gate manufacturer OT 1 Rim Exit Device (EO) 8810 EO US32D SA 1 Surface Closer (P)7500 689 NO 1 Door Position Switch By security contractor OT 1 Gate Plate Kit GTPL x GTSTKBKT x GTPLGRD DX 3. Notes: FENCE MANUFACTURER SHALL PROVIDE MOUNTING PLATE FOR CLOSER. MOUNTING PLATE FOR CLOSER AND LOCKSET COORDINATION SHALL BE PROVIDED BY GATE MANUFACTURER. DOOR POSITION SWITCH TO BE PROVIDED BY SECURITY CONTRACTOR. FFFF. Set: TI-26C 1. Doors: SECURE ASSOCIATE PARKING GATE 2. Description: SECURE ASSOCIATE PARKING GATE | ELECTRONIC ACCESS CONTROLLED 3 Hinges By gate manufacturer OT 1 Rim Exit Device 40 09DN LD ERxEXxW FC3EC1W 630 DE (ELECTRIFIED) 99 1 Permanent Keyed Core By others 626 OT 1 Rim/Mortise Cylinder 72 34/43 as required US32D SA 1 Surface Closer (P)7500 689 NO 1 Door Position Switch By security contractor OT 1 Card Reader By security contractor OT 1 Outdoor Rated Power Supply Waypoint3 AS 1 Gate Plate Kit GTPL x GTSTKBKT x GTPLGRD DE 1 Gate Plate Kit GTPL x GTSTKBKT x GTPLGRD DE (TRIM) 1 Keedex Box K-BX711150 by gate manufacturer KX 1 Wiring & Riser Diagram By hardware supplier as required 3. Notes: GATE MANUFACTURER SHALL PROVIDE KEEDEX BOX AND STEEL PLATE TO BLOCK ACCESS TO INTERIOR DOOR HARDWARE FROM UNSECURE SIDE. PLATE SHALL EXTEND 12" ABOVE AND BELOW AND TO BOTH SIDES OF DOOR HARDWARE. MOUNTING PLATE FOR CLOSER AND LOCKSET COORDINATION SHALL BE PROVIDED BY GATE MANUFACTURER. CARD READERS, DOOR POSITION SWITCH, AND POWER SUPPLY TO BE PROVIDED BY SECURITY CONTRACTOR. Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 61 of 66 11-15-2024 Door Hardware V6.2 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 4. AT ALL CAGES THIS SET SHALL BE APPLIED ONLY TO PEDESTRIAN GATES. SLIDING GATES THAT LEAD INTO CAGES DO NOT REQUIRE ACCESS CONTROL OR ELECTRIFIED LOCKING HARDWARE. GGGG. Set: TI-26D 1. Doors: EMERGENCY EXIT ONLY DOUBLE CAGE DOOR 2. Description: CAGE DOOR | FUNCTION: NO EXTERIOR TRIM, EMERGENCY EXIT ONLY 6 Hinges By gate manufacturer OT 1 Fixed Mullion By gate manufacturer OT 2 Rim Exit Device (EO) 8810 EO US32D SA 2 Surface Closer (P)7500 689 NO 2 Door Position Switch By security contractor OT 2 Gate Plate Kit GTPL x GTSTKBKT x GTPLGRD DE 3. Notes: FENCE MANUFACTURER SHALL PROVIDE MOUNTING PLATE FOR CLOSER. MOUNTING PLATE FOR CLOSER AND LOCKSET COORDINATION SHALL BE PROVIDED BY GATE MANUFACTURER. DOOR POSITION SWITCH TO BE PROVIDED BY SECURITY CONTRACTOR. 4. Notes: FENCE MANUFACTURER SHALL PROVIDE REMAINING REQUIRED HARDWARE. LOW VOLTAGE POWER, DOOR POSITION SWITCH, AND CARD READERS TO BE PROVIDED BY SECURITY CONTRACTOR. HHHH. Set: TI-26E IIII. Set: TI-26F 1. Doors: SLIDING FENCE GATE 2. Description: SLIDING METAL GATE | FUNCTION: ELECTRONIC ACCESS CONTROLLED 1 Sliding Gate Lock (Fail Safe) GL 1-FSM SU 1 Mortise Cylinder 70 43 US32D SA 1 Permanant Keyed Core By Others 626 OT 1 Emergency Door Release Button EEB2 SU 2 Card Reader By Security Contractor OT 1 Power Supply By Security Contractor OT 1 Door Position Switch By Security Contractor OT 1 Key Switch MKA SU 3. Notes: FENCE MANUFACTURER SHALL PROVIDE REMAINING REQUIRED HARDWARE. LOW VOLTAGE POWER, DOOR POSITION SWITCH, AND CARD READERS TO BE PROVIDED BY SECURITY CONTRACTOR. JJJJ. Set: TI-27 1. Doors: EGRESS CORRIDOR PAIR Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 62 of 66 11-15-2024 Door Hardware V6.2 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 2. Description: INTERIOR EGRESS | EXTERIOR LEVER, PASSAGE FUNCTION 8 Hinge, Hvy Wt T4A3786 NRP US26D MK 2 CVR Fire Exit HW (PASSAGE) 12 NB MD8615 ETP US32D SA 2 Surface Closer (P)7500 689 NO 2 Armor Plate (PUSH SIDE) K1050 (-F) 34" H X 1" LDW US32D RO CSK 2 Armor Plate (PULL SIDE) K1050 (-F) 34" H X 1" LDW US32D RO CSK 2 Electromagnetic Holder 998M (integrate into bldg's 689 RF âš¡ fire alarm sys) 1 Gasketing S88D PE 2 Sweep 315CN PE 1 Meeting Stile Seal S772D PE KKKK. Set: TI-28 1. Doors: STAIRWELL EGRESS CORRIDOR 2. Description: INTERIOR EGRESS | FUNCTION: EXTERIOR LEVER, PASSAGE FUNCTION 3 Hinge, Hvy Wt T4A3786 NRP US26D MK 1 Rim Fire Exit HW 12 8815 ETP US32D SA (PASSAGE) 1 Surface Closer (P)7500 689 NO 1 Armor Plate (PUSH SIDE) K1050 (-F) 34" H X 2” LDW CSK US32D RO 1 Armor Plate (PULL SIDE) K1050 (-F) 34" H X 1” LDW CSK US32D RO 1 Floor Stop 446 US26D RO 1 Gasketing S88D PE 1 Sweep 315CN PE LLLL. Set: TI-28A 1. Doors: STAIRWELL EGRESS CORRIDOR > 40" WIDE 2. Description: INTERIOR EGRESS | FUNCTION: EXTERIOR LEVER, PASSAGE FUNCTION 4 Hinge, Hvy Wt T4A3786 NRP US26D MK 1 Rim Fire Exit HW 12 8815 ETP US32D SA (PASSAGE) 1 Surface Closer (P)7500 689 NO 1 Armor Plate (PUSH SIDE) K1050 (-F) 34" H X 2” LDW CSK US32D RO 1 Armor Plate (PULL SIDE) K1050 (-F) 34" H X 1” LDW CSK US32D RO 1 Floor Stop 446 US26D RO 1 Gasketing S88D PE 1 Sweep 315CN PE MMMM. Set: TI-29 1. Doors: SHOVEL CLOSET PAIR Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 63 of 66 11-15-2024 Door Hardware V6.2 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 2. Description: INTERIOR DOOR | FUNCTION: MECHANICAL LOCK, STOREROOM FUNCTION 6 Hinge TA2714 NRP US26D MK 2 Manual Flush Bolt 555 US26D RO 1 Dust Proof Strike 570 US26D RO 1 Storeroom Lock 28 70 10G04 LP US26D SA 1 Permanent Keyed Core By others 626 OT 2 Surf Overhead Hold Open 9-_6 652 RF 2 Surface Closer (P)7500 689 NO 2 Armor Plate (PUSH SIDE) K1050 (-F) 34" H X 1” LDW CSK US32D RO 2 Armor Plate (PULL SIDE) K1050 (-F) 34" H X 1” LDW CSK US32D RO 2 Floor Stop 446 US26D RO 2 Silencer 608-RKW RO NNNN. Set: TI-30 1. Doors: EGRESS CORRIDOR SINGLE 2. Description: INTERIOR EGRESS | FUNCTION: EXTERIOR LEVER, PASSAGE FUNCTION 3 Hinge, Hvy Wt T4A3786 NRP US26D MK 1 Rim Fire Exit HW (PASSAGE) 12 8815 ETP US32D SA 1 Surface Closer (P)7500 689 NO 1 Armor Plate (PUSH SIDE) K1050 (-F) 34" H X 2" LDW US32D RO CSK 1 Armor Plate (PULL SIDE) K1050 (-F) 34" H X 1" LDW US32D RO CSK 1 Electromagnetic Holder 998M (integrate into bldg's 689 RF âš¡ fire alarm sys 1 Gasketing S88D PE 1 Sweep 315CN PE OOOO. Set: TI-31 1. Doors: ALVARADO TURNSTILE 2. Description: TANDEM FULL HEIGHT TURNSTILE | FUNCTION: FAIL SECURE INGRESS, FAIL SAFE EGRESS, FIRE ALARM RELAY INTEGRATION REQUIRED 1 Hardware Door manufacturer OT 3. Notes: ARCHITECT SHALL CONFIRM TURNSTILE QUANTITIES BASED ON COMPOSITE DRAWING. PPPP. Set: TI-31A 1. Doors: BOON EDAM SPEEDLANE TURNSTILE 2. Description: TANDEM FULL HEIGHT TURNSTILE | FUNCTION: FAIL SECURE INGRESS, FAIL SAFE EGRESS, FIRE ALARM RELAY INTEGRATION REQUIRED Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 64 of 66 11-15-2024 Door Hardware V6.2 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 1 Hardware Door manufacturer OT 3. Notes: Architect SHALL CONFIRM LANE QUANTITIES BASED ON COMPOSITE DRAWING. QQQQ. Set: TI-32 1. Doors: MAIN EMPLOYEE ENTRY WITH AUTOMATIC OPERATOR 2. Description: ALUMINUM STOREFRONT PAIR | FUNCTION: EXTERIOR PULL, PASSAGE FUNCTION 2 Continuous Hinge w/cutout CFM SLF-HD1 PE 2 Push Bar 47-PB US32D RO 2 Door Pull BF157 US32D RO 1 Automatic Door Operator 6061 689 NO âš¡ 1 Surface Closer (TOP JAMB) UNIJ7500 689 NO 1 Weatherseal Door manufacturer OT 2 Door Operator Switch 503 NO âš¡ 3. Notes: ALWAYS FREE EGRESS AND ENTRY. CONFIRM OPERATOR SWITCH MOUNTING LOCATION, MOUNTING REQUIREMENTS, AND SWITCH TYPE PRIOR TO ORDER. PROVIDE POWER TO DOOR OPERATOR AND COORDINATE ROUGH-IN REQUIREMENTS WITH E.C. RRRR. Set: TI-33 1. Doors: MAIN EMPLOYEE VESTIBULE PUSH/PULL 2. Description: ALUMINUM STOREFRONT PAIR | FUNCTION: EXTERIOR PULL, PASSAGE FUNCTION 2 Continuous Hinge w/cutout CFM SLF-HD1 PE 2 Push Bar 47-PB US32D RO 2 Door Pull BF157 US32D RO 2 Surface Closer UNI7500 689 NO 2 Drop Plate 7788 689 NO 2 Blade Stop Spacer Kit 6190/6191 as required 689 NO 1 Weatherseal Door manufacturer OT 3. Notes: ALWAYS FREE EGRESS AND ENTRY. SSSS. Set: TI-34 1. Doors: SMOKER VESTIBULE 2. Description: ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SINGLE | FUNCTION: EXTERIOR PULL, PASSAGE FUNCTION 1 Continuous Hinge w/cutout CFM SLF-HD1 PE 1 Push Bar 47-PB US32D RO 1 Door Pull BF157 US32D RO 1 Surface Closer UNI7500 689 NO Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 65 of 66 11-15-2024 Door Hardware V6.2 PAE2BTR1 OBD-OBD-AA -- PermitPermitSetSet DESIGN CRITERIA AprilApril28,7, 2025 NA 2024.11.15 ARS v8 1 Drop Plate 7788 689 NO 1 Blade Stop Spacer Kit 6190/6191 as required 689 NO 1 Weatherseal Door manufacturer OT 3. Notes: ALWAYS FREE EGRESS AND ENTRY. END OF SECTION Job Number 2240461.002240462.00 ARS Design Criteria Page 66 of 66 11-15-2024 Door Hardware V6.2 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 SECTION078400 FIRESTOPPING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTIONINCLUDES A. Firestoppingsystems. B. Firestoppingofjointsandpenetrationsinfire-resistance-ratedandsmoke-resistantassemblies, whetherindicatedondrawingsornot,andotheropeningsindicated. 1.02 RELATEDREQUIREMENTS A. Section017000-ExecutionandCloseoutRequirements: Cuttingandpatching. 1.03 REFERENCESTANDARDS A. ASTME119-StandardTestMethodsforFireTestsofBuildingConstructionandMaterials. B. ASTME814-StandardTestMethodforFireTestsofPenetrationFirestopSystems. C. ASTME1966-StandardTestMethodforFire-ResistiveJointSystems. D. ASTME2174-StandardPracticeforOn-SiteInspectionofInstalledFirestopSystems. E. ASTME2393-StandardPracticeforOn-SiteInspectionofInstalledFireResistiveJointSystemsand PerimeterFireBarriers. F. ITS(DIR)-DirectoryofListedProducts. G. FM(AG)-FMApprovalGuide. H. SCAQMD1168-AdhesiveandSealantApplications. I. UL1479-StandardforFireTestsofPenetrationFirestops. J. UL2079-StandardforTestsforFireResistanceofBuildingJointSystems. K. UL(DIR)-OnlineCertificationsDirectory. L. UL(FRD)-FireResistanceDirectory. M. FMP7825-ApprovalGuide;FactoryMutualResearchCorporation;currentedition. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. SeeSection013000-AdministrativeRequirementsforsubmittalprocedures. B. ScheduleofFirestopping: Listeachtypeofpenetration,fireratingofthepenetratedassembly,and firestoppingtestordesignnumberoftheproposedpenetration. Job Number 2240461.00 Firestopping 07 84 00 - 1 / 4 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 C. ProductData:Providedataonproductcharacteristics.Manufacturer'sspecificationsandtechnicaldata foreachmaterialincludingthecompositionandlimitations,documentationofULfirestopsystemstobe usedandmanufacturer'sinstallationinstructionstocomplywithSection 1.05 QUALITYASSURANCE A. FireTesting: Providefirestoppingassembliesofdesignsthatprovidethescheduledfireratingswhen testedinaccordancewithmethodsindicated. 1. ListinginUL(FRD),FM(AG),orITS(DIR)willbeconsideredasconstitutinganacceptabletest report. a. ComplywithanydifferentoradditionalrequirementssetbytheAuthorityHaving Jurisdiction. 1.06 FIELDCONDITIONS A. Complywithfirestoppingmanufacturer'srecommendationsfortemperatureandconditionsduringand afterinstallation;maintainminimumtemperaturebefore,during,andforthreedaysafterinstallationof materials. B. Provideventilationinareaswheresolvent-curedmaterialsarebeinginstalled. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. VolatileOrganicCompound(VOC)Content: ProvideproductshavingVOCcontentlowerthanthat requiredbySCAQMD1168. B. MoldandMildewResistance: Providefirestoppingmaterialswithmoldandmildewresistanceratingof zero(0)inaccordancewithASTMG21. C. Primers,Sleeves,Forms,Insulation,Packing,Stuffing,andAccessories: Providetypeofmaterialsas requiredfortestedfirestoppingassembly. D. FireRatings: Refertodrawingsforrequiredsystemsandratings. 2.02 FIRESTOPPING,GENERAL A. Providefirestoppingcomposedofcomponentsthatarecompatiblewitheachother,thesubstrates formingopenings,andtheitems,ifany,penetratingthefirestoppingunderconditionsofserviceand application,asdemonstratedbythefirestoppingmanufacturebasedontestingandfieldexperience. B. Providecomponentsforeachfirestoppingsystemthatareneededtoinstallfillmaterial.Useonly componentsspecifiedbythefirestoppingmanufactureandapprovedbythequalifiedtestingagencyfor thedesignatedfire-resistance-ratedsystems. Job Number 2240461.00 Firestopping 07 84 00 - 2 / 4 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 C. TheDesignTeamhasindicateddetailingtobethebasisoffirestoppingsystemstobesubmitted.Not everyconditioniscovered.Additionalconditionsrequiringfirestoppingsystemswillbeencountered duringtheContractors'coordinationandconstruction.ULorothertestedassemblieshavebeen includedonthedrawings.Engineeringjudgementsbyamanufacturermayalsoberepresentedonthe drawings.Thisinformationisprovidedtosetthedesignintentf 2.03 FIRESTOPPINGSYSTEMS A. Firestopping: Anymaterialmeetingrequirements. 1. FireRatings: UsesystemthatislistedbyFM(AG),ITS(DIR),orUL(FRD)andtestedinaccordance withASTME814,ASTME119,orUL1479withFRatingequaltofireratingofpenetratedassembly andminimumTRatingEqualtoFRatingandincompliancewithotherspecifiedrequirements. 2. FireRatings: Seedrawingsforrequiredsystemsandratings. 2.04 MATERIALS A. FirestoppingSealants:Provideonlyproductshavinglowervolatileorganiccompound(VOC)content thanrequiredbySouthCoastAirQualityManagementDistrictRuleNo.1168. B. Primers,Sleeves,Forms,Insulation,Packing,Stuffing,andAccessories:Typerequiredfortested assemblydesign. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verifyopeningsarereadytoreceivetheworkofthissection. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Cleansubstratesurfacesofdirt,dust,grease,oil,loosematerial,orothermaterialsthatcouldadversely affectbondoffirestoppingmaterial. B. Removeincompatiblematerialsthatcouldadverselyaffectbond. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Installmaterialsinmannerdescribedinfiretestreportandinaccordancewithmanufacturer's instructions,completelyclosingopenings. B. Donotcoverinstalledfirestoppinguntilinspectedbyauthoritieshavingjurisdiction. 3.04 FIELDQUALITYCONTROL A. Repairorreplacepenetrationfirestoppingandjointsatlocationswhereinspectionresultsindicate firestoppingorjointsdonotmeetspecifiedrequirements. Job Number 2240461.00 Firestopping 07 84 00 - 3 / 4 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 3.05 PROTECTION A. Cleanadjacentsurfacesoffirestoppingmaterials. B. Protectadjacentsurfacesfromdamagebymaterialinstallation. 3.06 INSPECTIONANDMAINTENANCE A. Uponbuildingcompletion,anycoderequiredmaintenanceandannualinspectionoffirestoppingshall fallonthebuildingowner. ENDOFSECTION 078400 Job Number 2240461.00 Firestopping 07 84 00 - 4 / 4 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 SECTION099123 INTERIORPAINTING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTIONINCLUDES A. Surfacepreparation. B. Fieldapplicationofpaints. C. Scope: Finishinteriorsurfacesexposedtoview,unlessfullyfactory-finishedandunlessotherwise indicated. 1.02 RELATEDREQUIREMENTS A. Section016116-VolatileOrganicCompound(VOC)ContentRestrictions. 1.03 REFERENCESTANDARDS A. 40CFR59,SubpartD-NationalVolatileOrganicCompoundEmissionStandardsforArchitectural Coatings;U.S.EnvironmentalProtectionAgency. B. ASTMD16-StandardTerminologyforPaint,RelatedCoatings,Materials,andApplications. C. ASTMD4442-StandardTestMethodsforDirectMoistureContentMeasurementofWoodandWood- BasedMaterials. D. MPI(APSM)-MasterPaintersInstituteArchitecturalPaintingSpecificationManual. E. SSPCV1(PM1)-GoodPaintingPractice: PaintingManualVolume1. F. SSPC-SP1-SolventCleaning. G. SSPC-SP13/NACENo.6-SurfacePreparationofConcrete. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. SeeSection013000-AdministrativeRequirements,forsubmittalprocedures. B. ProductData: Providecompletelistofproductstobeused,withthefollowinginformationforeach: 1. Manufacturer'sname,productnameand/orcatalognumber,andgeneralproductcategory(e.g., "alkydenamel"). 2. MPIproductnumber(e.g.,MPI#47). 3. Cross-referencetospecifiedpaintsystemproductstobeusedinproject;includedescriptionof eachsystem. Job Number 2240461.00 Interior Painting 09 91 23 - 1 / 10 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 C. Samples: Submitthreepaper"drawdown"samples,8-1/2by11inchesinsize,illustratingrangeof colorsavailableforeachfinishingproductspecified. 1. Wheresheenisspecified,submitsamplesinonlythatsheen. D. MaintenanceMaterials: FurnishthefollowingforOwner'suseinmaintenanceofproject. 1. SeeSection016000-ProductRequirements,foradditionalprovisions. 2. ExtraPaintandFinishMaterials: 1galofeachcolor;fromthesameproductrun,storewhere directed. 3. Labeleachcontainerwithcolorinadditiontothemanufacturer'slabel. 1.05 QUALITYASSURANCE A. ApplicatorQualifications: Companyspecializinginperformingthetypeofworkspecified​withminimum threeyearsexperienceandapprovedbymanufacturer​. 1.06 DELIVERY,STORAGE,ANDHANDLING A. Deliverproductstositeinsealedandlabeledcontainers;inspecttoverifyacceptability. B. ContainerLabel: Includemanufacturer'sname,typeofpaint,brandname,lotnumber,brandcode, coverage,surfacepreparation,dryingtime,cleanuprequirements,colordesignation,andinstructions formixingandreducing. C. PaintMaterials: Storeatminimumambienttemperatureof45degreesFandamaximumof90degrees F,inventilatedarea,andasrequiredbymanufacturer'sinstructions. 1.07 FIELDCONDITIONS A. Donotapplymaterialswhensurfaceandambienttemperaturesareoutsidethetemperatureranges requiredbythepaintproductmanufacturer. B. Followmanufacturer'srecommendedproceduresforproducingbestresults,includingtestingof substrates,moistureinsubstrates,andhumidityandtemperaturelimitations. C. Donotapplymaterialswhenrelativehumidityexceeds85percent,attemperatureslessthan5degrees Fabovethedewpoint,ortodamporwetsurfaces. D. Providelightinglevelof80fcmeasuredmid-heightatsubstratesurface. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Providepaintsandfinishesusedinanyindividualsystemfromthesamemanufacturer;noexceptions. B. Paints: Job Number 2240461.00 Interior Painting 09 91 23 - 2 / 10 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 1. BenjaminMoore:www.benjaminmoore.com 2. PittsburghPaints: www.ppgpaints.com/#sle. 3. Sherwin-WilliamsCompany: www.sherwin-williams.com/#sle. C. PrimerSealers: Samemanufacturerastopcoats. 2.02 PAINTSANDFINISHES-GENERAL A. PaintsandFinishes: Ready-mixed,unlessintendedtobeafield-catalyzedpaint. 1. Providepaintsandfinishesofasoftpasteconsistency,capableofbeingreadilyanduniformly dispersedtoahomogeneouscoating,withgoodflowandbrushingproperties,andcapableof dryingorcuringfreeofstreaksorsags. 2. Supplyeachpaintmaterialinquantityrequiredtocompleteentireproject'sworkfromasingle productionrun. 3. Donotreduce,thin,ordilutepaintorfinishesoraddmaterialsunlesssuchprocedureis specificallydescribedinmanufacturer'sproductinstructions. B. VolatileOrganicCompound(VOC)Content: 1. Providepaintsandfinishesthatcomplywiththemoststringentrequirementsspecifiedinthe following: a. 40CFR59,SubpartD--NationalVolatileOrganicCompoundEmissionStandardsfor ArchitecturalCoatings. b. ArchitecturalcoatingsVOClimitsoftheStateinwhichtheProjectislocated. 2. DeterminationofVOCContent: Testingandcalculationinaccordancewith40CFR59,SubpartD (EPAMethod24),exclusiveofcolorantsaddedtoatintbaseandwateraddedatprojectsite;or othermethodacceptabletoauthoritieshavingjurisdiction. C. Sheens: Providethesheensspecified;wheresheenisnotspecified,sheenwillbeselectedlaterby Architectfromthemanufacturer'sfullline. D. Colors:Asindicatedondrawings. 2.03 PAINTSYSTEMS-INTERIOR A. ConcreteWalls,Opaque,Latex 1. Onetopcoatandonecoatprimer. 2. Primer: a. BenjaminMoore:UltraSpec500LatexPrimer,N534 Job Number 2240461.00 Interior Painting 09 91 23 - 3 / 10 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 b. PPG:6-2SpeedhideLatexPrimerSealer c. SherwinWilliams:LoxonMasonyPrimer,LX02W0050 3. TopCoat(s): a. BenjaminMoore:UltraSpec500Latex,N536,Flat b. PPG:6-70SpeedhideInteriorLatexFlatWallPaint c. Sherwin-Williams:ProMar200ZeroVOCInteriorLatex,Flat B. ConcreteWalls,Opaque,WaterborneEpoxy 1. Twotopcoats. 2. TopCoat(s): a. BenjaminMoore:CorotechPre-CatalyzedWaterborneEpoxy,V341,Semi-Gloss b. PPG:16-510CPitt-GlazeWB1Pre-CatalyzedAcrylicSemiGlossEpoxy c. Sherwin-Williams:ProIndustrialPre-CatalyzedWaterbasedEpoxy,K46-1150Semi-Gloss C. ConcreteMasonryWalls,Opaque,Latex 1. Twotopcoatsandonecoatprimer. 2. Filler/Primer: a. BenjaminMoore:UltraSpec500LatexPrimer,N534 b. PPG:PPG6-7SpeedhideAcrylicLatexBlockFiller c. SherwinWilliams:S-WLoxonAcrylicMasonryPrimer,A24W8300 3. TopCoat(s): a. BenjaminMoore:UltraSpec500Latex,N536,Flat b. PPG:6-70SpeedhideInteriorLatexFlatWallPaint c. Sherwin-Williams:ProMar200ZeroVOCInteriorLatex,Flat D. PaintI-OP-DF-DryFall:Metals;exposedstructureandoverhead-mountedservices,includingshop primedsteeldeck,structuralsteel,metalfabrications,andgalvanizedducts,onecoat. 1. TopCoat:LatexDryFall,Flat. a. BenjaminMoore:LatexDryFall-Flat,395 Job Number 2240461.00 Interior Painting 09 91 23 - 4 / 10 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 b. PPG:6-725XISpeedhideSuperTechWBInteriorFlatDryFog c. SherwinWilliams:PROWaterborneAcrylicDryfall E. PaintI-OP-FL-ConcreteFloorStripingtobePainted. 1. Twotopcoatswithoutprimer. 2. TopCoatswithoutprimer:EopxyMastic. 3. Products: a. Sherwin-WilliamsMacropoxy646,fastcureepoxymastic b. Substitutions:Section016000-ProductRequirements. F. PaintMI-OP-2A-FerrousMetals,Primed,Alkyd,2Coat: 1. Touch-upPrimer: a. BenjaminMoore: UltraSpecHP.AcrylicMetalPrimer,HP04 2. PPG:90-712PittTechDTMAcrylicMetalPrimer a. SherwinWilliams:B66-1310SeriesProIndustrialProCrylUniversalPrimer 3. Semi-glossTopcoats: a. BenjaminMoore: UltraSpecHPDTM100%AcrylicSemi-Gloss,HP29 b. PPG:7-374PittsburghPaintsSemiGlossAcrylicMetalFinish c. SherwinWilliams:B66-600ProIndustrial0VOCAcrylicSemi-Gloss G. PaintMgI-OP-3A-GalvanizedMetals,Alkyd,3Coat:​​​​ 1. Primer: a. BenjaminMoore: UltraSpecHP.AcrylicMetalPrimer,HP04 b. PPG:90-712PittTechDTMAcrylicMetalPrimer c. SherwinWilliams:B66-310SeriesProIndustrialProCrylUniversalPrimer 2. Semi-glossTopcoats: a. BenjaminMoore: UltraSpecHPDTM100%AcrylicSemi-Gloss,HP29 b. PPG:7-374PittsburghPaintsSemiGlossAcrylicMetalFinish c. SherwinWilliams:B66-600ProIndustrial0VOCAcrylicSemi-Gloss Job Number 2240461.00 Interior Painting 09 91 23 - 5 / 10 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 H. PaintGI-OP-3A-GypsumBoard/Plaster,Alkyd,3Coat: 1. Onecoatoflatexprimersealer. a. BenjaminMoore: UltraSpec500InteriorPrimer,N534 b. PPG:6-2SpeedhideLatexPrimerSealer c. SherwinWilliams:B28W200Prep-Rite200LatexPrimer 2. Eggshell:Twocoatsoflatex-acrylicenamel;. a. BenjaminMoore: UltraSpec500LatexEggshell,N538 b. PPG:6-411SpeedhideLatexEggshellEnamel c. SherwinWilliams:B20W2251ProMar200AcrylicLatexEggshellEnamel I. ElectricalRoomMountingBoards,FireRetardantLatex,2Coat: 1. Twocoatsasrequiredforfullcoverage. 2. BenjaminMoore:INSUL-XHPFireRetardantPaintFR-210 a. PPG:42-7SpeedhideInteriorFireRetardantFlatLatex. b. SherwinWilliams:FlameControlCoatingsCanada,Ltd.:FlameControlNo.20-20A. 2.04 ACCESSORYMATERIALS A. AccessoryMaterials: Provideprimers,sealers,cleaningagents,cleaningcloths,sandingmaterials,and clean-upmaterialsasrequiredforfinalcompletionofpaintedsurfaces. B. PatchingMaterial: Latexfiller. C. FastenerHeadCoverMaterial: Latexfiller. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verifythatsurfacesarereadytoreceiveworkasinstructedbytheproductmanufacturer. B. Examinesurfacesscheduledtobefinishedpriortocommencementofwork. Reportanyconditionthat maypotentiallyaffectproperapplication. C. Testshop-appliedprimerforcompatibilitywithsubsequentcovermaterials. D. Measuremoisturecontentofsurfacesusinganelectronicmoisturemeter.Donotapplyfinishesunless moisturecontentofsurfacesisbelowthefollowingmaximums: Job Number 2240461.00 Interior Painting 09 91 23 - 6 / 10 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 1. GypsumWallboard: 12percent. 2. Masonry,Concrete,andConcreteMasonryUnits: 12percent. 3. InteriorWood: 15percent,measuredinaccordancewithASTMD4442. 4. ConcreteFloorsandTrafficSurfaces: 8percent. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Cleansurfacesthoroughlyandcorrectdefectspriortoapplication. B. Preparesurfacesusingthemethodsrecommendedbythemanufacturerforachievingthebestresult forthesubstrateundertheprojectconditions. C. Removeormasksurfaceappurtenances,includingelectricalplates,hardware,lightfixturetrim, escutcheons,andfittings,priortopreparingsurfacesorfinishing. D. Sealsurfacesthatmightcausebleedthroughorstainingoftopcoat. E. Removemildewfromimpervioussurfacesbyscrubbingwithsolutionoftetra-sodiumphosphateand bleach.Rinsewithcleanwaterandallowsurfacetodry. F. Concrete: 1. Removereleaseagents,curingcompounds,efflorescence,andchalk. Donotcoatsurfacesif moisturecontentoralkalinityofsurfacestobecoatedexceedsthatpermittedinmanufacturer's writteninstructions. 2. PreparesurfaceasrecommendedbytopcoatmanufacturerandinaccordancewithSSPC-SP 13/NACENo.6. G. Masonry: 1. Removeefflorescenceandchalk.Donotcoatsurfacesifmoisturecontent,alkalinityofsurfaces, orifalkalinityofmortarjointsexceedthatpermittedinmanufacturer'swritteninstructions.Allow todry. 2. Preparesurfaceasrecommendedbytopcoatmanufacturer. H. ConcreteFloorsandTrafficSurfaces: Removecontamination,acidetchandrinsefloorswithclear water.Verifyrequiredacid-alkalibalanceisachieved.Allowtodry. I. GypsumBoard: Fillminordefectswithfillercompound.Spotprimedefectsafterrepair. J. GalvanizedSurfaces: 1. RemovesurfacecontaminationandoilsandwashwithsolventaccordingtoSSPC-SP1. K. FerrousMetal: Job Number 2240461.00 Interior Painting 09 91 23 - 7 / 10 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 1. SolventcleanaccordingtoSSPC-SP1. 2. Shop-PrimedSurfaces: Sandandscrapetoremovelooseprimerandrust.Featheredgestomake touch-uppatchesinconspicuous.Cleansurfaceswithsolvent.Primebaresteelsurfaces.Re-prime entireshop-primeditem. L. WoodSurfacestoReceiveOpaqueFinish:Wipeoffdustandgritpriortopriming.Sealknots,pitch streaks,andsappysectionswithsealer.Fillnailholesandcracksafterprimerhasdried;sandbetween coats.Backprimeconcealedsurfacesbeforeinstallation. M. WoodSurfacestoReceiveTransparentFinish:Wipeoffdustandgritpriortosealing,sealknots,pitch streaks,andsappysectionswithsealer.Fillnailholesandcracksaftersealerhasdried;sandlightly betweencoats.Primeconcealedsurfaceswithglossvarnishreduced25percentwiththinner. N. MetalDoorstobePainted: Primemetaldoortopandbottomedgesurfaces. 3.03 APPLICATION A. Applyproductsinaccordancewithmanufacturer'swritteninstructionsandrecommendationsin"MPI ArchitecturalPaintingSpecificationManual". B. Donotapplyfinishestosurfacesthatarenotdry.Allowappliedcoatstodrybeforenextcoatisapplied. C. Applyeachcoattouniformappearanceinthicknessesspecifiedbymanufacturer. D. DarkColorsandDeepClearColors: Regardlessofnumberofcoatsspecified,applyasmanycoatsas necessaryforcompletehide. E. Sandwoodandmetalsurfaceslightlybetweencoatstoachieverequiredfinish. F. Vacuumcleansurfacesoflooseparticles.Usetackclothtoremovedustandparticlesjustpriorto applyingnextcoat. G. Applypaint,enamel,stainandvarnishwithsuitablebrushes,rollersorsprayingequipment. 1. Rateofapplicationshallnotexceedthatasrecommendedbypaintmanufacturerforthesurface involved. 2. Keepbrushesandrollersandsprayingequipmentclean,dry,freefromcontaminatesandsuitable forthefinishrequired. 3. Applystainbybrush. H. Finishcoatsshallbesmooth,freeofbrushmarks,streaks,lapsorpileupofpaintsandskippedor missedareas. I. Leaveallpartsofmoldingsandornamentscleanandtruetodetailswithnoundueamountofpaintin cornersanddepressions. Job Number 2240461.00 Interior Painting 09 91 23 - 8 / 10 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 J. Makeedgesofpaintadjoiningothermaterialsorcolorscleanandsharpwithnooverlapping. K. Changecolorsatcornerofstopwherecolorsdifferbetweenadjoiningspacesorroomsandwheredoor framesmatchwallcolors. L. Thenumberofcoatsspecifiedareminimum.TheContractorshallprovideatnoadditionalcosttothe Owner,asmanycoatsasnecessaryforcolorcoverageconformityanduniformappearance. M. WoodtoReceiveTransparentFinishes:Tintfillerstomatchwood.Workfillersintothegrainbeforeset. Wipeexcessfromsurface. N. Reinstallelectricalcoverplates,hardware,lightfixturetrim,escutcheons,andfittingsremovedpriorto finishing. 3.04 CLEANING A. Collectwastematerialthatcouldconstituteafirehazard,placeinclosedmetalcontainers,andremove dailyfromsite. 3.05 PROTECTION A. Protectfinishesuntilcompletionofproject. 3.06 SCHEDULE-PAINTSYSTEMS A. DoNotPaintorFinishtheFollowingItems: 1. Itemsfactory-finishedunlessotherwiseindicated;materialsandproductshavingfactory-applied primersarenotconsideredfactoryfinished. 2. Itemsindicatedtoreceiveotherfinishes. 3. 3Itemsindicatedtoremainunfinished. 4. Fireratinglabels,equipmentserialnumberandcapacitylabels,barcodelabels,andoperating partsofequipment. 5. Stainlesssteel,anodizedaluminum,bronze,ternecoatedstainlesssteel,andleaditems. 6. Floors,unlessspecificallyindicated. 7. Ceramicandothertiles. 8. Glass. 9. Structuralsteelroofframing,joists,andbridging 10. Piping,conduit,andductworkunlessspecificallynoted 11. Galvanizedexteriorstairsandrailings Job Number 2240461.00 Interior Painting 09 91 23 - 9 / 10 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 12. Prefinishedwooddoors B. InteriorSurfacestobepainted: 1. Wallsscheduledforpaint 2. Interiorconcretewallpanelsscheduledtobepainted 3. Hollowmetaldoorsandframes. 4. Structuralsteelcolumnsandstructuralsteelbracespaintedasindicatedindrawings. 5. Bollards 6. Ladders,safetycages. 7. Stairsandrailings 8. Guardrails. 9. Dockedgeangles 10. Gaslineexpo 11. Sprinklerrisersuptotheturnoutatceilinglevel. 12. ExposedductworkwhereindicatedonDrawings 13. FloorGraphicswhereindicatedindrawings C. Paintbothsidesandedgesofplywoodbackboardsforelectricalandtelephoneequipmentbefore installingequipment. ENDOFSECTION 099123 Job Number 2240461.00 Interior Painting 09 91 23 - 10 / 10 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 SECTION102214 INTERIORCHAINLINKPARTITIONS PART1GENERAL 1.01 SECTIONINCLUDES A. Chainlinksystemforwallsandceiling. B. Accessdoor. 1.02 RELATEDREQUIREMENTS A. Section087100-DoorHardware: B. Section213113-ChainLinkFencesandGates;forexteriorchainlinkassemblies. 1.03 REFERENCESTANDARDS A. ASTMA123/A123M-StandardSpecificationforZinc(Hot-DipGalvanized)CoatingsonIronandSteel Products. B. ASTMA392-StandardSpecificationforZinc-CoatedSteelChain-LinkFenceFabric;2011a. C. ASTMA500/A500M-StandardSpecificationforCold-FormedWeldedandSeamlessCarbonSteel StructuralTubinginRoundsandShapes. D. ASTMF567-StandardPracticeforInstallationofChain-LinkFence;2011. E. ASTMF1083-StandardSpecificationforPipe,Steel,Hot-DippedZinc-Coated(Galvanized)Welded,for FenceStructures;2013. F. CLFMICLF2445-ProductManual;ChainLinkFenceManufacturersInstitute;1997. 1.04 DESIGNREQUIREMENTS A. Designpartitionsystemtoprovideformovementofcomponentswithoutdamage,unduestresson fastenersorotherdetrimentaleffects,whensubjecttodesignloads. B. Designsystemtoaccommodateconstructiontolerances,deflectionofbuildingstructuralmembers, andclearancesofintendedopenings. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. SeeSection013000-AdministrativeRequirements-AdministrativeRequirements,forsubmittal procedures. B. ProductData:Providedataforscreenmaterials,finishes,andaccessories. Job Number 2240461.00 INTERIOR CHAIN LINK PARTITIONS 10 22 14 - 1 / 5 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 C. ShopDrawings:Indicateplanandverticaldimensions,elevations,componentdetails;head,jamb,and silldetails;locationofdoorhardware;framedopenings;anchorage,typeandlocationoffasteners;and anyitemsoraccessoriesrequiredtoprovideacompletesystemasindicated. 1.06 QUALITYASSURANCE A. ManufacturerQualifications:Companyspecializinginmanufacturingproductsspecifiedinthissection, withnotlessthanthreeyearsofdocumentedexperience. PART2PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. FramingMembers:ASTMA500/A500M,GradeBcold-formedsteeltubing,squareandrectangular shaped. B. Posts,RailsandFrames:ASTMf1083Schedule40hot-dippedgalvanizedpipe,weldedconstruction, minimumyieldstrengthof25KSI. C. Posts,RailsandFrames:SSDesignation:ASTMA1011/A1011M;hot-rolledsteelstrip,coldformedto pipeconfiguration,longitudinallyweldedconstruction;zinccoatingconformingtoASTMF1043TypeB onpipe.BaseonSS30High-StrengthFenceFrameworkproductsbyAlliedTubeandConduit. D. ChainLinkFabric:ASTMF6681.25inchdiamondmeshgalvanizedsteelwire,interwoven,9gage, 0.1144inchthick,topselvagetwistedtight,bottomselvageknuckleendclosed;includingtensionbars, tensionwire,andaccessories. 2.02 COMPONENTS A. Asindicatedondrawings,orifnotindicatedminimum: B. LinePosts:2.38inchdiameter. C. CornerandTerminalPosts:2.88inch. D. SwingGatePostsforgateleafwidths: 1. Uptoandincluding6feet:2.88inch. 2. Over6to12feet:4.5inch. 3. Over12to18feet:6.63inch. 4. Over18to24feet:8.63inch. E. SwingGateFrameforgateleafwidths: 1. Upto8feet:1.9inch. 2. Over8feet:2.38inch. Job Number 2240461.00 INTERIOR CHAIN LINK PARTITIONS 10 22 14 - 2 / 5 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 F. HorizontalSlideGatePostsforgateleafwidths: 1. OpeningWidthupto12feet:2.88inch. 2. OpeningWidthover12feet:4.5inch. G. TopandBraceRail:1.66inchdiameter,plainend,sleevecoupled. H. GateFrame:1.66inchdiameterforweldedfabrication. I. TensionWire:6gage,0.1620inchthicksteel,singlestrand. J. TensionBand:3/4"widex.074inchthicksteel. K. TieWire:Aluminumalloysteelwire. 2.03 FASTENERS A. Bolts,NutsandWashers:Hotdipgalvanized. B. AnchorageDevices:Providepowerdriven,powderactuated,anddrilledexpansionbolts. C. ExposedMechanicalFastenings:Flushcountersunkscrewsorbolts,unobtrusivelylocated,consistent withdesignofstructure. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Bracing:Formedsheetsteel,thicknessdeterminedforconditionsencountered,manufacturer's standardshapes,samefinishasframingmembers. B. Plates,Gussets,Clips:Formedsheetsteel,thicknessdeterminedforconditionsencountered, manufacturer'sstandardshapes,samefinishasframingmembers. C. FloorandCeilingPilasterShoe:Manufacturer'sstandard. D. FloorBase:Manufacturer'sstandard,minimum6inchby6inchby1/4"thickplate. E. Caps:Caststeelgalvanized;sizedtopostdiameter,setscrewretainer. F. Fittings:Sleeves,bands,clips,railends,tensionbars,fastenersandfittings;steel. 2.05 HARDWARE A. Weld-onLatchBoxes:Coordinatewithhardwareschedule.Provideplatesforcylinderlocksets,exit devicesandclosersprovidedandinstalledbyothers.Provideboxestoacceptlatches,deadboltsand securityaccessdevices. B. ProtectionPlates:Diamondmeshatlocksetsandexitdevices.. Job Number 2240461.00 INTERIOR CHAIN LINK PARTITIONS 10 22 14 - 3 / 5 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 C. HardwareforSingleSwingingGates:180degreehinges,2forgatesupto60incheshigh,3fortaller gates;forklatchwithgravitydropandpadlockhasp;keepertoholdgateinfullyopenpositionunless otherwisespecifiedinhardwaresets. D. HardwareforDoubleSwingingGates:180degreehinges,2forgatesupto60incheshigh,3fortaller gates;dropboltoninactiveleafengagingsocketstopsetinconcrete,activeleaflatchedtoinactiveleaf preventingraisingofdropbolt,padlockhasp;keeperstoholdgateinfullyopenpositionunless otherwisespecifiedinhardwaresets. E. SlidingGateHardware:12inchwidedoublewheelassembly,pressedsteelrearwheel,heavyduty universaltrackbracket,gatelatchtoaccepttenantpadlock. 2.06 FABRICATION A. Fitandassembleinlargestpracticalsectionsfordeliverytosite,readyforinstallation. B. Makeexposedjointsflushortight. C. Providecomponentsrequiredforanchoragetoadjacentconstruction. D. Frameopeningsmadeforpenetratingmechanicalandelectricalcomponents. E. Fabricategateforslidingoperation. F. Fabricatedoorforhingedoperation. 2.07 FINISHES A. ComponentsandAccessories:Samefinishasfabric. B. Galvanizing:InaccordancewithrequirementsofASTMA123/A123M. PART3EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Installinaccordancewithmanufacturer'sinstructions. B. Installitemsplumbandlevel,accuratelyfitted,freefromdistortionordefects. C. Installframework,fabric,accessoriesandgatesinaccordancewithASTMF567. D. Placefabriconoutsideofpostsandrails. E. Braceeachgateandcornerposttoadjacentlinepostwithhorizontalcenterbracerailanddiagonal trussrods.Installbracerailonebayfromendandgateposts. F. Providetoprailthroughlineposttopsandsplicewith6inchlongrailsleeves. G. Attachfabrictoend,corner,andgatepostswithtensionbarsandtensionbarclips. Job Number 2240461.00 INTERIOR CHAIN LINK PARTITIONS 10 22 14 - 4 / 5 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 3.02 TOLERANCES A. MaximumVariationFromPlumborLevel:1/4inch. B. MaximumMisalignmentFromTruePosition:1/4inch. 3.03 ADJUSTING A. Adjusthingedandslidingdoorsandgatestoachievefreemovement. ENDOFSECTION 102214 Job Number 2240461.00 INTERIOR CHAIN LINK PARTITIONS 10 22 14 - 5 / 5 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 SECTION102602 SAFETYGUARDRAIL,GATE,ANDINTERIORBOLLARD PART1GENERAL 1.01 SECTIONINCLUDES A. Prefabricatedsafetyguardrail. B. BoltDownbollards. 1.02 RELATEDREQUIREMENTS A. Section055000–MetalFabrications: customIngroundbollardsandAnchorsforattachmentofwork ofthissection,concealedinwall. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. SeeSection013000-AdministrativeRequirements,forsubmittalprocedures. B. ProductData:Indicatephysicaldimensions,features,andanchoragedetails. PART2PRODUCTS 2.01 SAFETYGUARDRAIL A. Manufacturer:BasisofdesignisPinnacleGurardrail. 1. TheMezzanineCompanyGuardrail.www.themezzaninecompany.com 2. WilDeckWilgardXT.www.wildeck.com 3. Substitutions:SeeSection016000-ProductRequirements. B. SafetyGuardrail: 1. Description:Postandrailsystem. a. 42inchhigh,tworail 2. Railsectionsshallbeconstructedfrom11gaugehigh-tensilesteelformedintoatworib corrugateddesignwithtensileribs. 3. Railsshallbenogreaterthan10footsections. 4. MountingpostsshallbeaminimumT.S.4"x4"highstrengthsteeltubing. 5. Baseplatesshallbeaminimum10x10inchx5/8inchthicksteel. C. Finish:Standardfinishshallbeaheatcured,epoxybasedpowdercoating,andshallbeOSHAapproved SafetyYellow. Job Number 2240461.00 SAFETY GUARDRAIL, GATE, AND INTERIOR BOLLARD 10 26 02 - 1 / 2 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 2.02 BOLLARDCOVER A. Manufacturer:ULINE;www.uline.com 1. Model:H-3008,Smooth,Yellow,6inchpost,56inchorasrequiredtocover. 2.03 BOLTDOWNFIXEDBOLLARD A. GeneraldescriptionSchedule40pipeheight36inchesAFF 1. 1/2"steelbaseplate 2. capsteeldome B. Finish:Blasted,Primed,PowderCoatedYellow,, C. Manufacturer: 1. ULINE;www.uline.com:Model:H-2118F,Smooth,41/2inchpost. 2. BollardPluswww.bollardbarrier.com;,Smooth,41/2inchpost. PART3EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. VerifythatfieldmeasurementsareasindicatedonDrawings. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Installcomponentsinaccordancewithmanufacturer'sinstructions,levelandplumb,securedrigidlyin position. B. Anchorsafetyguardrailbaseplatestoconcretefloorwith3/4inchdiameterserratedanchorbolts. Minimumembedmentof4inch. ENDOFSECTION 102602 Job Number 2240461.00 SAFETY GUARDRAIL, GATE, AND INTERIOR BOLLARD 10 26 02 - 2 / 2 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 SECTION104400 FIREPROTECTIONSPECIALTIES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTIONINCLUDES A. Fireextinguishers. B. Fireextinguishercabinets. C. Accessories. 1.02 REFERENCESTANDARDS A. NFPA10-StandardforPortableFireExtinguishers. B. UL(DIR)-OnlineCertificationsDirectory. 1.03 PERFORMANCEREQUIREMENTS A. ConformtoNFPA10. B. ProvideextinguishersclassifiedandlabeledbyUnderwritersLaboratoriesInc.forthepurposespecified andindicated. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. SeeSection013000-AdministrativeRequirements,forsubmittalprocedures. B. ProductData: Provideextinguisherratingsandclassifications. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. FireExtinguishers: 1. Larsen'sManufacturingCo​;MPseries​:www.larsensmfg.com. 2. Substitutions: SeeSection016000-ProductRequirements. B. FireExtinguisherCabinetsandAccessories: 1. Larsen'sManufacturingCo;models2409-6R&FS2409-R3:www.larsensmfg.com. 2. Substitutions: SeeSection016000-ProductRequirements. Job Number 2240461.00 Fire Protection Specialties 10 44 00 - 1 / 3 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 2.02 FIREEXTINGUISHERS A. FireExtinguishers-General: ComplywithproductrequirementsofNFPA10andapplicablecodes, whicheverismorestringent. B. MultipurposeDryChemicalTypeFireExtinguishers:Carbonsteeltank,withpressuregauge. 1. Sizeandclassification: a. OfficeAreas:5lb.minimum,2A-10B:C. b. WarehouseAreas:10lb.minimum,4A-80B:C. 2. Finish:Bakedenamel,redcolor. C. MDFRoom:Provide11lb.Halotron1A:10BCfireextinguisherwithbracketandsign. D. PITCharging:Provide15.5lb.Halotron2A:10BCfireextinguisherwithbracketandsign. 2.03 FIREEXTINGUISHERCABINETS A. CabinetConstruction: Non-firerated. 1. Formed​galvanized​steelsheet;​0.036inch​thickbasemetal. B. DoorsandTrimMetal:Formedaluminum. C. CabinetConfiguration:​Semi-recessed​type. 1. Exteriornominaldimensionsof​10inch​wideby​24inch​highby​6inch​deep. 2. Trim:Rollededgereturnedtowallsurface,with2-1/2inchprojection. D. Door: 0.036inchmetalthickness,reinforcedforflatnessandrigiditywithnyloncatch. Hingedoorsfor 180degreeopeningwithtwobutthinges. E. DoorGlazing:NarrowFloatglass,clear,1/8inchthick,andsetinresilientchannelglazinggasket. F. CabinetMountingHardware: Appropriatetocabinet,withpre-drilledholesforplacementofanchors. G. Fabrication: Weld,fill,andgrindcomponentssmooth. H. FinishofCabinetExteriorTrimandDoor:No.4-Brushedstainlesssteel. I. FinishofCabinetInterior: Whitecoloredenamel. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. ExtinguisherBrackets:Formedsteel,galvanizedandenamelfinished.Heavydutybracket 1. LarsenBracket817 Job Number 2240461.00 Fire Protection Specialties 10 44 00 - 2 / 3 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 2. Substitutions: SeeSection016000-ProductRequirements. B. Identification:Letteringandgraphicscomplyingwithauthoritieshavingjurisdictionforletterstyle,size, spacing,andlocation. 1. Identifybracket-mountedfireextinguisherswithwords"FIREEXTINGUISHER"inredletterdecals appliedtomountingsurface. 2. Orientation:Vertical. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verifyexistingconditionsbeforestartingwork. B. Verifyroughopeningsforcabinetarecorrectlysizedandlocated. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Installinaccordancewithmanufacturer'sinstructions. B. Installcabinetsplumbandlevel​inwallopenings​,​30inches​fromfinishedfloorto​insidebottomof cabinet​. C. Securerigidlyinplace. D. Placeextinguishersincabinets. E. Installwall/columnmountedfireextinguishersinWarehouseasdirectedbyFireMarshal. 3.03 SCHEDULES A. Warehouseareaandelevatedplatformarea:Unlessindicatedotherwise,providewall/columnmounted extinguishersatarateof1per6,000sq.ft. B. OfficeArea:Unlessindicatedotherwise,providefireextinguisherandcabinetatarateof1per ENDOFSECTION 104400 Job Number 2240461.00 Fire Protection Specialties 10 44 00 - 3 / 3 April 28, 2025 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set SECTION 00 01 10 TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTIONS PAGES DIVISION 22 — PLUMBING 22 00 00 - PLUMBING GENERAL ........................................................................................................... 20 DIVISION 26 — ELECTRICAL 26 00 00 - ELECTRICAL GENERAL ....................................................................................................... 12 26 05 19 - LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES ........................ 14 26 05 26 - GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ......................................... 25 26 05 30 - FIRESTOPPING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS..................................................................... 6 26 05 33 - CONDUIT AND RACEWAYS ................................................................................................ 11 26 05 34 - OUTLET BOXES AND JUNCTION BOXES ............................................................................ 6 26 22 00 - DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS ................................................................................................. 3 26 24 16 - PANELBOARDS ........................................................................................................................ 6 26 27 26 - WIRING DEVICES ..................................................................................................................... 6 26 28 16 - DISCONNECT SWITCHES ....................................................................................................... 4 26 46 13 - SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES ............................................................................................. 4 TABLE OF CONTENTS Job Number 2240461.00 This page intentionally left blank. PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 SECTION 22 00 00 - PLUMBING GENERAL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. General Conditions: Refer to the General Conditions, the Supplementary General Conditions and the Special Conditions, all provisions of which apply to work under this section as if written in full herein. B. The scope of work described in these Specifications and/or indicated on the Drawings shall include (except where otherwise noted) the furnishing of all materials, equipment, appurtenances, accessories, connections, labor, etc. required and/or necessary to completely install, clean, inspect, adjust, test, balance and leave in safe and proper operating condition all systems. All work shall be accomplished by workmen skilled in the various trades involved. C. The Drawings and Specifications are complementary to each other and what is called for by one shall be as binding as if called for by both. If a discrepancy exists between the Drawing and Specifications, the higher cost shall be included, and the Engineer shall be notified of the discrepancy. D. All work performed under this specification shall be accomplished in accordance with the requirements and provisions of the following sections: 1. Section 22 00 00 - Plumbing General 2. Section 23 00 00 - HVAC General 3. Section 26 00 00 - Electrical General 1.2 STANDARDS A. All Plumbing systems shall conform to all ordinances and regulations of the City, County, State and/or other authorities having jurisdiction in accordance with the requirements of the following codes, standards and design guides. 1. Washington Plumbing Code with local Amendments. 2. Washington Building Code with local Amendments. 3. Washington Energy Conservation Code with local Amendments. 4. ANSI/NSF 61, NSF 372, and NSF 61-G compliance is required for all components of the domestic potable water system. 5. Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) 6. American Society of Plumbing Engineers (ASPE) Data Books Job Number 2240461.00 PLUMBING GENERAL 22 00 00 - 1 / 20 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 7. Plumbing Drainage Institute (PDI) 8. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL) 9. National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) 10. Local and State Fire Marshal requirements 11. Local Building and Inspection Department requirements 12. Local Health Department requirements 13. ASHRAE 90.1 – most current adopted edition. B. If code or other requirements exceed the provisions shown on the Contract Documents, the Engineer shall be notified in writing. Where requirements of the Contract Documents exceed code requirements, work shall be furnished and installed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any work done contrary to these requirements shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor’s expense. 1.3 PERMITS A. The Contractor shall obtain all permits and inspections required for the installation of this work and pay all charges incident thereto. He shall deliver to the Architect all certificates of said inspection. 1.4 WORK INCLUDED A. Systems 1. The Plumbing Systems installed and work performed under this Division of the Specifications shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, the following as noted below. The connection point for all systems from the site utilities shall be as 5'-0" from the exterior of the building unless specifically otherwise noted. a. Compressed air b. Vacuum system 1.5 DRAWINGS A. The Drawings are diagrammatic and do not necessarily depict exact conditions. The indicated locations of equipment, ductwork, piping, etc. are approximate only. The Drawings are schematic in nature and are not to be scaled. Scales are shown for reference and approximation only. Refer to the architectural drawings for dimensional data of building components. B. The locations, arrangement and extent of equipment, devices, and other appurtenances related to the installation of work shown on the Drawings are approximate. The Contractor shall not scale drawings, but shall refer to the architectural drawings for exact dimensions of Job Number 2240461.00 PLUMBING GENERAL 22 00 00 - 2 / 20 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 building components. Should a conflict exist between the architectural and engineering drawings regarding dimensions and scale, the Contractor shall notify the Architect of the discrepancy for resolution. C. Materials, equipment or labor not indicated but which can be reasonably inferred to be necessary for a complete installation shall be provided. Drawings and Specifications do not undertake to indicate every item of material, equipment, or labor required to produce a complete and properly operating installation. 1.6 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. The Contractor shall prepare a minimum of two (2) instruction manuals, one of which shall be submitted to the Architect for the Engineer’s review, describing installation, operation and maintenance of all Plumbing equipment. Manuals shall include copies of control schematics, sequences of operations, indicate the function and operations of all components, as well as the Contractor’s name, address, and telephone number. Manuals shall also contain one copy of all manufacturers’ drawings, pamphlets, data, parts lists and instructions manual for each piece of equipment. Upon approval, one copy shall be delivered to the Owner; one copy shall be kept by the Contractor. The pamphlets and drawings are to be neatly bound in a 3-ring binder(s). B. The Contractor shall give detailed instructions for a period of not less than two (2) days to the responsible personnel designated by the Owner in the operation and maintenance of all equipment furnished under this Contract. A letter containing the name of the person or persons to whom the instructions were given and the dates of instruction period shall be submitted to the Engineer in the as-built submittal. C. Prior to final acceptance by the Owner, the Contractor shall submit a complete as-built drawing submittal for the Engineer’s review, three (3) sets of operating and maintenance manuals, spare parts lists, drawings, wiring diagrams, troubleshooting data, manufacturer’s bulletins, and other pertinent data on all equipment furnished under this Contract. Each set shall be enclosed in a suitable hard cover binder. D. A complete set of reproducible as-built drawings shall be provided indicating the location of all piping dimensionally located from a minimum of two column lines or major building structures. E. Drawings shall be a minimum of 1/8" scale. F. Provide name, address and telephone numbers of the manufacturer’s representative and service company for each piece of equipment installed in the as-built submittal package. G. Provide a full repair kit set (total relief valve kit, first check and second check kits) for each reduced pressure backflow preventer installed. 1.7 AS-BUILT DRAWINGS Job Number 2240461.00 PLUMBING GENERAL 22 00 00 - 3 / 20 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 A. The Contractor shall maintain a record set of drawings indicating all changes in the work from that shown in the Contract Documents. Prior to final acceptance by the Owner, the Contractor shall assemble the complete set of as-built drawings that accurately reflects all changes to indicate actual final construction. All concealed piping shall be dimensionally located from at least two (2) column lines or major building structure elements. Drawings shall be a minimum of 1/8" scale. B. The original set of “as-built” drawings shall be scanned and transmitted to the Architect in both full size mylar and CD format. 1.8 EQUIPMENT, MATERIAL BID BASIS A. Manufacturers’ names, model numbers, etc. as specified on the Drawings and herein are for the purpose of describing type, capacity, function and quality of equipment and materials required. B. Unless “approved equal” is specifically stated, bids shall be based on equipment named in Specifications or on Drawings as “base” products. Proposed alternate equipment and materials may be submitted along with the “base” products, provided deductive pricing is included with the alternate. C. Alternate “approved equal” items listed shall conform to specified base items and shall be substantially equal in quality, size, weight, construction, capacities and performance. The alternate equipment and materials shall be submitted as full equivalent to the equipment and materials specified, with sufficient supportive documentation and technical literature to demonstrate quality, performance, and workmanship without doubt or question. The Engineer shall consider the use of the alternate equipment based on the supportive documentation and other information available to him, and shall approve or disapprove any alternates. The decision of the Engineer shall in all cases be final. D. The Contractor shall coordinate the installation of all plumbing equipment proposed for use in this project with all building trades (architectural, structural, mechanical and electrical). Coordination shall be accomplished prior to, and shall be reflected in, the submittal of shop drawings for approval. Any modifications or revisions required by other trades as a result of the use of equipment other than the basis of design shall be made at no additional cost. When substitution of equipment is made, the Contractor shall be responsible for the costs of any item and engineering and construction revisions necessary in his or any other contract or trade that may be required to satisfy plans and specifications. 1.9 START-UP-SERVICE A. The service of a factory-trained representative shall be provided on the jobsite for a minimum of one (1) day to provide the manufacturer’s certification and start-up of all major equipment and systems. A formal report is to be issued indicating any revisions required for certification of the assembly by the manufacturer. Instruction and training of the operator’s personnel shall be provided following certification of the assembly. Job Number 2240461.00 PLUMBING GENERAL 22 00 00 - 4 / 20 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 1.10 SUBMITTALS A. The Contractor shall prepare, submit, and obtain Engineer’s review of manufacturers’ submittals on the following equipment and systems prior to ordering, purchasing, or installation of any equipment or materials. All required submittals shall be transmitted simultaneously in hard ring binders with the associated specification section and the item submitted clearly identified. Partial submittals will be returned without review. 1. Insulation 2. Drainage accessories 3. Pipe and fittings 4. Grooved joint couplings 5. Valves 6. Pipe supports 7. Piping accessories 8. Pipe labels and valve tags B. All approvals required by any code or enforcement authority, insurance underwriter, etc. shall be obtained prior to equipment being submitted to the Engineer. C. Quality Assurance/Control Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Test Reports: Upon request, submit test reports from recognized testing laboratories. 2. Certificates: Submit the following: a. Manufacturer’s certificate that products comply with specified requirements. b. Certificate indicating that the installer is authorized to install the manufacturer’s products D. Review of submittals by the Engineer does not relieve the Contractor from the responsibility for complying with all requirements of the Contract Documents. Furthermore, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate the requirements of all approved equipment with other trades and disciplines such as roof openings, wall openings, electrical characteristics, etc. E. All submittals shall be identified by the equipment mark or tag identification numbers shown on the Contract Drawings. Each individual submittal item shall be marked to show which specification section pertains to the item. F. Submittals shall clearly indicate selection of model numbers, sizes, dimensions, electrical characteristics, etc. of the proposed equipment. Any proposed deviations from specified equipment shall be clearly indicated on the submittal. Job Number 2240461.00 PLUMBING GENERAL 22 00 00 - 5 / 20 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 G. Included with submittals of plumbing equipment requiring electrical connections shall be a written statement confirming coordination of voltage requirements, bearing the names and signatures of the plumbing and electrical contractors. A photocopied reproduction of the below statement is acceptable. VOLTAGE COORDINATION STATEMENT This statement is to confirm that the voltages of the equipment provided under this specification have been coordinated with the Electrical Drawings, as well as with the electrical contractor. Plumbing Contractor: H. Provide Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) or letter from manufacturer certifying the VOC content for each adhesive, sealant, paint and coating. I. VOC Content: Submit adhesive and sealants product information or MSDS showing VOC Content information for all applicable products specified under this section. All applicable products in this section must meet low VOC content as specified by LEED Specification Section 01 81 13 Sustainable Design Requirements. 1.11 RENOVATIONS AND ADDITIONS A. Prior to the ordering or purchasing of any plumbing equipment or materials or the layout or installation of any work, the Contractor shall examine the premises and verify any and all of the existing conditions under which he will be required to operate, or that will in any manner affect the work under this Contract. B. Active Services: When encountered in work, protect, brace, and support existing active sewer, gas and other services required for proper execution of the work. If existing active services are encountered that require relocation, relocate as shown on the Contract Documents or as necessary. Do not prevent or disturb operation of active services that are to remain. Notify utility companies or municipal agencies having jurisdiction. C. Interruption of Services: Where work makes temporary shutdown of services unavoidable, shut down at night or at such times as approved by Owner, which will cause the least Job Number 2240461.00 PLUMBING GENERAL 22 00 00 - 6 / 20 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 interference with scheduled operations. Arrange work to assure that services will be shut down only during time actually required to make the connection to the existing work. D. The existing system installations removed or damaged shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the project site. Existing ductwork, pipe insulation, equipment or material damaged by the Contractor while performing any work shall be replaced with new materials to match existing conditions. E. Where work under this project requires extension, relocation, reconnection or modifications to existing equipment or systems, the existing equipment or systems shall be restored to their original and operating condition. F. All pipe, fittings, insulation, supports, etc. removed in the renovation area are to be removed from the site. No existing pipe or materials are to be removed and reused on the renovation. 1.12 COORDINATION OF TRADES A. The Contractor shall give full cooperation to other trades, and shall furnish all information necessary to permit the work of all trades to be installed satisfactorily and with least possible interference or delay. B. Piping and other plumbing equipment shall not be installed without first coordinating the installation of same with other trades. The Contractor, at his own expense, shall relocate all uncoordinated piping and other plumbing equipment installed should they interfere with the proper installation and mounting of electrical, HVAC equipment, ceilings and other architectural or structural finishes. C. The Contractor shall coordinate the elevations of all piping and equipment above ceilings and in exposed areas with the work of all other disciplines prior to installation. D. In areas where more than one trade is required to use common openings in beams, joists, chases, shafts and sleeves for the passage of conduits, raceways, piping, ductwork and other materials, the Contractor must coordinate the positions of all piping and equipment to be furnished under this section so that all items including the materials and equipment of other trades may be accommodated within the space available. E. The Contractor shall confirm that work installed under this section does not interfere with the clearances required for finished columns, pilasters, partitions, walls or other architectural or structural elements as shown on the Contract Documents. F. Work that is installed under this Contract which interferes with the architectural design or building structure shall be removed and relocated as required at no additional cost to the Contract. G. All offsets, fittings, valves, devices and accessories which may be required are to be provided under this Contract. The Contractor shall examine the entire set of Contract Job Number 2240461.00 PLUMBING GENERAL 22 00 00 - 7 / 20 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 Documents and carefully investigate the structural and finish conditions affecting all his work and shall arrange such work accordingly for the complete satisfactory operation of all systems, providing such fittings, traps, valves, devices and accessories as may be required to meet such conditions. 1.13 WARRANTY A. All equipment furnished and installed under this Contract shall be provided with the manufacturer’s standard warranty unless otherwise noted. B. The Contractor shall make good all defects in material, equipment, or workmanship disclosed within a period of one (1) year from date of building acceptance by the Owner. The phrase “make good” shall mean to furnish promptly, without charge, all work necessary to remedy the defects to the satisfaction of the Engineer. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. All equipment, materials, accessories, etc. used shall be new and of current production unless specified otherwise. Equipment not specified in the Contract Documents shall be suitable for the intended use and shall be subject to approval by the Engineer. B. All equipment, products and materials shall be free of defects and shall be constructed to operate in a safe manner without excessive noise, vibration, leakage, or wear. C. All equipment shall bear the inspection label of Underwriters Laboratories Inc. D. All equipment and material for similar applications or systems shall be provided from the same manufacturer unless noted otherwise. E. All grooved joint couplings, fittings, valves, and specialties shall be the products of a single manufacturer. Grooving tools shall be of the same manufacturer as the grooved components. F. All castings used for coupling housings, fittings, and valve bodies shall be date stamped for quality assurance and traceability. 2.2 ELECTRICAL WORK A. Except as otherwise specified or noted, electrical equipment used for plumbing systems shall be as specified herein. B. Motor controls, system controls, starters, disconnects, pilot lights, push buttons, etc. shall be furnished by the Contractor compatible with the apparatus that it operates. Electrical equipment shall be wired for the voltage, as shown on the Electrical Drawings. Job Number 2240461.00 PLUMBING GENERAL 22 00 00 - 8 / 20 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 C. The Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating and furnishing equipment of voltage shown on the electrical documents. D. Starters for motors 1/3 HP and smaller shall be manual type, and for 1/2 HP and larger, shall be magnetic type. Starters shall be minimum size 0, combination type (with disconnect and lockable handle) with molded case circuit breaker. Starters for motors with remote or automatic control shall be magnetic. Relays, interlocks and auxiliary contacts shall be provided as specified and required. E. Magnetic motor starters shall be across-the-line, full voltage, non-reversing type unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings or specified herein. F. Motor controls shall be either “Hand-Off-Auto” switches or “On-Off” push buttons with one indicating light. “Hand-Off-Auto” switches shall be provided for automatically controlled apparatus. G. Motor starters that are not an integral part of equipment shall be installed in conformance with Division 26 - Electrical Requirements. H. All “loose” disconnects and starters shall be installed by Division 26. I. Power wiring to disconnects, starters, and equipment shall be provided and installed by Division 26. All equipment requiring electrical power shall be provided with disconnect switches at each piece of equipment. Coordinate switch type (fused or non-fused) with equipment characteristics, manufacturer’s recommendations and Electrical Drawings. J. Provide all system controls and associated control and interlock wiring for complete and operable systems. 120 volt and higher wiring shall be MC cable or in conduit in accordance with local codes and the materials and installation requirements of Division 26 - Electrical. K. All starters for 3-phase equipment shall have overload devices in all three (3) phases. L. All starters and variable frequency drives shall be labeled on the face of the device with a semirigid plastic laminate nameplate with 1" high white letters on a black background securely affixed to the equipment. The label shall indicate equipment served (equipment tag used on the Drawings). Labels shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor. M. Wiring diagrams shall be furnished by the Contractor. N. Acceptable manufacturers shall be General Electric, Square D, Eaton, Siemens and Allen Bradley. 2.3 PIPING SYSTEMS A. General 1. The various piping systems are classified as follows, and materials of construction shall be as specified unless otherwise noted on the Drawings. Job Number 2240461.00 PLUMBING GENERAL 22 00 00 - 9 / 20 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 2. Piping, valves and equipment used in similar applications shall be provided from the same manufacturer unless noted otherwise. B. ProSet Fittings 1. Cast in place fire penetration sleeves such as ProSet and Holdrite Hydro Flame may be installed in lieu of block-outs and/or steel sleeves only in areas where the design ceiling clearances are maintained. 2. Code Red stack assemblies manufactured by ProSet Systems are not an acceptable fire stopping method for any system. C. Pumped Discharge Piping 1. Piping Systems a. Schedule 40 seamless or welded galvanized steel pipe, ASTM A-53. Fittings: Class 125 and 250, cast iron threaded fittings, ASTM A-126, ANSI B16.4. Ductile iron rigid grooved couplings, EPDM gasket, 316 stainless steel nuts and bolts. Victaulic Installation-Ready Style 177 (600 psi) or Style 77 (800 psi through 12"). b. Type “L” hard drawn copper tubing per ASTM B-88 and Federal Specification WWT-799. Fittings: Grooved end, solder or brazed joint copper fittings per B16.18 or 16.22. Victaulic Installation-Ready Style 607H (300 psi). D. Compressed Air Piping 1. Piping Systems a. Schedule 40, ASTM A-53, galvanized steel pipe. Fittings: Galvanized malleable iron, class 150, threaded. Schedule 40 galvanized forged steel, threaded. Valves: Ball valves or gate valves, class 150, threaded ends. b. For pipe sizes 2" and smaller, the Vic-Press system for Schedule 10S pipe may be used in lieu of galvanized steel. The system shall be rated to 500-psi CWP, with grade HNBR or Nitrile gaskets. E. Vacuum System Piping 1. Piping Systems a. Type “M” hard drawn copper tubing per ASTM B.88. Fittings: Soldered or brazed joint copper fittings per ANSI B16.18 or B16.22. Joints: Soldered with 95.5 low lead solder and compatible flux. Brazed joints with lead-free brazing filler materials and compatible alloys. 2.4 VALVES, FLANGES AND UNIONS A. General Job Number 2240461.00 PLUMBING GENERAL 22 00 00 - 10 / 20 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 1. All systems under this section shall be provided with valves to permit complete and sectional control of the system. They shall be located to permit easy operation, replacement and repair. They shall be installed where shown on the Drawings, or as herein specified. Valves to comply with NSF 61-G, NSF 61, and NSF 372. Valves shall be as manufactured by one of the following companies: American, Anvil International, FNW, Kennedy, Kitz, Milwaukee, Nibco, Powell, Stockham, Victaulic, Watts, or approved equal, and shall conform to description listed below. B. Valve Description 1. Gate Valves a. 2-1/2" and larger, Victaulic Series 771V grooved ends (steel pipe), Stockham G- 634, 175 lb. flanged OS&Y. b. 2" and smaller, Milwaukee UP149, low lead, 125 lb., sweat connection. 2-1/2" and larger, Victaulic MasterSeal (steel pipe) and Series 608 (copper tubing); Milwaukee Fig. F-2885, 125 lb., flanged or Apollo 141WD-SE-1 lead free Butterfly valve with 10 pos. c. lever handle. d. 8" and larger, Apollo141WD-SE-2 lead free Butterfly valve with gear operator. e. 2-1/2" and smaller, Milwaukee BB-SC100, threaded. 2. Check Valves a. 2" and smaller, Milwaukee UP509, 200 lb., threaded, low lead. b. 2" and larger, Victaulic Series 716, grooved ends. c. 2-1/2" and larger, Milwaukee Fig. F-2974, 125 lb. flanged. d. 2-1/2" and larger, Stockham G-939, 175 lb. flange. 3. Ball Valves a. 2" and smaller, Milwaukee UPBA 100. 4. Flanges a. All flanges shall be faced and drilled for not less than 125 pounds steam working pressure complete with necessary adapter, and shall be of size and material of adjacent piping. All flanges shall be faced (raised or flat) to be compatible with connecting valves, equipment, etc. The connection of one raised face flange to a flat face flange shall not be permitted. 5. Unions and Joints a. Unions on drainage pipes on fixture side of traps may be slip or flanged joints with soft rubber washers or gaskets. Unions 2" and smaller on copper pipe shall be all brass with ground joint and shall be 250# copper to copper. Unions above 2" shall Job Number 2240461.00 PLUMBING GENERAL 22 00 00 - 11 / 20 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 be flanged with gaskets. Provide union at water and gas connection to all equipment, except plumbing fixtures. 1) Unions and flanges for servicing and disconnect are not required in installations using grooved joint couplings. (The couplings shall serve as disconnect points.) 2.5 INSULATION A. The following shall be insulated: 1. Piping receiving condensate B. Condensate drainage piping shall be insulated with 4 lb. density sectional fiberglass insulation with a thermal conductivity not to exceed 0.24 with white all service jacket and vapor barrier. All joints and seams shall be sealed vapor tight. All seams and staples shall then be covered with “All Service Jacket” three-inch wide tape. C. Materials as specified in this section shall be manufactured by CertainTeed, Johns Manville, Knauf, Owens Corning or equal. Insulation thicknesses shall be as shown in the following table: Minimum Pipe Insulation Insulation Thickness for Pipe Sizes Fluid 1 in. 8 in. Temperature Range and 1-1/4 to 2-1/2 to 5 and and Piping System Types Less 2 in. 4 in. 6 in. Larger °C °F In. In. In. In. In. PLUMBING Above Grade Drains and Piping Receiving 4.5-15.5 40-60 0.5 1.0 1.0 1.5 – Condensate 2.6 PIPE SUPPORTS AND HANGERS A. All piping shall be supported by means of hanger rods and pipe hangers from roof or floor structure using supplementary steel and/or lagbolts. Water supply pipe connecting to pumps, equipment, fixtures or fixture supplies shall be made rigid at the connection point. 1. Piping shall be supported from existing concrete construction with Anvil International Fig. 282 inserts or drilled expansion anchors. 2. Piping shall be supported from existing steel construction with Anvil International Fig. 131 beam clamp, Fig. 61 beam clamp, Fig. 66 welded beam attachment or Fig. 60 washer plate with all-thread rod. Job Number 2240461.00 PLUMBING GENERAL 22 00 00 - 12 / 20 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 3. Piping and brackets shall be supported from hollow block construction using drilled masonry holes and cadmium plated toggle bolts. 4. Piping shall be supported from wood truss construction with plated lag screws or bolts, B-3227 and B-3228. 5. Pipe supports shall not be attached to floor or roof deck. 6. Acceptable manufacturers are: Anvil, B-Line and FNW. B. All hangers supporting rain leaders shall be concentrically placed on supporting structure. See structural drawings. C. Unless otherwise noted, hangers and clamps shall be as listed below (all model numbers are BLine Systems): 1. Cast iron/steel pipe - B3100 or B3109. 2. Insulated water pipe - B3100 or B3109 with B3151 placed over insulation protection saddle. 3. Uninsulated bare copper pipe - B3170 CTC plastic coated. 4. All supports and mounting hardware are to be galvanized, cadmium plated, or factory enamel painted. 5. All supports on insulated piping systems shall be sized to fit outside the insulation and shall be provided with insulation inserts and shields at each hanger or support point. D. Branch piping to fixtures in chases shall be supported with plastic or copper clamp type supports: 1. B-Line Ruffin series. 2. Holdrite Systems. E. Maximum spacing between pipe hangers shall be: 1. Steel pipe a. 1-1/4" and smaller: 6'-0" b. 1-1/2" – 2": 8'-0" c. 2-1/2" and larger: 10'-0" 2. Copper tubing: a. 1/2" – 1-1/4": 5'-0" b. 1-1/2" – 2": 8'-0" c. 2-1/2" and larger: 10'-0" Job Number 2240461.00 PLUMBING GENERAL 22 00 00 - 13 / 20 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 F. At least one hanger shall occur within 2'-0" from where change in direction takes place. Where pipes extend down or up to other floors, pipe clamps shall be provided on each floor to support vertical risers. Vertical piping drops shall be rigidly anchored to structure at the top and bottom offsets and at eight-foot increments along the vertical drop. G. Special approved hangers that require less installation space are to be used where required due to ceiling space limitations. H. All connections to pumps and other vibrating machinery shall be provided with stainless steel braided flexible hose connections. Connections to potable water systems shall meet ANSI/NSF 61 design standards. I. Provide longitudinal and transverse bracing on the domestic water loop where indicated on the drawings. Provide additional bracing at each 1-1/2” or larger tap connection and where loop piping has 90-degree turn. 2.7 FLASHING A. Vent or exhaust pipes passing through roof shall be flashed watertight. B. The roof connections shall meet the approval of the manufacturer of the roofing materials and shall comply with the roof bond requirements. 2.8 FLOOR, WALL AND CEILING PLATES A. Furnish and install heavy gauge chromium plated steel wall and ceiling plates on all exposed pipes in finished areas where they pass through walls, ceilings, etc. Plates shall be of type that will remain permanently in position and where pipes are insulated they shall be of size necessary to cover insulated pipe. 2.9 GALVANIC PROTECTION A. Insulate joints between dissimilar metals with suitable isolation gasket and bolts with fiber ferrules and washers and/or suitable armored insulation fittings by Clearflow, Crane, Capital, or Epco, so there will be no contact between the metals or with insulating bushings. 2.10 PIPING SYSTEMS IDENTIFICATION A. A marker showing the service and an arrow indicating the direction of flow shall be applied on all of the following piping systems applicable to the project installed under this section of the Specifications: 1. Compressed air piping 2. Vacuum system piping 3. Condensate drainage piping B. Piping identification shall be applied on all piping systems in areas of exposed construction and in areas with accessible or lay-in ceilings. The piping shall be labeled at each wall and Job Number 2240461.00 PLUMBING GENERAL 22 00 00 - 14 / 20 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 floor penetration (both sides), and at connections to equipment. In addition, straight runs of piping shall be labeled at intervals not greater than 25 feet. C. The letter size and background color shall conform to the Identification of Pipe System ANSI A-131. The vinyl plastic markers shall be as manufactured by Seton Name-Plate Company, W. H. Brady Company, or Westline products. D. Each valve in the Plumbing system is to be provided with an individually numbered valve tag. E. Valve tags are to be brass or plastic laminate, 1-1/2" minimum diameter with brass chain and hook for securing to the valve. F. Valve tags will include a “P” lettering designation to indicate the appropriate system. Numbering shall be consecutive for each service of the Plumbing system. G. A printed list or schematic drawing shall be compiled for each system indicating the location and detailed description of the system or equipment served. H. One copy of each list shall be framed and mounted at the location designated by the Building Engineer. An additional copy of each list is to be included in the Operations and Maintenance Manual. 2.11 EQUIPMENT LABELING A. All equipment shall be labeled. This shall include all pumps and other similar equipment. B. Equipment labeling shall be one of the following, unless noted or specified otherwise. 1. Permanently attached plastic laminate signs with 1" high lettering. 2. Stencil painted identification, 2" high letters, with standard fiberboard stencils and standard black (or other appropriate color) exterior stencil enamel. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. All equipment and materials shall be completely installed, adjusted, and fully operational with all accessories and connections. B. Equipment, piping, ductwork, etc. shall fit into the spaces provided in the building and shall be installed at such times and in such a manner as to avoid damage and as required by the job progress. The Contractor shall coordinate work with other trades and locate work described herein to avoid interferences with structural, electrical and architectural work. Equipment, accessories and similar items requiring normal servicing or maintenance shall be accessible. Job Number 2240461.00 PLUMBING GENERAL 22 00 00 - 15 / 20 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 C. The Engineer reserves the right to direct the removal of any item which, in his opinion, does not present an orderly and reasonably neat or workmanlike appearance. Such removal and replacement shall be done when directed by the Engineer and without additional cost to the Owner. D. Mounting heights, unless otherwise noted, are to the finished bottom of the device. 3.2 STORAGE AND PROTECTION OF MATERIALS A. During construction, all equipment shall be properly protected against damage, defacing and freezing with shipping cartons, plastic sheeting, shipping covers, etc. B. All open ends of piping and equipment shall be sealed with nipples and caps, plugs, test plugs until final connection to system is made. C. All equipment and piping shall be protected to prevent entrance of foreign matter and debris by covering exposed openings during construction. D. Handle and store materials in accordance with manufacturer’s and supplier’s recommendations and in manner to prevent damage to materials during storage and handling. Replace damaged materials. E. Equipment and materials shall not be installed until such time as the environmental conditions of the job site are suitable to protect the equipment or materials. Equipment or materials damaged or which are subjected to these elements are unacceptable and shall be removed from the premises and replaced. 3.3 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Work shall include all cutting, patching, masonry and carpentry required as part of the equipment installation when not provided by other sections of these specifications. B. All work shall be performed as specified under architectural specification section for cutting and patching. 3.4 CONCRETE WORK A. Construct curbs, pads, vaults and similar supports for equipment where required. B. Provide 3" thick housekeeping pads at floor mounted equipment a minimum of 3" larger than the entire area occupied by equipment. Dowel pads to structural slab. C. Perform concrete work in accordance with applicable portions of Concrete sections. Minimum compressive strength of concrete shall be same as specified for slabs on grade. 3.5 CLEANING A. At all times, the premises shall be kept reasonably clean and free of undue amounts of waste, trash and debris by periodic cleaning and removal. After completion, all foreign material, trash and other debris shall be removed from the job site. Job Number 2240461.00 PLUMBING GENERAL 22 00 00 - 16 / 20 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 B. After all equipment has been installed, but prior to testing and balancing, all equipment, piping, etc. shall be thoroughly cleaned both inside and out. C. After testing and balancing of systems as specified and just prior to Owner review and acceptance, all systems shall be finally cleaned and shall be left ready for use. 3.6 PAINTING A. Painting, except as otherwise specified, will be done under another section of the specifications, but the Contractor shall leave all surfaces of work free of rust, dirt and grease. B. The Contractor shall touch-up to match original finish any equipment scratched in shipment or installation. Touch-up painting of plumbing equipment shall be part of the plumbing work. C. Provide one coat of rust preventive primer on all new structural steel supports and new ferrous surfaces which are not galvanized (this includes piping systems). Rust preventative painting shall be part of the plumbing work. D. All painting and coating shall match the original and shall conform to the requirements detailed in other sections of these specifications. Do not paint over nameplates on equipment, nonferrous hardware, accessories or trim. 3.7 EQUIPMENT SUPPORT A. Major equipment supports (framed structural openings, etc.) shall be furnished and installed by others as shown on the Drawings. The plumbing work shall include, the furnishings and installation of all miscellaneous equipment supports, structural members, rods, clamps and hangers required to provide adequate support of all equipment. B. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, all equipment, piping, and accessories shall be installed level, square, and plumb. C. All equipment, piping, etc. supported by structural joists shall be supported by the top chord only of such joists. Hangers shall not be attached to the bottom chord of any joists. 3.8 PIPE PENETRATIONS A. Sleeves shall be installed in all masonry or concrete walls, floors, roofs, etc. for pipe penetrations. Sleeves for pipe shall be Schedule 40 black steel. Sleeves shall be sized to provide a minimum of 1/4" clearance between the sleeve and pipe. B. The 1/4" minimum clearance shall be provided between the sleeve and the insulation on insulated piping systems. A gap of the insulation shall be omitted at each side of a rated wall penetration to allow for the required fire stopping. C. As far as possible, all pipe penetrations shall be provided for at the time of masonry or concrete construction. Where drilling is required, only core drills shall be used. Star drills shall not be used. Job Number 2240461.00 PLUMBING GENERAL 22 00 00 - 17 / 20 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 D. All pipes penetrating walls or floors of any construction shall be installed with escutcheon plates on both sides of the penetration securely fastened to the wall or floor. In exposed areas, escutcheon plates shall be chrome plated. All escutcheon plates shall be sized to completely conceal the penetration. E. Pipe penetrations through exterior walls shall be sealed watertight with expandable link type seals by Thunderline, Linkseal or Engineer approved equal. F. All pipe and duct penetrations of fire, smoke, or fire and smoke-rated assemblies shall be firestopped as required to retain the integrity of the UL rated assembly. Fire barrier products shall be as manufactured by Tremco, Hilti, 3M, Metacaulk, Nelson, or approved equal. 3.9 FLASHING A. All piping penetrating roofs shall be flashed in an approved manner, shall be watertight, and shall conform to the requirements detailed in other sections of these specifications. B. Flashing for piping shall be sheet lead of not less than 6 pounds per square foot, shall have a base not less than 2 square feet, and shall extend up over and into the open end of the pipe. All flashing shall be properly caulked and sealed. 3.10 TESTING OF PIPING SYSTEMS A. General 1. All piping systems shall be subjected, before being insulated or concealed, to testing with water or air as noted and shall hold tight at the pressure head stated for the time interval required without adding air or water. While any system is being tested required head or pressure shall be maintained until all joints are inspected. 2. All tests shall be witnessed by the inspector having jurisdiction and the Owner’s Representative, with a minimum 48-hour notice given these authorities. 3. All equipment, material, labor and testing mediums required for testing any of the various systems or any part thereof shall be furnished by the Contractor. 4. All connected equipment, accessories, etc. shall be isolated from piping systems prior to testing. B. Compressed Air System 1. All compressed air piping shall be tested to 150 psi for a period of two hours. C. Vacuum System 1. All vacuum system piping shall be tested to 100 psi for a period of two hours. D. Defective Work Job Number 2240461.00 PLUMBING GENERAL 22 00 00 - 18 / 20 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 1. If inspection or tests show defects, such defective work or material shall be replaced and inspection and tests shall be repeated. All repairs to piping shall be made with new material. Caulking of screwed joints or holes is not acceptable. E. Additional Tests 1. Provide all additional tests such as smoke or pressure tests as required by the regulations or as directed by authorities making the inspection. 2. Provide for any repeated test as directed by the Owner’s Representative, to make all systems tight as required. 3. Visual inspections of joints, valves, etc. shall be made as directed by the Engineer. 3.11 SLEEVES A. Furnish and install pipe sleeves around all piping passing through masonry walls, floors, beams, etc. Sleeves shall be of such diameter as to allow pipe to pass through easily and permit expansion and contraction of pipe. Where pipes are insulated, the sleeves shall be of such diameter as to allow the insulated pipe to pass through easily. The sleeves shall be placed before the pouring of concrete and before construction of walls. Sleeves for vertical risers shall extend a minimum of 1" above the floor slab. Sleeves to outside walls below grade shall be caulked or provided with expansion type mechanical seals as required to make them waterproof. 3.12 INSTALLATION OF UNIONS A. Unions shall be located as shown on plans and as required by equipment so piping and equipment can be easily dismantled. Unions shall not be installed in any location where they are not readily accessible. 3.13 FLASHING INSTALLATION A. All pipes passing through roofs shall be flashed in an approved manner. Flashing shall be watertight. B. Roof connections shall meet the approval of the manufacturer of roofing material and shall comply with roof bond requirements. 3.14 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL PROTECTION A. During construction all equipment shall be properly protected against damage, defacing and freezing with shipping cartons, plastic sheeting, shipping covers. B. All open ends of piping and equipment shall be sealed with nipples and caps, plugs, test plugs until connection to system is made. 3.15 SPACE REQUIREMENTS Job Number 2240461.00 PLUMBING GENERAL 22 00 00 - 19 / 20 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 A. Piping, apparatus and equipment shall fit into the space provided in the building or within the property and shall be installed at such time and in such manner as to avoid damage to the building structure or property as required by the job progress. Equipment, apparatus and accessories requiring normal servicing or maintenance shall be made easily accessible. END OF SECTION Job Number 2240461.00 PLUMBING GENERAL 22 00 00 - 20 / 20 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 SECTION 26 00 00 - ELECTRICAL GENERAL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. General Conditions: Refer to the General Conditions, the Supplementary General Conditions and the Special Conditions, all provisions of which apply to work under this section as if written in full herein. B. The scope of work to be done under this section of the specifications shall include the furnishing of labor, material, equipment and tools required for the complete installation of systems for power, lighting, signals and all other work indicated on the drawings or as specified herein. A 100% operational building and electrical distribution system up to a connection point for Owner furnished equipment will be provided. C. The drawings and specifications are complementary to each other and what is called for by one shall be as binding as if called for by both. 1.2 STANDARDS A. All work shall conform to all ordinances and regulations of the City, County, State and/or other authorities having jurisdiction in accordance with the requirements of the following codes, standards and design guides: 1. 2020 Edition of the National Electrical Code (NFPA 70) with local Amendments 2. 2021 Edition of the International Building Code with local Amendments 3. 2019 Edition of the International Fire Code with local Amendments 4. Regulations of the local utility company with respect to metering and service entrance 5. Local city and county ordinances governing electrical work 6. Americans with Disabilities Act (Public Law 101-336) 7. ASHRAE 90.1-2016 1.3 PERMITS A. The Contractor shall obtain all permits and inspections required for the installation of this work and pay all charges incident thereto. He shall deliver to the Architect all certificates of said inspection. 1.4 WORK INCLUDED The electrical systems installed and work performed under this division of the specifications shall include but not necessarily be limited to those listed below. All materials and appliances, obviously a part of the electrical systems and necessary to its proper operation, but not Job Number 2240461.00 ELECTRICAL GENERAL 26 00 00 - 1 / 12 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 specifically mentioned or shown on the drawings, shall be furnished and installed without additional charge. A. Power Distribution System B. All lighting systems (indoor and outdoor, normal, emergency and exit) including all fixtures, lamps, plaster and/or tile frames, standards, switches, outlets, wiring, dimmers, contactors, time clocks, photocells, batteries, raceways and other components and fittings required for complete lighting systems C. Wiring, including power circuit connections for HVAC, plumbing and other mechanical equipment D. Grounding Systems E. Temporary service lighting and power system F. Low voltage system raceways and equipment mounting boards as indicated on the drawings G. Underground raceway excavation, backfill, and compaction H. Concrete work for duct banks, manholes, covering, lighting standard bases and equipment bases (where not assigned to General Contractor) I. Lightning Protection System J. Electrical Equipment Identification K. Supporting Devices for Electrical Components L. Work as required by electric and telecommunication utilities, as well as the coordination of additional work (i.e. work performed by the utility) with that of other trades 1.5 DRAWINGS A. Drawings are generally diagrammatic and show the arrangement and location of fixtures, equipment and conduit. The Contractor shall carefully investigate the structural and finish conditions affecting his work and arrange his work accordingly. Should conditions on the job make it necessary to rearrange conduit or equipment, the Contractor shall so advise the Engineer and secure approval before proceeding with such work. B. Where exact locations are required by equipment for stubbing-up and terminating conduit concealed in floor slabs, the Contractor shall request shop drawings, equipment location drawings, foundation drawings, and any other data required by him to locate the concealed conduit before the floor slab is poured. C. Materials, equipment or labor not indicated but which can be reasonably inferred to be necessary for a complete installation shall be provided. Drawings and specifications do not undertake to indicate every item of material, equipment, or labor required to produce a complete and properly operating installation. Job Number 2240461.00 ELECTRICAL GENERAL 26 00 00 - 2 / 12 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 D. Locate pull boxes, panelboards, control pushbuttons, terminal cabinets, safety switches and such other apparatus as may require periodic maintenance, operation, or inspection, so that they are easily accessible. If such items are shown on the plans in locations which are found to be inaccessible, the Engineer must be advised of the situation before work is advanced to the point where extra costs will be involved. E. All additional circuit connections to panelboards must be preapproved by the Engineer. F. The location, arrangement and extent of equipment, devices, conduit, and other appurtenances related to the installation of electrical work shown on drawings are approximate. The Contractor shall not scale drawings, but shall refer to the architectural drawings for exact dimensions of building components. Should a conflict exist between the architectural and engineering drawings regarding dimensions and scale, the Contractor shall notify the Architect of the discrepancy. G. Verify the ceiling type, ceiling suspension systems, and clearance above hung ceilings prior to ordering lighting fixtures. Notify the Engineer of any discrepancies. H. Review all architectural drawings for door swings, cabinets, counters and built-in equipment. 1.6 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. The Contractor shall prepare a minimum of two (2) instruction manuals, one of which shall be submitted to the Architect for the Engineer’s review, describing installation, operation and maintenance of all Electrical equipment. Manuals shall include copies of control schematics, sequences of operation, indicate the function and operations of all components, as well as the Contractor’s name, address, and telephone number. Manuals shall also contain one copy of all manufacturer’s drawings, pamphlets, data, parts lists, and instruction manual for each piece of equipment. Upon approval, one copy shall be delivered to the Owner; one copy shall be kept by the Contractor. The pamphlets and drawings are to be neatly bound in a 3-ring binder(s). 1.7 AS-BUILT DRAWINGS A. The Contractor shall maintain a record of all changes in the work from that shown in the Contract Documents. After all work is completed, the Contractor shall prepare a set of “as- built” reproducible drawings of similar type and quality as the Contract Drawings that reflect all changes and that accurately show actual final construction, and deliver these drawings to the Architect. 1.8 EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS AND BID BASIS A. Manufacturers’ names, model numbers, etc. as specified on the drawings and herein are for the purpose of describing type, capacity, function and quality of equipment and materials required. B. Unless “approved equal” is specifically stated, bids shall be based on equipment names in specifications or on drawings as “base” products. Job Number 2240461.00 ELECTRICAL GENERAL 26 00 00 - 3 / 12 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 C. “Equal product” and “approved equal” items listed shall conform to specified base items and shall be substantially equal in size, weight, construction and capacities. The “equal” equipment and materials shall be submitted as full equivalent to the equipment and materials specified, with sufficient supportive documentation and technical literature to demonstrate quality, performance, and workmanship without doubt or question. Submittals for “equal” products shall be made at least ten (10) days prior to bid (refer to the General Conditions of these specifications). The Engineer shall consider the use of the “equal” equipment based on the supportive documentation available to him, and shall approve or disapprove any proposed alternates. The decision of the Engineer shall, in all cases, be final. D. The Contractor shall coordinate the installation of all electrical equipment proposed for use in this project with all building trades (architectural, structural, mechanical, etc.). Coordination shall be accomplished prior to, and shall be reflected in, the submittal of shop drawings for approval. When substitution of equipment is made, the Contractor shall be responsible for the costs of any item and engineering and construction revisions necessary in his or any other contract or trade that may be required to satisfy the plans and specifications. E. If substitutions are made in lieu of equipment specified, the manufacturer’s literature shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. In the case of lighting fixtures, full IES photometric test reports for the fixture, lamp(s), and lenses shall be submitted for approval. 1.9 SUBMITTALS A. The Contractor shall prepare, submit, and obtain Engineer’s review of manufacturers’ submittals on the following equipment and systems prior to ordering, purchasing, or installation of any equipment or materials. All required submittals shall be transmitted simultaneously in hard ring binders with the associated specification section and the item submitted clearly identified. Partial submittals will be returned without review. 1. Submit a listing of all the materials indicated below, with the type of material, manufacturer and catalog or model number for each (where applicable): Package #1 Conductors Conduit Multiconductor Cables Wiring Devices and Plates Disconnect Switches 2. Submit complete shop drawings of the following when supplied by the electrical contractor: Package #2 Fuses and/or Circuit Breakers Short Circuit and Coordination Study Switchboards Transformers Job Number 2240461.00 ELECTRICAL GENERAL 26 00 00 - 4 / 12 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 Surge Protective Devices Panelboards and Cabinets Cable Tray and Tray Fittings Busway 3. Submit test reports as required in section 3.7 - Electrical Testing. B. All shop drawing approvals required by any code or enforcement authority, insurance underwriter, etc. shall be obtained prior to being submitted to the Engineer. C. Review of shop drawings by the Engineer does not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for complying with all requirements of the Contract Documents. Furthermore, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate the requirements (roof penetrations, wall penetrations, floor penetrations, curbs, electrical, etc.) of all approved equipment with the other trades and disciplines at no additional cost. D. All shop drawings shall be identified by the equipment mark or tag identification numbers shown on the Contract Drawings. Each individual submittal item shall be marked to show which specification section pertains to the item. 1.10 COORDINATION OF TRADES A. The Contractor shall give full cooperation to other trades, and shall furnish all information necessary to permit the work of all trades to be installed satisfactorily and with least possible interference or delay. B. Work shall not be performed without first coordinating the installation of same with other trades. The Contractor, at his own expense, shall relocate all uncoordinated equipment installed should they interfere with the proper installation and mounting of mechanical equipment, ceilings and other architectural or structural finishes. C. The Contractor shall coordinate the elevations of all equipment above ceilings and in exposed areas with the work of all other disciplines prior to installation. D. In areas where more than one trade is required to use common openings in beams, joists, chases, shafts and sleeves for the passage of conduits, raceways, piping, ductwork and other materials, the Contractor must coordinate the positions of all piping and equipment to be furnished under this section so that all items including the materials and equipment of other trades may be accommodated within the space available. E. The Contractor shall confirm that work installed under this section does not interfere with the clearances required for finished columns, pilasters, partitions, walls or other architectural or structural elements as shown on the Contract Documents. Job Number 2240461.00 ELECTRICAL GENERAL 26 00 00 - 5 / 12 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 F. Work that is installed under this Contract which interferes with the architectural design or building structure shall be removed and relocated as required at no additional cost to the Contract. 1.11 WARRANTY A. All equipment furnished and installed under this Contract shall be provided with the manufacturer’s standard warranty unless otherwise noted. B. The Contractor shall make good all defects in material, equipment, or workmanship disclosed within a period of one (1) year from date of building acceptance by the Owner. The phrase “make good” shall mean to furnish promptly, without charge, all work necessary to remedy the defects to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 1.12 TEMPORARY LIGHT AND POWER A. The Contractor shall provide a temporary service of the amperage and voltage required by the Project Manager. B. Sufficient wiring, outlets and lamps shall be installed to ensure proper lighting in accordance with OSHA, state and municipal codes. Refer to Division 1 specifications for requirements. 1.13 EQUIPMENT REQUIRING ELECTRICAL SERVICE A. Review all specification sections and drawings including mechanical, plumbing and other equipment drawings and other divisions of the specifications for equipment requiring electrical service. Provide service to and make connections to all such equipment requiring electrical service. B. Prior to installing material such as electrical equipment, devices, feeders, or branch circuits serving equipment of all other trades, the Contractor shall coordinate with the electrical requirements of the equipment to be installed. 1.14 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS COORDINATION A. All control wiring for mechanical systems shall be installed under Division 23. B. Motor controllers (starters) shall be furnished under Division 23 and installed under Division 26, unless specified otherwise. C. Power wiring to all motors and motor controllers and between motors and controllers shall be provided in Division 26. D. Power wiring and connections to mechanical louvers shall be coordinated with the mechanical contractor and provided by the electrical contractor. Large louvers may require multiple actuators which will require multiple electrical connections to a single louver. Electrical contractor is responsible for making all required connections. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Job Number 2240461.00 ELECTRICAL GENERAL 26 00 00 - 6 / 12 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. All equipment, materials, accessories, etc. used shall be new and of current production unless specified otherwise. Equipment not specified in the Contract Documents shall be suitable for the intended use and shall be subject to approval by the Engineer. B. All equipment, products and materials shall be free of defects and shall be constructed to operate in a safe manner without excessive noise, vibration, leakage, or wear. C. All equipment shall bear the inspection label of Underwriters Laboratories Inc. D. All equipment and material for similar applications or systems shall be provided from the same manufacturer unless noted otherwise. E. The published standards and requirements of the National Electrical Manufacturers Association, the American National Standard Institute, the Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers, and the American Society of Testing Materials, are made a part of these specifications and shall apply wherever applicable. 2.2 IDENTIFICATION A. Equipment or devices specified in the individual sections to be identified shall be identified by machine cut stencil unless the equipment is identified by the manufacturer. Identification of flush mounted cabinets and panelboards shall be on the inside of the device. Surface mounted equipment shall be identified on the outside cover. Equipment operating on 208Y/120-volt normal power system shall be identified with black labels with white inner core, 480Y/277-volt normal power equipment with white labels with black inner core. Equipment operating on 208Y/120-volt emergency power system shall be identified with red labels with white inner core, 480Y/277-volt emergency power equipment with white labels with red inner core. B. All switchboards and panelboards supplied by a feeder shall be stencil-labeled to indicate the equipment where the power supply originates. C. All electrical outlets shall include a permanent label affixed to coverplate indicating panel and circuit designation serving the outlet. D. All labels must be sufficiently durable to withstand a 15 second mineral spirit rub, followed by a 15 second water rub with a soft cloth test. Labels must remain legible with no curling of edges permitted. Provide Brady B-595 vinyl film with permanent adhesive labels or equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Mounting heights, unless otherwise noted, are to be center line of the equipment and/or device except the mounting height of suspended light fixtures which is to the bottom of fixture. Job Number 2240461.00 ELECTRICAL GENERAL 26 00 00 - 7 / 12 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 B. All work shall be designed and installed to comply with the requirements for the seismic design category and use group for the area in which the building is constructed. 3.2 EXCAVATION, TRENCHING & BACKFILLING A. Contractor shall call underground utilities locator company before digging. B. Barricades shall be provided around open holes and trenches. Temporary bridges shall be provided over trenches cut through major sidewalk routes. Major sidewalk routes shall not be closed to pedestrian traffic. C. Barriers shall be provided to protect landscaping adjacent to the excavation area. D. When rocks, concrete or other debris are encountered during excavation, remove completely. E. Where sidewalk sections must be removed for installation of underground ducts, remove the sidewalk sections completely from joint to joint. F. Where asphalt must be removed for installation of underground ducts, saw cut the asphalt in two, straight, parallel lines. G. Backfill excavations in 6-inch layers and mechanically compact to 98 percent compaction. H. Excavated materials may be used as backfill only if the backfill is sand or clean dirt that is free of rocks and debris over 3/4" in diameter. I. In landscaped areas, backfill and mechanically compact to a depth of 6 inches below grade. J. Backfill the last 6 inches with clean topsoil. Reseed lawn areas. K. Restore concrete sidewalks and asphalt. L. The Contractor shall perform all excavation to install the work herein specified and as indicated on drawings. During excavation, material for backfilling shall be piled back from the banks of the trench to avoid overloading and to prevent slides and cave-ins. All excavated materials not to be used for backfill shall be removed and disposed of by the Contractor. Grading shall be done to prevent surface water from flowing into trenches and others excavation and any water accumulating therein shall be removed by pumping. All excavation shall be made by open cut. No tunneling shall be done except under pavement. M. The bottom of the trenches shall be graded to provide uniform bearing and support for conduits, cables, or duct bank on undisturbed soil at every point along its entire length. Overdepths shall be backfilled with loose, granular, moist earth, and tamped. Remove unstable soil that is not capable of supporting equipment or installation and replace with specified material for a minimum of 12" below invert of equipment or installation. N. The trenches shall be backfilled with the excavated materials approved for backfilling, consisting of earth, loam, sandy clay, sand and gravel or soft shale, free from large clods of earth and stones, deposited in 6" layers and tamped until the crown of the pipe is covered by Job Number 2240461.00 ELECTRICAL GENERAL 26 00 00 - 8 / 12 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 a minimum of 6" of tamped earth. The backfill under and beside the pipe shall be compacted for pipe support. Backfill shall be brought up evenly on both sides of the pipe so that the pipe remains aligned. In instances where the manufacturer’s installation instructions for materials are more restrictive than those prescribed by the code, the material shall be installed in accordance with the more restrictive requirement. The backfilling shall be carried on simultaneously on both sides of the trench so that injurious pressures do not occur. The compaction of the filled trench shall be at least equal to 98% of the maximum density as determined by the Standard Proctor Test. Settling the backfill with water will not be permitted. Reopen any trenches not meeting compaction requirements or where settlement occurs, refill, compact, and restore the surface to the grade and compaction indicated, mounded over and smoothed off. A metallic lined underground warning tape shall be provided 12" below finished grade. The tape shall be red for electrical lines and orange for telephone and shall be identified as to the type of line. O. Perform excavation and backfilling work in accordance with applicable portions of the earthwork section. 3.3 STORAGE AND PROTECTION OF MATERIALS A. Refer to the general requirements section of the specifications, Division 1, for storage, protection, and handling requirements. B. Inspect materials upon arrival at project and verify conformance to Contract Documents. Prevent unloading of unsatisfactory material. C. Store packaged materials in original undamaged condition with manufacturer’s labels and seals intact. D. Containers which are broken, opened, watermarked, or otherwise damaged materials are unacceptable and shall be removed from premises. E. Equipment and materials shall not be installed until such time as the environmental conditions of the job site are suitable to protect the equipment or materials. Equipment or materials damaged or which are subjected to these elements are unacceptable and shall be removed from the premises and replaced. 3.4 CONCRETE WORK A. Construct curbs, pads, vaults and similar supports for electrical equipment where required. B. Provide 4" thickness housekeeping pads at floor mounted equipment, covering entire area occupied by equipment. Dowel pads to structural slab. C. Perform concrete work in accordance with applicable portions of Concrete sections. Minimum compressive strength of concrete shall be same as specified for slabs on grade. 3.5 PAINTING Job Number 2240461.00 ELECTRICAL GENERAL 26 00 00 - 9 / 12 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 A. Except as otherwise specified, painting shall be accomplished under Painting Section. Surfaces shall be left clean of debris and free from oil and other substances which would prevent paint bond. B. Touch up finishes of factory painted apparatus where finish is marred during installation. C. Where galvanizing is broken during fabrication or installation, recoat exposed areas with cold galvanizing compound. D. Do not paint over nameplates on equipment, nonferrous hardware, accessories or trim. 3.6 WORKMANSHIP A. Install systems, materials and equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other building systems and components. 3.7 ELECTRICAL TESTING A. Furnish all labor, materials, instruments, supplies, and services and bear all costs for the accomplishment of the tests herein specified or requested at job site. Correct all defects appearing under test, and repeat the tests until no defects are disclosed, leave the equipment clean and ready for use. B. All grounds, crosses, shorts, etc., must be eliminated from the wiring. Test all lighting fixtures, together with switches and controls; test the operation of all motors, controllers, and other electrical equipment devices. C. The switchboard and all feeders shall be Meggar tested. A copy of all test reports shall be given to the Engineer. D. The Contractor shall perform any tests other than herein specified which may be required by the Engineer or the authority having jurisdiction. E. Perform the following tests after installation but before energizing the equipment. The following tests and procedures apply to all equipment and material that is to be tested under this Contract. 1. Transformers a. Visually inspect all components for damage, check bushings and insulators for cracks; transformer casing for evidence of leakage; pressure, temperature and liquid level gauges for proper indications. 2. Ground Resistance a. Visually inspect for specified ground connections. b. Perform ground resistance test at all connections to switchboards and panelboards. c. Use three point or fall of potential method. Job Number 2240461.00 ELECTRICAL GENERAL 26 00 00 - 10 / 12 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 d. Verify single point connection (at the counterpoise) between the grounded and grounding systems. e. Additional ground rod is required if resistance is greater than 25 ohms. 3. Switchboards and Panelboards a. Visually inspect all components for damage. b. Check operation of circuit breakers/fusible switches. 4. Ground Fault Systems a. Visually inspect for damage and improper connections. 5. Transfer and Other Relay Schemes a. Investigate intended function,and verify correct operation. 6. Electrical Thermography Testing a. Provide an Electrical Infrared Inspection and summary report of all building switchboards and panelboards. Utilize Level 1 Certified Infrared Thermographers to perform NETA thermographic testing. Testing shall be performed no less than 11 months after completion with all panels under normal operating mode. b. All deficiencies shall be identified in a report showing thermographic and digital images, along with proposed actions. Deficiencies should be corrected by the electrical contractor. c. Follow-up testing shall be performed to verify that corrections have been completed satisfactorily. d. NFPA 70E-compliant personal protective equipment shall be worn by the consultant. F. The Engineer shall be notified immediately of any unfavorable test results or indication of faulty equipment. No piece of equipment shall be energized until the test data is evaluated and the equipment is proven acceptable. G. If the test and inspection data submitted should indicate deficiencies in the operation of the electrical apparatus or in the manufacturer thereof, the Contractor shall promptly implement the necessary adjustments, corrections, modifications and/or replacements necessary to meet the specified requirements. 3.8 COMMISSIONING A. The following systems shall be commissioned in accordance with the requirements of the ASHRAE 90.1 2016: 1. Occupant Sensor controls Job Number 2240461.00 ELECTRICAL GENERAL 26 00 00 - 11 / 12 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 2. Time Switch controls 3. Daylight responsive controls B. Programming of sensors, controls, switches, schedules, VFD operation and other systems shall be set by the installing contractor. C. The following shall be provided to the building owner or owner representative within 90 days after the date of system acceptance. 1. Submittals, Shop drawings 2. Installation instructions, operations and maintenance instructions for each piece of equipment and system installed. 3. Maintenance schedule 4. Names and address of at least one service agency. 5. Lighting controls system maintenance and calibration information, including wiring diagrams, schematics, and control sequence descriptions. Desired or field determined set-points shall be permanently recorded on control drawings at control devices or for digital control systems, in programming comments. 6. A complete narrative of how each system is intended to operate, including suggested setpoints. 3.9 TRAINING A. Upon completion of the work, the Contractor shall conduct operation and training session(s) for the Owner’s key personnel. These sessions shall be of sufficient length and duration to adequately explain the design intent and proper operating and maintenance techniques for all equipment and systems. After these sessions are completed, the Contractor shall provide a copy of a signed statement by the Owner that his personnel are thoroughly familiar with and capable of operating all equipment and systems. END OF SECTION Job Number 2240461.00 ELECTRICAL GENERAL 26 00 00 - 12 / 12 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 SECTION 26 05 19 - LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Copper building wire. 2. Metal-clad cable, Type MC. 3. Armored cable, Type AC. 4. Photovoltaic cable, Type PV. 5. Mineral-insulated cable, Type MI. 6. Tray cable, Type TC. 7. Fire-alarm wire and cable. 8. Connectors and splices. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 26 00 10 "Supplemental Requirements for Electrical" for additional abbrevia- tions, definitions, submittals, qualifications, testing agencies, and other Project require- ments applicable to Work specified in this Section. 2. Section 26 00 11 "Facility Performance Requirements for Electrical" for seismic-load, wind-load, acoustical, and other field conditions applicable to Work specified in this Section. 3. Section 26 05 13 "Medium-Voltage Cables" for single-conductor and multiconductor cables, cable splices, and terminations for electrical distribution systems with 601 to 35 000 V. 4. Section 26 05 23 "Control-Voltage Electrical Power Cables" for control systems com- munications cables and Classes 1, 2, and 3 control cables. 5. Section 27 13 13 "Communications Copper Backbone Cabling" for twisted pair cabling used for data circuits. 6. Section 27 15 13 "Communications Copper Horizontal Cabling" for twisted pair cabling used for data circuits. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS Job Number 2240461.00 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 26 05 19 - 1 / 14 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Sustainable Design Submittals: 1. Product Data: For each conductor and cable indicating lead content. 2. Product Data: For recycled content, indicating postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content and cost. 3. Product Data: For solvents and adhesives, indicating VOC content. C. Product Schedule: Indicate type, use, location, and termination locations. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Field quality-control reports. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 COPPER BUILDING WIRE A. Description: Flexible, insulated and uninsulated, drawn copper current-carrying conductor with an overall insulation layer or jacket, or both, rated 600 V or less. B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the fol- lowing: 1. Alpha Wire Company. 2. Belden Inc. 3. Cerro Wire LLC. 4. Encore Wire Corporation. 5. General Cable; Prysmian Group North America. 6. Okonite Company (The). 7. Service Wire Co. 8. Southwire Company. C. Standards: 1. Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and use. 2. Conductor and Cable Marking: Comply with wire and cable marking according to UL's "Wire and Cable Marking and Application Guide." Job Number 2240461.00 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 26 05 19 - 2 / 14 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 D. Conductors: Copper, complying with ASTM B3 for bare annealed copper and with [ASTM B8] [ASTM B496] for stranded conductors. E. Conductor Insulation: 1. Type NM: Comply with UL 83 and UL 719. 2. Type RHH and Type RHW-2: Comply with UL 44. 3. Type USE-2 and Type SE: Comply with UL 854. 4. Type TC-ER: Comply with NEMA WC 70/ICEA S-95-658 and UL 1277. 5. Type THHN andType THWN-2: Comply with UL 83. 6. Type THW and Type THW-2: Comply with NEMA WC-70/ICEA S-95-658 and UL 83. 7. Type UF: Comply with UL 83 and UL 493. 8. Type XHHW-2: Comply with UL 44. 2.2 METAL-CLAD CABLE, TYPE MC A. Description: A factory assembly of one or more current-carrying insulated conductors in an overall metallic sheath. B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the fol- lowing: 1. AFC Cable Systems; Atkore International. 2. Alpha Wire Company. 3. Encore Wire Corporation. 4. General Cable; Prysmian Group North America. 5. Okonite Company (The). 6. Service Wire Co. 7. Southwire Company. C. Standards: 1. Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and use. 2. Comply with UL 1569. Job Number 2240461.00 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 26 05 19 - 3 / 14 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 3. Conductor and Cable Marking: Comply with wire and cable marking according to UL's "Wire and Cable Marking and Application Guide." D. Circuits: 1. [Single circuit] [and] [multicircuit with color-coded conductors]. 2. Power-Limited Fire-Alarm Circuits: Comply with UL 1424. E. Conductors: Copper, complying with ASTM B3 for bare annealed copper and with ASTM B8 for stranded conductors. F. Ground Conductor: [Bare] [Insulated]. G. Conductor Insulation: 1. Type TFN/THHN/THWN-2: Comply with UL 83. 2. Type XHHW-2: Comply with UL 44. 3. <Insert Type and standard>. H. Armor: [Steel] [Aluminum], interlocked. I. Jacket: PVC applied over armor. 2.3 ARMORED CABLE, TYPE AC A. Description: A factory assembly of insulated current-carrying conductors with or without an equipment grounding conductor in an overall metallic sheath. B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the fol- lowing: 1. AFC Cable Systems; Atkore International. 2. Alpha Wire Company. 3. Belden Inc. 4. Encore Wire Corporation. 5. General Cable; Prysmian Group North America. 6. Okonite Company (The). 7. Service Wire Co. 8. Southwire Company. C. Standards: Job Number 2240461.00 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 26 05 19 - 4 / 14 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 1. Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and use. 2. Comply with UL 4. 3. Conductor and Cable Marking: Comply with wire and cable marking according to UL's "Wire and Cable Marking and Application Guide." D. Circuits: 1. [Single circuit] [and] [multicircuit with color-coded conductors]. 2. Power-Limited Fire-Alarm Circuits: Comply with UL 1424. E. Conductors: Copper, complying with ASTM B3 for bare annealed copper and with ASTM B8 for stranded conductors. F. Ground Conductor: [Bare] [Insulated] [None]. G. Conductor Insulation: Type THHN/THWN-2. Comply with UL 83. H. Armor: [Steel] [Aluminum], interlocked. 2.4 PHOTOVOLTAIC CABLE, TYPE PV A. Description: Flexible, insulated and uninsulated, drawn copper current-carrying conductor with an overall insulation layer or jacket, or both, rated [2000] [600] V. B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the fol- lowing: 1. Encore Wire Corporation. 2. General Cable; Prysmian Group North America. 3. Service Wire Co. 4. Southwire Company. C. Standards: 1. Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and use. 2. Conductor and Cable Marking: Comply with wire and cable marking according to UL's "Wire and Cable Marking and Application Guide." D. Conductors: Copper, complying with ASTM B3 for bare annealed copper and with ASTM B8 for stranded conductors. E. Conductor Insulation: Comply with UL 44 and UL 4703. Job Number 2240461.00 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 26 05 19 - 5 / 14 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 2.5 MINERAL-INSULATED CABLE, TYPE MI A. Description: Solid copper conductors encased in compressed metal oxide with an outer me- tallic sheath, rated 600 V or less. B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the fol- lowing: 1. KME America, Inc. 2. nVent (PYROTENAX). C. Standards: 1. Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and use. 2. UL 2196 for fire resistance. 3. Conductor and Cable Marking: Comply with wire and cable marking according to UL's "Wire and Cable Marking and Application Guide." D. Conductors: Copper, complying with ASTM B3 for bare annealed copper. E. Insulation: [Compressed magnesium oxide] <Insert material>. F. Sheath: [Copper] <Insert material>. 2.6 TRAY CABLE, TYPE TC A. Description: A factory assembly of insulated current-carrying conductors with or without an equipment grounding conductor in a nonmetallic jacket. B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the fol- lowing: 1. Alpha Wire Company. 2. Belden Inc. 3. Encore Wire Corporation. 4. General Cable; Prysmian Group North America. 5. Okonite Company (The). 6. Service Wire Co. 7. Southwire Company. C. Standards: Job Number 2240461.00 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 26 05 19 - 6 / 14 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 1. Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and use. 2. Comply with UL 1277. 3. Comply with ICEA S-73-532/NEMA WC 57 for Type TC cables used for control, thermocouple extension, and instrumentation. 4. Comply with ICEA S-95-658/NEMA WC 70 for Type TC cables used for power distri- bution. 5. Conductor and Cable Marking: Comply with wire and cable marking according to UL's "Wire and Cable Marking and Application Guide." D. Conductors: Copper, complying with ASTM B3 for bare annealed copper and with ASTM B8 for stranded conductors. E. Ground Conductor: [Bare] [Insulated] [None]. F. Conductor Insulation: Type XHHW-2. Comply with UL 44. G. Shield: [None] [Metallic]. 1. Type TC-ER: Cable designed for use with ASDs, with oversized crosslinked polyeth- ylene insulation, [spiral-wrapped foil plus 85 percent coverage braided shields and insulated full-size ground wire] [dual spirally wrapped copper tape shields and three bare symmetrically applied ground wires], and sunlight- and oil-resistant outer PVC jacket. 2.7 FIRE-ALARM WIRE AND CABLE A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the fol- lowing: 1. Allied Wire & Cable Inc. 2. Comtran Corporation. 3. nVent (PYROTENAX). 4. Prysmian Cables and Systems; Prysmian Group North America. 5. Radix Wire. 6. Rockbestos-Suprenant Cable Corp. 7. Superior Essex Inc. 8. West Penn Wire. Job Number 2240461.00 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 26 05 19 - 7 / 14 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 B. General Wire and Cable Requirements: NRTL listed and labeled as complying with NFPA 70, Article 760. 1. Lead Content: Less than 300 parts per million. C. Signaling Line Circuits: Twisted, shielded pair, [not less than] [No. 18 AWG] <Insert wire size> [size as recommended by system manufacturer]. 1. Circuit Integrity Cable: Twisted shielded pair, NFPA 70, Article 760, Classification CI, for power-limited fire-alarm signal service Type FPL. NRTL listed and labeled as com- plying with UL 1424 and UL 2196 for a two-hour rating. D. Non-Power-Limited Circuits: Solid-copper conductors with 600 V rated, 75 deg C, color- coded insulation, and complying with requirements in UL 2196 for a two-hour rating. 1. Low-Voltage Circuits: No. 16 AWG, minimum, in pathway. 2. Line-Voltage Circuits: No. 12 AWG, minimum, in pathway. 3. Multiconductor Armored Cable: NFPA 70, Type MC, copper conductors, Type TFN/THHN conductor insulation, copper drain wire, copper armor[ with outer jacket] with red identifier stripe, NTRL listed for fire-alarm and cable tray installation, plenum rated. 2.8 CONNECTORS AND SPLICES A. Description: Factory-fabricated connectors, splices, and lugs of size, ampacity rating, mate- rial, type, and class for application and service indicated; listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and use. B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the fol- lowing: 1. 3M Electrical Products. 2. ABB, Electrification Products Division. 3. AFC Cable Systems; Atkore International. 4. Hubbell Incorporated, Power Systems. 5. Ideal Industries, Inc. 6. ILSCO. 7. O-Z/Gedney; Emerson Electric Co., Automation Solutions, Appleton Group. 8. Service Wire Co. 9. TE Connectivity Ltd. Job Number 2240461.00 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 26 05 19 - 8 / 14 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 C. Jacketed Cable Connectors: For steel and aluminum jacketed cables, zinc die-cast with set screws, designed to connect conductors specified in this Section. D. Lugs: One piece, seamless, designed to terminate conductors specified in this Section. 1. Material: [Copper] [Aluminum] [Bronze]. 2. Type: [One] [Two] hole with [standard] [long] barrels. 3. Termination: [Compression] [Crimp]. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONDUCTOR MATERIAL APPLICATIONS A. Feeders: 1. Copper; solid for No. 10 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 8 AWG and larger. 2. Copper for feeders smaller than 400 amps ; copper or aluminum for feeders 400 amps and larger. Conductors must be solid for No. 10 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 8 AWG and larger. B. Branch Circuits: 1. Copper. Solid for No. 10 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 8 AWG and larger. 2. Copper. Solid for No. 12 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 10 AWG and larger. C. ASD Output Circuits Cable: Extra-flexible stranded for all sizes. D. Power-Limited Fire Alarm and Control: Solid for No. 12 AWG and smaller. E. PV Circuits: Copper. Solid for No. 10 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 8 AWG and larg- er. 3.2 CONDUCTOR INSULATION AND MULTICONDUCTOR CABLE APPLICATIONS AND WIRING METHODS A. Service Entrance: [Type THHN/THWN-2, single conductors in raceway] [Type XHHW- 2, single conductors in raceway] [Type USE, single conductor in raceway] [Mineral- insulated, metal-sheathed cable, Type MI] [Multiconductor cable, Type SE]. B. Exposed Feeders: [Type THHN/THWN-2, single conductors in raceway] [Type XHHW- 2, single conductors in raceway] [Armored cable, Type AC] [Metal-clad cable, Type MC] [Mineral-insulated, metal-sheathed cable, Type MI] [Nonmetallic-sheathed cable, Type NM]. Job Number 2240461.00 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 26 05 19 - 9 / 14 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 C. Feeders Concealed in Ceilings, Walls, Partitions, and Crawlspaces: [Type THHN/THWN- 2, single conductors in raceway] [Armored cable, Type AC] [Metal-clad cable, Type MC] [Mineral-insulated, metal-sheathed cable, Type MI] [Nonmetallic-sheathed cable, Type NM]. D. Feeders Concealed in Concrete, below Slabs-on-Grade, and Underground: [Type THHN/THWN-2, single conductors in raceway] [Type XHHW-2, single conduc- tors in raceway] [Underground feeder cable, Type UF]. E. Feeders Installed below Raised Flooring: [Type THHN/THWN-2, single conductors in raceway] [Armored cable, Type AC] [Metal-clad cable, Type MC] [Mineral-insulated, metal-sheathed cable, Type MI]. F. Feeders in Cable Tray: [Type THHN/THWN-2, single conductors in raceway] [Type XHHW-2, single conductors larger than No. 1/0 AWG] [Armored cable, Type AC] [Metal-clad cable, Type MC] [Mineral-insulated, metal-sheathed cable, Type MI] [Tray cable with type THHN/THWN-2 insulation, Type TC]. G. Exposed Branch Circuits, Including in Crawlspaces: [Type THHN/THWN-2, single con- ductors in raceway] [Armored cable, Type AC] [Metal-clad cable, Type MC] [Mineral- insulated, metal-sheathed cable, Type MI]. H. Branch Circuits Concealed in Ceilings, Walls, and Partitions: [Type THHN/THWN-2, sin- gle conductors in raceway] [Armored cable, Type AC] [Metal-clad cable, Type MC] [Mineral-insulated, metal-sheathed cable, Type MI]. I. Branch Circuits Concealed in Concrete, below Slabs-on-Grade, and Underground: [Type THHN/THWN-2, single conductors in raceway] [Type XHHW-2, single conduc- tors in raceway] [Underground branch-circuit cable, Type UF]. J. Branch Circuits Installed below Raised Flooring: [Type THHN/THWN-2, single conduc- tors in raceway] [Armored cable, Type AC] [Metal-clad cable, Type MC] [Mineral- insulated, metal-sheathed cable, Type MI]. K. Branch Circuits in Cable Tray: [Type THHN/THWN-2, single conductors in raceway] [Type XHHW-2, single conductors larger than No. 1/0 AWG] [Armored cable, Type AC] [Metal-clad cable, Type MC] [Mineral-insulated, metal-sheathed cable, Type MI] [Tray cable with type THHN/THWN-2 insulation, Type TC]. L. Cord Drops and Portable Appliance Connections: Type SO, hard service cord with stainless steel, wire-mesh, strain relief device at terminations to suit application. M. ASD Output Circuits: [Type XHHW-2 in metal conduit] [Type TC-ER cable with braid- ed shield] [Type TC-ER cable with dual tape shield]. N. PV Circuits, Type PV: For PV source circuits rated at [600] [1000] [2000] V. Job Number 2240461.00 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 26 05 19 - 10 / 14 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Conceal cables in finished walls, ceilings, and floors unless otherwise indicated. B. Complete raceway installation between conductor and cable termination points according to Section 26 05 33 "Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems" and Section 26 05 43 “Un- derground Ducts and Raceways for Electrical Systems” prior to pulling conductors and ca- bles. C. Use manufacturer-approved pulling compound or lubricant where necessary; compound used must not deteriorate conductor or insulation. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended maximum pulling tensions and sidewall pressure values. D. Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable, rope, and basket-weave wire/cable grips, that will not damage cables or raceway. E. Install exposed cables parallel and perpendicular to surfaces of exposed structural members, and follow surface contours where possible. F. Support cables according to Section 26 05 29 "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Sys- tems." G. Complete cable tray systems installation according to Section 26 05 36 "Cable Trays for Electrical Systems" prior to installing conductors and cables. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF FIRE-ALARM WIRE AND CABLE A. Comply with NFPA 72. B. Wiring Method: Install wiring in metal pathway according to Section 27 05 28.29 "Hangers and Supports for Communications Systems." 1. Install plenum cable in environmental airspaces, including plenum ceilings. 2. Fire-alarm circuits and equipment control wiring associated with fire-alarm system must be installed in a dedicated pathway system. a. Cables and pathways used for fire-alarm circuits, and equipment control wiring as- sociated with fire-alarm system, may not contain any other wire or cable. 3. Fire-Rated Cables: Use of two-hour, fire-rated fire-alarm cables, NFPA 70, Types MI and CI, is[ not] permitted. 4. Signaling Line Circuits: Power-limited fire-alarm cables [may] [must not] be installed in the same cable or pathway as signaling line circuits. C. Wiring within Enclosures: Separate power-limited and non-power-limited conductors as rec- ommended by manufacturer. Install conductors parallel with or at right angles to sides and back of the enclosure. Bundle, lace, and train conductors to terminal points with no excess. Job Number 2240461.00 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 26 05 19 - 11 / 14 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 Connect conductors that are terminated, spliced, or interrupted in any enclosure associated with fire-alarm system to terminal blocks. Mark each terminal according to system's wiring diagrams. Make all connections with approved crimp-on terminal spade lugs, pressure-type terminal blocks, or plug connectors. D. Cable Taps: Use numbered terminal strips in junction, pull, and outlet boxes; cabinets; or equipment enclosures where circuit connections are made. E. Color-Coding: Color-code fire-alarm conductors differently from the normal building power wiring. Use one color-code for alarm circuit wiring and another for supervisory circuits. Color-code audible alarm-indicating circuits differently from alarm-initiating circuits. Use different colors for visible alarm-indicating devices. Paint fire-alarm system junction boxes and covers red. F. Risers: Install at least two vertical cable risers to serve the fire-alarm system. Separate risers in close proximity to each other with a minimum one-hour-rated wall, so the loss of one riser does not prevent receipt or transmission of signals from other floors or zones. G. Wiring to Remote Alarm Transmitting Device: 1 inch conduit between the fire-alarm control panel and the transmitter. Install number of conductors and electrical supervision for con- necting wiring as needed to suit monitoring function. 3.5 CONNECTIONS A. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque- tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A-486B. B. Make splices, terminations, and taps that are compatible with conductor material[ and that possess equivalent or better mechanical strength and insulation ratings than unspliced conductors]. 1. Use oxide inhibitor in each splice, termination, and tap for aluminum conductors. C. Wiring at Outlets: Install conductor at each outlet, with at least [6 inch] [12 inch] of slack. D. Comply with requirements in [Section 28 46 21.11 "Addressable Fire-Alarm Systems"] [Section 28 46 21.13 "Conventional Fire-Alarm Systems"] for connecting, terminating, and identifying wires and cables. 3.6 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify and color-code conductors and cables according to Section 26 05 53 "Identification for Electrical Systems." B. Identify each spare conductor at each end with identity number and location of other end of conductor, and identify as spare conductor. Job Number 2240461.00 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 26 05 19 - 12 / 14 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 3.7 SLEEVE AND SLEEVE-SEAL INSTALLATION FOR ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS A. Install sleeves and sleeve seals at penetrations of exterior floor and wall assemblies. Comply with requirements in Section 26 05 44 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Electrical Raceways and Cabling." 3.8 FIRESTOPPING A. Apply firestopping to electrical penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies to restore original fire-resistance rating of assembly according to Section 07 84 13 "Penetration Fire- stopping." 3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests and Inspections: 1. After installing conductors and cables and before electrical circuitry has been energized, test service entrance and feeder conductors for compliance with requirements. 2. After installing conductors and cables and before electrical circuitry has been energized, test [service entrance and feeder conductors] [and] [conductors] feeding the follow- ing critical equipment and services for compliance with requirements: a. <Insert, in separate subparagraphs, critical equipment and services to be test- ed>. 3. Perform each of the following visual and electrical tests: a. Inspect exposed sections of conductor and cable for physical damage and correct connection according to the single-line diagram. b. Test bolted connections for high resistance using one of the following: 1) A low-resistance ohmmeter. 2) Calibrated torque wrench. 3) Thermographic survey. c. Inspect compression-applied connectors for correct cable match and indentation. d. Inspect for correct identification. e. Inspect cable jacket and condition. f. Insulation-resistance test on each conductor for ground and adjacent conductors with all conductors not under test grounded. Apply a potential of 500 V(dc) for 300 V rated cable and 1000 V(dc) for 600 V rated cable for a one-minute duration. g. Continuity test on each conductor and cable. h. Uniform resistance of parallel conductors. 4. Initial Infrared Scanning: After Substantial Completion, but before Final Acceptance, perform an infrared scan of each splice in conductors No. 3 AWG and larger. Remove Job Number 2240461.00 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 26 05 19 - 13 / 14 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 box and equipment covers so splices are accessible to portable scanner. Correct defi- ciencies determined during the scan. a. Instrument: Use an infrared scanning device designed to measure temperature or to detect significant deviations from normal values. Provide calibration record for de- vice. b. Record of Infrared Scanning: Prepare a certified report that identifies switches checked and that describes scanning results. Include notation of deficiencies de- tected, remedial action taken, and observations after remedial action. 5. Follow-up Infrared Scanning: Perform an additional follow-up infrared scan of each switch 11 months after date of Substantial Completion. B. Cables will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. C. Prepare test and inspection reports to record the following: 1. Procedures used. 2. Results that comply with requirements. 3. Results that do not comply with requirements, and corrective action taken to achieve compliance with requirements. END OF SECTION Job Number 2240461.00 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 26 05 19 - 14 / 14 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 SECTION 26 05 26 - GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Grounding and bonding conductors. 2. Grounding and bonding clamps. 3. Grounding and bonding bushings. 4. Grounding and bonding hubs. 5. Grounding and bonding connectors. 6. Intersystem bonding bridge grounding connector. 7. Grounding and bonding busbars. 8. Signal reference grids. 9. Grounding (earthing) electrodes. 10. Grounding electrode enclosures. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 26 00 10 "Supplemental Requirements for Electrical" specifies additional ab- breviations, definitions, submittals, qualifications, testing agencies, and other Project requirements applicable to Work specified in this Section. 2. Section 26 00 11 "Facility Performance Requirements for Electrical" specifies seismic- load, wind-load, acoustical, and other field conditions applicable to Work specified in this Section. 3. Section 26 41 13 "Lightning Protection for Structures" specifies bonding of lightning protection grounding electrodes to facility grounding electrodes. 4. Section 27 05 28 "Pathways for Communications Systems" specifies additional re- quirements for grounding and bonding of communications raceways, boxes, and cable trays. 5. Section 27 11 00 "Communications Equipment Room Fittings" specifies additional re- quirements for grounding and bonding of communications equipment. Job Number 2240461.00 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 26 - 1 / 25 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Sustainable Design Product Data: 1. <Double click to insert sustainable design text for EPDs and HPDs.> 2. <Double click to insert sustainable design text for lead content.> C. Shop Drawings: Plans showing dimensioned locations of grounding features described in "Field Quality Control for Grounding and Bonding of Electrical Power" Article, including the following: 1. Grounding electrode access enclosures. 2. Grounding electrodes. 3. Grounding arrangements and connections for separately derived systems. 4. <Insert items>. D. Field quality-control reports. 1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: 1. In addition to items specified in Section 26 00 10 "Supplemental Requirements for Electrical," include the following: a. Plans showing locations of grounding features described in "Field Quality Control for Grounding and Bonding of Electrical Power" Article, including the following: 1) Grounding electrode access enclosures. 2) Grounding electrodes. 3) Grounding arrangements and connections for separately derived systems. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GROUNDING AND BONDING CONDUCTORS A. Equipment Grounding Conductor: Job Number 2240461.00 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 26 - 2 / 25 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 1. General Characteristics: 600 V, [THHN/THWN-2] [or] [THWN-2], [copper] [or] [tinned-copper] wire or cable, green color, in accordance with Section 26 05 19 "Low- Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." B. Isolated Equipment Grounding Conductor: 1. General Characteristics: 600 V, [THHN/THWN-2] [or] [THWN-2], [copper] [or] [tinned-copper] wire or cable, green color with one or more yellow stripes, in accord- ance with Section 26 05 19 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." C. ASTM - Bare Copper Grounding and Bonding Conductor: 1. <Double click here to find, evaluate, and insert list of manufacturers and products> 2. Referenced Standards: Complying with one or more of the following: a. Soft or Annealed Copper Wire: ASTM B3. b. Concentric-Lay Stranded Copper Conductor: ASTM B8. c. Tin-Coated Soft or Annealed Copper Wire: ASTM B33. d. 19-Wire Combination Unilay-Stranded Copper Conductor: ASTM B787/B787M. D. UL KDER - Armored Grounding Wire: 1. Description: Single corrosion-resistant copper, aluminum, or copper-clad aluminum conductor within helically formed steel armor. 2. <Double click here to find, evaluate, and insert list of manufacturers and products> 3. Regulatory Requirements: a. Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70, by qualified electrical testing la- boratory recognized by authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended lo- cation and application. 4. Listing Criteria: a. Grounding and Bonding Equipment: UL CCN KDER; including UL 467. E. UL KDSH - Protector Grounding Conductor: Job Number 2240461.00 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 26 - 3 / 25 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 1. Description: Conductors intended to be used for grounding primary protector or metal- lic members of cable sheath in accordance with Chapters 7 and 8 of NFPA 70. 2. <Double click here to find, evaluate, and insert list of manufacturers and products> 3. Regulatory Requirements: a. Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70, by qualified electrical testing la- boratory recognized by authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended lo- cation and application. 4. Listing Criteria: a. Grounding and Bonding Equipment for Communications: UL CCN KDSH; includ- ing UL 467. 5. Options: a. Color: [Light olive gray] [or] [green]. 2.2 GROUNDING AND BONDING CLAMPS A. Description: Clamps suitable for attachment of grounding and bonding conductors to grounding electrodes, pipes, tubing, and rebar. Grounding and bonding clamps specified in this article are also suitable for use with communications applications. B. Source Limitations: Obtain products from single manufacturer. C. Performance Criteria: 1. Regulatory Requirements: a. Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70, by qualified electrical testing la- boratory recognized by authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended lo- cation and application. 2. Listing Criteria: a. Grounding and Bonding Equipment: UL CCN KDER; including UL 467. Job Number 2240461.00 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 26 - 4 / 25 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 b. Grounding and Bonding Equipment for Communications: UL CCN KDSH; includ- ing UL 467. 3. Sustainability Characteristics: a. <Double click to insert sustainable design text for lead content> D. UL KDER and KDSH - Hex-Fitting-Type Pipe and Rod Grounding and Bonding Clamp <Insert drawing designation>: 1. <Double click here to find, evaluate, and insert list of manufacturers and products> 2. General Characteristics: a. Two pieces with [zinc-plated] [stainless steel] bolts. b. Clamp Material: [Silicon bronze] [Die-cast zinc alloy] [Aluminum] [Brass] [Tinned brass]. c. Listed for outdoor use. E. UL KDER and KDSH - U-Bolt-Type Pipe and Rod Grounding and Bonding Clamp <Insert drawing designation>: 1. <Double click here to find, evaluate, and insert list of manufacturers and products> 2. General Characteristics: a. Clamp Material: [Aluminum] [Brass] [Tinned brass]. b. Listed for outdoor use. F. UL KDER and KDSH - Strap-Type Pipe and Rod Grounding and Bonding Clamp <Insert drawing designation>: 1. <Double click here to find, evaluate, and insert list of manufacturers and products> 2. General Characteristics: a. Clamp Material: [Aluminum] [Copper] [Tinned copper] [Galvanized steel]. b. Listed for outdoor use. G. UL KDER - Beam Grounding and Bonding Clamp <Insert drawing designation>: Job Number 2240461.00 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 26 - 5 / 25 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 1. <Double click here to find, evaluate, and insert list of manufacturers and products> 2. General Characteristics: Mechanical-type, terminal, ground wire access from four direc- tions; with dual, tin-plated or silicon bronze bolts. H. UL KDER - Exothermically Welded Connection <Insert drawing designation>: 1. <Double click here to find, evaluate, and insert list of manufacturers and products> 2. General Characteristics: Exothermic-welding kits of types recommended by kit manu- facturer for materials being joined and installation conditions. I. UL KDER - Raised-Floor Signal Reference Grid Clamp <Insert drawing designation>: 1. <Double click here to find, evaluate, and insert list of manufacturers and products> 2. General Characteristics: Mechanical-type, stamped-steel terminal with hex head screw. 2.3 GROUNDING AND BONDING BUSHINGS A. Description: Bonding bushings connect conduit fittings, tubing fittings, threaded metal con- duit, and unthreaded metal conduit to metal boxes and equipment enclosures, and have one or more bonding screws intended to provide electrical continuity between bushing and en- closure. Grounding bushings have provision for connection of bonding or grounding conduc- tor and may or may not also have bonding screws. B. Source Limitations: Obtain products from single manufacturer. C. Performance Criteria: 1. Regulatory Requirements: a. Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70, by qualified electrical testing la- boratory recognized by authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended lo- cation and application. 2. Listing Criteria: a. Grounding and Bonding Equipment: UL CCN KDER; including UL 467. D. UL KDER - Bonding Bushing <Insert drawing designation>: 1. <Double click here to find, evaluate, and insert list of manufacturers and products> Job Number 2240461.00 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 26 - 6 / 25 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 2. General Characteristics: Threaded bushing with insulated throat. E. UL KDER - Grounding Bushing <Insert drawing designation>: 1. <Double click here to find, evaluate, and insert list of manufacturers and products> 2. General Characteristics: Threaded bushing with insulated throat and mechanical-type wire terminal. 2.4 GROUNDING AND BONDING HUBS A. Description: Hubs with certified grounding or bonding locknut. B. Source Limitations: Obtain products from single manufacturer. C. Performance Criteria: 1. Regulatory Requirements: a. Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70, by qualified electrical testing la- boratory recognized by authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended lo- cation and application. 2. Listing Criteria: a. Grounding and Bonding Equipment: UL CCN KDER; including UL 467. D. UL KDER - Grounding and Bonding Hub <Insert drawing designation>: 1. <Double click here to find, evaluate, and insert list of manufacturers and products> 2. General Characteristics: Insulated, gasketed, watertight hub with mechanical-type wire terminal. 2.5 GROUNDING AND BONDING CONNECTORS A. Source Limitations: Obtain products from single manufacturer. B. Performance Criteria: 1. Regulatory Requirements: Job Number 2240461.00 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 26 - 7 / 25 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 a. Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70, by qualified electrical testing la- boratory recognized by authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended lo- cation and application. 2. Listing Criteria: a. Grounding and Bonding Equipment: UL CCN KDER; including UL 467. b. Grounding and Bonding Equipment for Communications: UL CCN KDSH; includ- ing UL 467. C. UL KDER - Pressure-Type Grounding and Bonding Busbar Cable Connector <Insert draw- ing designation>: 1. <Double click here to find, evaluate, and insert list of manufacturers and products> 2. General Characteristics: Copper or copper alloy, for compression bonding of one or more conductor directly to copper busbar. Listed for direct burial. D. UL KDER - Lay-In Lug Mechanical-Type Grounding and Bonding Busbar Terminal <In- sert drawing designation>: 1. <Double click here to find, evaluate, and insert list of manufacturers and products> 2. General Characteristics: Mechanical-type, [aluminum] [copper rated for direct buri- al] terminal with set screw. E. UL KDER - Crimped Lug Pressure-Type Grounding and Bonding Busbar Terminal <Insert drawing designation>: 1. <Double click here to find, evaluate, and insert list of manufacturers and products> 2. General Characteristics: Cast silicon bronze, solderless compression-type wire termi- nals; with long barrel and two holes spaced on 5/8 or 1 inch centers for two-bolt con- nection to busbar. F. UL KDER - Split-Bolt Service-Post Pressure-Type Grounding and Bonding Busbar Termi- nal <Insert drawing designation>: 1. <Double click here to find, evaluate, and insert list of manufacturers and products> 2. General Characteristics: Bolts that surround cable and bond to cable under compression when nut is tightened after assembly is screwed into busbar opening. Job Number 2240461.00 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 26 - 8 / 25 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 G. UL KDER - Crimped Pressure-Type Grounding and Bonding Cable Connector <Insert drawing designation>: 1. <Double click here to find, evaluate, and insert list of manufacturers and products> 2. General Characteristics: Crimp-and-compress connectors that bond to conductor when connector is compressed around conductor. a. [Copper] [Copper alloy] [Tinned copper], C and H shaped. H. UL KDER - Split-Bolt Pressure-Type Grounding and Bonding Cable Connector <Insert drawing designation>: 1. <Double click here to find, evaluate, and insert list of manufacturers and products> 2. General Characteristics: Bolts that surround cable and bond to cable under compression when nut is tightened. a. [Copper] [Copper alloy] [Tinned copper]. I. UL KDER - Signal Reference Grid Grounding and Bonding Connector <Insert drawing designation>: 1. <Double click here to find, evaluate, and insert list of manufacturers and products> 2. General Characteristics: Combination of compression wire connectors, access floor grounding clamps, bronze U-bolt grounding clamps, and copper split-bolt connectors, designed for the purpose. 2.6 INTERSYSTEM BONDING BRIDGE GROUNDING CONNECTORS A. Description: Devices that provide means for connecting communications systems grounding and bonding conductors at service equipment or at disconnecting means for buildings or structures. B. Performance Criteria: 1. Regulatory Requirements: a. Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70, by qualified electrical testing la- boratory recognized by authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended lo- cation and application. Job Number 2240461.00 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 26 - 9 / 25 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 2. Listing Criteria: a. Grounding and Bonding Equipment for Communications: UL CCN KDSH; includ- ing UL 467. C. UL KDSH - One-Piece Intersystem Bonding Bridge Grounding Connector: 1. <Double click here to find, evaluate, and insert list of manufacturers and products> 2. General Characteristics: Zinc-alloy one-piece construction; six terminating points; gan- gable. D. UL KDSH - Two-Piece Intersystem Bonding Bridge Grounding Connector: 1. <Double click here to find, evaluate, and insert list of manufacturers and products> 2. General Characteristics: [Zinc-alloy] [Copper] body and polycarbonate cover; four terminating points. 2.7 GROUNDING AND BONDING BUSBARS A. Description: Miscellaneous grounding and bonding devices that serve as common connec- tion for multiple grounding and bonding conductors. B. Source Limitations: Obtain products from single manufacturer. C. Performance Criteria: 1. Regulatory Requirements: a. Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70, by qualified electrical testing la- boratory recognized by authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended lo- cation and application. 2. Listing Criteria: a. Grounding and Bonding Equipment: UL CCN KDER; including UL 467. 3. Sustainability Characteristics: a. <Double click to insert sustainable design text for lead content> Job Number 2240461.00 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 26 - 10 / 25 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 D. UL KDER - Equipment Room Grounding and Bonding Busbar <Insert drawing designa- tion>: 1. <Double click here to find, evaluate, and insert list of manufacturers and products> 2. General Characteristics: a. Bus: Rectangular bar of annealed copper. b. Mounting Stand-Off Insulators: Lexan or PVC. 1) Comply with UL 891 for use in 600 V switchboards, impulse tested at 5000 V. 3. Options: a. Dimensions: [1/4 by 4 inch] <Insert dimensions> in cross section; length as indi- cated on Drawings. b. Predrilled Hole Pattern: [Complying with BICSI N3 and TIA-607] [9/32 inch holes spaced 1-1/8 inch apart] [Suitable for installing specified grounding and bonding connectors]. c. Mounting Hardware: Stand-off brackets that provide [2 inch] [4 inch] <Insert di- mension> clearance to access rear of bus. Brackets and bolts must be stainless steel. E. UL KDER - Rack and Cabinet Bonding Busbar <Insert drawing designation>: 1. <Double click here to find, evaluate, and insert list of manufacturers and products> 2. General Characteristics: a. Bus: Rectangular bar of hard-drawn solid copper. b. Horizontal Mounting Dimensions: Designed for mounting in [19 inch] [23 inch] wide equipment racks or cabinets. c. Vertical Mounting Dimensions: Designed for mounting in [72 inch] [36 inch] high equipment racks or cabinets. d. Predrilled Hole Pattern: Accepts connectors for grounding and bonding conductor sizes 14 AWG to 2/0 AWG. e. Mounting Hardware: Stainless steel or copper-plated, for attachment to rack. 2.8 SIGNAL REFERENCE GRIDS Job Number 2240461.00 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 26 - 11 / 25 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 A. Description: Means for providing low-impedance path to ground over a large area, approxi- mating an equipotential plan, while simultaneously mitigating large current spikes from faults or lightning. B. Source Limitations: Obtain products from single manufacturer. C. Performance Criteria: 1. Regulatory Requirements: a. Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70, by qualified electrical testing la- boratory recognized by authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended lo- cation and application. 2. Listing Criteria: a. Grounding and Bonding Equipment: UL CCN KDER; including UL 467. D. UL KDER - Mesh-Type Signal Reference Grid <Insert drawing designation>: 1. <Double click here to find, evaluate, and insert list of manufacturers and products> 2. General Characteristics: Conductive metal wire mesh for field-fabrication of grid. a. Wire Size: [8 AWG] [6 AWG] [4 AWG] [2 AWG]. b. Wire Material: [Copper] [Copper-clad steel]. c. Spacing: [4 inch] [8 inch] [12 inch] [24 inch]. d. Welded or brazed intersections. E. UL KDER - Tape-Type Signal Reference Grid <Insert drawing designation>: 1. <Double click here to find, evaluate, and insert list of manufacturers and products> 2. General Characteristics: Conductive copper tape for field-fabrication of grid. a. Copper Tape Dimensions: [16 mil (26 ga.) thick by 2 inch wide] [40 mil (18 ga.) thick by 1.6 inch wide] <Insert dimensions>. b. Spacing: [24 inch] <Insert dimension>. c. Welded or brazed fittings for intersections. 2.9 GROUNDING (EARTHING) ELECTRODES Job Number 2240461.00 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 26 - 12 / 25 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 A. Source Limitations: Obtain products from single manufacturer. B. Performance Criteria: 1. Regulatory Requirements: a. Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70, by qualified electrical testing la- boratory recognized by authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended lo- cation and application. 2. Listing Criteria: a. Grounding and Bonding Equipment: UL CCN KDER; including UL 467. C. UL KDER - Rod Electrode <Insert drawing designation>: 1. <Double click here to find, evaluate, and insert list of manufacturers and products> 2. General Characteristics: [Copper-clad] [Zinc-coated] [Stainless] steel[, sectional type]; [3/4 inch by 10 ft] [5/8 inch by 8 ft]. D. UL KDER - Chemically Charged Rod Electrode <Insert drawing designation>: 1. <Double click here to find, evaluate, and insert list of manufacturers and products> 2. General Characteristics: Copper tube, straight or L-shaped, charged with [nonhazard- ous electrolytic chemical salts] <Insert enhancement material>. a. Termination: Factory-attached 4/0 AWG bare conductor at least 48 inch long. b. Backfill Material: Electrode manufacturer's recommended material. E. UL KDER - Plate Electrode <Insert drawing designation>: 1. <Double click here to find, evaluate, and insert list of manufacturers and products> 2. General Characteristics: 1/4 inch thick, hot-dip galvanized. 2.10 GROUNDING ELECTRODE ENCLOSURES A. Description: Enclosures designed to protect grounding electrodes from damage while providing access for inspection and testing of the grounding system. B. Grounding Electrode Access Well Enclosure <Insert drawing designation>: Job Number 2240461.00 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 26 - 13 / 25 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 1. <Double click here to find, evaluate, and insert list of manufacturers and products.> 2. Source Limitations: Obtain products from single manufacturer. 3. Product Characteristics: a. Well Material: [Concrete] [HDPE] [Schedule 40 PVC]. b. Cover Material: [Cast iron] [Concrete] [HDPE] [Plastic] [Steel]. c. Cover Strength: [Sidewalk or turf use] [Driveway use] <Insert rating>. 4. Required Product Options: a. Round: 1) Nominal Diameter: [8 inch] [9 inch] [10 inch] [12 inch] [13 inch] <Insert dimension>. 2) Nominal Height: [10 inch] [12 inch] [18 inch] [24 inch] [30 inch] [36 inch] [48 inch] <Insert dimension>. 3) Slotted sides for installation after grounding connections made. b. Rectangular: 1) Nominal Width: [2 inch] [12 inch] [13 inch] [17 inch] [36 inch] <Insert dimension>. 2) Nominal Length: [10 inch] [12 inch] [13 inch] [17 inch] [18 inch] [24 inch] [36 inch] [42 inch] <Insert dimension>. 3) Nominal Height: [12 inch] [18 inch] [24 inch] [30 inch] <Insert dimen- sion>. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine facility's grounding electrode system and equipment grounding for compliance with requirements for maximum ground-resistance level and other conditions affecting per- formance of grounding and bonding of electrical system. B. Inspect test results of grounding system measured at point of electrical service equipment connection. Job Number 2240461.00 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 26 - 14 / 25 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 C. Prepare written report, endorsed by Installer, listing conditions detrimental to performance of the Work. D. Proceed with connection of electrical service equipment only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 SELECTION OF GROUNDING AND BONDING PRODUCTS A. Grounding and Bonding Conductors: 1. Provide solid conductor for [8 AWG] <Insert wire size> and smaller, and stranded conductors for [6 AWG] <Insert wire size> and larger unless otherwise indicated. 2. Custom-Length Insulated Equipment Bonding Jumpers: 6 AWG, 19-strand, Type THHN. 3. Bonding Cable: 28 kcmil, 14 strands of 17 AWG conductor, 1/4 inch in diameter. 4. Bonding Conductor: 4 AWG or 6 AWG, stranded conductor. 5. Bonding Jumper: Copper tape, braided conductors terminated with copper ferrules; 1- 5/8 inch wide and 1/16 inch thick. 6. Tinned Bonding Jumper: Tinned-copper tape, braided conductors terminated with cop- per ferrules; 1-5/8 inch wide and 1/16 inch thick. 7. Underground Grounding Conductors: Install bare [tinned-]copper conductor, [2/0 AWG] <Insert wire size> minimum. B. Grounding and Bonding Connectors: 1. Pipe and Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: Bolted connectors. 2. Underground Connections: Welded connectors except at test wells and as otherwise in- dicated. 3. Connections to Ground Rods at Test Wells: Bolted connectors. 4. Connections to Structural Steel: Welded connectors. C. Grounding and Bonding Busbars: Provide in electrical equipment rooms, in rooms housing service equipment, and elsewhere as indicated on Drawings. D. Substation Signal Reference Grid: 1. Unless more stringent requirements are specified in Contract Documents or manufac- turers' published instructions, comply with IEEE C2. Job Number 2240461.00 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 26 - 15 / 25 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 a. Install [8 AWG] [6 AWG] <Insert wire size from fault calculation> bonding conductors below grade in a grid pattern on 2 ft centers. Bond grid conductors with exothermic welds where they cross each other. b. Grid must fill entire area inside equipment yard fence, and extend minimum 6.5 ft outside fence, so someone walking or running outside yard may not touch fence or open gate without first stepping inside grid. c. Bond each metal fence post and gate post to at least two grid conductors. d. Inside grid, bond equipment reinforcing steel inside bases and sidewalks to at least two grid conductors. e. Bond underground metal pipe and conduit passing under grid to nearest grid con- ductor at both ends. E. Signal Reference Grid Tape Mesh: 1. Install tape mesh under floor finish with the following features: a. Tape mesh, 2 inch by 16 mil solid copper, [12 inch] [24 inch] spacing. 3.3 SELECTION OF GROUNDING AND BONDING PRODUCTS FOR COMMUNICATIONS A. Comply with Section 27 05 28 "Pathways for Communications Systems" and Section 27 11 00 "Communications Equipment Room Fittings." 3.4 INSTALLATION OF GROUNDING AND BONDING A. Comply with manufacturer's published instructions. B. Reference Standards: 1. Ground Bonding Common with Lightning Protection System: Comply with NFPA 780 and UL 96 when interconnecting with lightning protection system. Bond electrical power system ground directly to lightning protection system grounding conductor at closest point to electrical service grounding electrode. Use bonding conductor sized same as system grounding electrode conductor, and install in conduit. 2. Consult Architect for resolution of conflicting requirements. C. Special Techniques: 1. Grounding and Bonding Conductors: a. Route along shortest and straightest paths possible unless otherwise indicated or required by Code. Avoid obstructing access or placing conductors where they may be subjected to strain, impact, or damage. Job Number 2240461.00 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 26 - 16 / 25 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 b. Underground Grounding Conductors: 1) Bury at least 30 inch below grade. 2) Duct-Bank Grounding Conductor: Bury 12 inch above duct bank when indi- cated as part of duct-bank installation. 2. Grounding and Bonding Connectors: Make connections so possibility of galvanic action or electrolysis is minimized. Select connectors, connection hardware, conductors, and connection methods so metals in direct contact are galvanically compatible. a. Use electroplated or hot-tin-coated materials to ensure high conductivity and to make contact points closer in order of galvanic series. b. Make connections with clean, bare metal at points of contact. c. Make aluminum-to-steel connections with stainless steel separators and mechani- cal clamps. d. Make aluminum-to-galvanized-steel connections with tin-plated copper jumpers and mechanical clamps. e. Coat and seal connections having dissimilar metals with inert material to prevent future penetration of moisture to contact surfaces. f. Bonding Straps and Jumpers: Install in locations accessible for inspection and maintenance except where routed through short lengths of conduit. 1) Bonding to Structure: Bond straps directly to basic structure, taking care not to penetrate adjacent parts. 2) Bonding to Equipment Mounted on Vibration Isolation Hangers and Sup- ports: Install bonding so vibration is not transmitted to rigidly mounted equipment. 3) Use exothermic-welded connectors for outdoor locations; if disconnect-type connection is required, use bolted clamp. g. Grounding and Bonding for Piping: 1) Metal Water Service Pipe: Install insulated copper grounding conductors, in conduit, from building's main service equipment, or grounding bus, to main metal water service entrances to building. Connect grounding conductors to main metal water service pipes; use bolted clamp connector or bolt lug-type connector to pipe flange by using one of lug bolts of flange. Where dielec- tric main water fitting is installed, connect grounding conductor on street Job Number 2240461.00 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 26 - 17 / 25 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 side of fitting. Bond metal grounding conductor conduit or sleeve to conduc- tor at each end. 2) Water Meter Piping: Use braided-type bonding jumpers to electrically by- pass water meters. Connect to pipe with bolted connector. 3) Bond each aboveground portion of gas piping system downstream from equipment shutoff valve. h. Bonding Interior Metal Ducts: Bond metal air ducts to equipment grounding con- ductors of associated fans, blowers, electric heaters, and air cleaners. Install [tinned ]bonding jumper to bond across flexible duct connections to achieve con- tinuity. i. Grounding for Steel Building Structure: Install driven ground rod at base of each corner column and at intermediate exterior columns at distances not more than 60 ft apart. 3. Grounding and Bonding Busbars: a. Install busbar horizontally, on insulated spacers 2 inch minimum from wall, 6 inch above finished floor unless otherwise indicated. b. Where busbars are indicated on both sides of doorways, route bonding conductor up to top of door frame, across top of doorway, and down; connect to continuation of horizontal busbar. 4. Electrodes: a. Ground Rods: Drive rods until tops are 2 inch below finished floor or final grade unless otherwise indicated. 1) Interconnect ground rods with grounding electrode conductor below grade and as otherwise indicated. Make connections without exposing steel or damaging coating if any. 2) Use exothermic welds for below-grade connections. b. For grounding electrode system, install at least [three] <Insert number> rods spaced at least one-rod length from each other and located at least same distance from other grounding electrodes, and connect to service grounding electrode con- ductor. Job Number 2240461.00 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 26 - 18 / 25 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 c. Test Wells: Ground rod driven through drilled hole in bottom of handhole. Hand- holes are specified in Section 26 05 43 "Underground Ducts and Raceways for Electrical Systems," and must be at least 12 inch deep, with cover. 1) Install at least one test well for each service unless otherwise indicated. In- stall at ground rod electrically closest to service entrance. Set top of test well flush with finished grade or floor. d. Ring Electrode: Install grounding conductor, electrically connected to each build- ing structure ground rod and to each [steel column] [indicated item], extending around perimeter of [building] [area or item indicated]. 1) Install tinned-copper conductor not less than [2/0 AWG] <Insert wire size> for ring electrode and for taps to building steel. 2) Bury ring electrode not less than [24 inch] <Insert dimension> from build- ing's foundation. e. Concrete-Encased Electrode (Ufer Ground): 1) Fabricate in accordance with NFPA 70; use minimum of [20 ft] <Insert dimension> of bare copper conductor not smaller than [4 AWG] <Insert wire size>. a) If concrete foundation is less than [20 ft] <Insert dimension> long, coil excess conductor within base of foundation. b) Bond grounding conductor to reinforcing steel in at least four loca- tions and to anchor bolts. Extend grounding conductor below grade and connect to building's grounding grid or to grounding electrode ex- ternal to concrete. 2) Fabricate in accordance with NFPA 70; using electrically conductive coated steel reinforcing bars or rods, at least 20 ft long. If reinforcing is in multiple pieces, connect together by usual steel tie wires or exothermic welding to create required length. 5. Grounding at Service: Job Number 2240461.00 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 26 - 19 / 25 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 a. Equipment grounding conductors and grounding electrode conductors must be connected to ground busbar. Install main bonding jumper between neutral and ground buses. 6. Grounding Separately Derived Systems: a. Permanent Generators: Install grounding electrode(s) at location of permanent generators having switched neutral connections. Electrode must be connected to equipment grounding conductor and to frame of generator. 7. Grounding Underground Distribution System Components: a. Duct-Bank Grounding Conductor: Bury 12 inch above duct bank when indicated as part of duct-bank installation. b. Comply with IEEE C2 grounding requirements. c. Grounding Manholes and Handholes: Install driven ground rod through manhole or handhole floor, close to wall, and set rod depth so 4 inch will extend above fin- ished floor. If necessary, install ground rod before manhole is placed and provide 1/0 AWG bare, tinned-copper conductor from ground rod into manhole through waterproof sleeve in manhole wall. Protect ground rods passing through concrete floor with double wrapping of pressure-sensitive insulating tape or heat-shrunk in- sulating sleeve from 2 inch above to 6 inch below concrete. Seal floor opening with waterproof, nonshrink grout. d. Grounding Connections to Manhole Components: Bond exposed-metal parts such as inserts, cable racks, pulling irons, ladders, and cable shields within each man- hole or handhole, to ground rod or grounding conductor. Make connections with 4 AWG minimum, stranded, hard-drawn copper bonding conductor. Train conduc- tors level or plumb around corners and fasten to manhole walls. Connect to cable armor and cable shields in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions with splicing and termination kits. e. Pad-Mounted Transformers and Switches: Install two ground rods and ring elec- trode around pad. Ground pad-mounted equipment and noncurrent-carrying metal items associated with substations by connecting them to underground cable and grounding electrodes. Install tinned-copper conductor not less than 2 AWG for ring electrode and for taps to equipment grounding terminals. Bury ring electrode not less than 6 inch from foundation. 8. Equipment Grounding and Bonding: Job Number 2240461.00 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 26 - 20 / 25 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 a. Install insulated equipment grounding conductors with feeders and branch circuits. b. Install insulated equipment grounding conductors with the following items, in ad- dition to those required by NFPA 70: 1) Feeders and branch circuits. 2) Lighting circuits. 3) Receptacle circuits. 4) Single-phase motor and appliance branch circuits. 5) Three-phase motor and appliance branch circuits. 6) Flexible raceway runs. 7) Armored and metal-clad cable runs. 8) Busway Supply Circuits: Install insulated equipment grounding conductor from grounding bus in switchgear, switchboard, or distribution panel to equipment grounding bar terminal on busway. 9) X-Ray Equipment Circuits: Install insulated equipment grounding conductor in circuits supplying x-ray equipment. c. Air-Duct Equipment Circuits: Install insulated equipment grounding conductor to duct-mounted electrical devices operating at 120 V and more, including air clean- ers, heaters, dampers, humidifiers, and other duct electrical equipment. Bond con- ductor to each unit and to air duct and connected metallic piping. d. Water Heater, Heat-Tracing, and Antifrost Heating Cables: Install separate insulat- ed equipment grounding conductor to each electric water heater and heat-tracing cable. Bond conductor to heater units, piping, connected equipment, and compo- nents. e. Isolated Grounding Receptacle Circuits: Install insulated equipment grounding conductor connected to receptacle grounding terminal. Isolate conductor from raceway and from panelboard grounding terminals. Terminate at equipment grounding conductor terminal of applicable derived system or service unless oth- erwise indicated. f. Isolated Equipment Enclosure Circuits: For designated equipment supplied by branch circuit or feeder, isolate equipment enclosure from supply circuit raceway with nonmetallic raceway fitting listed for the purpose. Install fitting where race- way enters enclosure, and install separate insulated equipment grounding conduc- tor. Isolate conductor from raceway and from panelboard grounding terminals. Terminate at equipment grounding conductor terminal of applicable derived sys- tem or service unless otherwise indicated. g. Poles Supporting Outdoor Lighting Fixtures: Bond insulated equipment grounding conductor to equipment grounding terminal inside pole base. h. Metallic Fences: Comply with requirements of IEEE C2. Job Number 2240461.00 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 26 - 21 / 25 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 1) Grounding Conductor: Bare[, tinned] copper, not less than [8 AWG] <In- sert wire size>. 2) Gates: Must be bonded to grounding conductor with flexible bonding jump- er. 3) Barbed Wire: Strands must be bonded to grounding conductor. 9. Fence Grounding: a. Grounding Method: At each grounding location, drive grounding rod vertically un- til top is 6 inch below finished grade. Connect rod to fence with 6 AWG conduc- tor. Connect conductor to each fence component at grounding location. b. Fences greater than 100 ft of Buildings, Structures, Walkways, and Roadways: Ground fence at maximum intervals of [1500 ft] <Insert lesser distance if grounding resistance is high>. c. Fences within 100 ft of Buildings, Structures, Walkways, and Roadways: Ground fence at maximum intervals of [750 ft] <Insert lesser distance if grounding re- sistance is high>. 1) Gates and Other Fence Openings: Ground fence on each side of opening. a) Bond metal gates to gate posts by connecting bonding jumper be- tween gate post and gate frame. b) Bond across openings, with and without gates, except at openings in- dicated as intentional fence discontinuities. Use 2 AWG wire and bury it at least 18 inch below finished grade. d. Protection at Crossings of Overhead Electrical Power Lines: Ground fence at loca- tion of power line crossing and at maximum distance of 150 ft on each side of crossing. e. Bonding to Lightning-Protection System: If fence terminates at lightning-protected building or structure, ground fence and bond fence grounding conductor to light- ning-protection down conductor or lightning-protection grounding conductor, complying with NFPA 780. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR TOWERS AND ANTENNAS A. Special Techniques: 1. Ring Electrode: Buried at least 30 inch below grade and at least 24 inch from base of tower or mounting. Job Number 2240461.00 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 26 - 22 / 25 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 2. Bond each tower base and metallic frame of dish to ring electrode, buried at least 18 inch below grade. 3. Bond ring electrode and antenna bonding conductors to equipment room PBB or SBB, buried at least 30 inch below grade. 4. Bond metal fences located within 6 ft of towers and antennas to ring electrode, buried at least 18 inch below grade. 5. Special Requirements for Roof-Mounted Towers: a. Roof Ring: Meet requirements for ring electrode except conductors must comply with NFPA 780. b. Bond tower base footings steel, SBB in equipment room, and antenna support guys to roof ring. c. Connect roof ring to perimeter conductors of lightning protection system. 6. Special Requirements for Waveguides and Coaxial Cable: a. Bond cable shields at point of entry into building to nearest SBB and to cable en- trance plate, using 2 AWG bonding conductors. b. Bond coaxial cable surge arrester to ring electrode or roof ring using bonding con- ductor size recommended by surge-arrester manufacturer. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL FOR GROUNDING AND BONDING A. Acceptance Testing Preparation: 1. <Insert requirements>. B. Field tests and inspections must be witnessed by [Architect] [Tenant] [authorities having jurisdiction] <Insert names or titles of witnesses>. C. Tests and Inspections: 1. After installing grounding system but before permanent electrical circuits have been en- ergized, test for compliance with requirements. 2. Inspect physical and mechanical condition. Verify tightness of accessible, bolted, elec- trical connections with calibrated torque wrench in accordance with manufacturer's pub- lished instructions. 3. Test completed grounding system at each location where maximum ground-resistance level is specified, at service disconnect enclosure grounding terminal[, at ground test Job Number 2240461.00 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 26 - 23 / 25 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 wells][, and at individual ground rods]. Make tests at ground rods before conductors are connected. a. Measure ground resistance no fewer than two full days after last trace of precipita- tion and without soil being moistened by means other than natural drainage or seepage and without chemical treatment or other artificial means of reducing natu- ral ground resistance. b. Perform tests by fall-of-potential method in accordance with IEEE Std 81. c. Excessive Ground Resistance: If resistance to ground exceeds specified values, no- tify Architect promptly and include recommendations to reduce ground resistance. 4. Prepare dimensioned Drawings locating each test well, ground rod and ground-rod as- sembly, and other grounding electrodes. Identify each by letter in alphabetical order, and key to record of tests and observations. Include number of rods driven and their depth at each location, and include observations of weather and other phenomena that may affect test results. Describe measures taken to improve test results. D. Nonconforming Work: 1. Grounding system will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. 2. Remove and replace defective components and retest. E. Collect, assemble, and submit test and inspection reports. 1. Report measured ground resistances that exceed the following values: a. Power and Lighting Equipment or System with Capacity of 500 kVA and Less: [10 Ω] <Insert ohms>. b. Power and Lighting Equipment or System with Capacity of 500 to 1000 kVA: [5 Ω] <Insert ohms>. c. Power and Lighting Equipment or System with Capacity More Than 1000 kVA: [3 Ω] <Insert ohms>. d. Power Distribution Units or Panelboards Serving Electronic Equipment: [1 Ω] [3 Ω] <Insert ohms>. e. Substations and Pad-Mounted Equipment: [5 Ω] <Insert ohms>. f. Manhole Grounds: [10 Ω] <Insert ohms>. g. <Insert application and maximum ground-resistance>. 3.7 PROTECTION Job Number 2240461.00 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 26 - 24 / 25 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 A. After installation, protect grounding and bonding cables and equipment from construction activities. Remove and replace items that are contaminated, defaced, damaged, or otherwise caused to be unfit for use prior to acceptance by Owner. END OF SECTION Job Number 2240461.00 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 26 - 25 / 25 This page intentionally left blank. PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 SECTION 26 05 30 - FIRESTOPPING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Applicable requirements of Division 26 shall be considered a part of this section and shall have the same force as if printed herein full. B. This document describes the products and execution requirements relating to Firestopping for Electrical Systems. C. Product specifications, general design considerations, and installation guidelines are provided in this document. Typical firestopping installation details will be provided on Drawings as an attachment to this document. If the bid documents are in conflict, the Drawings shall take precedence. The successful Contractor shall meet or exceed all requirements described in this document. 1.2 WORK INCLUDED A. The work included under this Specification consists of furnishing all labor, equipment, materials, supplies and performing all operations necessary to complete the installation. The Contractor will provide and install all of the required material whether specifically addressed in the Specification or not. B. The work shall include, but not be limited to the following: 1. Furnish and install all Firestopping Materials. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 APPROVED PRODUCTS A. Approved Firestopping manufacturer(s) 1. FlameStopper Thru-Wall Fitting - Wiremold Company (Firestop Devices) 2. Tremco Inc. (Firestop Cast in Place Sleeves, Caulks, QuickComm Sleeves, QuickComm Units, Pillows, Putty Pads, Outlet Box Inserts, Silicone, Composite Sheets, Collars, Devices) 3. STI Firestop Products (Firestop Devices, Putties, Caulks, Sealants, etc.) 4. Hilti (Putties, Caulks, Sealants, etc.) 2.2 TYPES OF PRODUCTS A. Firestop Products 1. Intumescent Firestop Sealants and Caulks Job Number 2240461.00 FIRESTOPPING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 30 - 1 / 6 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 2. Acrylic Firestop Sealant and Caulks 3. Silicone Firestop Sealants and Caulks 4. Cast in Place Devices 5. Firestop Putty, Putty Pads 6. Outlet Box Inserts 7. QuickComm Sleeves 8. TREMstop Straps 9. Firestop Collars 10. Wrap Strips 11. Firestop Mortar 12. Firestop Pillows 13. Accessories: Forming/Damming Materials: Mineral Wool, Backer Rod or other type as per manufacturer recommendation. B. Firestop Devices 1. Thru-Wall Fitting (FlameStopper by Wiremold) a. The firestop device box shall be constructed of 16-gauge G90 steel. b. The firestop device intumescent block shall be constructed of a graphite base material with expansion starting at 375 degrees F and an unrestrained expansion between 6 to 12 times. The intumescent block shall be held securely by the box in order to prevent tampering and damage during installation. c. The firestop device shall have doors which can be adjusted to prevent materials from penetrating the device if the device is empty or completely full. The doors shall be constructed of 16-gauge G90 steel with No. 10-32 screws use to adjust opening size. d. The firestop device shall be available for 2" and 4" trade size EMT conduit. e. The firestop device shall be available in safety yellow powder coat, custom colors and an unpainted galvanized finish. 2. Fire Rated Cable Pathway (STI EZ-PATH) a. Fire rated cable pathway device modules shall be comprised of steel raceway with intumescent foam pads allowing 0 - 100% cable fill. 3. Tremco (QuickComm Unit) 24" x 12" or 34" x 18" Job Number 2240461.00 FIRESTOPPING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 30 - 2 / 6 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 a. Fire rated steel frame with an intumescent channel. UL Tested for large openings with 100% visual cable fill. UL Tested for Concrete Floors, Block Walls, Dry Walls and Hollow Core Floors. 4. Tremco (QuickComm Sleeve) a. Fire rated steel sleeve with an intumescent inner sleeve. UL Tested for Concrete Floors, Block Walls, Dry Walls, Hollow Core and Fluted Decks. 2.3 UL CLASSIFICATION A. Thru-Wall Fitting: The firestop device for use in through-penetration firestop systems shall have been examined and tested by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. to UL1479 (ASTM E 814 & ASTM E 84). B. Threaded, Smooth and Split-Sleeve Firestop Devices: Firestopping sealants and devices shall be used together as a firestop system. All firestop systems shall bear a UL Classification system number. C. QuickComm Sleeve: Firestop Sleeve for use in through penetration firestop systems. Shall be tested by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. or a recognized Testing Laboratory for through penetration fire stopping applications. D. QuickComm Unit: Intumescent Firestopping Unit for use in large openings for firestopping for cables, Fiber optic, Power Control, Telecommunications 1. Threaded Firestop System a. Block Wall - W-J-3049 b. Dry Wall - W-L-3138 2. Threaded Firestop System (Vertical) a. Slab - F-A-3010 3. Smooth Firestop System a. Block Wall - W-J-3048 b. Dry Wall - W-L-3137 4. Split-Sleeve Firestop System a. Block Wall - W-J-3047 b. Dry Wall - W-L-3136 5. Tremco QuickComm Sleeve a. Block Wall- C-AJ-0123, C-AJ-2580, C-AJ-3270 Job Number 2240461.00 FIRESTOPPING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 30 - 3 / 6 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 b. Dry Wall- WL-0025, WL-2418, WL-3318 c. Concrete Floor- C-AJ-0123, C-AJ-2580, C-AJ-3270 d. Fluted Deck- C-AJ-0123 e. Hollow Core- C-AJ-0123, C-AJ-2580, C-AJ-3318 6. Tremco QuickComm Unit a. Dry Wall- WL-3319, WL-4070 b. Concrete Floor- F-A-3035, F-A-4006 2.4 FIRESTOPPING SYSTEMS A. Thru-Wall Fitting Firestop System 1. The device shall be classified for use in one-, two-, three-, and four-hour rated gypsum, concrete and block walls and provide an L rating of less than 5 cfm. The device shall also be tested by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. to UL2043 and determined to be suitable for use in air handling spaces. B. Threaded, Smooth and Split-Sleeve Firestop Systems 1. Shall conform to both Flame (F) and Temperature (T) ratings as required by local building codes and as tested by nationally accepted test agencies per ASTM E814 and ASTM E 84 (UL 1479) fire tests in a configuration that is representative of field conditions. 2. The F rating must be a minimum of one (1) hour but not less than the fire resistance rating of the assembly being penetrated. T rating when required by code authority shall be based on measurement of the temperature rise on penetrating item(s). The fire test shall be conducted with a minimum positive pressure differential of 0.01 inches of water column. C. Firestopping materials and systems must be capable of closing or filling through-openings created by the burning or melting of combustible pipes, cable jacketing, or pipe insulation materials. D. Firestopping material shall be asbestos and lead free and shall not incorporate nor require the use of hazardous solvents. E. Firestopping sealants must be flexible, allowing for normal pipe movement. F. Firestopping materials shall not shrink upon drying as evidenced by cracking or pulling back from contact surfaces. G. Firestopping materials shall be moisture resistant, and may not dissolve in water after curing. H. Firestopping material shall be installed inside the cavity of the wall as shown by the annular space requirements in the UL Tested System. Job Number 2240461.00 FIRESTOPPING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 30 - 4 / 6 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONDITIONS REQUIRING FIRESTOPPING A. General 1. Provide firestopping for conditions specified whether or not firestopping is indicated, and if indicated, whether such material is designed as insulation, safing, or otherwise. B. Through-Penetrations 1. Firestopping shall be installed in all open penetrations and in the annular space in all penetrations in any bearing or non-bearing fire-rated barrier. C. Membrane-Penetrations 1. Where required by code, all membrane-penetrations in rated walls shall be protected with firestopping products that meet ASTM E 814 and ASTM E 84 Test requirements. D. Smoke-Stopping 1. As required by the other sections, smoke-stops shall be provided for through- penetrations, membrane-penetrations, and construction gaps with a material approved for the ASTM E 136 Standards. 3.2 EXAMINATION A. Examine the areas and conditions where firestops are to be installed and notify the Architect of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Verify that environmental conditions are safe and suitable for installation of firestop products. C. Verify that all pipes, conduit, cable, and other items that penetrate fire-rated construction have been permanently installed prior to installation of firestops. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. General 1. Through Penetration firestop submittals showing each UL Rated Assembly shall be located in the general Contractor’s trailer for Inspection purposes. 2. Installation of firestops shall be performed by an applicator/installer qualified and trained by the manufacturer. Written documentation stating training done on the specific project shall be supplied to the General Contractor for inspection purposes. Installation shall be performed in strict accordance with manufacturer’s detailed installation procedures. Job Number 2240461.00 FIRESTOPPING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 30 - 5 / 6 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 3. Apply firestops in accordance with UL Tested Systems, fire resistance requirements, acceptable sample installations, and manufacturer’s recommendations. 4. Unless specified and approved, all insulation used in conjunction with through- penetrants shall remain intact and undamaged and may not be removed. 5. Seal holes and penetrations to ensure an effective smoke seal. In areas of high traffic, protect firestopping materials from damage. If the opening is large, install firestopping materials capable of supporting the weight of a human. a. Insulation types specified in other sections shall not be installed in lieu of firestopping material specified herein. b. All combustible penetrants (e.g. non-metallic pipes or insulated metallic pipes) shall be firestopped using products and systems tested in a configuration representative of the field condition. B. Dam Construction 1. When required to properly contain firestopping materials within openings, damming or packing materials may be utilized. Combustible damming material must be removed after appropriate curing. Noncombustible damming materials may be left as a permanent component of the firestop system. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Preconstruction meeting shall take place to address firestopping systems to be installed. B. Prepare and install firestopping systems in accordance with UL Tested System and manufacturer’s printed instructions and recommendations. C. Follow safety procedures recommended in the Material Safety Data Sheets. D. Finish surfaces of firestopping that are to remain exposed in the completed work to a uniform and level condition. E. All areas of work must be accessible until inspection by the applicable Code Authorities. F. Correct unacceptable firestops and provide additional inspection to verify compliance with this Specification. 3.5 CLEANING A. Remove spilled and excess materials adjacent to firestopping without damaging adjacent surfaces. B. Leave finished work in a neat and clean condition with no evidence of spillovers or damage to adjacent surfaces. END OF SECTION Job Number 2240461.00 FIRESTOPPING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 30 - 6 / 6 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 SECTION 26 05 33 - CONDUIT AND RACEWAYS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. This section covers the complete interior and exterior conduit system. B. All work specified herein shall be accomplished in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 26 00 00 - Electrical General. 1.2 STANDARDS A. Industry Standards 1. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL) Publications a. No. 1: Standard for Flexible Metal Conduit b. No. 6: Standard for Rigid Metal Conduit c. No. 467: Standard for Grounding and Bonding Equipment d. No. 651: Standard for Schedule 40 and 80 Rigid PVC Conduit e. No. 797: Electrical Metallic Tubing - Steel f. No. 1242: Standard for Electrical Intermediate Metal Conduit - Steel 2. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) a. C-80.1: Rigid Galvanized Conduit b. C-80.3: Electrical Metallic Tubing 1.3 WORK INCLUDED A. The work under this section shall include all labor, materials, accessories, services and equipment necessary to furnish and install conduits and raceways, complete, as indicated on the Drawings and as specified herein. B. Other manufacturers of equal quality and performance may be submitted to the Engineer for review. When substitution of equipment is made, the Contractor shall be responsible for the costs of any item and engineering and construction revisions necessary in his or any other contract or trade that may be required to satisfy plans and specifications. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Approved Manufacturers 1. Metallic Conduit Fittings a. Thomas and Betts Job Number 2240461.00 CONDUIT AND RACEWAYS 26 05 33 - 1 / 11 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 b. Appleton c. RACO d. Crouse Hinds e. Steel City 2. Support Channel a. Unistrut b. Kindorf 3. Non-metallic Conduit Fittings a. Carlon b. Georgia Pipe Company 4. Rigid, IMC or Flexible Conduit a. Allied b. Republic c. Triangle d. Wheatland e. Youngstown f. Southwire 5. Flexible Conduit (PVC Conduit) a. Anaconda “Sealtite” b. Robroy c. Southwire 6. Electrical Metallic Tubing a. Steeltubes b. National c. Wheatland d. Allied e. Triangle f. Youngstown 7. Plastic PVC a. Carlon b. Georgia Pipe Company 8. Pull Box Manufacturer(s) a. Hoffman Job Number 2240461.00 CONDUIT AND RACEWAYS 26 05 33 - 2 / 11 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 b. OZ Gedney c. Or Approved Equal 9. Approved Marker Tape Manufacturer(s) a. William Frick & Associates b. Or Approved Equal 10. Approved Maintenance Hole/Handhole Manufacturer(s) a. Old Castle b. Pencell (Handholes Only) c. Quazite (Handholes Only) d. Or Approved Equal 11. Approved Conduit Plug/Cap Manufacturer(s) a. Jack Moon b. Or Approved Equal 2.2 CONDUIT FITTINGS A. Electrical metallic tubing (EMT) couplings and connectors shall be steel. Malleable iron, pressure cast or die cast fittings are not permitted. B. Fittings and couplings shall be set-screw type and/or compression type per 3.1 13. Steel set screw type for 2.5" conduit and larger shall have 2 screws for connectors and 4 screws for couplings. All connectors shall be insulated throat type. C. Rigid steel and IMC couplings and connectors shall be standard threaded couplings, locknuts, bushings and elbows. All materials shall be steel. Erickson-type couplings may be used to complete a conduit run. 2.3 NON-METALLIC CONDUIT AND FITTINGS A. Non-metallic conduit shall be heavy wall, Schedule 40 PVC. B. Couplings and connectors for non-metallic conduit shall be of the same material and be the product of the same manufacturer of the conduit furnished. C. PVC conduit for concrete encasement shall be Type DB, UL Labeled for 90 degrees C cables. Fittings shall be Type DB, solvent type, and from the same manufacturer as the conduit. D. Concrete shall have a minimum strength of 2,500 psi at 28 days. 2.4 CONDUIT SUPPORT A. Individual conduit hangers shall be galvanized spring steel specifically designed for the purpose and sized appropriately for the conduit type and diameter. Support individual conduits 1-1/2" and smaller with 1/4" threaded steel rods and use 3/8" rods for 2" and larger. Job Number 2240461.00 CONDUIT AND RACEWAYS 26 05 33 - 3 / 11 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 B. Conduit support channels shall be 14-gauge galvanized (or equivalent treatment) channel sized for the amount of conduit to be supported. Channel suspension shall be 3/8" threaded steel rods. Conduit straps shall be spring steel type compatible with channel. C. Conduit straps shall be single-hole cast metal type or two-hole galvanized metal type. Conduit clamps shall be spring steel type for use with exposed structural steel. D. Conduit run on roof shall be supported at intervals not exceeding 10 feet using supports by Dura-blok db10, or equal. 2.5 RIGID METALLIC CONDUIT, INTERMEDIATE METALLIC CONDUIT, AND ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING A. Rigid metallic conduit and intermediate metallic conduit shall be steel and standard thread. B. Electrical metallic tubing (EMT) shall be steel. 2.6 RIGID METALLIC, INTERMEDIATE METALLIC, AND FLEXIBLE CONDUIT AND FITTINGS A. Rigid metallic conduit and intermediate metallic conduit shall be steel and standard thread. B. Flexible conduit shall be steel or aluminum type classified for system grounding. C. Connectors for flexible conduit shall be insulated throat type rated as suitable for system ground continuity. D. Flexible conduit used for other than connections to lighting fixtures shall not be less than 1/2" trade size. 3/8" flexible conduit may be used for connection to lighting fixtures when sized according to the National Electrical Code. E. Flexible conduit used in damp or wet locations shall be liquid tight. 2.7 PULL BOXES A. Pull boxes shall be constructed of galvanized steel with flat, removable covers fastened with plated steel screws. B. Pull boxes shall be equipped with keyhole screw slots in the cover to permit removal of the cover without extracting the screws. C. Pull boxes shall have provisions for grounding. 2.8 MAINTENANCE HOLES/HANDHOLES A. Maintenance Holes 1. Maintenance holes shall be pre-cast or cast in place concrete with a strength of 3,500 psi at 28 days, and steel reinforced. Job Number 2240461.00 CONDUIT AND RACEWAYS 26 05 33 - 4 / 11 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 2. Maintenance holes shall include a cast iron frame with cover, a hot dipped galvanized steel ladder, and hot dipped galvanized pulling eyes embedded in the concrete opposite each duct entrance and in the floor beneath the cover. 3. Maintenance holes shall be equipped with grounding busbar. 4. Maintenance holes shall be equipped with racking for cable storage. 5. Ground splices and connections at maintenance holes shall be exothermic welds, copper or bronze compression ground fittings, or bolted compression ring lugs. 6. The cover for electrical maintenance holes shall have the lettering, “POWER” or “ELECTRIC.” 7. The cover for low voltage maintenance holes shall have the lettering, “COMMUNICATIONS.” B. Handholes 1. Handholes shall be non-conductive and shall not require grounding for safety. Handholes shall be unaffected by freeze/thaw and resistant to sunlight and chemicals. Handholes shall be pre-cast polymer concrete, heavy duty rated and bottomless. 2. Handholes shall be equipped with racking for cable storage. 3. Electrical handholes shall have the word “POWER” or “ELECTRIC” molded in the cover by the manufacturer. The cover shall be attached with penta-head stainless steel bolts. 4. Low voltage handholes shall have the word “COMMUNICATIONS” molded in the cover by the manufacturer. The cover shall be attached with penta-head stainless steel bolts. 5. Handholes shall be able to withstand 10,000 lbs minimum. 6. See Drawings for handhole dimensions and locations. 2.9 CONDUIT PLUGS/CAPS A. Conduit Plugs/Caps 1. Conduit plugs shall provide a watertight seal at expose ends of conduits. 2. Conduit plugs shall be conduit size specific. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General Job Number 2240461.00 CONDUIT AND RACEWAYS 26 05 33 - 5 / 11 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 1. Minimum size for electrical conduits shall be 1/2" trade size. 2. Minimum size for low voltage conduits shall be 3/4" trade size. 3. Conceal all conduits, except in unfinished spaces such as equipment rooms or as indicated by symbol on the drawings. 4. Leave all empty conduits with a 200-pound test nylon cord pull line. 5. Flattened, dented, or deformed conduits are not permitted and shall be removed and replaced. 6. Fasten conduit support device to structure with wood screws on wood, toggle bolts on hollow masonry, anchors as specified on solid masonry or concrete, and machine bolts, clamps, or spring steel clips, on steel. 7. Protect conduits against dirt, plaster, and foreign debris with conduit caps or plugs, which shall remain in place until all masonry is complete. Protect conduit stub-ups during construction from damage, any damage conduits shall not be used and are to be replaced. 8. All feeder conduits shall be cleared of any dirt, foreign debris, etc. 9. Install conduit with wiring, including homeruns as indicated on the drawings. Any change resulting in a savings in labor or materials is to be made only in accordance with a Contract change. Deviations shall be made only where necessary to avoid interferences and when approved by Engineer by written authorization. 10. Conduits which penetrate roof membranes shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations and architectural specifications. 11. Seal all conduits entering building from below grade, all conduits entering refrigerated spaces i.e. freezers and coolers, and all conduits entering exterior mounted electrical equipment with insulating electrical putty to prevent entrance of moisture. 12. Separate raceway systems are to be installed for power systems and for control, signal and communications systems. Do not install control, signal or communications cables in the same raceways as branch circuit or feeders cables, unless indicated otherwise on the drawings. 13. Conduit fittings shall be set screw type for dry, indoor environments. Conduit fittings shall be gland and ring compression type for all conduit exposed to outdoor environments or wet locations. 14. Conduit shall be run parallel or at right angles to walls, ceilings, and structural members. 15. Support conduits at intervals not exceeding ten feet and within three feet of each outlet, junction box, fitting, panelboard, enclosure or cabinet. Support conduits from structural Job Number 2240461.00 CONDUIT AND RACEWAYS 26 05 33 - 6 / 11 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 steel members with spring steel type or beam conduit clamps and to non-metallic structural members with one-hole conduit straps. For exposed conduits and where conduits must be suspended below structure, single conduit runs shall be supported from structure by hanger rod and conduit clamp assembly, and multiple conduits shall be supported by trapeze type support suspended from structure. Do not attach conduits to ceiling suspension system channels or suspension wires. 16. Attach feeder conduits larger than one inch trade diameter to or from structure on intervals not exceeding twelve feet with conduit beam clamps, one-hole conduit straps or trapeze type support. 17. Where conduits must pass through structural members obtain approval of Architect. 18. Install all conduits or sleeves penetrating or routed within rated fire walls or fire floors to maintain fire rating of wall or floor. Conduit shall not be installed in rated floors or walls if it compromises or violates the fire rating of floor or wall. Refer to architectural documents. 19. Provide expansion and deflection coupling where conduit passes over a building expansion joint. 20. Keep raceways at least 6 inches away from parallel runs of flues and steam or hot-water pipes. Install horizontal raceway runs above water and steam piping. 21. Telephone and signal system raceways: 2" trade size and smaller: In addition to above requirements, install raceways in maximum lengths of 150 feet and with a maximum of two 90-degree bends or equivalent. Separate lengths with pull or junction boxes where necessary to comply with these requirements. B. Uses Permitted 1. Conduits installed within concrete floor slabs shall be galvanized rigid steel (GRS), intermediate metal conduit (IMC), Schedule 40, heavy wall PVC, or electrical non- metallic tubing (ENT). 2. Conduit run exterior exposed: Galvanized rigid steel (GRS) or intermediate metal conduit (IMC). 3. Conduits in direct contact with earth shall be Schedule 40, heavy wall PVC. Elbows for underground conduits greater than 200' in length shall be galvanized rigid steel (GRS), or electrical metallic tubing (EMT) if elbows are concrete encased. Service entrance conduits installed exposed, or concealed in walls or above ceilings, shall be galvanized rigid steel (GRS) or intermediate metal conduit (IMC). Unless indicated otherwise, service entrance conduits shall be installed “outside” of the building as defined by the NEC. Provide concrete encasement where required or as indicated on drawings. 4. All other conduit, unless specified herein, not permitted in accordance with the NEC, or otherwise indicated on the drawings, shall be electrical metallic tubing (EMT). PVC Job Number 2240461.00 CONDUIT AND RACEWAYS 26 05 33 - 7 / 11 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 conduit is not allowed in exposed or concealed areas, but only within concrete or below grade. Feeder or branch circuit conduits that emerge from a floor slab in an exposed location shall be galvanized rigid steel (GRS), electrical metallic tubing (EMT) or intermediate metal conduit (IMC). Where conduits emerge from a floor slab in a concealed location (a wall cavity or above ceiling), PVC elbows are permitted, provided that a conduit adaptor for steel conduit is installed at the nearest point at the slab. 5. Use flexible conduit for connections to motors, dry type transformers, electrical duct heaters, unit heaters, bus duct tap devices, flush mounted lighting fixtures, and any vibrating equipment. a. Flexible conduit used for connection of motors, dry type transformers, electric duct heaters, unit heaters, and bus duct tap devices shall not exceed 36 inches in length. b. Flexible conduit from outlet box to flush mounted lighting fixture shall not exceed 6 feet in length. c. Maintain ground continuity through flexible conduit with green equipment grounding conductor; do not use flexible conduit for ground continuity. d. Flexible conduit installed within plenum spaces shall be limited to lengths not exceeding 4 feet. e. Liquid tight flexible conduit shall be used to connect equipment in exterior, damp or wet locations. 6. All conduit from the fire pump controller to the fire pump shall be either galvanized rigid steel (GRS) or liquid tight flexible conduit. C. Below Grade Raceway Installations 1. Install top of conduits 2 inches minimum below bottom of building slabs. D. Raceway Installations within Concrete 1. Conduit shall be run following the most direct route between points. 2. Conduit shall not be installed in concrete where the outside diameter is larger than 1/3 of the slab thickness. 3. Conduits shall not be installed within shear walls unless specifically indicated on the drawings. Conduit shall not be run directly below and parallel with load bearing walls. 4. Protect all conduits entering and leaving concrete floor slabs from physical damage during construction. 5. Provide expansion fittings in all conduits that pass through building expansion joints. 3.2 PULL BOXES Job Number 2240461.00 CONDUIT AND RACEWAYS 26 05 33 - 8 / 11 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 A. Pull boxes shall be secured, independent of the conduit entries into the box. Pull boxes shall be secured to the building structure. In ceiling applications, pull boxes shall not be supported with ceiling wires. B. Conduits entering pull boxes shall connect to pull boxes using die-cast zinc connectors. C. Pull boxes shall be free from burrs, dirt and debris. 3.3 MAINTENANCE HOLES/HANDHOLES A. Maintenance holes/handholes shall be installed on a base of pea gravel at least 12 inches deep. B. Tops of maintenance holes/handholes shall be level with the existing grade. C. Ducts should enter as perpendicular to the wall surface as possible. D. Maintenance holes shall be grounded with four 3/4-inch diameter by 8-foot-long ground rods, one driven inside of the maintenance hole at each corner. Connect the ground rods and any duct bank ground conductors together with a No. 4/0 AWG bare, stranded copper ground wire loop. A No. 2 AWG bare stranded copper pigtail from the ground wire loop shall be used to ground the maintenance hole cover frame, ladder support bracket, any metallic concrete inserts and metallic cable racks, and the shields of any cables that are spliced in the maintenance hole. 3.4 CONDUIT PLUGS/CAPS A. Protect conduits against dirt, plaster, and foreign debris with conduit plugs. Plugs shall remain in place until ready for use. B. Simplex, triplex or quadplex duct plugs shall be installed in conduits to house and seal cables. 3.5 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR INTERIOR LOW VOLTAGE CONDUITS A. Conduit runs shall not have more than two (2) 90-degree bends between pull points. B. Communications conduit system shall contain no condulets (also known as an LB). C. Horizontal Conduits 1. Support horizontal conduits at intervals not exceeding ten feet and within three feet of each outlet, junction box, backboard, enclosure or cabinet. Support conduits from structural steel members with spring steel type or beam conduit clamps and to non- metallic structural members with one-hole conduit straps. For exposed conduits and where conduits must be suspended below structure, single conduit runs shall be supported from structure by hanger rod and conduit clamp assembly, and multiple conduits shall be supported by trapeze type support suspended from structure. Do not attach conduits to ceiling suspension system channels or suspension wires. Job Number 2240461.00 CONDUIT AND RACEWAYS 26 05 33 - 9 / 11 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 2. For runs that total more than 100 feet in length, insert pull boxes so that no segment between boxes exceeds the 100 feet limit. 3. Each horizontal home-run conduit can serve from one (1) to three (3) outlet boxes. For one (1) outlet box, a 3/4" conduit shall be used, minimum. For two (2) outlet boxes, a 1" conduit shall be used, minimum. For three (3) outlet boxes, a 1-1/4" conduit shall be used, minimum. 3.6 REQUIREMENTS FOR OUTSIDE PLANT LOW VOLTAGE CONDUITS A. Duct Banks 1. Duct banks shall be sloped downward toward maintenance holes/handholes and away from buildings a minimum of 6 inches per 100 feet. Duct banks shall not route water from maintenance holes/handholes into buildings. Duct banks shall not contain traps between maintenance holes/handholes where water may accumulate. 2. Where power and communications duct banks run in parallel, they shall be separated by a minimum of 12 inches. 3. Where duct banks enter maintenance holes or buildings, they shall be constructed as integral to the wall. 4. Duct bank shall extend to the inside surfaces of the walls, and the duct bank reinforcing shall be integrated with the wall reinforcing. 5. Bell ends shall be provided on ducts where the ducts enter maintenance holes or buildings. 6. Direct buried ducts and fittings shall have bend radii greater than the minimum bend radii of the cables enclosed, and shall not be smaller than the radii of standard manufactured elbows. 7. Direct buried ducts shall be installed parallel to or at right angles to building lines and site features, and as close to curbs and sidewalks as possible to avoid interferences with future landscaping. 8. Where direct buried PVC ducts cannot be buried deep enough to meet the NEC minimum cover requirements, rigid steel conduits shall be installed instead, or a concrete cover shall be poured over the ducts. 9. An orange detectable marker tape (for communications) shall be buried in the backfill approximately 12 inches above duct banks or direct buried cables for the entire length of the duct run. 10. A flexible mandrel and a stiff bristled brush shall be pulled through the ducts to clean them prior to cable pulling. 11. Ducts shall be identified in the maintenance holes and at both ends. Job Number 2240461.00 CONDUIT AND RACEWAYS 26 05 33 - 10 / 11 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 B. Additional OSP Conduit Requirements 1. Install a #14 AWG tracer wire in one conduit for the entire length of each duct run. 2. Below Grade Conduit Installations a. Install top of conduits 24 inches minimum below finished grade. b. Install top of conduits 6 inches minimum below bottom of building slabs. 3. For runs that total more than 400 feet in length, insert handholes/maintenance holes so that no segment exceeds the 400 feet limit. END OF SECTION Job Number 2240461.00 CONDUIT AND RACEWAYS 26 05 33 - 11 / 11 This page intentionally left blank. PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 SECTION 26 05 34 - OUTLET BOXES AND JUNCTION BOXES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. All work specified herein shall be accomplished in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 26 00 00 - Electrical General. 1.2 WORK INCLUDED A. The work under this section shall include all labor, materials, accessories, services and equipment necessary to furnish and install outlet and junction boxes, complete, as indicated on the Drawings and as specified herein. B. Equipment schedules and specifications are based on the one manufacturer listed in the schedule. Other manufacturers of equal quality and performance may be submitted to the Engineer for review. When substitution of equipment is made the Contractor shall be responsible for the costs of any item and engineered and construction revisions necessary in his or any other contract or trade that may be required to satisfy plans and specifications. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Sheet Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: NEMA OS 1. B. Cast-Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: NEMA FB 1, Type FD, with gasketed cover. C. Nonmetallic Outlet and Device Boxes: NEMA OS 2. D. Small Sheet Metal Pull and Junction Boxes: NEMA OS 1. E. Cast-Metal Pull and Junction Boxes: NEMA FB 1, cast aluminum with gasketed cover. F. Hinged-Cover Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 1, with continuous hinge cover and flush latch. 1. Metal Enclosures: Steel, finished inside and out with manufacturer’s standard enamel. 2. Nonmetallic Enclosures: Plastic, finished inside with radio-frequency-resistant paint. G. Cabinets: NEMA 250, Type 1, galvanized steel box with removable interior panel and removable front, finished inside and out with manufacturer’s standard enamel. Hinged door in front cover with flush latch and concealed hinge. Key latch to match panelboards. Include metal barriers to separate wiring of different systems and voltage and include accessory feet where required for freestanding equipment. 1.4 JOB CONDITIONS A. Protection: Anchor boxes securely to formwork. Provide necessary protection to prevent entry of concrete. Job Number 2240461.00 OUTLET BOXES AND JUNCTION BOXES 26 05 34 - 1 / 6 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 B. Sequencing, Scheduling: Locations of outlets shown on the Drawings are relative and approximate. Exact locations shall be determined on the job and the outlets accurately set according to the architectural drawings, dimensions, casework kneespace, building conditions, furniture positions and Architect’s direction. The right is reserved to change the exact location (10'-0" or less) of any switch, ceiling outlet or other outlet in any room before it is permanently installed without increase in Contract cost. C. All outlet boxes and junction boxes shall be accessible. Any boxes in non-accessible areas (furred ceilings) shall be set flush with barrier surface at a location approved by the Architect. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: National Electric Products Company, Thomas & Betts/Steel City, Appleton or Raco. 2.2 OUTLET BOXES A. Standard Outlet Boxes: Boxes and covers shall be galvanized steel not less than 1/16" thick and in every instance, of such form and dimensions as to be adapted to its specific use and location, kind of fixtures to be used and number, size and arrangement of conduits connecting thereto and particularly sized to accommodate the number and size of wires to be contained therein. B. Ceiling outlet boxes shall be 1-1/2" or 3-3/8" deep, 4" octagonal (or 4" square when required due to number of wires). Plaster rings or device covers need not be provided on ceiling boxes. Provide extension rings on ceiling boxes to accommodate number of conductors in box. C. Wall outlet boxes for toggle switches and convenience outlets shall be 1-1/2" or 2-1/8" deep, 4" or 4-11/16" square. Provide with single-device covers (or two-device covers where needed). Covers shall be raised type to compensate for thickness of plaster or gypsum board wall finish. D. Outlet boxes for telecommunication purposes (telephone, data, etc.) shall be 4" x 4" square, 21/8" deep. Provide with single device covers (or two device covers where needed). Covers shall be raised type to compensate for thickness of plaster or gypsum board wall finish. E. Junction boxes shall be as specified for ceiling and wall outlet boxes. Provide flat covers on ceiling outlets to match ceiling finish. Provide blank device type coverplates on wall outlets, of same materials as specified for device coverplates in same room or area. F. Outlet boxes where exposed rigid conduit is used shall be cast ferrous alloy, galvanized or cast aluminum. Job Number 2240461.00 OUTLET BOXES AND JUNCTION BOXES 26 05 34 - 2 / 6 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 G. Covers: Where outlet boxes are to be capped, blank coverplates shall be used. H. Barriers: Provide barriers between devices operating at different voltages or on separate systems such as normal, critical, or life safety. 2.3 FLOOR BOXES A. Product Description 1. Floor boxes for receptacles and telephone/data outlets shall be rectangular, non-metallic PVC. Boxes shall be suitable for use in slab-on-grade or above grade. Boxes shall include a non-metallic concrete cover to prohibit concrete or debris from entering the box during installation. 2. Provide number of compartments as indicated on drawings. 3. Coverplates and flanges shall be brass. 4. Floor box device covers shall meet UL 514C requirements for scrubwater test standards. B. Manufacturer 1. Hubbell PFBRG Series 2. Walker/Wiremold 880MP Series 3. Thomas & Betts 640P Series C. For poke-thru devices, refer to 2.4 D of Section 26 27 26 - Wiring Devices. 2.4 PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES A. Pull and Junction boxes are not completely indicated. They shall be sized and installed where required in accordance with the NEC. B. Pull and Junction boxes shall be the suitable NEMA type number to match the environmental conditions. C. Locations of concealed pull and junction boxes shall be indicated on the record as built drawings for Owner’s record. 2.5 CABINETS, FITTINGS, BOXES: GENERAL A. Cabinets shall be in accordance with UL 50, “Electrical Cabinets and Boxes” and NEMA 250, Type 1. Electrical cabinets, boxes and fittings shall be as required for types, sizes, and NEMA enclosure classes. Where not indicated, provide units of types, sizes, and classes appropriate for the use and location. Provide all items complete with covers and accessories required for the intended use. Provide gaskets for units in damp or wet locations. Job Number 2240461.00 OUTLET BOXES AND JUNCTION BOXES 26 05 34 - 3 / 6 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 B. Construction shall be sheet steel, NEMA 1 class except as otherwise indicated. Cabinets shall consist of a box and a front consisting of a 1-piece frame and a hinged door. Arrange door to close against a rabbet placed all around the inside edge of the frame, with a uniformly close fit between door and frame. Provide concealed fasteners, not over 24" apart, to hold fronts to cabinet boxes and provide for adjustment. Provide flush or concealed door hinges not over 24" apart and not over 6" from top and bottom of door. For flush cabinets, make the front approximately 3/4" larger than the box all around. For surface mounted cabinets make from same height and width as box. Furnish metal barriers to separate wiring of different systems and voltage, and furnish accessory feet where required for freestanding equipment. C. Fasteners for general use shall be corrosion resistant screws and hardware including cadmium and zinc plated items. D. Fasteners for damp and wet locations shall be stainless steel screws and hardware. E. Exterior finish shall be gray baked enamel for items exposed in finished locations except as otherwise indicated. F. Painted interior finish, where indicated, shall be white baked enamel. G. Fittings for boxes, cabinets, and enclosures shall be in accordance with UL 5148 and shall be zinc plated steel for conduit hubs, bushings and box connectors. 2.6 UNDERGROUND PULL/JUNCTION BOXES A. Unless noted otherwise, underground enclosures shall be fiberglass, open-bottom and slopedwall. Covers shall be polymer concrete. Boxes shall be installed in areas expected to experience only light incidental, non-deliberate vehicular traffic (including that from mowers). B. Enclosures shall meet the load requirements and three-point test procedures specified in the industry standard ANSI SCTE 77 2007. Enclosures shall meet the Tier 8 cover load test (for light traffic) of 12,000 lbs. over a 10" x 10" plate. C. Manufacturer’s guidelines shall be followed for installation, including 6" gravel bed beneath box for stability and drainage. Concrete collar shall be poured around enclosure to protect the ring and top from impact due to soil erosion. D. Manufacturer 1. Highline Products 2. OZ-Gedney PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION Job Number 2240461.00 OUTLET BOXES AND JUNCTION BOXES 26 05 34 - 4 / 6 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 A. The location of all wall outlets, including light fixtures, receptacles, switches, etc., shall be checked to see that the outlet will clear any wall fixture, shelving, work tables, sinks, baseboard and fin type convectors, bulletin boards, etc., that will be installed. B. Exact locations of outlet boxes shall be coordinated with other trades so that outlet will not be covered by ductwork, piping, etc. C. The approximate locations of outlets are indicated on the Drawings. The exact locations shall be determined at the building. The right is reserved to change, without additional cost, the exact location of any outlet, a maximum of 10' before it is permanently installed. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Architectural Placement: Outlets occurring in architectural features shall be accurately centered in same. Space wall switch outlets equidistant from door trims on the strike side of doors as actually installed so that coverplate clears trim. Orientation of outlet boxes (horizontal or vertical) shall be as indicated on architectural elevations. B. Install all outlet boxes in finished areas flush with wall or ceiling finish. Maintain 1/4" or less space between outlet box front and finish wall surface. C. All switches at same level shall be installed on one horizontal line as shown on the Drawings. D. Wall mounted controls, including temperature controls, in a room shall be grouped at the same location and at same mounting heights. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. At all concealed outlets for electric lights, switches, wall receptacles, etc., standard outlet boxes and plaster rings shall be provided. B. Outlet boxes shall be firmly anchored in place and shall be provided with approved fixture studs where required. Outlet boxes shall not depend on the coverplate to hold it secure to the wall. C. Boxes on opposite sides of walls or partitions: Where drawings show back-to-back wiring devices, the devices on opposite sides of the wall shall be offset a minimum of 6". Through- thewall type boxes shall not be used. Where boxes will be located on opposite sides of walls or partitions located 24" or closer to each other, moldable putty pads shall be installed to completely cover the exterior surfaces of the box within the stud cavity with a ball of putty material used to plug the end of each conduit at its connection to the box. D. All holes cut through new or existing smoke or fire partitions shall be sealed. Sealant shall be 3M Brand Fire Barrier System or approved equal. Seals shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. Job Number 2240461.00 OUTLET BOXES AND JUNCTION BOXES 26 05 34 - 5 / 6 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 E. All flush boxes in rated walls that are larger than 16 square inches in area shall be backed as follows: 1-hour wall - 1 layer of 5/8" gypsum board; 2-hour rated wall - 2 layers of 5/8" gypsum board. Gypsum shall be fire code and attached to outside surfaces of box(es). F. Cast aluminum, threaded hub type boxes with gasketed weatherproof covers shall be used for wet locations where box is surface mounted. G. Location of floor boxes indicated is approximate. The Contractor shall refer to the final furniture layout or request field instructions for the exact location. Consult the Architect prior to installation. END OF SECTION Job Number 2240461.00 OUTLET BOXES AND JUNCTION BOXES 26 05 34 - 6 / 6 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 SECTION 26 22 00 - DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The work required under this section of the Specifications consists of the furnishing, connection and installation of dry-type transformers. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The requirements of the following standards shall become a part of this Specification by reference: 1. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL) Publications: 2. No. 506, 1561: Transformers (1,000 kVA, 3-phase and below; 167 kVA, 1 phase and below) 3. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): No. 70: National Electrical Code (NEC) 4. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA): 5. No. St-20: Dry-type transformers for general applications 6. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): No. C89.2 7. Energy Policy Act of 2005 - Public Law 109-58 B. Acceptable Manufacturers 1. General Electric 2. Square D 3. Siemens 4. Eaton C. Coordination: Coordinate installation with architectural and structural features, equipment installed under other sections of the Specifications to ensure transformer access, clearance minimums, and adequate ventilation are provided. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL MATERIALS REQUIREMENT A. Furnish all materials specified herein and indicated on the drawings. B. All transformers shall be UL Listed and bear a UL Label. Job Number 2240461.00 DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS 26 22 00 - 1 / 3 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 2.2 GENERAL PURPOSE DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS A. Insulation System 1. Single-phase 25-167 kVA and 3-phase 30-500 kVA: Transformers shall be rated for average temperature rise by resistance of 150 degrees C in 40 degrees C maximum ambient, 30 degrees C average ambient. Transformer insulation system shall be UL rated as 220 degrees C system. 2. 3-phase 3-15 kVA: Transformers shall be rated for average temperature rise by resistance of 115 degrees C. Insulation system shall be 180 degrees C. 3. All transformers shall have insulation systems of Class 155 or higher. B. Sound rating shall comply with NEMA and ANSI standards for kVA rating. Internal vibration dampening shall be provided for all transformers. C. Single-phase transformers rated up to 15 kVA shall have two (2) 5% full capacity taps below normal rated primary voltage. All other single-phase and all 3-phase transformers shall be provided with six (6) 2-1/2% full capacity taps, two (2) above and four (4) below normal voltage, unless only four (4) 2-1/2% taps, two (2) above and two (2) below normal voltage are standard. D. Construction/Enclosures 1. Transformers 30-1,500 kVA: Transformer enclosures shall be ventilated and drip-proof with removable front and rear cover panels. Transformers shall be suitable for floor mounting, unless wall mounting is indicated on the drawings. 2. Transformers up through 25 kVA: Transformer housings shall be totally enclosed, nonventilated and drip-proof. Access to wiring compartment shall be permitted via removable panel. E. Energy efficiency of transformers shall meet the minimum standard as outlined in NEMA TP-1 tables. F. Core assemblies and the center ground point of the coil secondaries shall be grounded to the enclosure by flexible ground straps. Provide grounding lug at the enclosure bonding location for connection of three conductors: the primary and secondary equipment grounding conductors and the grounding electrode conductor. G. Transformer coils shall consist of aluminum windings. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Installation shall provide not less than twelve-inch clearance from combustible materials and not less than 6" clearance from walls or equipment. Floor-mounted transformers shall be Job Number 2240461.00 DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS 26 22 00 - 2 / 3 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 mounted on neoprene, waffle type vibration pads 5/8" thick. Where transformers are mounted on channels angles, transformers shall be bolted to structure with 5/8" thick vibration pad between transformer base and structural channel. 4" thick concrete housekeeping pads shall be used for all floor-mounted transformers. B. Provide working clearance and full accessibility for transformer as required by the National Electrical Code. C. Primary and secondary connections to dry type transformers shall be made with flexible conduit. D. The secondary windings of each dry type transformer shall be grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code requirements for separately derived electrical systems. Extend a grounding electrode conductor from the transformer grounding lug to the nearest building structural steel and to the nearest available point on the interior water piping system. Connect the primary and secondary feeder, equipment grounding conductors to the grounding lug, also. Refer to the grounding section of these Specifications for additional requirements. 3.2 CLEANING AND ADJUSTMENT A. Prior to job completion, clean the interior and exterior of dirt, paint and construction debris. B. Touch-up paint scratched surfaces with factory furnished touch-up paint of the same color as the factory applied paint. END OF SECTION Job Number 2240461.00 DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS 26 22 00 - 3 / 3 This page intentionally left blank. PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 SECTION 26 24 16 - PANELBOARDS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. All work specified herein shall be accomplished in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 26 00 00 - Electrical General. B. Provide the panelboards indicated on the Drawings complete with overcurrent protection devices and spaces. C. This section includes panelboards and distribution panelboards and associated auxiliary equipment rated 600 V or less as shown on the drawings. D. Refer to panel schedule and one-line power diagram on drawings for specific requirements of each panel. 1.2 WORK INCLUDED A. The work under this section shall include all labor, materials, accessories, services and equipment necessary to furnish and install panelboards, complete, as indicated on the Drawings and as specified herein. B. Equipment schedules and specifications are based on the one manufacturer listed in the schedule. Other manufacturers of equal quality and performance may be submitted to the Engineer for review. When substitution of equipment is made, the Contractor shall be responsible for the costs of any item and engineering and construction revisions necessary in his or any other contract or trade that may be required to satisfy plans and specifications. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Panels shall be factory assembled. B. Coordination: Coordinate installation with architectural and structural features, equipment installed under other sections of the Specifications and electrical equipment to ensure panel access and so that clearance minimums are provided. C. Components and installation shall be in accordance with NFPA 70, “National Electrical Code,” NEMA PBI, “Panelboards” and UL67 and UL50. D. Panelboards shall be listed and identified for use with 75 degrees C rated conductors. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Section 26 00 00 - Electrical General for submittal requirements. B. Manufacturers Product Data: Job Number 2240461.00 PANELBOARDS 26 24 16 - 1 / 6 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 1. Submit material Specifications and installation data for products specified under Part 2 - Products to include: a. Overcurrent protection devices b. Panelboards C. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings to indicate information not fully described by the product data to indicate compliance with the Contract Drawings. 1. Include electrical characteristics and ratings for each panelboard with dimensions, mounting, bus material, voltage, ampere rating, mains, poles and wire connection, and any accessories. Indicate method of ground bus attachment to enclosure. 2. Include bussing diagram indicating each bussing overcurrent protection device position. 3. Provide a schedule indicating overcurrent protection device type, trip and size, poles, frame type, interrupting capacity. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Panelboard manufacturer shall be: 1. Siemens 2. Square D 3. ABB - General Electric 4. Cutler-Hammer 2.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. All panels and overcurrent protection devices shall be UL Listed and bear a UL Label. Where panel serves as service entrance equipment, panel shall bear a UL Label indicating suitability as service entrance equipment. B. Panels shall be of the dead front safety type. C. Provide panels complete with factory assembled circuit breakers or fuses connected to the bus bars in the positions shown on the panel schedules. D. Provide all panelboards fully rated to the A.I.C. ratings noted on the schedules, but not less than 10,000 amperes for 120/208-volt panelboards and not less than 14,000 amperes for 277/480-volt panelboards. All devices in a panelboard shall be rated for the A.I.C. ratings shown for the panelboard. 2.3 BUSSING AND INTERIORS Job Number 2240461.00 PANELBOARDS 26 24 16 - 2 / 6 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 A. All bus bars shall be copper. Main lugs and main overcurrent protection devices shall be UL approved for copper or aluminum conductors and shall be of a size range for the conductors indicated on the drawings. Each panel shall contain a full-size grounding bus. All panelboards shall contain a full size insulated neutral bus unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. B. The neutral and ground bus shall have a sufficient number of lugs to singularly terminate each individual conductor requiring a connection. C. Where designated on panel schedule as “space,” include all necessary bussing, device support and connections. Provide blank cover for each space. D. Where specified or indicated on the drawings, provide sub-feed lugs adjacent to the mains or feed-through lugs opposite end of mains and increase box heights to provide additional cable bending and termination space. Lugs to be the same size and capacity as mains and rated for aluminum or copper conductor terminations. 2.4 ENCLOSURES A. Panelboard width shall not be less than twenty inches unless indicated on the drawings (32" minimum for distribution panelboards). B. Provide concealed captive clamping devices, concealed hinges and chrome lock for all flush mounted panels. Key all panels throughout project alike. C. Where two section panels are required, both sections shall have fully rated bus, separate cabinets connected by conduit nipples. Interconnect sections with copper conductors with ampacity equal to rating of main bus. Route phase and neutral conductors together between panels. Provide separate trims for each section. D. Panelboard trims for surface mounted panelboards shall be continuously hinged on one side so that when opened, wiring gutters are completely exposed. E. Provide a label for each branch circuit, feeder, and main circuit breaker in distribution panels, permanently attached per the requirements of Section 26 00 00 - Electrical General, 2.02A. F. Cabinets, flush or surface mounted as indicated. NEMA PB-1, Type 1 enclosure, except where the following enclosure requirements are indicated: 1. NEMA 250, Type 3R - Raintight. 2. NEMA 250, Type 3S - Raintight and dust tight. 3. NEMA 250, Type 4X - Corrosion-resistant stainless-steel enclosure, watertight, dust tight, and resistant to oil and coolant seepage. This type shall be used in kitchen areas. 4. NEMA 250, Type 12 - Dust tight, dripproof, and resistant to oil and coolant seepage. Job Number 2240461.00 PANELBOARDS 26 24 16 - 3 / 6 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 G. Enclosure shall be fabricated with galvanized steel. Trims shall have electrostatic applied ANSI gray enamel finish and adjustable indicating trim clamps for securing trim to the enclosure. Screwed-on trims shall not be acceptable. Trim shall have an angle support along the bottom serving as a support between trim and enclosure for safe installation and removal of trim. H. Exterior Panels: Panelboards mounted outside of building shall be in NEMA type 3R enclosures. Panelboards shall have in addition to the standard specified items the following: 1. Piano hinge 2. Seams continuously welded 3. Rolled lip around door and cabinet 4. No knockouts or holes 5. Neoprene gaskets on inside of door 6. Stainless steel hardware 7. Drip hood at top above door 2.5 CIRCUIT BREAKERS A. Interrupting rating of all circuit breakers in panelboards shall have UL rating of not less than the RMS symmetrical amps indicated on the Drawings at system voltage. Series rated devices are acceptable with the following exceptions: devices used in distribution serving emergency, standby and multiple elevator loads (selective coordination). B. Circuit breakers shall be provided with trip rating and poles as indicated on the drawings or specified herein. C. Multi-pole breakers shall be common trip and common reset; tie handle connection between single pole breakers is not acceptable. D. Branch circuit breakers in lighting and appliance panels shall be quick-make, quick-break, thermal magnetic type bolted to the bus. Circuit breakers in distribution type panel boards shall be bolted to the bus. E. Provide the following special devices and accessories when indicated on the drawings or specified herein. 1. Ground fault interrupting circuit breakers (GFI) where indicated on the drawings. 2. Provide handle lock-on device (to prevent manually turning off device without removal) for all overcurrent devices where indicated on panelboard schedules, and for those protecting circuits serving fire alarm equipment, and for those dedicated for powering emergency battery-powered unit equipment. Job Number 2240461.00 PANELBOARDS 26 24 16 - 4 / 6 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 3. Provide UL Listed “SWD” switching duty circuit breakers on the devices indicated on the drawings. 4. Provide shunt trip device for electrically tripping circuit breakers indicated on the drawings. 5. Overcurrent protective devices for fire alarm circuits shall have handles that are factory marked in the color red. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Provide from each flush mounted panelboard four (4) 3/4" empty conduits stubbed out above ceiling line and capped. B. Install panelboards in accordance with NEMA PB1.1, “General Instructions for Proper Installation, Operation and Maintenance of Panelboards Rated 600 Volts or Less” and manufacturer’s written installation instructions. C. Mount panelboards with top circuit breaker not more than 6'-6" above finished floor. D. Only one conductor installed under terminal of individual circuit breakers. Form and train conductors in panel enclosure neatly parallel and at right angles to sides of box. Un- insulated conductor shall not extend beyond one-eighth inch from terminal lug. E. Do not splice conductors in panels. Where required, install junction box adjacent to panel and splice or tap conductors in box. F. Mounting and Support 1. Mounting a. Enclosure shall be secured to structure by a minimum of four (4) fastening devices. Panelboards 600 amp and larger shall be secured by a minimum of eight (8) devices. A 1.5-inch minimum diameter round washer shall be used between head of screw or bolt and enclosure. b. Enclosures shall be mounted where indicated on the drawings or specified herein. Support from the structure with fastening device specified. c. Attach enclosure directly to masonry, concrete, or wood surfaces. d. Mounted enclosure on metal channel (strut), which is connected to structure with fastening device specified, for installation on steel structure or sheet rock walls. G. Maintain conductor phase color code requirements described in the conductors and cables section of the specifications. H. A typewritten branch circuit directory (based on as-built conditions) shall be provided for each panelboard and load center, permanently mounted on inside of door in a transparent, Job Number 2240461.00 PANELBOARDS 26 24 16 - 5 / 6 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 protective cover. Room number(s) or room name(s) shall be included in the circuit description in coordination with the final naming/numbering scheme for the project (e.g. “Office Receptacles” shall read “Office Receptacles – Rm. 202, 203”). I. Any circuit breaker provided with arc energy reducing maintenance switch shall be labeled “BREAKER IS PROVIDED WITH ARC ENERGY REDUCING MAINTENANCE SWITCH”. J. Labeling shall be per the requirements of Section 26 00 00 – Electrical General 2.02A. K. Install panelboard ground fault circuit interrupter devices in accordance with installation guidelines of NEMA 289, “Application Guide for Ground Fault Circuit Interrupters.” L. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals, including grounding connections, in accordance with manufacturer’s published torque-tightening values. Where manufacturer’s torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B. M. Mounting of all panelboards and all hardware used for mounting shall be in accordance with the seismic criteria per the applicable building code. END OF SECTION Job Number 2240461.00 PANELBOARDS 26 24 16 - 6 / 6 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 SECTION 26 27 26 - WIRING DEVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. All work specified herein shall be accomplished in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 26 00 00 - Electrical General. 1.2 WORK INCLUDED A. The work under this section shall include all labor, materials, accessories, services and equipment necessary to furnish and install wiring devices, complete, as indicated on the Drawings and as specified herein. B. Equipment schedules and specifications are based on the one manufacturer listed in the schedule. Other manufacturers of equal quality and performance may be submitted to the Engineer for review. The following manufacturers are allowed: 1. Hubbell 2. Pass & Seymour 3. Cooper 4. Leviton 5. Thomas & Betts/Steel City 6. Walker/Wiremold C. When substitution of equipment is made, the Contractor shall be responsible for the costs of any item and engineering and construction revisions necessary in his or any other contract or trade that may be required to satisfy plans and specifications. D. This section includes receptacles, connectors, switches, dimmers, timeclocks and coverplates. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Wiring devices shall comply with applicable sections of NEMA Standard WD-1, NFPA 70, Article 100. B. All special purpose receptacles shall be NEMA standard configuration. C. Comparative devices by acceptable manufacturers are equal. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 WIRING DEVICE DESCRIPTION AND MANUFACTURER Job Number 2240461.00 WIRING DEVICES 26 27 26 - 1 / 6 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 A. Single & Duplex Receptacles (20 Amp) 1. Single or duplex type receptacle as indicated. 125V/20/A/2P/3W/G rating - NEMA - 5- 20R type. 2. Face color shall be white in all finished spaces (red where on emergency circuit), grey in unfinished spaces and warehouse (red where on emergency circuit). 3. Manufacturer a. Hubbell 5362 B. GFCI Duplex Receptacles 1. Duplex, feed-thru type ground fault current interrupter receptacle with test/reset buttons. 125V/20A/2P/3W/G rating - NEMA 5-20R type conforming to UL #498, UL #943 Class A and NEMA #WD1-4.02. 2. Manufacturer a. Hubbell GF20 Series C. Isolated Ground Single & Duplex Receptacles 1. Single or duplex type receptacles as indicated. 125V/20A/2P/3W/IG rating - NEMA 5- 20R type ground internally isolated from receptacle frame and ground pigtail or terminal screw. 2. Manufacturer a. Hubbell IG5352 D. Clock/Flat Screen Receptacles 1. Single type receptacle with a recessed outlet clock hanger type mounting coverplate. 125V/15A/2P/3W/G - NEMA 5-15R type. 2. Manufacturer a. Hubbell RR151CH Series E. Maintained Contact Switches 1. Provide toggle operated switches SPST, DPST, 3-way or 4-way operation as indicated. 277V/20A rating, quiet type, maintained contact, and a green hexagonal ground screw or ground pigtail, and side wired. 2. Manufacturer Job Number 2240461.00 WIRING DEVICES 26 27 26 - 2 / 6 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 a. Hubbell 1221 Series (Color to match receptacles). F. Momentary Contact Switches 1. Provide toggle or key operated switches as indicated with single circuit, 3-position center-off operation. 277V/20A rating, quiet type, momentary contact, spring loaded switch, and green hexagonal ground screw or ground pigtail, back and side wired. 2. Manufacturer a. Hubbell HBL 155* (Color to match receptacle). G. Maintained Contact Slider Type Switch (For Multi-Ganging with Dimmers) 1. Slide-operated switch (to match dimmer), single pole, 3-way or 4-way operation as indicated, 120/277V, 20A rating. 2. Manufacturer a. Leviton Monet Series b. Lutron Nova T Series H. Slider Type Incandescent Dimmers 1. Slide operated AC incandescent solid state type dimmer with positive ON/OFF switching, integral surge protection, voltage stabilized output, RFI filtered and maximum lighting level adjustment. 120V/60Hz, unless noted otherwise, with lettering and/or nameplate as indicated. Dimmers shall have lowest profile available (wattage permitting). 2. Manufacturer a. Leviton Monet Series b. Lutron Nova T Series I. Illuminated Toggle Switches 1. Single pole, 3-way or 4-way, as indicated, conforming to UL #20, NEMA #WDI-3.02 and F.S. #W-S-896E. 277V/20A rating, quiet type, maintained contact, and a green hexagonal ground screw or ground pigtail, back and side wired. Red colored toggle to glow when switch is on. 2. Manufacturer a. Hubbell HBL 1221PL J. Weather-Resistant Receptacles Job Number 2240461.00 WIRING DEVICES 26 27 26 - 3 / 6 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 1. All 15- and 20-amp receptacles installed in damp or wet locations shall be listed weather resistant type. K. Controlled Duplex Receptacles (20 Amp) 1. Duplex type receptacle, 125V/20/A/2P/3W/G controlled by an automatic control device (or by an automatic energy management system) shall be permanently marked with the universal “power” symbol to differentiate them from non-controlled receptacles. 2. Face color shall be white. 3. Manufacturer a. Hubbell BR20C1 – Split Wired b. Hubbell BR20C2 – Both Outlets Controlled 2.2 COVERPLATE DESCRIPTION AND MANUFACTURER - COVERPLATES A. Flush Mounted Interior Receptacle/Switch Coverplates 1. Single or multi-gang to match device type. Medium size (4-7/8" min.), standard depth, smooth finish with nylon material. 2. Color to match device color. 3. Coverplates in mechanical/electrical equipment rooms, warehouse and high abuse areas shall be stainless steel, non-magnetic. 4. Manufacturer a. Hubbell NPJ Series (nylon) b. Hubbell SS Series (stainless steel) B. Weatherproof Device Coverplates 1. Provide weatherproof “in use” cast aluminum lockable covers. a. Hubbell WP Series b. Thomas & Betts Russell Stoll Series 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS A. Time Switches 1. Electronic Astronomical Schedule Type Job Number 2240461.00 WIRING DEVICES 26 27 26 - 4 / 6 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 a. 365-day scheduling, solid state, skip-a-day feature, daylight saving changeover, leap year adjusted with capacitor backup, DPDT-120V/20A rated contacts, light sensor input. b. Acceptable Manufacturer 1) Tork DZS Series (channels as required) B. Photoelectric Control Switches 1. Product Description a. Raintight photoelectric self-contained control for switching. b. Die-cast housing with adjustable sensor. 2. Manufacturers a. AMF/Paragon b. Tork 2100 Series C. Lighting Contactor 1. Product Description a. Multi-pole contactor for switching branch circuit tungsten and ballast lighting and resistant heating loads. b. Number of poles as indicated (paralleling multiple contactors is acceptable), poles rated for 20 amperes @ 600V continuous duty. c. Mechanically held contactor with coil clearing contacts, operating coil voltage to match circuit characteristics. d. Housed in panelboard (if indicated). D. Poke-thru Floor Devices 1. Product Description a. Refer to drawings for specific features. b. Device shall meet UL 514A requirements for scrubwater test standards. 2. Manufacturer a. Hubbell b. Walker/Wiremold c. Thomas & Betts/Steel City PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION Job Number 2240461.00 WIRING DEVICES 26 27 26 - 5 / 6 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 A. All dimmer circuits shall have dedicated neutrals. B. Install decorative plates on switch, receptacle, and blank outlets when indicated. C. Install devices and wall plates flush and level. D. Coordinate the exact location of wiring devices with other trades and architectural features. Do not locate devices on two different architectural finishes such as half on wall tile and half on painted surface, unless noted otherwise. E. Provide plaster rings in areas requiring them due to construction. F. Where more than one device is indicated, arrange in gangs covered with one coverplate per manufacturer’s instructions. G. Where dimmer(s) and switch(es) are shown adjacent to one another, switch(es) shall be a maintained contact switch matching dimmer style, so that a common, multi-gang faceplate can be used. H. Provide 6" long ground wire from grounding lug to all switches and receptacles to a screw type bonding device on the conduit or outlet box. END OF SECTION Job Number 2240461.00 WIRING DEVICES 26 27 26 - 6 / 6 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 SECTION 26 28 16 - DISCONNECT SWITCHES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. All work specified herein shall be accomplished in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 26 00 00 - Electrical General. 1.2 WORK INCLUDED A. The work under this section shall include all labor, materials, accessories, services and equipment necessary to furnish and install disconnect switches, up to 1200 amps, complete, as indicated on the Drawings and as specified herein. B. Equipment schedules and specifications are based on the one manufacturer listed in the schedule. Other manufacturers of equal quality and performance may be submitted to the Engineer for review. When substitution of equipment is made, the Contractor shall be responsible for the costs of any item and engineering and construction revisions necessary in his or any other contract or trade that may be required to satisfy plans and specifications. C. This section includes fuses. C. This section includes individually mounted enclosed switches used for the following: 1. Service disconnecting means. 2. Feeder and branch-circuit protection. 3. Motor and equipment disconnecting means. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of switch and fuse accessory, and component indicated, include dimensions and manufacturer’s technical data on features, performance, electrical characteristics, ratings, and finishes. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. Comply with NEMA AB 1, NEMA KS 1 and UL 98. C. Comply with NFPA 70. D. Comply with NEMA FU 1. E. Source Limitations: Provide fuses from a single manufacturer. Job Number 2240461.00 DISCONNECT SWITCHES 26 28 16 - 1 / 4 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of switches and components with other construction, including conduit, piping, equipment, and adjacent surfaces. Maintain required workspace clearances and required clearances for equipment access doors and panels. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturer of fusible and non-fusible switches shall be Cutler-Hammer, General Electric, Siemens or Square D Company. B. Manufacturer of fuses shall be Bussman, Gould Shawmutt or Littelfuse. 2.2 ENCLOSED SWITCHES A. All disconnect switches shall be heavy duty type with lockable handles. B. Enclosed, non-fusible switch: NEMA KS 1. C. Enclosed, fusible switch, 800 A and smaller: NEMA KS 1 with clips to accommodate specified fuses and interlocked with cover in closed position. D. Furnish and install all safety type disconnecting switches indicated on the drawings, specified or required by the National and/or State Electrical Code. Switches shall be externally operable. If the size is not shown on the drawings, the subcontractor shall size the disconnect switch in accordance with name plate data of the equipment they serve. E. Coordinate with other trades that may provide unit mounted disconnect switches prior to submission of bids. F. Safety type disconnecting switches shall be heavy duty, 600-volt industrial type with quickmake, quick-break mechanism and interlocking cover which normally cannot be opened when the switch is in the “ON” position. Switches shall be single throw. Fusible switches shall be equipped with fuse clips to receive Bussman fuses. Switches shall have provision for padlocking in the open and closed positions. The operating handle shall be visible in either the on or off position. G. All fused disconnect switches mounted above 6'-6" shall be hook stick operable. 2.3 INTERIOR A. Switch blades shall be operated by rotating shaft directly connected to the operating handle mechanism. Switch blades shall be clearly visible in the open position. All switches shall have clear shields over the incoming line lugs. Line shields shall be attached in such a way that switch blade covers or arc shields need not be removed for line installation. Line and load lugs shall be front removable and suitable for copper or aluminum, 60/75-degree wire through 200A sizes, 75 degrees C wire for 400-800A sizes. Job Number 2240461.00 DISCONNECT SWITCHES 26 28 16 - 2 / 4 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 B. Current limiting type RK1 dual element time delay fuses shall be furnished and installed as necessary; rating shall be shown on drawing. 2.4 ENCLOSURES A. All switches shall have NEMA type 1 general purpose enclosures unless indicated otherwise on the drawings. NEMA 3R covers shall be side hinged rather than top hinged. NEMA 1 and 3R switches through 200A sizes shall tangential knockouts for conduit line up against walls. NEMA 12 enclosures through 200A sizes shall be UL Listed for conversion to NEMA 3R usage by opening a factory provided drain hole. All types of enclosures shall have metal nameplates affixed to the cover to show the switch type and rating and clearly indicate “ON” and “OFF” direction of handle movement. Provide hubs on all NEMA 4, 4X, or 3R type disconnects. B. Provide manufacturer’s standard factory applied finish unless otherwise indicated. C. Provide phenolic engraved nameplate for disconnect switches. 2.5 CONTROL POLE A. Where required a direct-action interlock or control pole shall be affixed to the switch base in such a manner as to operate positively and only with the opening and closing of the switch power poles. 2.6 CARTRIDGE FUSES A. Characteristics: NEMA FU 1, nonrenewable cartridge fuse; class and current rating indicated; voltage rating consistent with circuit voltage. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine utilization equipment nameplates and installation instructions. Install fuses of sizes and with characteristics appropriate for each piece of equipment. B. Examine elements and surfaces to receive enclosed switches for compliance with installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Locate disconnect switches to provide working clearance and full accessibility as required by the National Electrical Code. B. Mounting and Support 1. Mounting Job Number 2240461.00 DISCONNECT SWITCHES 26 28 16 - 3 / 4 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 a. Enclosure shall be secured to structure by a minimum of four (4) fastening devices. A 1.5-inch minimum diameter round washer shall be used between head of screw or bolt and enclosure. b. Enclosure shall be mounted where indicated on the drawings or specified herein. Support from the structure with fastening device specified. Mount with operating handle at 60" AFF, unless other height is indicated. c. Attach enclosure directly to masonry, concrete, or wood surfaces. d. Mounted enclosure on metal channel (strut), which is connected to structure with fastening device. e. Where enclosure is not indicated on a wall or structure, construct a metal channel (strut) free standing frame secured to floor, pad, or other appropriate building structure. C. Do not splice conductors in enclosure. Where required install junction box or wireway adjacent to enclosure and splice or tap conductors in box. Refer to number of conductors in a conduit limitation defined in the conductors and cables section of the Specifications and do not exceed. 3.3 CONNECTIONS A. Install equipment grounding connections for switches with ground continuity to main electrical ground bus. B. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer’s published torque tightening values. If manufacturer’s torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B. 3.4 CLEANING A. On completion of installation, inspect interior and exterior of enclosures. Remove paint splatters and other spots. Vacuum dirt and debris; do not use compressed air to assist in cleaning. END OF SECTION Job Number 2240461.00 DISCONNECT SWITCHES 26 28 16 - 4 / 4 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 SECTION 26 43 13 - SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES (SPD) PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. These specifications describe the electrical and mechanical requirements for a hybrid high energy power conditioning filter incorporating surge protective devices and high-frequency electrical line noise filtering. The specified unit shall provide effective high-energy surge protection, surge current diversion, high-frequency attenuation, and line control in ANSI/IEEE C62.41.1-2002 environments connected on the load side of the facility’s meter or main overcurrent device. The unit shall be connected in parallel with the facility’s wiring system. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The requirements of the following standards shall become a part of this Specification by reference: 1. American National Standards Institute and Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers 2. (ANSI/IEEE C62.41.1-2002, C62.41.2-2002, and C62.45-2002) 3. Canadian Standards Association (CSA) 4. Federal Information Processing Standards Publication 94 (FIPS PUB 94) 5. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) 6. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA 70 (NEC), 75 and 78) 7. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL 1449 3rd Edition and 1283) 8. The unit shall be UL and cUL 1449 3rd Edition Listed as a Surge Protective Device. B. Acceptable Manufacturers 1. Current Technology 2. Thor Systems 3. Emerson/ASCO C. Testing: The unit shall be thoroughly factory-tested before shipment. Testing of each unit shall include but shall not be limited to quality assurance checks, MCOV and clamping voltage verification tests. Job Number 2240461.00 SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES 26 46 13 - 1 / 4 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 D. Warranty: The manufacturer shall provide a minimum 5-year warranty from date of shipment against failure when installed in compliance with applicable national/local electrical codes and the manufacturer’s installation, operation and maintenance instructions. E. Submittal Documentation: Documentation of unit’s UL 1449 3rd Edition Voltage Protective Rating (VPR) shall be included as required product data submittal information. Manufacturer shall make available upon request certified documentation of applicable Location Category Testing in full compliance with ANSI/IEEE C62.41.1-2002, C62.41.2- 2002, and C62.45-2002 Guidelines. The manufacturer shall furnish an equipment manual with installation, operation, and maintenance instructions for the specified unit. Electrical and mechanical drawings shall be provided by the manufacturer which show unit dimensions, weights, mounting provisions, connection details and layout diagram of the unit. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL MATERIALS REQUIREMENT A. The unit shall provide all modes of protection: line to neutral, line to ground, and neutral to ground. B. High Frequency Tracking Filter: The unit shall include a UL1283 high frequency extended range tracking filter. The filter shall reduce fast rise-time, high-frequency, error producing transients and electrical line noise to harmless levels, thus eliminating disturbances which may lead to system upset. C. Unit Status Indicators: The unit shall include solid-state, long-life, externally mounted LED visual status indicators that indicate the status of MOV fusing. D. Transient Counter: Front cover mounted transient counter (LCD or LED) shall totalize surges for all modes. E. Nominal discharge current rating shall be In 20 kA. F. Minimum SPD fault current ratings shall be 100Kaic. PART 3 - APPLICATIONS 3.1 SERVICE ENTRANCE/MAIN DISTRIBUTION APPLICATIONS A. The following table will indicate appropriate model numbers based on the electrical system ampacity. Surge current ratings are based on the Site Shield Risk Assessment Spreadsheet (TSI 067 3gSSH/r3). B. SPDs connected to service equipment shall be listed as a type 1 SPD per UL1449 3rd Edition and shall have integral disconnect switch, and shall be connected to bus on the load side of the main switch. Job Number 2240461.00 SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES 26 46 13 - 2 / 4 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 SERVICE ENTRANCE/MAIN DISTRIBUTION APPLICATIONS Surge Protection Manufacturers’ Models Electrical System (kA) Ampacity @ SPD Install Current Thor Per Per ASCO Point Tech Systems Mode Phase TG 300 TSrc 300 560 75 4000 – 6000A 300 600 TG 250 TSrc 250 560 50 2000 – 3000A 250 500 TG 200 TSrc 200 560 40 1200 – 1600A 200 400 TG 150 TSrc 150 560 32 600 – 1000A 150 300 125 – 400A 100 200 TG 100 TSrc 100 560 25 3.2 PANELBOARDS AND BRANCH PANEL APPLICATIONS A. As indicated on the Drawings, provide a panelboard with externally mounted SPD with high-frequency filtering per requirements listed in this specification. Provide number of breakers, voltage/phases as indicated on the Drawings. SPD shall physically connect to the top or bottom of panelboard allowing for SPD to be repaired or replaced without opening the dead front of the panelboard. B. SPDs connected to Panelboards or Branch Panels shall be listed as a type 1 or type 2 SPD per UL1449 3rd Edition and shall be circuit breaker connected. C. The following table indicates appropriate model numbers based on the electrical system ampacity. Surge current ratings are based on Site Shield Risk Assessment Spreadsheet (attached #TSI 067 3gSSH/r3). SPDs connected to Panelboards and Branch Panels shall be listed as a type 1 or type 2 SPD per UL 1449 3rd Edition and shall be 30 Amp circuit breaker connected. PANELBOARDS AND BRANCH PANEL APPLICATIONS Surge Protection Manufacturer/Model Nos. Electrical System (kA) Ampacity @ SPD Install Current Thor Per Per ASCO Point Tech Systems Mode Phase EGPE2 150 TSnc 150 440 P30 600A 150 300 EGPE2 100 TSnc 100 440 P20 125 – 400A 100 200 EGPE2 60 TSnc 050 440 P10 Up to 100A 50 100 Job Number 2240461.00 SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES 26 46 13 - 3 / 4 PAE2 OBD-A - Permit Set April 28, 2025 PART 4 - EXECUTION 4.1 INSTALLATION A. Install wiring connection to distribution system as indicated on the Drawings. Wiring length should be kept to an absolute minimum (3' or less) and be as straight as possible. B. Wire sizes to Service Entrance/Main Distribution SPD should be 4#6, 1#6 G - 1" conduit. C. Wire sizes to Panelboard and Branch Panel SPD should be as indicated 4#10, 1#10G – ¾" conduit. END OF SECTION Job Number 2240461.00 SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES 26 46 13 - 4 / 4